Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 26, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

Bazaarvoice, Inc.

 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7372   20-2908277

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300

Austin, Texas 78746-3211

(512) 551-6000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Brett A. Hurt

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and President

Bazaarvoice, Inc.

3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300

Austin, Texas 78746-3211

(512) 551-6000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

Paul R. Tobias

Derek L. Willis

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,

Professional Corporation

900 S. Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor

Austin, Texas 78746-5546

(512) 338-5400

 

Bryan C. Barksdale

General Counsel and Secretary

Bazaarvoice, Inc.

3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300

Austin, Texas 78746-3211

(512) 551-6000

 

Kenneth R. McVay

Steven L. Baglio

Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP

220 West 42 nd Street, 21 st Floor

New York, New York 10036

(212) 730-8113

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:   ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨   Non-accelerated filer   x   Smaller reporting company   ¨
     (do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)
   Amount of
Registration  Fee (2)

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

   $  86,250,000    $  10,013.63

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we and the selling stockholders are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

 

Dated August 26, 2011

 

             Shares

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

Bazaarvoice, Inc. is offering              shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering              shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $             and $             per share.

 

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and beneficial owners of 5.0% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock will own approximately     % of our common stock. In addition, our executive officers, directors and beneficial owners of 5.0% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock will receive approximately $             of the proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the range set forth above.

 

 

 

We expect to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BV.”

 

 

 

Investing in the common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 10.

 

 

 

PRICE $             A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to
Public

    

Underwriting
Discounts
and
Commissions

    

Proceeds to
Company

    

Proceeds to
Selling
Stockholders

Per Share

     $      $      $      $

Total

     $      $      $      $

 

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                      shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2011.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES   CREDIT SUISSE

 

 

 

PIPER JAFFRAY   PACIFIC CREST SECURITIES       BMO CAPITAL MARKETS

 

                    , 2011


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     10   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

     32   

Use of Proceeds

     33   

Dividend Policy

     33   

Capitalization

     34   

Dilution

     36   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     38   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     41   

Business

     71   

Management

     85   

Executive Compensation

     95   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     118   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     123   

Description of Capital Stock

     126   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     130   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     133   

Underwriters

     137   

Legal Matters

     142   

Experts

     142   

Where You Can Find More Information

     142   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any free-writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Until                     , 2011 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

For investors outside the United States: We have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering, or possession or distribution of this prospectus, in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is a brief overview of key aspects of the offering. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth in the sections of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See the section of this prospectus titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data” for more information.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

 

Overview

 

We are a leading provider of social commerce solutions that help our clients capture, display and analyze online word of mouth, including consumer-generated ratings and reviews, questions and answers, stories, recommendations, photographs, videos and other content about our clients’ brands, products or services. Bazaarvoice, which literally means “voice of the marketplace,” was founded on the premise that online word of mouth is critical to consumers and businesses because of its influence on purchasing decisions, both online and offline. We enable our clients to place consumers at the center of their business strategies by helping consumers generate and share sentiment, preferences and other content about brands, products or services. Through our technology platform, our clients leverage online word of mouth to increase sales, acquire new customers, improve marketing effectiveness, enhance consumer engagement across channels, increase success of new product launches, improve existing products and services, effectively scale customer support and decrease product returns.

 

Word of mouth influences consumers’ decisions to purchase products and services. Consumers often trust and rely on what other consumers say about a brand, product or service more than traditional advertising, particularly if they consider the content to be authentic and credible. The proliferation of social networks, wikis, blogs and videos has given rise to the social web—a new era of Internet-enabled social interaction. The emergence of consumer interaction through the social web has significantly increased the volume and availability of online word of mouth about products and services. This online social interaction is proving to have a significant and growing influence on both online and offline commerce. The rapid adoption of Internet-enabled mobile devices is further amplifying the impact of online word of mouth by making this content even easier, more convenient and faster to generate and access. As a result, there has been a paradigm shift in marketing as traditional methods are being disrupted and businesses are now seeking solutions that embrace online word of mouth to more effectively engage and influence consumers.

 

Our solutions, provided via a Software-as-a-Service, or SaaS, platform, enable clients to:

 

   

capture and display online word of mouth;

 

   

engage consumers directly by answering product- or service-related questions;

 

   

analyze feedback and uncover critical insights from online word of mouth; and

 

   

distribute content among retail and other brand websites both within and outside our network, which we refer to as syndication.

 

Our business model focuses on maximizing the lifetime value of a client relationship. We make significant investments in acquiring new clients and believe that we will be able to achieve a favorable return on these investments by growing our relationships over time and ensuring that we have a high level of client retention. As of April 30, 2011, we served 587 active clients, including clients in the retail, consumer products, travel and

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

leisure, technology, telecommunications, financial services, healthcare and automotive industries. We define an active client as an organization that has implemented one or more of our solutions and from which we are currently recognizing revenue, and we count organizations that are closely related as one client, even if they have signed separate contractual agreements with us for different brands or different solutions. As of April 30, 2011, we served eight of the ten most valuable U.S. retail brands according to Interbrand’s 2011 Best Retail Brands study published in March 2011, 138 of the 2011 Internet Retailer 500 and 68 of the 2011 Fortune 500 companies, including 24 of the top 100 of the Fortune 500. In April 2011, we served over 7.9 billion impressions, or instances of online word of mouth delivered to end users’ web browsers, and have served over 200 billion total impressions since our inception in May 2005. We sell our solutions through a direct sales team located globally in the markets we serve, including the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, France, Germany and Sweden.

 

In fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, we generated revenue of $22.5 million, $38.6 million and $64.5 million, respectively. In fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, we generated 15.8%, 25.2% and 24.9% of our revenue, respectively, from outside of the United States.

 

Industry Overview

 

We believe word of mouth influences consumers’ decisions to purchase products or services. Consumers often trust and rely on what others have to say about brands, products or services, particularly if they consider the content authentic and credible. In contrast, consumers often consider what businesses say about their own brands, products and services to be biased and less reliable.

 

Online social interaction via the social web is transforming the Internet and enabling unprecedented sharing of word of mouth among consumers, allowing them to influence the opinions and decisions of others with speed, ease and scale. The increased volume and availability of online word of mouth has created digitally archived and easily searchable databases of word of mouth about brands, products and services. Businesses recognize the importance of these online social interactions and are realizing that they must be actively engaged in the social web to effectively market their products and services.

 

Consumers are turning to online word of mouth to research products and services prior to making purchases, both online and offline. In 2011, Forrester Research, Inc. reported that U.S. web-influenced retail sales exceeded $1 trillion in 2009 and that by 2015 an estimated 52% of total online and offline retail sales will be influenced by Internet content, which includes online ratings and reviews. The rapid adoption of Internet-enabled mobile devices is further amplifying the impact of online word of mouth by making this content even easier, more convenient and faster to generate and access.

 

The combination of the Internet, the social web and the proliferation of online word of mouth has created a marketing paradigm shift by giving consumers a new and easier way to directly connect with one another and with brands. This trend is disrupting traditional marketing methods, creating the need for a technology platform to complement companies’ marketing approaches in the following ways:

 

   

Increasing consumer engagement. Traditional brand marketing methods are generally oriented to raising brand awareness and influencing the consumer purchase decision. However, the advent of the social web has created new opportunities for brands to directly engage consumers through their websites and across social networks, not only pre-purchase and at the point of sale to increase conversion, but also post-purchase to provide brands with valuable insights to improve the consumer experience.

 

   

Enhancing authenticity. Consumers often question the reliability of a brand’s description of its own product. According to a July 2009 report by The Nielsen Company, a leading consumer research firm, when making purchase decisions, consumers often trust recommendations from people they know, as well as reviews posted by unknown consumers online, more than they do advertisements on television,

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents
 

on the radio, in print, or in other traditional media. As a result, brands are striving to create active online communities that foster word of mouth about their products and services.

 

   

Increasing relevance . Most traditional marketing campaigns are designed to appeal to a wide audience and therefore often lack the relevance that both marketers and consumers desire. The emergence of the social web allows brands to reach targeted networks of consumers and helps consumers connect with people similar to them or in similar situations.

 

   

Changing marketing content . Traditional marketing methods depend on internally developed or agency developed creative content for their marketing campaigns. Brands can now easily leverage online word of mouth to utilize as content for their traditional marketing vehicles, such as email campaigns, online banners, mobile applications, print campaigns, in-store signage and even packaging.

 

   

Improving speed and quality of consumer feedback . Traditional market research methods can be time-consuming and costly to implement. As a result, brand marketers are turning to online word of mouth as a timely and cost-effective way to gain insights into consumer behavior and preferences.

 

   

Developing more valuable insights. Traditional marketing methods have limited ability to capture and efficiently derive insights from online word of mouth. Data derived from online word of mouth can provide deeper and different insights into consumer behavior and preferences than are generally possible via traditional marketing and consumer market research methods.

 

Our Market Opportunity

 

We believe that we have captured, and can continue to capture, a portion of the dollars spent on offline and online advertising, e-commerce services and market research.

 

   

According to a 2011 forecast by MAGNAGLOBAL, a division of IPG’s Mediabrands, the worldwide advertising market is estimated to reach $428 billion in 2011. A 2010 MAGNAGLOBAL report projects the market to grow to over $558 billion by 2016.

 

   

The worldwide market for consumer market research was estimated to be $29 billion in 2009, according to a 2010 report by ESOMAR B.V.

 

As online audiences have shifted toward increased social interaction, brands are expanding their advertising spend to target consumers engaged in online social interaction. eMarketer estimated in February 2011 that worldwide advertising spend on social networks will grow from $2.4 billion in 2009 to $8.1 billion in 2012. Given the broad reach of our network and the important impact that our social commerce solutions have on consumer purchasing behavior, we believe that we are competitively positioned to capture a share of the growing social media marketing spend.

 

We estimate there are over 10,000 companies in the sectors we serve worldwide with annual revenue of at least $50 million, many of which can benefit from our platform and solutions. In addition, several of these companies have multiple brands, which we consider incremental additions to our market opportunity.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that the following competitive strengths differentiate us from our competitors and serve as barriers to entry:

 

Market leadership with robust SaaS solutions.

 

We are a leading provider of social commerce solutions and the leading provider of online ratings and reviews. Our technology platform offers a proven and robust feature set to meet our clients’ needs, including

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents

Ratings & Reviews, Ask & Answer, Stories, Smart SEO, SocialConnect, SocialAlerts and Social Recommendations. We have been able to scale our platform over time while maintaining an uptime of over 99.9% over the five-year period ended April 30, 2011. We offer our solutions to clients as a SaaS platform, which reduces implementation time and costs and offers low total cost of ownership.

 

Powerful network effects connecting our clients and their consumers.

 

Through our platform, we offer syndication capabilities, enabling brands to distribute ratings and reviews and other online word of mouth among retail and other brand websites within our network, as well as websites outside of our network. Our ability to syndicate content across a wide array of websites attracts brands to our network. The multitude and variety of our clients’ brands attracts retailers to our network because we are able to provide them with access to more online word of mouth than they can collect on their own. Consumers also benefit by having access to a greater volume and variety of online word of mouth when they visit our clients’ websites. As a result, we believe we benefit from powerful network effects that differentiate us from our competitors.

 

Analytics capabilities that leverage structured data across our network.

 

Our platform’s analytics capabilities, which are enhanced by our efforts to structure data, including the structured mapping of products and the attachment of meta-data tags in connection with our content moderation process, allow brands to derive powerful and timely insights about consumer sentiment. Our analytics solutions allow our clients to more easily recognize shifts in consumer sentiment, identify product issues and inform consumer-centric decisions, which can increase sales and consumer satisfaction.

 

Unique content moderation capabilities that preserve authenticity and ensure brand protection.

 

We use trained and experienced professionals to moderate online word of mouth captured by our clients in 27 different languages, 24/7/365. Our content moderators filter irrelevant, obscene or illegal material, as well as to attach pre-defined labels to categorize online word of mouth. We believe content moderation increases brand and consumer trust in reviews, improves client data quality and helps preserve the authenticity of online word of mouth. In parallel, our proprietary technology, workflows and best practices significantly increase the productivity of our content moderators, allowing us to efficiently moderate content while ensuring a high level of quality in a time-efficient manner. We believe the breadth of our content moderation capabilities is unique in our industry and is critical to our clients’ ability to successfully utilize online word of mouth.

 

Differentiated client services capabilities that help our clients achieve measureable results.

 

Our Client Services team enables our clients to leverage our platform to maximize the impact of online word of mouth and consumer engagement to achieve measurable results not only through technical services but by coaching our clients on best practices to drive review volume and to leverage online word of mouth throughout their businesses. We work with our clients to integrate online word of mouth into key business processes, such as business analytics, product design and research and development, marketing, sales and customer service.

 

A corporate culture that drives performance.

 

We regard our culture as a key differentiator and performance driver. Our corporate culture is defined by the following core values: passion, performance, innovation, openness, teamwork, respect and generosity. We believe our culture gives us a competitive advantage in recruiting talent, driving innovation, enhancing productivity and improving client service.

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

 

The following are key elements of our growth strategy:

 

   

expand our direct sales force globally;

 

   

increase brand penetration and sell new solutions to our existing clients;

 

   

increase the volume and variety of data across our network and help clients derive greater consumer insights;

 

   

further expand internationally and penetrate industry verticals;

 

   

continue to broaden our platform’s capabilities through innovation; and

 

   

pursue selective acquisitions and commercial relationships.

 

Risks Associated with Our Business

 

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors,” and include but are not limited to the following:

 

   

we are an early stage company with a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk of your investment;

 

   

we experienced a net loss of $20.1 million during our fiscal year ended April 30, 2011, had an accumulated deficit of $40.8 million at April 30, 2011 and may continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future;

 

   

the market for social commerce solutions is new and unproven and our market may not continue to develop as we expect, which could adversely affect our business;

 

   

the fragmented, rapidly evolving and highly competitive nature of the market for social commerce solutions could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively; and

 

   

our business depends substantially on renewing agreements with existing clients and selling additional solutions to them, which may be affected by our ability to deliver new solutions, reductions in our clients’ spending levels and changes in our clients’ marketing or advertising strategies.

 

Company Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300, Austin, Texas 78746-3211, and our telephone number is (512) 551-6000. Our corporate website address is www.bazaarvoice.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus. We originally incorporated in the State of Delaware in May 2005.

 

In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” and “Bazaarvoice” refer to Bazaarvoice, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

Bazaarvoice ® , Ask & Answer ® , BrandAnswers ® , BrandVoice ® and SocialAlerts™ are trademarks or logos appearing in this prospectus owned by Bazaarvoice, Inc. or one of our subsidiaries. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by Bazaarvoice

  

             shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

  

             shares

Total common stock offered

  

             shares

Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

             shares

Use of proceeds

   We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition or license of, or investment in, products, services, technologies or other businesses. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Risk factors

   See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

Proposed listing symbol

   BV

Fiscal year end

   April 30

 

 

 

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 46,414,068 shares outstanding as of April 30, 2011 and excludes:

 

   

11,690,549 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of April 30, 2011 at a weighted average exercise price of $3.02 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan adopted in July 2011, as more fully described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation—Stock Incentive Plans;” and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan adopted in July 2011, as more fully described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation—Stock Incentive Plans.”

 

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase              additional shares;

 

   

the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 27,897,031 shares of common stock prior to or upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately upon completion of this offering.

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The following tables summarize the consolidated financial and operating data for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of April 30, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the summary financial data presented below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the sections of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:       

Revenue

   $   22,472      $   38,648      $ 64,482   

Cost of revenue (1)

     8,307        15,191        25,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     14,165        23,457        38,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing (1)

     11,260        17,803        34,568   

Research and development (1)

     3,444        5,828        10,847   

General and administrative (1)

     4,442        7,651        13,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     19,146        31,282        58,571   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (4,981     (7,825     (19,704
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     98        56        208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (4,883     (7,769     (19,496

Income tax expense

     125        205        561   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (5,008   $ (7,974   $ (20,057

Less accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (42     (43     (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders

   $ (5,050   $ (8,017   $ (20,103
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share applicable to common stockholders:

      

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.32   $ (0.48   $ (1.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average number of shares

     15,854        16,637        17,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share (unaudited) (2)

       $ (0.44
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of shares (unaudited) (2)

         45,687   
      

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

      

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

   $ (3,340   $ (4,211   $   (13,317

 

  (1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 319       $ 604       $ 978   

Sales and marketing

     469         924         1,122   

Research and development

     258         469         731   

General and administrative

     281         636         1,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $   1,327       $   2,633       $   4,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents
  (2)   Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share has been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 27,897,031 shares of our common stock as of the first day of the beginning of the period.

 

  (3)   We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, adjusted depreciation and amortization (which excludes amortization of capitalized internal-use software development costs), income tax expense and other income, net. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

 

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net loss, operating loss or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reason we consider them appropriate.

 

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance for the following reasons:

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items, such as stock-based compensation expense, adjusted depreciation and amortization, income tax expense and other income, net, that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures and the method by which assets were acquired;

 

   

Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with GAAP financial measures for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of operating performance and the effectiveness of our business strategies and in communications with our board of directors concerning our financial performance;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA provides consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and also facilitates comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and

 

   

We anticipate that, after consummating this offering, our investor and analyst presentations will include Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure to evaluate our overall operating performance.

 

We understand that, although Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. These limitations include:

 

   

Adjusted depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, and the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income taxes and the cash impact of other income; and

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents
   

Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated, in thousands.

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (5,008   $ (7,974   $ (20,057

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,327        2,633        4,681   

Adjusted depreciation and amortization

     314        981        1,706   

Income tax expense

     125        205        561   

Total other (income), net

     (98     (56     (208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $   (3,340   $   (4,211   $   (13,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     April 30,  
     2010     2011  
     (in thousands)  
Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,036      $ 15,050   

Deferred revenue

     17,104        32,160   

Total current assets

     25,581        31,095   

Total current liabilities

     22,777        38,539   

Total assets

     32,547        37,972   

Total liabilities

     24,943        43,589   

Total non-current liabilities

     2,166        5,050   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     23,587        23,633   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (15,983     (29,250

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding whether to purchase our stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in the prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We are an early stage company with a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk of your investment.

 

We began our operations in May 2005. Our limited operating history may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and our future prospects. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly developing and changing industries, including challenges in forecasting accuracy, determining appropriate investments of our limited resources, market acceptance for our existing and future solutions, managing client implementations and developing new solutions. Our current operating model may require changes in order for us to achieve profitability and scale our operations efficiently. For example, we may need to enhance our software architecture to allow us to efficiently and cost effectively develop and implement new solutions, make our solutions easy to implement and download, ensure our marketing engine is designed to drive highly qualified leads cost effectively and implement changes in our sales model to improve the predictability of our sales and reduce our sales cycle. If we fail to implement these changes on a timely basis or are unable to implement them due to factors beyond our control, our business may suffer. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we face as an early-stage company.

 

We have a history of losses and we may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

 

We have incurred significant losses in each fiscal period since our inception in 2005. We experienced a net loss of $20.1 million during fiscal year 2011. At April 30, 2011, we had an accumulated deficit of $40.8 million. The losses and accumulated deficit were due to the substantial investments we made to grow our business and acquire clients. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest to grow our business and acquire clients and develop our platform. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. Many of our efforts to generate revenue from our business are new and unproven, and any failure to increase our revenue could prevent us from attaining or increasing profitability. Furthermore, to the extent we are successful in increasing our client base, we could also incur increased losses because costs associated with entering into client agreements are generally incurred up front, while revenue is generally recognized ratably over the term of the agreement. We cannot be certain that we will be able to attain or increase profitability on a client-by-client basis or on a quarterly or annual basis. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks and difficulties as we encounter them, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

 

We operate in a new and unproven market for social commerce solutions. Our success depends upon the continued development of this market, and if the market does not develop as we expect, our business could be harmed.

 

We are focused on the market for social commerce solutions, which is new and unproven with little market research or data. It is uncertain whether the market in which we operate will continue to develop or if our solutions will achieve and sustain a level of demand and market acceptance sufficient for us to continue to

 

-10-


Table of Contents

generate revenue and achieve profitability. Due to our evolving business model, the uncertain size of our market and the unpredictability of future general economic and financial market conditions, we may not be able to forecast our growth rate accurately.

 

In particular, we believe our success will depend to a large extent on the willingness of brands to use online word of mouth in their marketing and advertising materials. Many of our potential clients remain hesitant to embrace our solutions, such as ratings and reviews, since they are uncomfortable displaying negative reviews about products or services offered on their websites. In addition, many brands may continue to devote significant portions of their marketing and advertising budgets to traditional, offline media or other types of online marketing or advertising initiatives that do not use online word of mouth. Some brands may be open to the idea of making online word of mouth available to consumers and yet may be unwilling or unable to implement third-party SaaS solutions similar to ours. We believe that the continued growth and acceptance of our solutions will depend on the perceived authenticity of online word of mouth and effectiveness of using online word of mouth to influence purchase decisions, both online and offline, and better understand consumer preferences regarding products and services. The existence of fraudulent reviews may call into question the authenticity of online word of mouth. We also depend on the continued growth of the social web and adoption of mobile devices, among other factors. If any of these factors are not realized, then the market for social commerce solutions may not develop as we expect, or it may develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would significantly harm our business and operating results.

 

The market in which we participate is fragmented, rapidly evolving and highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete successfully with our current or future competitors.

 

The market for social commerce solutions is highly competitive. The competitive dynamics of our market are unpredictable because it is at an early stage of development, rapidly evolving, fragmented and subject to potential disruption by new technological innovations.

 

Our main competition is from traditional marketing and advertising programs used by businesses that remain hesitant to embrace social commerce solutions such as ratings and reviews. Additionally, some businesses have developed, or may develop in the future, social commerce solutions internally. These businesses may consider their internal solutions adequate, even if our solutions are superior.

 

We have several direct and indirect competitors that provide third-party social commerce solutions, including companies like PowerReviews, Inc. and Revieworld Ltd. Additionally, we face potential competition from participants in adjacent markets that may enter our markets by leveraging related technologies and partnering with other companies.

 

We may also face competition from companies entering our market, including large Internet companies like Google, Inc. and Facebook, Inc., which could expand their platforms or acquire a competitor. While these companies do not currently focus on our market, they have significantly greater financial resources and, in the case of Google, a longer operating history. They may be able to devote greater resources to the development and improvement of their services than we can and, as a result, they may be able to respond more quickly to technological changes and clients’ changing needs. Because our market is changing rapidly, it is possible that new entrants, especially those with substantial resources, more efficient operating models, more rapid product development cycles or lower marketing costs, could introduce new solutions that disrupt the manner in which businesses use online word of mouth and engage with consumers online to address the needs of our clients and potential clients. Our business and operating results could be harmed if any such disruption occurs.

 

We believe we compete primarily on the basis of product breadth and functionality, scope, quality and breadth of client base, amount and quality of content, service, price, reputation and the efficiency of our operating model. Our competitors or potential competitors may adopt certain aspects of our business model, which could reduce our ability to differentiate our solutions. As market dynamics change, or as new and existing competitors introduce more competitive pricing or new or disruptive technologies, or as clients develop internal solutions for their social commerce needs, we may be unable to renew our agreements with existing clients or

 

-11-


Table of Contents

attract new clients at the same price or based on the same pricing model as previously used. As a result, it is possible that we may be required to change our pricing model, offer price incentives or reduce our prices in response to competitive pressures, which could harm our revenue, profitability and operating results. Moreover, many software vendors could bundle competitive products or services or offer them at a low price as part of a larger product sale. In addition, some competitors may offer software that addresses one or a limited number of strategic social commerce functions at lower prices or with greater depth than our solutions. As a result, our competitors might be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or client requirements. For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors.

 

Our quarterly financial results are subject to fluctuations; as a result, we could fail to meet or exceed expectations of analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to decline.

 

Our revenue, expenses, operating results and cash flows have fluctuated from quarter to quarter in the past and are likely to continue to do so in the future. These fluctuations are due to, or may in the future result from, many factors, some of which are outside of our control, including:

 

   

the timing differences between when we incur sales commissions, implementation costs and other client acquisition costs associated with new solutions sales and when we generate revenue from these sales, particularly related to larger sales to new clients;

 

   

our ability to sell additional solutions to existing clients and to add new clients, in multiple regions around the world, particularly in the United States and Europe, which has fluctuated and is likely to continue to fluctuate, due to the effectiveness of our sales execution, economic conditions and other factors affecting our sales in each of these regions;

 

   

our ability, and the ability of our clients, to timely implement our solutions;

 

   

the timing and effectiveness of our product development investments and related expenses and delays in generating revenue from these new solutions;

 

   

our ability to adjust our cost structure, particularly our personnel costs, in response to reductions in revenue;

 

   

the cyclical and discretionary nature of marketing spending, especially spending on social commerce solutions;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating expenses and capital expenditures related to the expansion of our operations and infrastructure and client acquisition;

 

   

our failure to achieve the growth rate that was anticipated by us in setting our operating and capital expense budgets;

 

   

active client retention rates, which have ranged on a year-to-year basis from 84.4% to 89.4% for the fiscal years 2009 through 2011;

 

   

the timing and success of new solutions, product and service offerings and pricing policies by us or our competitors or any other changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry;

 

   

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill or intangible assets from acquired companies;

 

   

unforeseen litigation costs and related settlement costs, particularly those related to intellectual property infringement and our obligation to fulfill related client indemnification obligations;

 

   

changes in currency exchange rates and associated costs of hedging to manage foreign currency fluctuations; and

 

   

the adoption of new laws or regulations, or interpretations of existing laws or regulations, that restrict, or increase the costs of, providing social commerce solutions or using the Internet as a medium for communications and commerce.

 

-12-


Table of Contents

We offer our solutions primarily through subscription agreements and generally recognize revenue ratably over the related subscription period, which is typically one year. As a result, revenue attributable to a contract signed in a particular quarter will not be fully and immediately recognized in the quarter that the contract is signed. Because we incur most costs associated with generating client contracts at the time of sale, we may not recognize revenue in the same period that we incur the related costs of sale. Timing differences of this nature could cause our margins and our operating income or losses to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, and such fluctuations may be more pronounced in quarters in which we experience a change in the mix of new clients as a percentage of total clients.

 

Typically, a significant percentage of our bookings occur in the last few weeks of a quarter. Accordingly, a market disruption or other event outside of our control that occurred toward the end of a quarter could have a disproportionate impact on us and could cause us to substantially miss our forecasted results for that quarter.

 

Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results may lead analysts to change their long-term model for valuing our common stock, cause us to face short-term liquidity issues, impact our ability to retain or attract key personnel or cause other unanticipated issues, all of which could cause our stock price to decline. As a result of the potential variations in our quarterly revenue and operating results, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenue and operating results may not be meaningful, and the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

 

Our business depends substantially on renewing agreements with existing clients and selling additional solutions to them. Any decline in our client renewals or expansions would likely harm our future operating results, especially if we are unable to recognize sufficient revenue to offset related client acquisition costs prior to such termination or cancellation of our client agreements.

 

In order for us to improve our operating results, it is important that our clients renew their agreements with us when the initial term expires and also purchase additional solutions from us. We offer our solutions primarily through subscription agreements and generally recognize revenue ratably over the related subscription period, which is typically one year. Our clients have no renewal obligation after their initial term expires, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to renew agreements with our clients at the same or higher contract value. Moreover, under specific circumstances, our clients may have the right to cancel their agreements with us before they expire, for example, in the event of an uncured breach by us. Our largest 100 active customers during fiscal year 2011 represented 57.3% of our total revenue during that year. If our clients do not renew their agreements, renew on less favorable terms or fail to purchase additional solutions, our revenue may decline, and our operating results would likely be harmed.

 

For fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, our active client retention rates on a year-to-year basis were 84.4.%, 88.2% and 89.4%, respectively. Our retention rates have declined in the past and may decline in the future due to a variety of factors, including:

 

   

the availability, price, performance and functionality of our solutions and competing products and services;

 

   

our ability to demonstrate to new clients the value of our solutions within the initial contract term, particularly if we are unable to introduce planned solutions innovation;

 

   

poor performance or discontinuation of our clients’ brands;

 

   

changes in our clients’ marketing or advertising strategies;

 

   

the timing and quality of ratings and reviews posted to our clients’ websites and the existence of negative reviews;

 

   

reductions in our clients’ spending levels;

 

   

consolidation in our client base;

 

   

the development by our clients of internal solutions for their social commerce needs; and

 

   

the effects of economic downturns and global economic conditions.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

We incur most of our client acquisition costs at the time of sale. Depending upon the scope of the client’s needs, these costs can be significant. In certain cases, clients may have the right to terminate or cancel agreements with us if we fail to maintain service level requirements or we are otherwise in breach under the client agreements. If a client does not renew or cancels its agreement with us, we may not recognize sufficient revenue from that client prior to the termination or cancellation to offset the acquisition costs associated with that client. If the cost to acquire clients is greater than the revenue we generate over time from those clients, our business and operating results will be harmed.

 

In addition, our costs associated with maintaining and increasing revenue from existing clients may be lower than costs associated with generating revenue from new clients. Therefore, the loss of recurring revenue or a reduction in the rate of revenue increase from our existing clients, even if offset by an increase in revenue from new clients, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

 

Our actual results may differ significantly from any guidance that we may issue in the future and the consensus expectations of research analysts.

 

From time to time, we may release earnings guidance or other forward-looking statements in our earnings releases, earnings conference calls or otherwise regarding our future performance that represent our management’s estimates as of the date of release. If given, this guidance will be based on forecasts prepared by our management. The principal reason that we may release guidance is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature. The speculative nature of any guidance is further exacerbated by the rapidly evolving nature and uncertain size of the market for social commerce solutions, as well as the unpredictability of future general economic and financial conditions. As a result, some or all of the assumptions of any future guidance that we furnish may not materialize or may vary significantly from actual future results. Any failure to meet guidance or analysts expectations could have a material adverse effect on the trading price or volume of our stock.

 

If we cannot efficiently implement our solutions for clients, we may be delayed in generating revenue.

 

In general, implementation of our solutions may require lengthy and significant work. We generally incur sales and marketing expenses related to the commissions owed to our sales representatives and make upfront investments in technology and personnel to support the engagements before we begin recognizing revenue from client contracts. We do not control our clients’ implementation schedule. As a result, as we have experienced in the past, if our clients do not allocate internal resources necessary to meet their implementation responsibilities or if we face unanticipated implementation difficulties, the implementation may be delayed. Further, in the past, our implementation capacity has at times constrained our ability to successfully and timely implement our solutions for our clients, particularly during periods of high demand. If the client implementation process is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, whether due to our clients’ or our capacity constraints, we could incur significant costs prior to generating revenue, and our relationships with some of our clients may be adversely affected. In addition, competitors with more efficient operating models with lower implementation costs could penetrate our client relationships.

 

Our management team has a limited history of working together and may not be able to execute our business plan.

 

Our management team has worked together for only a limited period of time and has a limited track record of executing our business plan as a team. Most of our executives, including our Chief Executive Officer, have limited or no experience in managing publicly traded companies or companies of our size. In addition, we have recently filled a number of positions in our senior management and finance and accounting staff. Accordingly, certain key personnel have only recently assumed the duties and responsibilities they are now performing, and it is difficult to predict whether our management team, individually and collectively, will be effective in operating our business.

 

-14-


Table of Contents

Our growth could strain our personnel, technology and infrastructure resources, and if we are unable to effectively manage our growth, our operating results may suffer.

 

Since our inception, we have experienced rapid growth, which has increased the complexity of our operations. As our operations have expanded, we have grown from 70 employees at April 30, 2007 to 626 employees at April 30, 2011, consisting of 494 full-time employees and 132 part-time content moderators. We have increased the size of our client base from 32 active clients at April 30, 2007 to 587 active clients at April 30, 2011. The rapid growth and increasing complexity have demanded, and will continue to demand, substantial resources and attention from our management, most of whom have limited experience in managing a business of our size and complexity. We expect to continue to hire more employees in the future as we grow our business. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel and to support financial reporting requirements as a public company, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial, technology and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Further, to accommodate our expected growth we must continually improve and maintain our technology, systems and network infrastructure. Our current and planned personnel, systems, procedures and controls may not be adequate to support our future operations. Our inability to expand our personnel and operations in an efficient manner could result in difficulty in acquiring new clients or retaining existing clients, declines in quality or client satisfaction, increases in expenses relative to our revenue and challenges in developing and introducing new solutions, any of which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

Because we recognize revenue for our solutions ratably over the term of our client agreements, decreases in the revenue recognizable under contracts for new active clients will not be fully and immediately reflected in our operating results.

 

We offer our solutions primarily through subscription agreements and generally recognize revenue ratably over the related subscription period, which is typically one year. As a result, some portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is revenue from contracts entered into during prior quarters. Consequently, a decline in the revenue recognizable under contracts for new active clients signed in any quarter or a decline in the growth rate of revenue recognizable under contracts signed in any quarter will not be fully and immediately reflected in the revenue of that quarter and would negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. In addition, we may be unable to adjust our cost structure rapidly, or at all, to take account of this reduced revenue.

 

Our sales cycle can be long and unpredictable and require considerable time and expense, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate.

 

The sales cycle for our solutions, from initial contact with a potential client to contract execution and implementation, varies widely by client and solution. Some of our clients undertake a significant evaluation process that has in the past resulted in a lengthy sales cycle, typically three to 12 months. We have no assurance that the substantial time and money spent on our sales efforts will produce any sales. If sales expected from a specific client for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter or at all, our results could fall short of public expectations and our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

The average sales price of our solutions may decrease, which may adversely affect our ability to achieve and maintain profitability.

 

The average sales price of our solutions may decline for a variety of reasons, including competitive pricing pressures in anticipation of the introduction of new solutions or technologies. In addition, because the market for our social commerce solutions is new and unproven and because our business model is evolving, we may not be able to achieve and sustain a level of demand and market acceptance sufficient for us to continue to maintain the current average sales price for our solutions. Furthermore, the composition of our clients may change in a manner that makes it more difficult to maintain such prices. Any failure to maintain our prices could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

-15-


Table of Contents

Our business depends on retaining and attracting qualified management and operating personnel.

 

Our success depends in large part on our ability to retain and attract high-quality management and operating personnel. Our business plan was developed in large part by our executive officers, and its implementation requires their skills and knowledge. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees. We may not be able to offset the impact on our business of the loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers or key employees. Our business also requires skilled technical and sales personnel, who are in high demand and are often subject to competing offers. As we expand into new vertical and geographic markets, we will require personnel with expertise in these new areas. Competition for qualified employees is intense in our industry and particularly in Austin, Texas, where most of our employees are based. The loss of even a few qualified employees, or an inability to retain, attract, relocate and motivate additional highly skilled employees required for the planned expansion of our business, could harm our operating results and impair our ability to grow. To retain and attract key personnel, we use various measures, including an equity incentive program and incentive bonuses for executive officers and other key employees. These measures may not be sufficient to retain and attract the personnel we require to operate our business effectively. In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the software industry, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options they are to receive in connection with their employment. Significant volatility in the price of our stock after this offering may, therefore, adversely affect our ability to retain and attract key employees.

 

If we are unable to maintain or expand our direct sales and marketing capabilities, we may not be able to generate anticipated revenue.

 

We rely primarily on our direct sales force to sell our solutions. Our solutions require a sophisticated sales force. We currently plan to expand our sales team in order to increase revenue from new and existing clients and to further penetrate our existing markets and expand into new markets. Our failure to hire or retain qualified sales personnel may preclude us from expanding our business and generating anticipated revenue. Competition for qualified sales personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain our existing sales personnel or attract, integrate or retain sufficient highly qualified sales personnel. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If any of our sales representatives were to leave us and join one of our competitors, we may be unable to prevent such sales representatives from helping competitors to solicit business from our existing clients, which could adversely affect our revenue.

 

In addition, new sales hires require training and typically take several months to achieve productivity, if at all. For internal planning purposes, we assume that it will take significant time before a newly hired sales representative is fully trained and productive in selling our solutions. This amount of time may be longer for sales personnel focused on new geographies or new verticals. As a result, the cost of hiring and carrying new representatives cannot be offset by the revenue they produce for a significant period of time. Furthermore, because of the length of our sales training period, we often cannot determine if a sales representative will succeed until after he or she has been employed for several months or longer. If we experience high turnover in our sales force, or if we cannot reliably develop and grow our sales team, our revenue growth may be adversely affected.

 

If we are not able to successfully leverage data we and our clients collect and manage through our solutions, we may not be able to increase our revenue through our analytics and other data solutions.

 

Our ability to grow our revenue through analytics and other data solutions depends on our ability to successfully leverage data that we and our clients collect and manage through the use of our solutions. Our ability to successfully leverage such data, in turn, depends on our ability to collect and obtain rights to utilize such data in our solutions and to maintain and grow our network of clients. We currently employ cookies, which are small files of non-personalized information placed on an Internet user’s computer, on a limited basis, but we may implement them more broadly to collect information related to the user, such as the user’s Internet Protocol, or IP, address, demographic information and history of the user’s interactions with our clients. If we are unable to effectively introduce cookies more broadly, our ability to collect such data could be impaired.

 

-16-


Table of Contents

Additionally, our ability to both collect and utilize data may be affected by a number of factors outside of our control, including increased government regulation of the collection of information concerning consumer behavior on the Internet and the increased use of features that allow website visitors to modify their settings to prevent or delete cookies and to sweep all cookies from their computers. Further, we currently do not own the data collected through the use of our solutions but currently license the data from our clients for limited aggregation purposes. If we are not able to obtain sufficient rights to the data, we may not be able to utilize it in our solutions. Finally, in order to obtain the critical mass of data necessary for our analytics and other data solutions to have value for our clients, we will need to maintain and grow our client base. Currently, a substantial amount of the data to which we have access is collected by a small number of our clients. Consequently, the loss of a single client could have a disproportionate impact on the data that is available to us. Any of these limitations on our ability to successfully leverage data could have a material adverse effect on our ability to increase our revenue through analytics and other data solutions and could harm our future operating results.

 

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from a limited number of our solutions. If we are unable to maintain demand for these solutions or diversify our revenue sources by successfully developing and introducing new or enhanced solutions, we could lose existing clients or fail to attract new clients and our business could be harmed.

 

Historically, a majority of our revenue has been derived from sales of our Ratings & Reviews solution, which is the core element of our technology platform. If we are unable to develop enhanced features for this solution to maintain demand or to diversify our revenue base by increasing demand for our other solutions and successfully developing and introducing new solutions either by internal development or acquisition, our operating results could be negatively impacted. We are currently modifying our software architecture to be able to develop and implement new solutions more efficiently and cost effectively. Improving our architecture and developing and delivering new or upgraded solutions may require us to make substantial investments, and we have no assurance that such new or upgraded architecture solutions will generate sufficient revenue to offset their costs. If we are unable to efficiently develop, license or acquire such new or upgraded solutions on a timely and cost-effective basis, or if such solutions are not effectively brought to market, are not appropriately timed with market opportunity or do not achieve market acceptance, we could lose existing clients or fail to attract new clients, and our business and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

 

In addition, we must continuously modify and enhance our solutions to keep pace with rapid changes in the social web and Internet-related hardware, software communication, browser, database and social commerce technologies. If we are unable to respond in a timely and cost-effective manner to rapid technological developments, our solutions could become less marketable and less competitive or become obsolete, and our operating results could be negatively affected.

 

Our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and expand our operations outside of the United States and, as a result, our business is susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

 

As our operations have expanded, we have established and currently maintain offices in the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, France, Germany and Sweden. We have limited experience in operating in foreign jurisdictions outside the United States and are making significant investments to build our international operations. Managing a global organization is difficult, time-consuming and expensive, and any international expansion efforts that we may undertake may not be successful. In addition, conducting international operations subjects us to risks, including the following:

 

   

the cost and resources required to localize our solutions;

 

   

competition with companies that understand the local market better than we do or who have pre-existing relationships with potential clients in those markets;

 

   

legal uncertainty regarding the application of unique local laws to social commerce solutions or a lack of clear precedent of applicable law;

 

-17-


Table of Contents
   

lack of familiarity with and the burden of complying with a wide variety of other foreign laws, legal standards and foreign regulatory requirements, which are subject to unexpected changes;

 

   

difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value added tax systems and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

 

   

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities and difficulties in implementing and maintaining adequate internal controls;

 

   

political, social and economic instability abroad, terrorist attacks and security concerns in general;

 

   

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and

 

   

higher telecommunications and Internet service provider costs.

 

Operating in international markets also requires significant management attention and financial resources. The investment and additional resources required to establish operations and manage growth in other countries may not produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.

 

Unfavorable conditions in the market for social commerce solutions or the global economy or reductions in marketing spending could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

 

Our operating results may vary based on the impact on us or our clients of changes in the market for social commerce solutions or the global economy. In addition, the revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depends on marketing spending by companies in the markets we serve. To the extent that weak economic conditions cause our clients and potential clients to freeze or reduce their marketing budgets, demand for our solutions may be negatively affected. Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in marketing spending. If economic conditions deteriorate or do not materially improve, our clients and potential clients may elect to decrease their marketing budgets by deferring or reconsidering product purchases, which would limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

 

If we are unable to increase our penetration in our principal existing markets and expand into additional vertical markets, we will be unable to grow our business and increase revenue.

 

We currently market our solutions to a variety of industries, including the retail, consumer products, travel and leisure, technology, telecommunications, financial services, healthcare and automotive industries. We believe our future growth depends not only on increasing our penetration into the principal markets in which our solutions are currently used but also on identifying and expanding the number of industries, communities and markets that use or could use our solutions. Efforts to offer our solutions beyond our current markets may divert management resources from existing operations and require us to commit significant financial resources, either of which could significantly impair our operating results. In addition, some markets have unique and complex regulatory requirements that may make it more difficult or costly for us to market, sell or implement our solutions in those markets. Moreover, our solutions may not achieve market acceptance in new markets, and our efforts to expand beyond our existing markets may not generate additional revenue or be profitable. Our inability to further penetrate our existing markets or our inability to identify additional markets and achieve acceptance of our solutions in these additional markets could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our growth depends in part on the success of our development and implementation support relationships with third parties.

 

We currently depend on, and intend to pursue additional relationships with, various third parties related to product development, including technology and service providers and social media platforms. Identifying, negotiating and documenting these relationships requires significant time and resources, as does integrating our

 

-18-


Table of Contents

solutions with third-party technologies. In some cases, we do not have formal written agreements with our development partners. Even when we have written agreements, they are typically non-exclusive and do not prohibit our development partners from working with our competitors or from offering competing services. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services.

 

Specifically, we outsource some of our product development, quality assurance and technology operations to two third-party contractors located in Ukraine and Costa Rica. We also outsource some components of the development and technology operations of our SocialConnect application to a third-party contractor located in the United States. We also rely on a third-party relationship to assist with client implementation support. We believe that supplementing our product development and implementation support activities with our outsourced third-party contractors enhances the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of these activities. If we experience problems with our third-party contractors or the costs charged by our contractors increases, we may not be able to develop new solutions or enhance existing solutions or meet our clients’ implementation support needs in an alternate manner that is equally or more efficient and cost-effective.

 

Additionally, our SocialConnect application integrates certain of our solutions directly with Facebook’s social media platform. We currently rely on Facebook’s cooperation in order to integrate our solutions with Facebook’s platform, and we do not have a formal, written agreement with Facebook. There is no assurance that Facebook will continue to cooperate with us. Changes in Facebook’s technology or terms of use may inhibit or restrict us, from continuing to integrate our solutions with Facebook’s platform. If Facebook does not continue to cooperate with us or if Facebook changes their technology or terms of use in ways that inhibit, restrict or increase the costs of the integration of our solutions with Facebook, our business could be harmed.

 

We anticipate that we will continue to depend on these and other third-party relationships in order to grow our business. If we are unsuccessful in maintaining existing and establishing new relationships with third parties, our ability to efficiently develop and implement new solutions could be impaired, and our competitive position or our operating results could suffer. Even if we are successful, these relationships may not result in increased revenue.

 

We currently rely on a small number of third-party service providers to host and deliver a significant portion of our solutions, and any interruptions or delays in services from these third parties could impair the delivery of our solutions and harm our business.

 

We host our solutions and serve our clients primarily from a third-party data center facility located in Texas. We also utilize third-party services that deploy data centers worldwide. We do not control the operation of any of the third-party data center facilities we use. These facilities may be subject to break-ins, computer viruses, denial-of-service attacks, sabotage, acts of vandalism and other misconduct. They are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from power loss, telecommunications failures, fires, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes and similar events. As a result, we may in the future experience website disruptions, outages and other performance problems. Despite our efforts, the occurrence of any of these events, a decision by our third-party service providers to close their data center facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in loss of data as well as a significant interruption in the offering of our solutions and harm to our reputation and brand.

 

Additionally, our third-party data center facility agreements are of limited durations, and our third-party data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew our agreements with these facilities on commercially reasonable terms, we may experience delays in the provisioning of our solutions until an agreement with another data center facility can be arranged. This shift to alternate data centers could take more than 24 hours depending on the nature of the event, which could cause significant interruptions in service and adversely affect our business and reputation.

 

We also depend on third-party Internet-hosting providers and continuous and uninterrupted access to the Internet through third-party bandwidth providers to operate our business. If we lose the services of one or more

 

-19-


Table of Contents

of our Internet-hosting or bandwidth providers for any reason or if their services are disrupted, for example due to viruses or “denial-of-service” or other attacks on their systems, or due to power loss, telecommunications failures, fires, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes or similar events, we could experience disruption in our ability to offer our solutions or we could be required to retain the services of replacement providers, which could increase our operating costs and harm our business and reputation.

 

Any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our solutions could harm our reputation and may damage our clients’ businesses. Interruptions in our ability to offer our solutions would likely reduce our revenue, could cause our clients to cease using our solutions and could adversely affect our retention rates. In addition, some of our client agreements require us to issue credits for downtime in excess of certain targets, and in some instances give our clients the ability to terminate the agreements. Our business and results of operations would be harmed if our current and potential clients believe our solutions are unreliable.

 

Unfavorable changes in evolving government regulation and taxation of the Internet and online communications and social commerce solutions could harm our business and results of operations.

 

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for communications and commerce. As the use of the Internet continues to evolve, increasing regulation by federal, state or foreign governments becomes more likely. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting data privacy, the solicitation, collection, processing or use of personal or consumer information, truth-in-advertising, consumer protection and the use of the Internet as a commercial medium and the market for social commerce solutions. There is also uncertainty as to how some existing laws governing issues such as sales taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the Internet. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet. Any new regulations or legislation or new interpretations of existing regulations or legislation restricting Internet commerce or communications or imposing greater fees for Internet use could result in a decline in the use of the Internet as a medium for commerce and communications, diminish the viability of Internet solutions generally, and reduce the demand for our solutions. Additionally, if we are required to comply with new regulations or legislation or new interpretations of existing regulations or legislation, this compliance could cause us to incur additional expenses, make it more difficult to conduct our business or require us to alter our business model. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Public scrutiny of Internet privacy issues may result in increased regulation and different industry standards, which could require us to incur significant expenses in order to comply with such regulations or deter or prevent us from providing our products and solutions to clients, thereby harming our business.

 

As part of our business, we collect and store personal information. We expect our collection and storage of personal information to increase, primarily in connection with our efforts to expand our analytics and other data solutions. The regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide is currently in flux and is likely to remain so for the foreseeable future. Practices regarding the collection, use, storage, transmission and security of personal information by companies operating over the Internet have recently come under increased public scrutiny. The U.S. government, including the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Commerce, has announced that it is reviewing the need for greater regulation for the collection of information concerning consumer behavior on the Internet, including regulation aimed at restricting certain targeted advertising practices. We will also face additional privacy issues as we expand into other international markets, as many nations have privacy protections more stringent than those in the United States. For example, the European Union is in the process of proposing reforms to its existing data protection legal framework, which may result in a greater compliance burden for companies with users in Europe. Various government and consumer agencies have also called for new regulation and changes in industry practices.

 

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to comply with privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards or contractual obligations. Increased domestic or

 

-20-


Table of Contents

international regulation of data utilization and distribution practices, including self-regulation, could require us to modify our operations and incur significant expense, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our business, including our ability to operate and expand internationally, could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are adopted, interpreted, or implemented in a manner that is inconsistent with our current or planned business practices and that require changes to these practices, the design of our solutions or our privacy policy.

 

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to consumer data is otherwise obtained, our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, clients may curtail or stop using our solutions, and we may incur significant liabilities.

 

Our operations involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, and security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation, indemnity obligations to our clients and other liability. If our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, and, as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to client and consumer data, including personally identifiable information regarding consumers, our reputation will be damaged, our business may suffer and we could incur significant liability. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose potential sales and existing clients.

 

We may be subject to claims that we violated intellectual property rights of others, which are extremely costly to defend and could require us to pay significant damages and limit our ability to operate.

 

Companies in the Internet and technology industries, and other patent, copyright and trademark holders, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on claims of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We have received in the past, and expect to receive in the future, notices that claim we or our clients using our solutions have misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights. There may be intellectual property rights held by others, including issued or pending patents, copyrights and trademarks, that cover significant aspects of our technologies, content, branding or business methods. Any intellectual property claim against us or against our clients requiring us to indemnify our clients, regardless of merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to settle or litigate and could divert our management’s attention and other resources. These claims also could subject us to significant liability for damages and could result in our having to stop using technology, content, branding or business methods found to be in violation of another party’s rights. In addition, some of our commercial agreements require us to indemnify the other party for third-party intellectual property infringement claims, which could increase the cost to us of an adverse ruling in such an action. We might be required or may opt to seek a license for rights to intellectual property held by others, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if a license is available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. We may also be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, content, branding or business methods, which could require significant effort and expense and make us less competitive. If we cannot license or develop technology, content, branding or business methods for any allegedly infringing aspect of our business, we may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results could harm our operating results.

 

If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property, our ability to compete could be impaired.

 

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our competitors could use our intellectual property to market products and services similar to ours and our ability to compete effectively would be impaired. To protect our intellectual property we rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws, contractual provisions and technical measures. These protections may not be adequate to prevent our competitors from copying or reverse-engineering our technology and services to create similar offerings. The scope of patent

 

-21-


Table of Contents

protection, if any, we may obtain from our patent applications is difficult to predict and, if issued, our patents may be found invalid, unenforceable or of insufficient scope to prevent competitors from offering similar services. Our competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require employees, consultants, advisors, subcontractors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements, and we maintain policies and procedures to limit access to our trade secrets and proprietary information. These agreements and the other actions we take may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information from unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure. Existing copyright and patent laws may not provide adequate or meaningful protection in the event competitors independently develop technology, products or services similar to our solutions. Even if such laws provide protection, we may have insufficient resources to take the legal actions necessary to protect our interests.

 

Upon discovery of potential infringement of our intellectual property, we promptly take action we deem appropriate to protect our rights. Even if we do detect violations and decide to enforce our intellectual property rights, litigation may be necessary to enforce our rights, and any enforcement efforts we undertake could be time-consuming and expensive, could divert our management’s attention and may result in a court determining that our intellectual property rights are unenforceable. A failure to protect our intellectual property in a cost-effective and meaningful manner could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete.

 

As of April 30, 2011, we had no patents issued, five patent applications filed and two provisional patent applications filed. We cannot be certain that any patents will be issued with respect to our current or potential patent applications. Any future patents issued to us may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, may not provide sufficiently broad protection or may not prove to be enforceable in actions against alleged infringers. Furthermore, effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our products are available over the Internet. In addition, the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain and still evolving.

 

We face potential liability and expenses for legal claims based on online word of mouth that is enabled by our solutions. If we are required to pay damages or expenses in connection with these legal claims, our operating results and business may be harmed.

 

Our solutions enable our clients to collect and display user-generated content, in the form of online word of mouth, on their websites and other third-party websites. We are also involved in the syndication and moderation of such content. Consequently, in connection with the operation of our business, we face potential liability based on a variety of theories, including fraud, defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement or other legal theories based on the nature and syndication or moderation of this information, and under various laws, including the Lanham Act and the Copyright Act. In addition, it is also possible that consumers could make claims against us for losses incurred in reliance upon information enabled by our solutions, syndicated or moderated by us and displayed on our clients’ websites or social networks. These claims, whether brought in the United States or abroad, could divert management time and attention away from our business and result in significant costs to investigate and defend, regardless of the merit of these claims. If we become subject to these or similar types of claims and are not successful in our defense, we may be forced to pay substantial damages. There is no guarantee that we will avoid future liability and potential expenses for legal claims based on the content of the materials that our solutions enable. Should the content enabled by our solutions violate the intellectual property rights of others or otherwise give rise to claims against us, we could be subject to substantial liability, which could have a negative impact on our business, revenue and financial condition.

 

Our use of open source and third-party technology could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our solutions.

 

We use open source software in our solutions. Although we monitor our use of open source software closely, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by courts in or outside of the United States, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions

 

-22-


Table of Contents

or restrictions on our ability to market our solutions. We also incorporate certain third-party technologies into our solutions and may desire to incorporate additional third-party technologies in the future. Licenses to new third-party technology may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. We could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our solutions, to re-engineer our technology or to discontinue offering our solutions in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Undetected errors or defects in our solutions could result in the loss of revenue, delayed market acceptance of our products or services or claims against us.

 

Our solutions are complex and frequently upgraded and may contain undetected errors, defects, failures or viruses, especially when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. Despite testing, our solutions, or third-party products that we incorporate into our solutions, may contain undetected errors, defects or viruses that could, among other things:

 

   

require us to make extensive changes to our solutions, which would increase our expenses;

 

   

expose us to claims for damages;

 

   

require us to incur additional technical support costs;

 

   

cause negative client or consumer reactions that could reduce future sales;

 

   

generate negative publicity regarding us and our solutions; or

 

   

result in clients electing not to renew their subscriptions for our solutions.

 

Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available.

 

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new solutions or enhance our existing solutions and platform, enhance our operating infrastructure and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. Any debt financing secured by us in the future would likely be senior to our common stock and could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

 

Our loan agreement contains operating and financial covenants that may restrict our business and financing activities.

 

On July 18, 2007, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution. As of July 31, 2011, we had no borrowings and a $1.8 million letter of credit issued under our loan agreement. Any borrowings, letters of credit and credit card services pursuant to our loan agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets, including our intellectual property. Our loan agreement restricts, among other things, our ability to:

 

   

create, incur or assume guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons and hedging arrangements or make payments with respect to additional indebtedness;

 

-23-


Table of Contents
   

create, incur or assume liens and other encumbrances;

 

   

make or own loans, investments and acquisitions;

 

   

sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

   

pay dividends or make distributions on, or purchase or redeem, our capital stock;

 

   

consolidate or merge with or into other entities;

 

   

undergo a change in control;

 

   

engage in new or different lines of business; or

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates.

 

Our loan agreement also contains numerous affirmative covenants, including covenants regarding compliance with applicable laws and regulations, financial and other reporting, payment of taxes and other obligations, maintenance of insurance coverage, maintenance of bank and investment accounts with the financial institution and its affiliates, registration of intellectual property rights, and certain third-party consents and waivers. Furthermore, if we request an optional increase in the revolving line of credit under our loan agreement, our loan agreement requires us to maintain a minimum amount of cash in our accounts with the financial institution at all times. The operating and other restrictions and covenants in our loan agreement, and in any future financing arrangements that we may enter into, may restrict our ability to finance our operations, engage in certain business activities, or expand or fully pursue our business strategies, or otherwise limit our discretion to manage our business. Our ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those restrictions and covenants. A breach of any of these restrictions and covenants could result in a default under our loan agreement or any future financing arrangements, which could cause any outstanding indebtedness under our loan agreement or under any future financing arrangements to become immediately due and payable, and result in the termination of commitments to extend further credit.

 

If Internet search engines’ methodologies are modified, our Smart SEO capability could be harmed.

 

In connection with search engine optimization, or SEO, capabilities that we provide our clients, including our Smart SEO solution, we depend in part on various Internet search engines, such as Google and Bing, to direct a significant amount of traffic to our clients’ websites. Our ability to influence the number of visitors directed to our clients’ websites through search engines is not entirely within our control. For example, search engines frequently revise their algorithms in an attempt to optimize their search result listings. Recently, Google announced an algorithm change that affected nearly 12% of their U.S. query results. There cannot be any assurance as to whether these or any future changes that may be made by Google or any other search engines might impact our Smart SEO capability in the long term. Changes in the methodologies used by search engines to display results could cause our clients’ websites to receive less favorable placements, which could reduce the number of users who click to visit our clients’ websites from these search engines. Some of our clients’ websites have experienced fluctuations in search result rankings and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Internet search engines could decide that content on our clients’ websites enabled by our solutions, including online word of mouth, is unacceptable or violates their corporate policies. Any reduction in the number of users directed to our clients’ websites could negatively affect our ability to earn revenue through our Smart SEO solution.

 

If we are unable to maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the passion, performance, innovation, openness, teamwork, respect and generosity that we believe contribute to our success and our business may be harmed.

 

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate culture. As we grow and change, we may find it difficult to maintain the values that are fundamental to our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to recruit and retain personnel and otherwise adversely

 

-24-


Table of Contents

affect our future success. We may face pressure to change our culture as we grow, particularly if we experience difficulties in attracting competent personnel who are willing to embrace our culture. However, we have no intention of succumbing to this pressure, which could make it even more difficult to attract necessary personnel.

 

Our revenue may be adversely affected if we are required to charge sales taxes in additional jurisdictions or other taxes for our solutions.

 

We collect or have imposed upon us sales or other taxes related to the solutions we sell in certain states and other jurisdictions. Additional states, countries or other jurisdictions may seek to impose sales or other tax collection obligations on us in the future, or states or jurisdictions in which we already pay tax may increase the amount of taxes we are required to pay. A successful assertion by any state, country or other jurisdiction in which we do business that we should be collecting sales or other taxes on the sale of our products and services could, among other things, create significant administrative burdens for us, result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, discourage clients from purchasing solutions from us or otherwise substantially harm our business and results of operations.

 

If we undertake business combinations and acquisitions, they may be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value or divert management’s attention.

 

Historically, we have not undertaken any business combinations or acquisitions. However, in the future, we may support our growth through acquisitions of complementary businesses, services or technologies. Future acquisitions involve risks, such as:

 

   

misjudgment with respect to the value, return on investment or strategic fit of any acquired operations or assets;

 

   

challenges associated with integrating acquired technologies, operations and cultures of acquired companies;

 

   

exposure to unforeseen liabilities;

 

   

diversion of management and other resources from day-to-day operations;

 

   

possible loss of key employees, clients, suppliers and partners;

 

   

higher than expected transaction costs;

 

   

potential loss of commercial relationships and customers based on their concerns regarding the acquired business or technologies; and

 

   

additional dilution to our existing stockholders if we use our common stock as consideration for such acquisitions.

 

As a result of these risks, we may not be able to achieve the expected benefits of any acquisition. If we are unsuccessful in completing or integrating acquisitions, we may be required to reevaluate our growth strategy and we may have incurred substantial expenses and devoted significant management time and resources in seeking to complete and integrate the acquisitions.

 

Future business combinations could involve the acquisition of significant intangible assets. We may need to record write-downs from future impairments of identified intangible assets and goodwill. These accounting charges would reduce any future reported earnings or increase a reported loss. In addition, we could use substantial portions of our available cash, including some or substantially all of the proceeds of this offering, to pay the purchase price for acquisitions. Subject to the provisions of our existing indebtedness, it is possible that we could incur additional debt or issue additional equity securities as consideration for these acquisitions, which could cause our stockholders to suffer significant dilution.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or research tax credit carryforwards, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

As of April 30, 2011, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $29.3 million due to prior period losses, which expire beginning in 2026. We also have federal research tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.0 million that will begin to expire in 2026. Realization of these net operating loss and research tax credit carryforwards depends on many factors, including our future income. There is a risk that due to regulatory changes or unforeseen reasons our existing carryforwards could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which would adversely affect our operating results. In addition, under Section 382/383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income may be limited. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards or other pre-change tax attributes to offset United States federal and state taxable income may be subject to limitations.

 

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

 

We face exposure to adverse movements in currency exchange rates, which may cause our revenue and operating results to differ materially from expectations. A decline in the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies would increase our non-U.S. revenue, when translated into U.S. dollars. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to foreign currencies, our revenue would be adversely affected. Our operating results could be negatively impacted depending on the amount of expense denominated in foreign currencies. As exchange rates vary, revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses and other operating results, when translated, may differ materially from expectations. In addition, our revenue and operating results are subject to fluctuation if our mix of U.S. and foreign currency denominated transactions and expenses changes in the future. Even if we were to implement hedging strategies to mitigate foreign currency risk, these strategies might not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and would involve costs and risks of their own, such as ongoing management time and expertise, external costs to implement the strategies and potential accounting implications.

 

If we experience material weaknesses in the future, as we have in the past, or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

 

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2013. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual and interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

We are in the early stages of further enhancing the computer systems processes and related documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would likely cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

We have in the past identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and although we have remediated the material weakness identified, we cannot assure you that there will not be

 

-26-


Table of Contents

material weaknesses in our internal controls in the future. Prior to fiscal year 2010, our independent accounting firm was not registered by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB. In fiscal year 2010, we appointed a PCAOB registered independent accounting firm. In connection with our fiscal year 2008 and fiscal year 2009 audits following this appointment, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified one material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. For fiscal year 2008 and fiscal year 2009, we did not maintain a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of generally accepted accounting principles commensurate with our financial reporting requirements. Specifically, we lacked sufficient finance and accounting staff with adequate depth and skill in the application of generally accepted accounting principles with respect to the accounting for revenue recognition and internal-use software. This control deficiency resulted in material errors, requiring the restatement of our financial results for our fiscal years ended April 30, 2008 and 2009.

 

Since the periods with respect to which this material weakness was identified, we have taken steps to address the material weakness disclosed in the preceding paragraph, including hiring a new chief financial officer, corporate controller and other appropriately qualified accounting personnel, forming an audit committee and implementing additional financial accounting controls and procedures. As a result of these actions, we believe that this material weakness has been remediated and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus reflect the correct application of accounting guidance in accordance with GAAP. However, we have not completed the necessary documentation and testing procedures under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and cannot assure you that we will be able to implement and maintain an effective internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain such controls could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

Our securities have no prior market, and our common stock could trade at prices below the initial public offering price.

 

There has not been a public trading market for shares of our common stock prior to this offering. Although we will apply to have our common stock quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange, an active trading market may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters. This price may be higher than the trading price of our common stock after this offering. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price.

 

The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the risk factors described in this section of this prospectus, and other factors beyond our control. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock will include:

 

   

variations in our operating results and operating results of similar companies;

 

   

changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

   

announcements of technological innovations, new products, services or service enhancements, strategic alliances or agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

   

marketing and advertising initiatives by us or our competitors;

 

   

threatened or actual litigation;

 

   

changes in our management;

 

   

recruitment or departures of key personnel;

 

-27-


Table of Contents
   

conditions in the market for social commerce solutions, the industries in which our clients operate and the economy as a whole;

 

   

the overall performance of the equity markets;

 

   

sales of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders; and

 

   

adoption or modification of regulations, policies, procedures or programs applicable to our business.

 

Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations and general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, changes in U.S. credit ratings, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may even be more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. Each of these factors, among others, could harm the value of your investment in our common stock.

 

In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us, regardless of the merits or outcome, could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could materially harm our business.

 

If securities analysts do not publish research or publish negative research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities analysts. If no or few securities analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes negative research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our stock or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock and demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

The concentration of our capital stock ownership with insiders upon the completion of this offering will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

 

We anticipate that our executive officers, directors, beneficial owners of 5.0% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock and affiliated entities will together beneficially own approximately             % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, may be able to control our management and affairs and matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Consequently, this concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, including a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.

 

The price of our common stock could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock in the public stock market after this offering. After this offering, we will have an aggregate of              outstanding shares of common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of April 30, 2011. The shares sold in this offering, including any shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, may be resold in the public market immediately following this offering. The remaining              shares, or approximately     % of our outstanding shares after this offering, will be able to be sold in the public market as set forth below:

 

Number of shares and

percentage of total outstanding

  

Date available for sale into public market

            shares, or     %

   Immediately after this offering.

            shares, or     %

   Between 90 and 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

            shares, or     %

   At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension under certain circumstances and subject in some cases to volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

 

We and all of our directors and officers, as well the other holders of substantially all shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have entered into lock-up agreements. The lock-up agreements expire 180 days after the date of this prospectus, in each case subject to a potential extension of up to 34 days under certain circumstances. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions of any lock-up agreements described above. In addition, these lock-up agreements are subject to the exceptions described in the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriters.”

 

After this offering and the expiration of the lock-up period, the holders of an aggregate of              shares of our common stock not sold in this offering will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

 

We also intend to register the issuance of all shares of common stock that we have issued and may issue under our option plans. Once we register the issuance of these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance.

 

Also, in the future, we may issue securities in connection with investments and acquisitions. The amount of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding stock. Due to these factors, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock.

 

Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

 

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock based on the total tangible assets, which is our total assets, less capitalized internal-use software development costs reduced by the amount of our total liabilities immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $             per share in pro forma net tangible book value, the difference between the price you pay for our common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share after completion of this offering. Furthermore, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will own only approximately     % of our shares outstanding, even though they will have contributed     % of the total consideration received by us in connection with our sales of common stock. As of April 30, 2011, options to purchase 11,690,549 shares of our common

 

-29-


Table of Contents

stock at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $3.02 per share were outstanding. Since that date we have granted options to purchase an additional              shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share. After this offering, we will have an aggregate of              shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our stock option plans or otherwise. We intend to continue to actively pursue strategic acquisitions. We may pay for such acquisitions, partly or in full, through the issuance of additional equity. Following the completion of this offering, we may issue              shares of our common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders. Any issuance of shares in connection with our acquisitions, the exercise of stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase our shares in this offering.

 

Our management has broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use the net proceeds effectively.

 

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering. We cannot specify with certainty the uses to which we will apply the net proceeds we will receive from this offering. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could adversely affect our ability to continue to maintain and expand our business.

 

We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock.

 

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do not pay cash dividends, you could receive a return on your investment in our common stock only if the market price of our common stock has increased when you sell your shares. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement currently restrict our ability to pay dividends.

 

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and greater expenditures may be necessary in the future with the advent of new laws, regulations and stock exchange listing requirements pertaining to public companies. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC and the New York Stock Exchange, impose various requirements on public companies, including establishing effective internal controls and certain corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel have begun to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, and additional laws and regulations may divert further management resources. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of new compliance initiatives in a timely manner, the market price of our stock could decline, and we could be subject to investigations and other actions by the Securities and Exchange Commission, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC and the New York Stock Exchange, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

 

Our charter documents and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:

 

   

creating a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

 

   

not providing for cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

-30-


Table of Contents
   

authorizing our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with rights senior to those of our common stock;

 

   

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent; and

 

   

requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals.

 

These and other provisions to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions. See the sections of this prospectus titled “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred Stock” and “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.”

 

-31-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

This prospectus, including the sections of this prospectus titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “potentially,” “will” or “may,” or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our expectations regarding our revenue, expenses, sales and operations;

 

   

anticipated trends, developments and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate;

 

   

our ability to compete in our markets and innovation by our competitors;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain clients;

 

   

our ability to anticipate market needs or develop new or enhanced solutions to meet those needs;

 

   

our ability to manage growth;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability to manage expansion into international markets and new vertical industries;

 

   

our ability to retain and attract key personnel;

 

   

our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;

 

   

our ability to successfully identify, manage and integrate potential acquisitions; and

 

   

our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements and our need for additional financing.

 

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, performance or achievements. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements, which statements apply only as of the date of this prospectus. These important factors include those that we discuss in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere. You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

This prospectus contains estimates and other information concerning the industries in which we operate, including market size and growth rates, which are based on publications, surveys and forecasts, including those generated by Cisco Systems, Inc., eMarketer, Inc., ESOMAR B.V., Forrester Research, Inc., Fortune, Interbrand, Internet Retailer, MAGNAGLOBAL, comScore, Inc., Shop.org, PJL Digital (d/b/a Social Shopping Labs), The CMO Club (operated by C Level Club, LLC) and The Nielsen Company, as well as internal research. We commissioned the survey of Chief Marketing Officers conducted by The CMO Club (operated by C Level Club, LLC) referenced on page 73 and contributed to its preparation. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications, surveys and forecasts.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $             million. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, obtain additional capital, facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, increase awareness of our company among potential clients and improve our competitive position.

 

We do not have current specific plans for the use of the net proceeds from this offering. However, we generally intend to use the balance of the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or license, or invest in, products, services, technologies or other businesses. The amount and timing of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors, including competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business.

 

Pending their use, we plan to invest our net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering to us, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid dividends on our capital stock. We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings will be used for the operation and growth of our business. Any future determination to declare cash dividends would be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and would depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by applicable law and our contracts and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement currently restrict our ability to pay dividends.

 

-33-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of April 30, 2011 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis, assuming the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 27,897,031 shares of common stock;

 

   

a pro forma as-adjusted basis, assuming (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 27,897,031 shares of common stock and (ii) reflecting our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of             shares of common stock by us in this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of April 30, 2011  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro  Forma
As
Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except share data)  
           (unaudited)  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 27,897,031 shares authorized, 27,897,031 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 23,633      $      $   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 60,500,000 shares authorized, 18,767,037 shares issued and 18,517,037 shares outstanding, actual; 150,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 46,664,068 shares issued and 46,414,068 shares outstanding, pro forma;                     shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     2        5     

Treasury stock, at cost; 250,000 shares outstanding, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                

Additional paid-in capital

     11,524        35,154     

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     52        52     

Accumulated deficit

     (40,828     (40,828  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (29,250     (5,617  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ (5,617   $ (5,617   $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

-34-


Table of Contents

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares were exercised in full, pro forma as adjusted common stock; additional paid-in-capital; stockholders’ equity; total capitalization and shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of April 30, 2011 would be $             million; $             million; $             million; $             million and            , respectively.

 

The number of shares of common stock outstanding set forth in the table is based on 46,414,068 shares outstanding as of April 30, 2011 and excludes:

 

   

11,690,549 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of April 30, 2011 at a weighted average exercise price of $3.02 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan adopted in July 2011, as more fully described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation—Stock Incentive Plans;” and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan adopted in July 2011, as more fully described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation—Stock Incentive Plans.”

 

-35-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

As of April 30, 2011, our net tangible book value, which we have defined as our total tangible assets, less total liabilities, was $(7.5) million, or $(0.40) per share of common stock. We define our total tangible assets as our total assets, less capitalized internal-use software development costs. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, including shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of the             shares of common stock offered by us in this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of April 30, 2011 would have been $             million, or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors in our common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of April 30, 2011, before giving effect to this offering

   $   (0.16)      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

      $                
     

 

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new investors by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, each increase or decrease of             shares in the number of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $             per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new investors by $             per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same.

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $             per share.

 

-36-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of April 30, 2011 and after giving effect to this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    
     (in thousands, except share data and percentages)  

Existing stockholders

     46,414,068             $   26,200             $   0.56   

New investors

             $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $             million before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, each increase or decrease of              shares in the number of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $             million before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same.

 

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to              shares, or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to              shares, or     % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to              shares, or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to              shares, or     % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.

 

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 46,414,068 shares outstanding as of April 30, 2011 and excludes:

 

   

11,690,549 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of April 30, 2011 at a weighted average exercise price of $3.02 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan adopted in July 2011, as more fully described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation—Stock Incentive Plans;” and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan adopted in July 2011, as more fully described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation—Stock Incentive Plans.”

 

-37-


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included in this prospectus.

 

The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of April 30, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2007 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of April 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

  

Revenue

   $ 2,952      $ 10,108      $ 22,472      $ 38,648      $ 64,482   

Cost of revenue (1)

     1,252        4,136        8,307        15,191        25,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,700        5,972        14,165        23,457        38,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing (1)

     1,861        5,876        11,260        17,803        34,568   

Research and development (1)

     1,480        1,773        3,444        5,828        10,847   

General and administrative (1)

     875        2,135        4,442        7,651        13,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     4,216        9,784        19,146        31,282        58,571   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (2,516     (3,812     (4,981     (7,825     (19,704
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     112        177        98        56        208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (2,404     (3,635     (4,883     (7,769     (19,496

Income tax expense

                   125        205        561   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $   (2,404   $   (3,635   $   (5,008   $   (7,974   $   (20,057

Less accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (31     (34     (42     (43     (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders

   $ (2,435   $ (3,669   $ (5,050   $ (8,017   $ (20,103
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share applicable to common stockholders:

          

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.16   $ (0.24   $ (0.32   $ (0.48   $ (1.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average number of shares

     15,234        15,540        15,854        16,637        17,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share (unaudited) (2)

           $ (0.44
          

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of shares (unaudited) (2)

             45,687   
          

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

          

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

   $ (2,456   $ (3,400   $ (3,340   $ (4,211   $ (13,317

 

  (1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2007      2008      2009      2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $       $ 57       $ 319       $ 604       $ 978   

Sales and marketing

     8         126         469         924         1,122   

Research and development

     4         34         258         469         731   

General and administrative

     2         51         281         636         1,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $   14       $   268       $   1,327       $   2,633       $   4,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

-38-


Table of Contents
  (2)   Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share has been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 27,897,031 shares of our common stock as of the first day of the beginning of the period.

 

  (3)   We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, adjusted depreciation and amortization (which excludes amortization of capitalized internal-use software development costs), income tax expense and other income, net. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

 

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net loss, operating loss or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reason we consider them appropriate.

 

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance for the following reasons:

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items, such as stock-based compensation expense, adjusted depreciation and amortization, income tax expense and other income, net, that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures and the method by which assets were acquired;

 

   

Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with GAAP financial measures for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of operating performance and the effectiveness of our business strategies and in communications with our board of directors concerning our financial performance;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA provides consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and also facilitates comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and

 

   

We anticipate that, after consummating this offering, our investor and analyst presentations will include Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure to evaluate our overall operating performance.

 

We understand that, although Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. These limitations include:

 

   

Adjusted depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, and the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income taxes and the cash impact of other income; and

 

   

Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

-39-


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated, in thousands.

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $   (2,404   $   (3,635   $ (5,008   $ (7,974   $   (20,057

Stock-based compensation expense

     14        268        1,327        2,633        4,681   

Adjusted depreciation and amortization

     46        144        314        981        1,706   

Income tax expense

                   125        205        561   

Total other (income), net

     (112     (177     (98     (56     (208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (2,456   $ (3,400   $ (3,340   $ (4,211   $ (13,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     April 30,  
   2007     2008     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,226      $ 7,419      $ 6,388      $ 16,036      $ 15,050   

Deferred revenue

     1,866        3,631        8,277        17,104        32,160   

Total current assets

     3,448        9,808        19,390        25,581        31,095   

Total current liabilities

     1,970        5,022        10,452        22,777        38,539   

Total assets

     3,663        10,731        20,892        32,547        37,972   

Total liabilities

     2,292        5,439        11,275        24,943        43,589   

Total non-current liabilities

     322        417        823        2,166        5,050   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     5,246        12,533        20,486        23,587        23,633   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (3,875     (7,241     (10,870     (15,983     (29,250

 

-40-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of our operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and those discussed in the sections of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data.” All references herein to a fiscal year refer to the 12 months ended April 30 of such year, and references to the first, second, third and fourth fiscal quarters refer to the three months ended July 31, October 31, January 31 and April 30, respectively.

 

Overview

 

We are a leading provider of social commerce solutions that help our clients capture, display and analyze online word of mouth, including consumer-generated ratings and reviews, questions and answers, stories, recommendations, photographs, videos and other content about our clients’ brands, products or services. Bazaarvoice, which literally means “voice of the marketplace,” was founded on the premise that online word of mouth is critical to consumers and businesses because of its influence on purchasing decisions, both online and offline. We enable our clients to place consumers at the center of their business strategies by helping consumers generate and share sentiment, preferences and other content about brands, products or services. Through our technology platform, our clients leverage online word of mouth to increase sales, acquire new customers, improve marketing effectiveness, enhance consumer engagement across channels, increase success of new product launches, improve existing products and services, effectively scale customer support and decrease product returns.

 

We deliver our solutions entirely through a Software-as-a-Service, or SaaS, architecture that can be configured to meet each client’s specific needs. We sell our solutions through a direct sales team with our primary sales operations in Austin, Texas and London, United Kingdom. We also have direct sales teams in Australia, France, Germany, and Sweden. We offer our solutions primarily through subscription agreements and generally recognize revenue ratably over the related subscription period, which is typically one year.

 

Since inception, we have experienced rapid revenue growth, driven primarily by the number of active clients, which we define as clients that have implemented our solutions and from which we are currently recognizing revenue. In order to take advantage of our significant growth opportunity and to provide high levels of client service, we have also substantially expanded our number of full-time employees. We believe our growth is further illustrated by impressions served, which we define as single instances of online word of mouth delivered to an end user’s web browser. While this metric does not drive our pricing, it measures the reach of our network to a consumer audience. The following table summarizes these measures of our growth over fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011:

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009      2010      2011  

Growth Trends:

        

Revenue (in thousands)

   $ 22,472       $ 38,648       $ 64,482   

Number of active clients (period end)

     229         377         587   

Full-time employees (period end)

     172         324         494   

Impressions served (in thousands)

     35,693,819         63,249,918         92,341,249   

 

Our growth has been driven by our ability to provide effective solutions that help our clients achieve measurable results from online word of mouth. Our platform, which we launched in October 2005, provides a turnkey Ratings & Reviews solution, which was initially targeted for online retailers, enabling them to collect and display consumer reviews on their retail websites.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

Since the launch of our platform, we have expanded the features and functionality of our platform and solutions, enabling us to increase revenue from existing clients while attracting significant numbers of new clients in online retail and other industries, including manufacturing clients that sell their products and services through our online retail clients. Significant additions to our platform include our Ask & Answer solution released in May 2007, our Stories solution released in July 2008, our amplification suite released in January 2010 that incorporates the BrandVoice and BrandAnswers network amplification features and our SocialConnect product suite released in June 2010 that provides a platform for our clients to connect with consumers across social networks. Ratings & Reviews, the core solution in our platform, is used by virtually all of our clients. We are the leading provider of customer reviews and forums to 27.6% of the 2011 Internet Retailer 500, more than every other vendor of a similar service, as of May 2011. Historically, a majority of our revenue has been derived from sales of our Ratings & Reviews solution. We now have active clients in a variety of industries, including the retail, consumer products, travel and leisure, technology, telecommunications, financial services, healthcare and automotive industries. As of April 30, 2011, we had 587 active clients and 494 full-time employees servicing those clients.

 

A key element of our growth strategy is the continuous enhancement and expansion of our social commerce platform by developing and implementing new solutions, enhancing our software architecture to efficiently and cost-effectively develop and implement new solutions, adding new features and functionality and expanding the potential applications of our existing solutions. Through consistent innovation, we have increased both the number of active clients and the revenue we generate from our active clients over time. We plan to continue to enhance our software architecture and enhance and expand our solutions through increased investments in research and development and by pursuing strategic acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that will enable us to continue to drive growth in the future.

 

For fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, our net loss was $(5.0) million, $(8.0) million and $(20.1) million, respectively, our Adjusted EBITDA was $(3.3) million, $(4.2) million and $(13.3) million, respectively, and our cash flow from operations was $0.2 million, $5.2 million and $(0.6) million, respectively, which was largely driven by the growth in deferred revenue during this same period.

 

For further discussion regarding Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote (3) on page 39 to the table in the section of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

 

We have been capital efficient despite incurring accumulated net losses of $40.8 million through April 30, 2011. Since our inception in May 2005, we have raised $23.6 million in funding through private placements of our preferred stock, the most recent of which was a $3.0 million private placement in February 2010, and $2.6 million in proceeds from the exercise of common stock options through April 30, 2011. Through April 30, 2011, we had consumed only $11.1 million of total capital raised since inception, ending our fiscal year 2011 with cash and cash equivalents of $15.1 million and no outstanding indebtedness.

 

Business Model

 

Our business model focuses on maximizing the lifetime value of a client relationship. We make significant investments in acquiring new clients and believe that we will be able to achieve a favorable return on these investments by growing our relationships over time and ensuring that we have a high level of client retention. To provide an understanding of our client economics, we are providing an analysis of the clients we acquired in fiscal year 2008, which we will refer to as the 2008 Cohort. We selected the 2008 Cohort as a representative set of clients for this analysis because 2008 is the first year since our inception with a material number of clients and revenue. The 2008 Cohort is comprised of 124 clients acquired during fiscal year 2008 and represented 26.9% of our total company revenue for the most recent fiscal year ended April 30, 2011. For the month of April 2011, which was the last month of our most recent fiscal year, 93 of the 124 clients initially acquired in fiscal year 2008 were active clients, representing a 75.0% retention rate for the 2008 Cohort.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

In connection with the acquisition of new clients, we incur and recognize significant upfront costs. These costs include sales and marketing costs associated with generating client agreements, such as sales commission expenses that are recognized fully in the period in which we execute a client contract. However, we recognize revenue ratably over the entire term of those contracts, which commences only when the client is able to begin using our solution. Although we expect each client to be profitable for us over the duration of our relationship, the costs we incur with respect to any client relationship may exceed revenue in earlier periods because we recognize those costs in advance of the recognition of revenue. As a result, an increase in the mix of new clients as a percentage of total clients will initially have a negative impact on our operating results. On the other hand, we expect that a decrease in the mix of new clients as a percentage of total clients will initially have a positive impact on our operating results. Additionally, many clients pay in advance of the recognition of revenue and, as a result, our cash flow from these clients may exceed the amount of revenue recognized for those clients in earlier periods of our relationship.

 

In fiscal year 2008, we recognized $10.1 million in revenue, of which $2.3 million related to the 2008 Cohort. During this same period, we incurred total sales and marketing costs of $5.9 million, of which we attributed $5.0 million to the 2008 Cohort using the estimates and assumptions described below. During fiscal year 2008, we collected $4.1 million in cash with respect to the 2008 Cohort.

 

In fiscal year 2011, we recognized $64.5 million in revenue, of which $17.4 million related to the 2008 Cohort. During this same period, we incurred total sales and marketing costs of $34.6 million, of which we attributed $3.9 million to the 2008 Cohort using the estimates and assumptions described below. During fiscal year 2011, we collected $18.1 million in cash with respect to the 2008 Cohort.

 

For purposes of this analysis, to attribute sales and marketing costs to the 2008 Cohort, we first excluded stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization of $0.1 million and $1.5 million in 2008 and 2011, respectively. We then assumed that all marketing costs we incurred in fiscal year 2008, but no marketing costs we incurred in fiscal year 2011, were attributable to the 2008 Cohort, as we generally consider the marketing costs we incur in any fiscal year to be a cost of acquiring our new clients in that fiscal year. We then attributed to the 2008 Cohort a percentage of our sales costs in each fiscal year that was equal to the percentage of the total annualized contract value we sold to the 2008 Cohort in that fiscal year. We believe the estimates and assumptions we used to attribute these costs are reasonable, but the attributed costs could have varied significantly from the amounts disclosed above had we used different estimates and assumptions.

 

For purposes of this analysis, we have also measured our performance with respect to the 2008 Cohort based on the multiple of revenue recognized relative to the sales and marketing costs we incurred over the life of our client relationships from fiscal year 2008 through fiscal year 2011. For our 2008 Cohort, from fiscal year 2008 through fiscal year 2011, we have recognized $44.4 million in revenue and have attributed $13.2 million in sales and marketing costs based on the above estimates and assumptions, which equates to a multiple of 3.4.

 

We cannot assure you that we will experience similar financial outcomes from clients added in other years or in future periods. You should not rely on the allocated expenses or relationship of revenue to sales and marketing as being indicative of our current or future performance. Because we are still in the early stages of our development, we do not yet have enough operating history to measure the lifetime of our client relationships. Therefore, we cannot predict the average lifetime of a client relationship for the 2008 Cohort or for clients acquired in other fiscal years. We also cannot predict whether revenue for the 2008 Cohort will continue to grow at the rate of growth experienced through the end of fiscal year 2011 or whether the growth rate of other cohorts will be similar to that of the 2008 Cohort. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will experience similar results in terms of the relationship between revenue and costs for clients acquired in other years or in future periods. We may not achieve profitability even if our revenue exceeds costs from our clients over time. We encourage you to read our consolidated financial statements that are included in this prospectus.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

Key Business Metrics

 

In addition to macroeconomic trends affecting the demand for our solutions, management regularly reviews a number of key financial and operating metrics to evaluate our business, determine the allocation of our resources, make decisions regarding corporate strategies and evaluate forward-looking projections and trends affecting our business.

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
   2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands, except number of clients and client retention)  

Revenue

   $   22,472      $   38,648      $   64,482   

Cash flow from operations

   $ 173      $ 5,166      $ (647

Number of active clients (period end)

     229        377        587   

Revenue per active client (1)

   $ 130.7      $ 131.6      $ 135.3   

Active client retention rate

     84.4     88.2     89.4

Revenue per employee (2)

   $ 158.4      $ 167.5      $ 151.9   

 

  (1)   Calculated based on the average number of active clients for the period on a monthly basis.
  (2)   Calculated based on the average number of employees (excluding content moderators) for the period on a quarterly basis.

 

Revenue

 

Revenue consists primarily of fees from the sale of subscriptions to our hosted social commerce solutions, and we generally recognize revenue ratably over the related subscription period, which is typically one year. We regularly review our revenue and revenue growth rate to measure our success. We believe that trends in revenue are important to understanding the overall health of our marketplace, and we use these trends in order to formulate financial projections and make strategic business decisions.

 

Cash Flow from Operations

 

Cash flow from operations is the cash that we generate through the normal course of business and is measured prior to the impact of investing or financing activities. Due to the fact that we incur a significant amount of upfront costs associated with the acquisition of new clients with revenue recognized over an extended period, we consider cash flows from operations to be a key measure of our true operating performance.

 

Number of Active Clients

 

We define an active client as an organization that has implemented one or more of our solutions and from which we are currently recognizing revenue, and we count organizations that are closely related as one client, even if they have signed separate contractual agreements with us for different brands or different solutions. We believe that our ability to increase our client base is a leading indicator of our ability to grow revenue. For more information about our clients, see the section of this prospectus titled “Business—Clients.”

 

Revenue per Active Client

 

Revenue per active client is calculated as revenue recognized during the period divided by the average number of active clients for the period. One of our key goals is to provide exceptional client service to drive client lifetime value. Our experience indicates that the better client service we provide, the more likely we are to increase our revenue per active client and retain clients. In addition, we seek to increase revenue per active client by selling our solutions to new brands within existing clients or selling additional solutions to existing clients. Indeed, many of our clients have multiple brands that have deployed our solutions. Increasing revenue per active client coupled with high client retention maximizes lifetime client value and, by extension, the value of our

 

-44-


Table of Contents

business. In the future, we may choose to enter new market segments, such as the small and medium size business segment, and our revenue per client may decline as a result. However, we would expect to develop solutions and operating models that are appropriately matched to the revenue for those new segments.

 

Active Client Retention Rate

 

Active client retention rate is calculated based on the number of active clients at period end that were also active clients at the start of the period divided by the number of active clients at the start of the period. As mentioned above, we believe that our ability to retain our clients and expand their use of our solutions over time is a leading indicator of the stability of our revenue base and the long-term value of our client relationships.

 

Revenue per Employee

 

Revenue per employee is calculated as revenue recognized during the period divided by the average number of full time employees for the period, excluding content moderators. We believe revenue per employee is a leading indicator of our productivity and operating leverage, and we monitor revenue per employee as an indicator of our profitability because a significant portion of our cost of revenue and operating expenses are driven by our number of employees. The growth of our business is dependent on our ability to hire the talented people we require to effectively capitalize on our market opportunity and scale with rapid growth while maintaining a high level of client service. As a result, we expect revenue per employee to decrease in periods of investment when we add employees in advance of anticipated growth, particularly in periods when we are developing new markets or solutions. Our objective is to balance our investments in growth with return on investment over time and to consistently build operating leverage through productivity gains, thus increasing revenue per employee over time.

 

Key Components of Our Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

Revenue

 

We generate revenue principally from fixed commitment subscription contracts under which we provide clients with various services, including access to our hosted software platform. We sell these services under contractual agreements that are generally one year in length. Clients typically commit to fixed rate fees for the service term, payable in advance. Revenue from these agreements is recognized ratably over the period of service and any revenue that does not meet recognition criteria is recorded as deferred revenue on our balance sheet. We invoice clients on varying billing cycles, including annually, quarterly and monthly; therefore, our deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of our non-cancelable subscription agreements. Fees payable under these agreements are due in full and non-refundable regardless of the actual use of the service and contain no general rights of return. We have a growing, diverse, global and balanced client base, and no single client accounted for more than 10.0% of our revenue in fiscal year 2011.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel costs and related expenses associated with employees and contractors who provide our subscription services. This includes the costs of our implementation team, which were $1.4 million, $4.3 million and $9.3 million in fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, along with our content moderation teams and other support services provided as part of the fixed commitment subscription contracts. Cost of revenue also includes professional fees, including third-party implementation support, travel-related expenses and an allocation of general overhead costs, including depreciation, facility and office-related expenses. Personnel costs include salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. We generally increase our capacity, particularly in the areas of implementation and support, ahead of the growth in revenue we

 

-45-


Table of Contents

expect those investments to drive, which can result in lower margins in the given investment period. For example, as a direct result of such investments in fiscal year 2010 and fiscal year 2011, we have seen gross profit percentages reduce from 63.0% in fiscal year 2009 to 60.3% in fiscal year 2011.

 

Cost of revenue also includes hosting costs and the amortization of capitalized development costs incurred in connection with our hosted software platform. The amortization associated with capitalized internal-use software development costs was $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 million for fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and has not been material to our cost of revenue. The balance of capitalized internal-use software development costs as of April 30, 2010 and 2011 was $1.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively. We allocate general overhead expenses to all departments based on the number of employees in each department, which we consider to be a fair and representative means of allocation. As such, general overhead expenses, including depreciation and facilities costs, are reflected in our cost of revenue.

 

We intend to continue to invest additional resources in our client services teams and in the capacity of our hosting service infrastructure and, as we continue to invest in technology innovation through our research and development organization, we may also see an increase in the amortization expense associated with the capitalization of development costs incurred in connection with enhancing our software architecture and adding new features and functionality to our platform. The level and timing of investment in these areas could affect our cost of revenue, both in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in the future.

 

Operating Expenses

 

We classify our operating expenses into three categories: sales and marketing; research and development; and general and administrative. In each category, our operating expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, marketing program expenses, professional fees and travel-related expenses, as applicable. In addition, we allocate general overhead expenses to all departments based on the number of employees in each department, which we consider to be a fair and representative means of allocation and, as such, general overhead expenses, including depreciation and facilities costs, are reflected in each of our operating expense categories. Operating expenses grew from $19.1 million in fiscal year 2009 to $58.6 million in fiscal year 2011 due primarily to the increase in our number of full-time employees from 172 at April 30, 2009 to 494 at April 30, 2011.

 

Sales and marketing . Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our sales, marketing and business development employees and executives, including salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation expense, bonuses and commissions earned by our sales personnel. Also included are non-personnel costs such as professional fees, an allocation of our general overhead expenses and the costs of our marketing and brand awareness programs. Our marketing programs include our Social Commerce Summits in the United States and Europe, regional user groups, corporate communications, public relations and other brand building and product marketing expenses. We expense sales commissions when a client contract is executed because we believe our obligation to pay a sales commission arises at that time. We plan to continue investing in sales and marketing by increasing the number of direct sales personnel, expanding our domestic and international sales and marketing activities, building brand awareness and sponsoring additional marketing events, which we believe will enable us to add new clients and increase penetration within our existing client base. We expect that, in the future, sales and marketing expenses will increase and continue to be our largest operating cost.

 

Research and development . Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our product development employees and executives, including salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation expense and bonuses. Also included are non-personnel costs such as professional fees payable to third-party development resources and an allocation of our general overhead expenses. The majority of our research and development efforts are focused on enhancing our software architecture and adding new features and functionality to our platform to address social and business trends as they evolve, and we anticipate increasing this focus on innovation through technology. We therefore expect that, in the future, research and development expenses will increase, as will the amount of development expenses capitalized in connection with our internal-use hosted software platform.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

General and administrative . General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation expense and bonuses for our administrative, legal, human resources, finance, accounting and information technology employees and executives. Also included are non-personnel costs, such as travel-related expenses, professional fees and other corporate expenses, along with an allocation of our general overhead expenses. We expect to incur incremental costs associated with supporting the growth of our business, both in terms of size and geographical diversity, and to meet the increased compliance requirements associated with our transition to and operation as a public company. Those costs include increases in our accounting and legal personnel, additional consulting, legal and audit fees, insurance costs, board of directors’ compensation and the costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a result, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods but to decrease as a percentage of revenue over time.

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

Other income (expense) consists primarily of interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses. Interest income represents interest received on our cash and investments. We expect interest income to increase in periods subsequent to the completion of this offering as we anticipate an increase in our cash and cash equivalents balance from the proceeds. Foreign exchange gains and losses arise from revaluations of foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

As a result of our current net operating loss position in the United States, income tax expense consists primarily of corporate income taxes resulting from profits generated in foreign jurisdictions by wholly-owned subsidiaries, along with state income taxes payable in the United States. We expect our income tax expense to increase in the future, as our profits increase both in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the specified periods. The period-to-period comparisons of results are not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009     2010     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

  

Revenue

   $   22,472      $   38,648      $     64,482   

Cost of revenue (1)

     8,307        15,191        25,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     14,165        23,457        38,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing (1)

     11,260        17,803        34,568   

Research and development (1)

     3,444        5,828        10,847   

General and administrative (1)

     4,442        7,651        13,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     19,146        31,282        58,571   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (4,981     (7,825     (19,704

Total other income, net

     98        56        208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (4,883     (7,769     (19,496

Income tax expense

     125        205        561   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (5,008   $ (7,974   $ (20,057
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

      

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

   $ (3,340   $ (4,211   $ (13,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-47-


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 319       $ 604       $ 978   

Sales and marketing

     469         924         1,122   

Research and development

     258         469         731   

General and administrative

     281         636         1,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $   1,327       $   2,633       $   4,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  (2)   We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, adjusted depreciation and amortization (which excludes amortization of capitalized development costs), income tax expense and other income, net. See footnote (3) on page 39 to the table in the section of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
         2009             2010             2011      

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue (1)

     37.0        39.3        39.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     63.0        60.7        60.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing (1)

     50.1        46.1        53.6   

Research and development (1)

     15.3        15.1        16.8   

General and administrative (1)

     19.8        19.8        20.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     85.2        80.9        90.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (22.2     (20.2     (30.6

Total other income, net

     0.4        0.1        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (21.7     (20.1     (30.2

Income tax expense

     0.6        0.5        0.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (22.3 )%      (20.6 )%      (31.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

      

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

     (14.9 )%      (10.9 )%      (20.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

Cost of revenue

     1.4     1.6      1.5

Sales and marketing

     2.1        2.4         1.7   

Research and development

     1.1        1.2         1.1   

General and administrative

     1.3        1.6         2.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5.9     6.8      7.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (2)   We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, adjusted depreciation and amortization (which excludes amortization of capitalized development costs), income tax expense and other income, net. See footnote (3) on page 39 to the table in the section of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

Comparison of Our Fiscal Years Ended April 30, 2010 and 2011

 

Revenue

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
      

    2010    

         2011          % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $   38,648       $   64,482         66.8

 

Our revenue increased by $25.8 million, or 66.8%, in fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010. Of this increase, $11.3 million was generated from a 66.3% increase in the number of clients utilizing our platform as we continued to increase the market penetration of our solutions during the period. $14.5 million of the increase was generated from existing clients, primarily from a combination of strong client retention, which was 89.4% from 2010 to 2011, and, in the majority of cases, this resulted in a full year of revenue from clients who became active only part way through the previous year, and from increasing revenue per active client (in thousands), from $131.6 to $135.3, over the same period.

 

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit Percentage

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2010     2011     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $   15,191      $   25,615        68.6

Gross profit

     23,457        38,867        65.7   

Gross profit percentage

     60.7     60.3  

 

Cost of revenue increased $10.4 million, or 68.6%, in fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $6.2 million as we increased the size of our client services team. We also experienced increases of $1.0 million in facility and office-related costs, $0.8 million in hosting costs, $0.7 million in travel-related expenses, $0.7 million of depreciation and amortization expense and $0.6 million in professional fees in fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010, primarily as a result of the overall increase in the size of the support operations.

 

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2010     2011    

 

 
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 17,803         46.1   $ 34,568         53.6     94.2

Research and development

     5,828         15.1        10,847         16.8        86.1   

General and administrative

     7,651         19.8        13,156         20.4        72.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $   31,282         80.9   $   58,571         90.8     87.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

Sales and marketing . Sales and marketing expenses increased $16.8 million, or 94.2%, in fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $13.0 million, as we expanded our direct sales organization. We also experienced increases of $1.2 million in marketing expenses, $0.8 million in travel and entertainment, $0.7 million in facility and office-related costs, $0.4 million in professional fees and $0.3 million in bad debt expense in fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010.

 

Research and development . Research and development expenses increased $5.0 million, or 86.1%, in fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010. This increase was due primarily to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $4.8 million as we continued to expand our research and development team.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

General and administrative . General and administrative expenses increased $5.5 million, or 72.0%, in fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010. This increase was due primarily to an increase in personnel related expenses of $4.4 million, as we continued to hire talented personnel who possess the necessary skills and training required to support the growth of our business and our plans to operate as a public company. The remaining increase was driven primarily by professional fees, particularly in the area of recruiting.

 

Other Income, Net

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2010     2011    

 

 
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 53         0.1   $ 19         0.0     (64.2 )% 

Other income (expense)

     3         0.0        189         0.3          
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total other income, net

   $   56         0.1   $   208         0.3     271.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

Interest income, which is not material to our operations, decreased by a nominal amount in fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010 as a result of lower short-term interest rates. Other income increased by $0.2 million in fiscal year 2011 as a result of foreign exchange gains from our foreign currency denominated monetary assets, primarily accounts receivable held in the United States.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2010     2011    

 

 
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax expense

   $   205         0.5   $   561         0.9     173.7

 

Income tax expense in fiscal year 2011 increased by $0.4 million compared to fiscal year 2010 as a result of increased profits generated in foreign jurisdictions by our wholly owned subsidiaries. We expect our income tax expense to increase in the future as our profits increase and we utilize our federal net operating losses in the United States.

 

Comparison of Our Fiscal Years Ended April 30, 2009 and 2010

 

Revenue

 

       Year Ended April 30,  
           2009              2010          % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $   22,472       $   38,648         72.0

 

Revenue increased $16.2 million, or 72.0%, in fiscal year 2010 compared to fiscal year 2009. Of this increase, $7.3 million was generated from a 76.4% increase in the number of clients utilizing our platform as we increased the market penetration of our solutions during the period. Of the increase, $8.9 million was primarily generated from existing clients as a result of strong client retention, which was 88.2% from 2009 to 2010, and in the majority of cases, this resulted in a full year of revenue from clients who became active only part way through the previous year.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit Percentage

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009     2010     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 8,307      $   15,191        82.9

Gross profit

     14,165        23,457        65.6

Gross profit percentage

     63.0     60.7  

 

Cost of revenue increased $6.9 million, or 82.9%, in fiscal year 2010 compared to fiscal year 2009. This increase was due primarily to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $4.6 million. We also experienced increases of $1.2 million in professional fees, a majority of which was attributable to outsourced third-party implementation support, $0.4 million in facility- and office-related costs and $0.3 million in hosting services in fiscal year 2011 compared to fiscal year 2010.

 

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009     2010    

 

 
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $   11,260         50.1   $   17,803         46.1     58.1

Research and development

     3,444         15.3        5,828         15.1        69.2   

General and administrative

     4,442         19.8        7,651         19.8        72.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Operating Expenses

   $ 19,146         85.2   $ 31,282         80.9     63.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

Sales and marketing . Sales and marketing expenses increased $6.5 million, or 58.1%, in fiscal year 2010 compared to fiscal year 2009. This increase was due primarily to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $4.6 million as we grew our sales organization. We also experienced increases of $0.7 million in travel-related expenses, $0.7 million in professional fees and $0.4 million in marketing expenses in fiscal year 2010 compared to fiscal year 2009.

 

Research and development . Research and development expenses increased $2.4 million, or 69.2%, in fiscal year 2010 compared to fiscal year 2009. This increase was due primarily to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $2.0 million as we expanded our research and development team to facilitate the growth of our business through innovation in technology.

 

General and administrative . General and administrative expenses increased $3.2 million, or 72.2%, in fiscal year 2010 compared to fiscal year 2009. This increase was due primarily to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $1.5 million as we hired personnel to keep pace with the growth of our business. We also experienced increases of $0.9 million in depreciation and amortization and $0.7 million in additional professional fees.

 

Other Income, Net

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009     2010    

 

 
     Amount     % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $   190        0.8   $   53         0.1     (72.1 )% 

Other income (expense)

     (92     (0.4     3         0.0        (103.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total other income, net

   $ 98        0.4   $ 56         0.1     (42.9 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

-51-


Table of Contents

Other income, net decreased by a nominal amount in fiscal year 2010 as compared to fiscal year 2009 as a result of a decrease in interest income of $0.1 million due to lower short-term interest rates offset by foreign exchange gains of $0.1 million from foreign currency denominated monetary assets, which are primarily accounts receivable held in the United States.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009     2010    

 

 
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax expense

   $   125         0.6   $   205         0.5     64.0

 

Income tax expense increased $0.1 million from fiscal year 2009 to fiscal year 2010, primarily as a result of an increase in profits generated in foreign jurisdictions by our wholly owned subsidiaries.

 

-52-


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations Data

 

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters beginning May 1, 2009 and ending April 30, 2011, as well as the percentage of our revenue that each line item represented. We have prepared the quarterly data on a consistent basis with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of our management, the financial information reflects all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period. Percent of revenue figures are rounded and therefore may not subtotal exactly.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    July 31,
2009
    October 31,
2009
    January 31,
2010
    April 30,
2010
    July 31,
2010
    October 31,
2010
    January 31,
2011
    April 30,
2011
 
    (in thousands, except client and employee data)  

Revenue

  $ 7,427      $ 9,495      $   10,324      $   11,402      $   12,952      $   14,943      $   17,306      $   19,281   

Cost of revenue

    2,891        3,394        3,909        4,997        5,232        6,064        7,027        7,292   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    4,536        6,101        6,415        6,405        7,720        8,879        10,279        11,989   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    3,371        4,027        4,557        5,848        7,797        8,063        8,592        10,116   

Research and development

    1,012        1,408        1,591        1,817        2,406        2,641        2,801        2,999   

General and administrative

    1,444        2,094        1,694        2,418        2,944        3,333        3,280        3,599   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    5,827        7,529        7,842        10,083        13,147        14,037        14,673        16,714   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (1,291     (1,428     (1,427     (3,678     (5,427     (5,158     (4,394     (4,725

Total other income (expense), net

    61        63        (82     14        (55     107        (50     206   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

    (1,230     (1,365     (1,509     (3,664     (5,482     (5,051     (4,444     (4,519

Income tax expense

    33        36        40        97        136        136        149        140   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $   (1,263   $   (1,401   $ (1,549   $ (3,761   $ (5,618   $ (5,187   $ (4,593   $ (4,659
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA:                

Stock-based compensation expense

    550        609        651        823        1,065        1,085        1,253        1,278   

Adjusted depreciation and amortization

    107        365        245        264        387        423        446        450   

Income tax expense

    33        36        40        96        136        136        149        140   

Total other (income) expense, net

    (61     (63     82        (14     55        (107     50        (206
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

  $ (634   $ (454   $ (531   $ (2,592   $ (3,975   $ (3,650   $ (2,695   $ (2,997
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Active clients (at period end)

    259        298        334        377        432        493        532        587   

Full-time employees (at period end):

    185        225        265        324        381        441        467        494   

 

  (1)   See footnote (3) on page 39 to the table in the section of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for further discussion regarding Adjusted EBITDA.

 

-53-


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    July 31,
2009
    October 31,
2009
    January 31,
2010
    April 30,
2010
    July 31,
2010
    October 31,
2010
    January 31,
2011
    April 30,
2011
 
    (as a percent of revenue)  

Revenue

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue

    38.9        35.7        37.9        43.8        40.4        40.6        40.6        37.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    61.1        64.3        62.1        56.2        59.6        59.4        59.4        62.2   

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    45.4        42.4        44.1        51.3        60.2        54.0        49.6        52.5   

Research and development

    13.6        14.8        15.4        15.9        18.6        17.7        16.2        15.6   

General and administrative

    19.4        22.1        16.4        21.2        22.7        22.3        19.0        18.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    78.5        79.3        76.0        88.4        101.5        93.9        84.8        86.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (17.4     (15.0     (13.8     (32.3     (41.9     (34.5     (25.4     (24.5

Total other income (expense), net

    0.8        0.7        (0.8     0.1        (0.4     0.7        (0.3     1.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

    (16.6     (14.4     (14.6     (32.1     (42.3     (33.8     (25.7     (23.4

Income tax expense

    0.4        0.4        0.4        0.9        1.1        0.9        0.9        0.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (17.0 )%      (14.8 )%      (15.0 )%      (33.0 )%      (43.4 )%      (34.7 )%      (26.5 )%      (24.2 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA:                

Stock-based compensation expense

    7.4        6.4        6.3        7.2        8.2        7.3        7.2        6.6   

Adjusted depreciation and amortization

    1.4        3.8        2.4        2.3        3.0        2.8        2.6        2.3   

Income tax expense

    0.4        0.4        0.4        0.9        1.1        0.9        0.9        0.7   

Total other (income) expense, net

    (0.8     (0.7     0.8        (0.1     0.4        (0.7     0.3        (1.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

    (8.5 )%      (4.8 )%      (5.1 )%      (22.7 )%      (30.7 )%      (24.4 )%      (15.6 )%      (15.5 )% 

 

  (1)   See footnote (3) on page 39 to the table in the section of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for further discussion regarding Adjusted EBITDA.

 

Revenue increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented, primarily due to the addition of new clients along with subscription renewals and the purchase of additional solutions by existing clients. The number of our active clients increased from 229 at April 30, 2009 to 587 at April 30, 2011. In 2010 and 2011 we significantly increased the pace of our hiring to facilitate our client growth, increasing our full-time employees by 88.4% in fiscal year 2010 and 52.5% in fiscal year 2011 to 324 and 494, respectively. We increased full-time employees in all functions across the periods presented. Because we generally increase our capacity, particularly in the areas of implementation and support, ahead of the growth in revenue, we expect those investments to drive, our gross profit percentage has fluctuated on a quarterly basis as a result.

 

Total operating expenses have increased in each of the quarters presented due, primarily, to increased personnel related expenses associated with the additional employees in our sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative organizations to support the growth of our business. Our sales and marketing expenses often fluctuate period to period as a percentage of revenue because of the variability in sales and related commissions, which is expensed in the period the client agreement is signed, and because we hire sales personnel in advance of anticipated growth. In addition, we have historically held our annual Social Commerce Summits in the United States and Europe in the quarters ended April 30 and October 31, respectively, and expensed the costs associated with those events in the period held. Research and development expenses have increased sequentially during the periods presented as a result of increased personnel costs associated with our continued investments in innovation. General and administrative expenses have also increased steadily during the periods presented with the exception of the quarter ended October 31, 2009, when we incurred some one-time costs associated with the move to a new corporate headquarters facility.

 

-54-


Table of Contents

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate. Some of the important factors that could cause our quarterly revenue and operating results to fluctuate include:

 

   

the timing and success of new solutions, product or service offerings and pricing policies by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry;

 

   

our ability to sell additional solutions to existing clients and to add new clients;

 

   

our ability, and the ability of our clients, to implement our solutions in a timely manner;

 

   

the timing and effectiveness of our product development investments and delays in generating revenue from these solutions;

 

   

our ability to adjust our cost structure in response to reductions in revenue;

 

   

the cyclicality and discretionary nature of marketing spending, especially spending on social commerce solutions;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure and client acquisition;

 

   

our failure to achieve the growth rate that was anticipated by us in setting our operating and capital expense budget;

 

   

active client retention rates;

 

   

the timing differences between client acquisition costs and the revenue we recognize on sales of solutions to new clients;

 

   

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill or intangible assets from acquired companies;

 

   

a change in the mix of new clients as a percentage of total customers; and

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions.

 

The occurrence of one or more of these factors might cause our operating results to vary widely. As such, we believe that our quarterly results of operations, including the levels of our revenue and expenses, may vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of April 30, 2011, we had an accumulated deficit of $40.8 million. Since inception in May 2005, we have raised $23.6 million in funding through private placements of our preferred stock and $2.6 million in proceeds from the exercise of options to purchase common stock. In connection with our most recent private placement in February 2010, we raised $3.0 million. Through April 30, 2011, we had used only $11.1 million of capital since inception, ending fiscal year 2011 with cash and cash equivalents of $15.1 million and no outstanding indebtedness. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents balance, together with cash generated from operations and the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months.

 

We anticipate making significant investments in growth and initiatives designed to improve our operating efficiency for the foreseeable future, which may impact our ability to generate positive cash flow from operating activities in the near-term, and we therefore intend to ensure that we continue to have a loan facility at our disposal in order to be able to capitalize on growth opportunities as they arise. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of client and revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts and the timing of introductions of new features and enhancements to our social commerce platform. To the extent that existing cash and short-term investments along with future cash flow from operations are insufficient to fund our future

 

-55-


Table of Contents

activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. We may also seek to invest in or acquire complementary businesses, applications or technologies, any of which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009     2010      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 173      $   5,166       $ (647

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (9,200     1,076         (2,282

Net cash provided by financing activities

     8,024        3,397         2,068   

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities is primarily influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business, the increase in the number of clients using our platform and the amount and timing of client payments. Cash provided by operating activities has typically been generated from changes in our operating assets and liabilities, particularly in the area of deferred revenue, which have offset net losses, adjusted for non-cash expense items such as depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation.

 

For fiscal year 2011, operating activities used $0.6 million of cash after changes in our operating assets and liabilities offset a net loss of $20.1 million, which included non-cash depreciation and amortization of $2.3 million, non-cash stock-based compensation of $4.7 million and non-cash bad debt expense of $0.5 million. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased $3.8 million and deferred revenue increased $15.0 million, partially offsetting an increase in accounts receivable of $5.0 million and an increase of $2.0 million in prepaid expenses and other assets. The increase in our deferred revenue and accounts receivable was primarily due to our growth in fiscal year 2011 and the increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities reflects both a general increase in the size of our operation and also an improvement in vendor payment terms as we continue to improve the management of our working capital.

 

For fiscal year 2010, operating activities provided $5.2 million of cash after changes in our operating assets and liabilities offset a net loss in fiscal year 2010 of $8.0 million, which included non-cash depreciation and amortization of $1.4 million and non-cash stock-based compensation of $2.6 million. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased $4.8 million and deferred revenue increased $8.8 million, partially offsetting an increase in accounts receivable of $4.0 million and an increase of $0.6 million in prepaid expenses and other assets. The increase in our deferred revenue and accounts receivable was due to our growth in fiscal year 2010, and the increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities reflects a general increase in the size of our operation.

 

For fiscal year 2009, operating activities provided $0.2 million of cash after changes in our operating assets and liabilities offset a net loss in fiscal year 2009 of $5.0 million, which included non-cash depreciation and amortization of $0.5 million and non-cash stock-based compensation of $1.3 million. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased $1.2 million and deferred revenue increased $4.6 million, partially offsetting an increase in accounts receivable of $2.6 million and an increase of $0.1 million in prepaid expenses and other assets. The increase in our deferred revenue and accounts receivable was due to our growth in fiscal year 2009, and the increase in accrued liabilities reflects the growth in our business activities.

 

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities

 

Our primary investing activities have consisted of purchases of property and equipment, including technology hardware and software to support our growth as well as costs capitalized in connection with the development of our internal-use hosted software platform. Purchases of property and equipment may vary from

 

-56-


Table of Contents

period to period due to the timing of the expansion of our operations and the development cycles of our internal-use hosted software platform. We expect to continue to invest in property and equipment and developing our software platform for the foreseeable future.

 

In fiscal year 2009, we invested $8.0 million in short-term certificates of deposit in order to obtain interest rate returns on our surplus cash. These investments matured in fiscal year 2010 and were not subsequently reinvested in fiscal year 2010 due to a deterioration in the short-term interest rates available.

 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

 

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of net proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock and proceeds from the exercises of options to purchase common stock.

 

In fiscal year 2011, we received $2.1 million from the exercise of options to purchase common stock.

 

In fiscal year 2010, we issued Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock to raise $3.0 million and received $0.4 million from the exercise of options to purchase common stock.

 

In fiscal year 2009, we issued Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock to raise $7.9 million and received $0.1 million from the exercise of options to purchase common stock.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

We have no purchase obligations or capital lease obligations. We have operating lease obligations related to our office leases, the largest of which is for our headquarters in Austin, Texas.

 

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of April 30, 2011:

 

     Payments Due by Period (in thousands)  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 

Operating lease obligations

   $   4,827       $   2,616       $   1,664       $   547       $   —   

 

On July 18, 2007, we entered into a loan and security agreement, or the Loan Agreement, with a financial institution under which we secured a revolving line of credit with a borrowing capacity of up to $2.0 million. On November 30, 2008, we entered into an amendment to the Loan Agreement, increasing the borrowing capacity of the revolving line of credit to $7.0 million. On July 20, 2009, we entered into a second amendment that created a letter of credit subfacility, allowing us to have issued a standby letter of credit of $0.9 million as collateral for our office lease space in Austin, Texas, and on January 22, 2010, we entered into a third amendment, increasing the letter of credit sublimit to $1.0 million to increase the face amount of the letter of credit in connection with our expanded office lease space in Austin, Texas. On September 27, 2010, we entered into a fourth amendment to the Loan Agreement increasing the borrowing capacity of the revolving line of credit to $10.0 million with an option to increase the line to $15.0 million. The revolving line of credit expires on November 30, 2012.

 

Borrowings under the revolving line of credit are collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The Loan Agreement contains certain financial and nonfinancial covenants. As of the date of this prospectus, we are in compliance with the terms of these covenants, and there are no loans outstanding under our line of credit.

 

On November 4, 2008, we entered into a pledge and security agreement with a financial institution for a standby letter of credit for credit card services from a separate financial institution for an amount not to exceed $0.1 million. We pledged a security interest in our money market account, in which the balance must equal at least the credit extended. On March 17, 2010, the standby letter of credit for credit card services was increased to

 

-57-


Table of Contents

$0.3 million. On May 18, 2011, the standby letter of credit for credit card services was increased to $0.5 million. This letter of credit expires annually and the pledged security interest is recorded as short-term restricted cash in our financial statements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

During fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP and include the accounts of Bazaarvoice, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our consolidated financial statements will be affected.

 

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and we believe that the accounting policies discussed below involve the greatest degree of complexity and exercise of judgment by our management. The methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations and, accordingly, we believe the policies described below are the most critical for understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We generate revenue principally from the sale of subscriptions to our hosted social commerce platform and sell our application services pursuant to service agreements that are generally one year in length. Our client does not have the right to take possession of the software supporting the application service at any time, nor do the arrangements contain general rights of return. We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the service has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. We account for these arrangements by recognizing the arrangement consideration for the application service ratably over the term of the related agreement, commencing upon the later of the agreement start date or when all revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

Deferred revenue consists of subscription fees paid in advance of revenue recognition and is recognized as revenue recognition criteria are met. We invoice clients in a variety of installments and, consequently, the deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of its non-cancelable subscription agreements. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding 12 month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as non-current deferred revenue.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We measure and recognize expense for stock-based compensation based on the grant date fair value of the award and generally recognize the expense, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

 

Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of our common stock for purposes of determining the fair value of our option awards, as discussed in “—Valuations of Common Stock” below. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes

 

-58-


Table of Contents

option pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock option awards. The determination of the grant date fair value of our stock option awards using an option pricing model is affected by the estimated fair value per share of the common stock underlying those options as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

 

   

Expected Volatility . Because we do not have a trading history for our common stock, we have estimated the expected stock price volatility for our common stock by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of public companies in the technology industry, primarily in the subscription software business. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate . The risk-free interest rate assumption used is based on observed market interest rates appropriate for the term of employee options.

 

   

Expected Term . We estimated the expected term for a “plain vanilla” option using the simplified method allowed under current guidance, which uses the midpoint between the graded vesting period and the contractual termination date since we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term.

 

   

Dividend Yield . We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

We used the following assumptions in our application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model for fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011:

 

     Year Ended April 30,
     2009   2010   2011

Expected volatility

   61% - 66%   62% - 68%   58% - 62%

Risk-free interest rate

   2.20% - 3.65%   2.00% - 2.95%   1.75% - 2.75%

Expected term (in years)

   5.00 - 6.25   5.00 - 6.25   6.00 - 6.25

Dividend yield

   0%   0%   0%

 

Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or changes in market conditions.

 

We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.3 million, $2.6 million and $4.7 million for fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

Costs for equity instruments issued in exchange for the receipt of goods or services from non-employees are measured at the fair market value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The value of equity instruments issued for consideration other than employee services is determined on the earlier of the date on which there first exists a firm commitment for performance by the provider of goods or services or on the date performance is complete, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

-59-


Table of Contents

Valuations of Common Stock

 

During fiscal years 2011 and 2012, we granted options to purchase shares of common stock with exercise prices as follows:

 

     Options
Granted
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Common
Stock

Fair
Value
     Aggregate
Grant Date

Fair Value
 
           

May 20, 2010

     1,049,574       $ 4.20       $ 4.20       $ 2,620,727   

July 8, 2010

     112,700         4.85         4.85         273,962   

August 11, 2010

     245,727         4.86         4.86         681,137   

September 16, 2010

     1,169,617         4.86         4.86         3,278,885   

November 16, 2010

     945,283         4.86         4.86         2,628,289   

December 14, 2010

     29,700         4.86         4.86         84,075   

February 10, 2011

     126,550         5.35         5.35         385,514   

April 19, 2011

     547,900         6.28         6.28         1,943,675   

May 24, 2011

     508,939         6.58         6.58         1,856,905   

August 1, 2011

     904,008         8.58         8.58         4,249,651   

August 16, 2011

     166,400         8.58         8.58         772,845   

 

Our board of directors determined the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options and intended that all options granted be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. Determining the fair value of our stock required our board of directors to make complex and subjective judgments. We considered a combination of valuation methodologies, including income, market and transaction approaches. The most significant factors considered by our board of directors when determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows:

 

   

our historical and future operating performance;

 

   

our financial condition at the grant date;

 

   

the liquidation rights and other preferences of our preferred stock;

 

   

any recent privately negotiated sales of our securities to independent third parties;

 

   

the probability, value and dates of future valuations, including in connection with an initial public offering;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies;

 

   

the transaction economics of comparable publicly traded companies sold or merged;

 

   

the business risks inherent in our business and in technology companies generally; and

 

   

current market conditions.

 

We have regularly conducted contemporaneous valuations to assist us in the determination of the fair value of our common stock for each stock option grant and other stock-based awards. From March 31, 2010 to March 31, 2011, these valuations were prepared on a calendar quarter basis. In April 2011, our board of directors determined that we should embark upon a process to identify and evaluate underwriters for a possible initial public offering and concluded that, as a result, we should obtain contemporaneous valuations on a more frequent basis to ensure any stock-based award would reflect the most accurate and up-to-date factors, particularly pertaining to performance of our public company comparables. As part of this more frequent valuation initiative, we conducted a valuation at the end of April 2011, which was used for our May 2011 option grants, and then began obtaining valuations immediately prior to each option grant date thereafter. During the periods presented, our board of directors was regularly apprised that each valuation was being conducted and considered the relevant objective and subjective factors deemed important. The deemed fair value per share of common stock underlying our stock option grants and other stock-based awards was determined by our board of directors with input from management at each grant date.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value of Common Stock

 

For the periods presented, valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . As of January 15, 2010, due to the increased likelihood of an eventual initial public offering, we began using the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or the PWERM, to prepare our contemporaneous valuation of the fair value of the common stock in connection with stock-based awards.

 

Using the PWERM, the value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of varying values for our common stock assuming the following possible future events for our company:

 

   

initial public offering;

 

   

sale or merger;

 

   

continuing as a private company; or

 

   

bankruptcy or liquidation.

 

For these possible events, a range of equity values is estimated based on a number of factors, which include market and income valuation approaches that factor in revenue multiples based on the performance of our public company comparables, along with estimates by, and expectations of, our board of directors and management. For each equity value scenario, we determined the appropriate aggregate value to be allocated to holders of our shares of common stock based on the rights and preferences of each class and series of our stock at that time. Next, we estimated the timing of possible future event dates and applied a discount rate, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital, to the future equity values in the initial public offering and sale or merger scenarios to account for the time-value of money. We then multiplied the discounted value of common stock under each scenario by an estimated probability for each of the possible events, resulting in a probability-weighted value per share of common stock. Finally, we applied a discount for lack of marketability to the weighted value per share to determine a value per common share. As noted, application of this approach involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions, such as future cash flows and selection of comparable companies. Changes in our assumptions or the interrelationship of those assumptions impacted the valuations as of each valuation date.

 

Since January 15, 2010, upon adoption of the PWERM, we assigned a substantially higher probability to the initial public offering scenario at each valuation date than the other scenarios, assuming a 65.0% probability beginning January 15, 2010 and increasing to 85.0% in July 2011. We have assumed a higher probability of an initial public offering because of our belief that consummating an initial public offering will increase awareness of our company among potential clients and improve our competitive position, thereby facilitating growth.

 

When considering comparable public companies for the purposes of valuing our common stock, from December 31, 2009 through April 30, 2011, we utilized essentially the same comparable company set, adjusted to remove companies sold or merged during the periods. This set was primarily composed of technology companies that operated a subscription-based business. We believed these companies had cost structures generally similar to our own and we therefore believed these companies were comparable to us for the purposes of valuing our common stock. We evaluated our set of comparable companies as of each valuation date, particularly with respect to valuation in the initial public offering scenario. All the material factors considered as of each option grant date are explained below.

 

In July 2011, we established an enhanced comparable company set for the purposes of determining fair value for the initial public offering scenario in the PWERM, which had been identified as part of the process to select underwriters in connection with a potential public offering and based on subsequent discussions with investment analysts. The enhanced comparable company set differed from the previous set in that we added

 

-61-


Table of Contents

a group of subscription software companies, many of whom we believe are also leaders in the industry sectors they serve. Based on discussions with these potential underwriters and analysts, we expect investors to value us similarly to the enhanced comparable company set because we share these high growth and leadership characteristics and therefore we believe that, as we near an initial public offering, these companies provide a better indication of how our company will be valued for purposes of the initial public offering scenario.

 

While our board of directors considers all relevant data, the key drivers to our valuation over recent years have been recent privately negotiated sales of our securities, the current public market revenue multiples of our comparable company set and the probability and timing of an initial public offering. As we approached our initial public offering, we increased the probability associated with an initial public offering scenario and decreased our expected initial public offering timing, each of which significantly increased the impact of the initial public offering on our valuation using the PWERM. This change in our probability and timing, driven in large part by the decision to select and appoint a syndicate of underwriters, coupled with changes in the trading multiples of our comparable company set, contributed to the substantial increase in our assumed initial public offering valuation and the resulting increase in our common stock fair value in August 2011 relative to April 2011, as quantified below.

 

A discussion of the determination of the fair value of our common stock on our option grant dates from May 1, 2010 to August 16, 2011 is provided below:

 

May 20, 2010. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 1,049,574 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $4.20 on May 20, 2010. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the date of grant, our board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of March 31, 2010. The independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $4.20 per share as of March 31, 2010. In granting options at $4.20 per share on May 20, 2010, the primary valuation factors considered by our board of directors were:

 

   

an enterprise value of $401.0 million on a fully diluted basis as of March 31, 2010, which was determined using the PWERM;

 

   

a discount rate of 27.6%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount of 22.9%;

 

   

liquidity event scenario probabilities of 65.0% for an initial public offering, 30.0% for a sale or merger and 2.5% for continuing as a private company and 2.5% for a dissolution, as we felt the latter two scenarios were unlikely at this point. Our board of directors determined that stock market conditions in general, and the market for initial public offerings in particular, were such that there was only a 65.0% probability that we would be able to successfully complete an initial public offering and that the offering would take place in fiscal year 2011;

 

   

increased exit value multiples of our comparable company set since the previous valuation;

 

   

the price per share at which certain stockholders recently sold shares of our capital stock in private transactions; and

 

   

management’s expectation that we would achieve forecasted revenue for the quarter ended July 31, 2010.

 

Based on these factors, our board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to increase the fair value of our common stock from $4.13 per share at March 16, 2010 to $4.20 per share at May 20, 2010, an increase of 1.7%.

 

July 8, 2010. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 112,700 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $4.85 on July 8, 2010. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the date of grant, our board of directors reviewed and considered an

 

-62-


Table of Contents

independent valuation report for our common stock as of March 31, 2010. In granting options at $4.85 per share on July 8, 2010, the primary valuation factors considered by our board of directors were:

 

   

an enterprise value of $401.0 million as of March 31, 2010, which was determined using the PWERM;

 

   

a discount rate of 27.6%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount of 22.9%;

 

   

liquidity event scenario probabilities of 65.0% for an initial public offering, 30.0% for a sale or merger, 2.5% for continuing as a private company and 2.5% for a dissolution, as we felt the latter two scenarios were unlikely at this point. Our board of directors determined that stock market conditions in general, and the market for initial public offerings in particular, were such that there was only a 65.0% probability that we would be able to successfully complete an initial public offering and that the offering would take place in fiscal year 2011;

 

   

increased exit value multiples of our comparable company set since the previous valuation;

 

   

recent third-party, arm’s length transactions in which certain of our stockholders sold shares of our capital stock at a purchase price per share of $4.85; and

 

   

management’s expectation that we would achieve forecasted revenue for the quarter ended July 31, 2010.

 

Based on these factors, our board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to increase the fair value of our common stock from $4.20 per share at May 20, 2010 to $4.85 per share at July 8, 2010, an increase of 15.5%.

 

August 11, 2010. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 245,727 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $4.86 on August 11, 2010. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the date of grant, our board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of June 30, 2010 delivered to us on August 10, 2010, which reflected a fair value for our common stock of $4.86 per share as of June 30, 2010. In granting options at $4.86 per share on August 11, 2010, the primary valuation factors considered by our board of directors were:

 

   

an enterprise value of $421.5 million as of June 30, 2010, which was determined using the PWERM;

 

   

a discount rate of 26.0%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount of 20.9%;

 

   

liquidity event scenario probabilities of 72.5% for an initial public offering, 22.5% for a sale or merger, 2.5% for continuing as a private company and 2.5% for a dissolution, as we felt the latter two scenarios were unlikely at this point. Our board of directors determined that, based on the expectation of continued high future revenue growth and increased market penetration, along with strong competitive and strategic positions, an initial public offering would be a more probable outcome. Our board of directors therefore reduced the probability of a sale or merger from 30% to 22.5% and increased the probability for an initial public offering from 65% to 72.5%. Our board of directors settled on these probabilities because, despite our own growth, stock market conditions in general, and the market for initial public offerings in particular, were such that there continued to be some level of uncertainty as to whether we would be able to consummate an initial public offering in fiscal year 2011;

 

   

decreased exit value multiples of our comparable company set since the previous valuation;

 

   

the price per share at which certain of our stockholders recently sold shares of our capital stock in private transactions; and

 

   

management’s expectation that we would achieve forecasted revenue for the quarter ended October 31, 2010.

 

-63-


Table of Contents

Based on these factors, our board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to increase the fair value of our common stock from $4.85 per share at July 8, 2010 to $4.86 per share at August 11, 2010, an increase of 0.2%.

 

September 16, 2010. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 1,169,617 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $4.86 on September 16, 2010. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the date of grant, our board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of June 30, 2010 delivered to us on August 10, 2010, which reflected a fair value for our common stock of $4.86 per share as of June 30, 2010. In granting options at $4.86 per share on September 16, 2010, the primary valuation factors considered by our board of directors were:

 

   

an enterprise value of $421.5 million as of June 30, 2010, which was determined using the PWERM;

 

   

a discount rate of 26.0%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount of 20.9%;

 

   

liquidity event scenario probabilities of 72.5% for an initial public offering, 22.5% for a sale or merger, 2.5% for continuing as a private company and 2.5% for a dissolution, as we felt the latter two scenarios were unlikely at this point. Our board of directors determined that stock market conditions in general, and the market for initial public offerings in particular, were such that there was only a 72.5% probability that we would be able to successfully complete an initial public offering and that the offering would take place in fiscal year 2012. They also determined that the probability of a sale or merger remained consistent at 22.5%;

 

   

decreased exit value multiples of our comparable company set since the previous valuation;

 

   

the price per share at which certain of our stockholders recently sold shares of our capital stock in private transactions; and

 

   

management’s expectation that we would achieve forecasted revenue for the quarter ended October 31, 2010.

 

Based on these factors, our board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to maintain the fair value of our common stock at $4.86 per share at September 16, 2010.

 

November 16, 2010. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 945,283 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $4.86 on November 16, 2010. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the date of grant, our board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of September 30, 2010. The final report, which was delivered to us on November 11, 2010, reflected a fair value for our common stock of $4.85 per share as of September 30, 2010. In granting options at $4.86 per share on November 16, 2010, the primary valuation factors considered by our board of directors were:

 

   

an enterprise value of $419.9 million as of the September 30, 2010, which was determined using the PWERM;

 

   

a discount rate of 27.0%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount of 20.9%;

 

   

liquidity event scenario probabilities of 72.5% for an initial public offering, 22.5% for a sale or merger, 2.5% for continuing as a private company and 2.5% for a dissolution, as we felt the latter two scenarios were unlikely at this point. Our board of directors determined that stock market conditions in general, and the market for initial public offerings in particular, were such that there was only a 72.5% probability that we would be able to successfully complete an initial public offering and that the offering would take place in fiscal year 2012. They also determined that the probability of a sale or merger remained consistent at 22.5%;

 

-64-


Table of Contents
   

relatively flat exit value multiples of our comparable company set since the previous valuation;

 

   

the price per share at which certain of our stockholders recently sold shares of our capital stock in private transactions; and

 

   

management’s expectation that we would achieve forecasted revenue for the quarter ended January 31, 2010.

 

Based on these factors, our board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to maintain the fair value of our common stock at $4.86 per share at November 16, 2010.

 

December 14, 2010. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 29,700 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $4.86 on December 14, 2010. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the date of grant, our board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of September 30, 2010 delivered to us on November 11, 2010, which reflected a fair value for our common stock of $4.85 per share as of September 30, 2010. In granting options at $4.86 per share on December 14, 2010, the primary valuation factors considered by our board of directors were:

 

   

an enterprise value of $419.9 million as of September 30, 2010, which was determined using the PWERM;

 

   

a discount rate of 27.0%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount of 20.9%;

 

   

liquidity event scenario probabilities of 72.5% for an initial public offering, 22.5% for a sale or merger, 2.5% for continuing as a private company and 2.5% for a dissolution, as we felt the latter two scenarios were unlikely at this point. Our board of directors determined that stock market conditions in general, and the market for initial public offerings in particular, were such that there was only a 72.5% probability that we would be able to successfully complete an initial public offering and that the offering would take place in the fiscal year 2012. They also determined that the probability of a sale or merger remained consistent at 22.5%;

 

   

relatively flat exit value multiples of our comparable company set since the previous valuation;

 

   

the price per share at which certain of our stockholders recently sold shares of our capital stock in private transactions; and

 

   

management’s expectation that we would achieve forecasted revenue for the quarter ended January 31, 2010.

 

Based on these factors, our board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to maintain the fair value of our common stock at $4.86 per share at December 14, 2010.

 

February 10, 2011. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 126,550 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $5.35 on February 10, 2011. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the date of grant, our board of directors reviewed and considered a draft of an independent valuation report for our common stock as of December 31, 2010. The final report, which was delivered to us on March 8, 2011, reflected a fair value for our common stock of $5.35 per share as of December 31, 2010. In granting options at $5.35 per share on February 10, 2011, the primary valuation factors considered by our board of directors were:

 

   

an enterprise value of $446.9 million as of December 31, 2010, which was determined using the PWERM;

 

   

a discount rate of 27.9%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

-65-


Table of Contents
   

a lack of marketability discount of 18.9%;

 

   

liquidity event scenario probabilities of 70.0% for an initial public offering, 25.0% for a sale or merger, 2.5% for continuing as a private company and 2.5% for a dissolution, as we felt the latter two scenarios were unlikely at this point. The liquidity event scenarios moved by 2.5% in favor of a sale or merger during this valuation period based on increased sector activity noted by the board, including the acquisition of one of our comparable public companies. This had the effect of increasing our valuation as the exit value multiple in an acquisition scenario was slightly higher than an initial public offering scenario during this period. Our board of directors determined that stock market conditions in general, and the market for initial public offerings in particular, were such that there was a 70.0% probability that we would be able to successfully complete an initial public offering and that the offering would take place in fiscal year 2012;

 

   

relatively flat exit value multiples of our comparable company set since the previous valuation;

 

   

the price per share at which certain of our stockholders recently sold shares of our capital stock in private transactions; and

 

   

management’s expectation that we would achieve forecasted revenue for the quarter ended April 30, 2011.

 

Based on these factors, our board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to increase the fair value of our common stock from $4.86 per share at December 14, 2010 to $5.35 per share at February 10, 2011, an increase of 10.1%.

 

April 19, 2011 . Our board of directors granted options to purchase 547,900 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $6.28 on April 19, 2011. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the date of grant, our board of directors reviewed and considered a draft of an independent valuation report for our common stock as of March 31, 2011. The final report, which was delivered to us on April 28, 2011, reflected a fair value for our common stock of $6.28 per share as of March 31, 2011. In granting options at $6.28 per share on April 19, 2011, the primary valuation factors considered by our board of directors were:

 

   

an enterprise value of $490.2 million as of March 31, 2011, which was determined using the PWERM;

 

   

a discount rate of 28.9%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount of 17.0%;

 

   

liquidity event scenario probabilities of 72.5% for an initial public offering, 22.5% for a sale or merger, 2.5% for continuing as a private company and 2.5% for a dissolution, as we felt the latter two scenarios were unlikely at this point. The liquidity event scenarios moved by 2.5% in favor of an initial public offering during this valuation period as the board of directors determined that because of our market leadership position a sale or merger scenario was now less likely than previously thought. Our board of directors determined that stock market conditions in general, and the market for initial public offerings in particular, were such that there was only a 72.5% probability that we would be able to successfully complete an initial public offering and that the offering would take place in fiscal year 2012;

 

   

relatively flat exit value multiples of our comparable company set since the previous valuation;

 

   

the price per share at which certain of our stockholders recently sold shares of our capital stock in private transactions; and

 

   

management’s expectation that we would achieve forecasted revenue for the quarter ended April 30, 2011.

 

Based on these factors, our board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to increase the fair value of our common stock from $5.35 per share at February 10, 2011 to $6.28 per share at April 19, 2011, an increase of 17.4%.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

May 24, 2011. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 508,939 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $6.58 on May 24, 2011. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the date of grant, our board of directors reviewed and considered a draft of an independent valuation report for our common stock as of April 30, 2011. The final report, which was delivered to us on June 13, 2011, reflected a fair value for our common stock of $6.58 per share as of April 30, 2011. In granting options at $6.58 per share on May 24, 2011, the primary valuation factors considered by our board of directors were:

 

   

an enterprise value of $495.3 million as of April 30, 2011, which was determined using the PWERM;

 

   

a discount rate of 28.9%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount of 15%;

 

   

liquidity event scenario probabilities of 80% for an initial public offering, 15% for a sale or merger, 2.5% for continuing as a private company and 2.5% for a dissolution, as we felt the latter two scenarios were unlikely at this point. Our board of directors determined that stock market conditions in general, and the market for initial public offerings in particular, were such that there was an 80% probability that we would be able to successfully complete an initial public offering in fiscal year 2012;

 

   

relatively flat exit multiples of our comparable company set since the previous valuation;

 

   

the price per share at which certain of our stockholders recently sold shares of our capital stock in private transactions; and

 

   

management’s expectation that we would achieve forecasted revenue for the quarter ended July 31, 2011.

 

Based on these factors, our board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to increase the fair value of our common stock from $6.28 per share at April 19, 2011 to $6.58 per share at May 24, 2011, an increase of 4.8%.

 

August 1, 2011. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 904,008 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $8.58 on August 1, 2011. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the date of grant, our board of directors reviewed and considered a draft of an independent valuation report for our common stock as of July 29, 2011. The final report, which was delivered to us on August 15, 2011, reflected a fair value for our common stock of $8.58 per share as of July 29, 2011. In granting options at $8.58 per share on August 1, 2011, the primary valuation factors considered by our board of directors were:

 

   

an enterprise value of $600.4 million as of the independent valuation report date, which was determined using the PWERM;

 

   

a discount rate of 28.1%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount of 15.0%;

 

   

liquidity event scenario probabilities of 85.0% for an initial public offering, 12.5% for a sale or merger, 2.5% for continuing as a private company and 0.0% for a dissolution. Our board of directors felt that given the amount of progress the company had made in executing toward its goal to complete an initial public offering that the probability of that event should increase by 5.0% and that the likelihood of a sale or merger reduce by 2.5%. Our board also felt that the dissolution scenario was so unlikely that it was appropriate to reduce the probability of this outcome to zero. Our board of directors determined that stock market conditions in general, and the market for initial public offerings in particular, were such that there was an 85.0% probability that we would be able to successfully complete an initial public offering in fiscal year 2012;

 

   

increased exit value multiples of our comparable company set, which had been enhanced as noted above based on discussions with underwriters and analysts, since the last valuation;

 

-67-


Table of Contents
   

the price per share at which certain of our stockholders recently sold shares of our capital stock in private transactions;

 

   

management’s expectation that we would exceed forecasted revenue for the quarter ended July 31, 2011; and

 

   

uncertainty regarding the U.S. and global debt crisis.

 

Based on these factors, our board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to increase the fair value of our common stock from $6.58 per share at May 24, 2011 to $8.58 per share at August 1, 2011, an increase of 30.4%.

 

August 16, 2011. Our board of directors granted options to purchase 166,400 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $8.58 on August 16, 2011. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of the date of grant, our board of directors reviewed and considered a draft of an independent valuation report for our common stock as of August 15, 2011. The final report, which was delivered to us on August 24, 2011, reflected a fair value for our common stock of $8.20 as of August 15, 2011. In granting options at $8.58 per share on August 16, 2011, the primary valuation factors considered by our board of directors were:

 

   

an enterprise value of $564.6 million as of the independent valuation report date, which was determined using the PWERM;

 

   

a discount rate of 27.6%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

   

a lack of marketability discount of 15.0%;

 

   

liquidity event scenario probabilities of 85.0% for an initial public offering, 12.5% for a sale or merger, 2.5% for continuing as a private company and 0.0% for a dissolution. Our board of directors determined that despite the extremely volatile stock market conditions in the days leading up to the August 16, 2011 meeting, there was still an 85.0% probability that we would be able to successfully complete an initial public offering in fiscal year 2012;

 

   

decreased exit value revenue multiple of our enhanced comparable company set since the last valuation as a result of extreme volatility in the stock market over recent weeks;

 

   

the price per share at which certain stockholders recently sold shares of our capital stock in private transactions; and

 

   

management’s expectation that we would exceed forecasted revenue for the quarter ended July 31, 2011.

 

Based on these factors, our board of directors concluded that it was appropriate to maintain the fair value of our common stock at $8.58 per share at August 16, 2011.

 

Income Taxes

 

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities will be recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established against the deferred tax assets to reduce their carrying value to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The authoritative guidance for Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s consolidated financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return was adopted as of May 1, 2009.

 

-68-


Table of Contents

Capitalized Software

 

We capitalize certain development costs incurred in connection with our internal-use software platform. These capitalized costs are related to the application service suite that we host, which is accessed by our clients on a subscription basis. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, we capitalize direct internal and external costs until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. We cease capitalizing these costs upon completion of all substantial testing. We also capitalize costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. We expense maintenance and training costs as they are incurred. We amortize capitalized internal-use software development costs on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which is generally three years, into cost of revenue.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In September 2009, the FASB issued two consensuses that will significantly affect the revenue recognition accounting policies for transactions that involve multiple deliverables and sales of software-enabled devices. The guidance updates the existing multiple-element revenue arrangements guidance included under current authoritative guidance. The revised guidance primarily provides two significant changes: 1) eliminates the need for objective and reliable evidence of the fair value for the undelivered element in order for a delivered item to be treated as a separate unit of account, and 2) eliminates the residual method to allocate the arrangement consideration. In addition, the guidance also expands the disclosure requirements for revenue recognition. The guidance was effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or after July 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted provided that the revised guidance is retroactively applied to the beginning of the year of adoption. The new guidance will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2011, the FASB issued a standard to provide a consistent definition of fair value and change certain fair value measurement principles. In addition, the standard enhances the disclosure requirements concerning the measurement uncertainty of Level 3 fair value measurements. The updated accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 on a prospective basis. Early application is not permitted. We will adopt the updated guidance in the quarter ended January 31, 2012. The standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2011, the FASB issued a standard to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The standard eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. The updated accounting guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 on a retrospective basis. Early application is permitted. We will adopt the updated guidance in the quarter ended January 31, 2012. Since the updated guidance only requires a change in the placement of information already disclosed in our condensed consolidated financial statements, it is not expected to have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity

 

We hold cash and cash equivalents for working capital purposes. We do not have material exposure to market risk with respect to investments, as any investments we enter into are primarily highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes; however, we may adopt specific hedging strategies in the future. Any declines in interest rates will reduce future interest income.

 

-69-


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Risk

 

Our results of operations and cash flows will be subject to fluctuations because of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Euro and British Pound, the currencies of countries where we currently have our most significant international operations. Our historical invoicing has largely been denominated in U.S. dollars; however; we expect an increasing proportion of our future business to be conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, with our most significant operations today being located in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Australia and Sweden. We do not currently enter into forward exchange contracts to hedge exposure to these foreign currencies nor do we enter into any derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes; however we may do so in the future if we consider this exposure to be material. Thus, fluctuations in currency exchange rates could harm our business in the future.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a leading provider of social commerce solutions that help our clients capture, display and analyze online word of mouth, including consumer-generated ratings and reviews, questions and answers, stories, recommendations, photographs, videos and other content about our clients’ brands, products or services. Bazaarvoice, which literally means “voice of the marketplace,” was founded on the premise that online word of mouth is critical to consumers and businesses because of its influence on purchasing decisions, both online and offline. We enable our clients to place consumers at the center of their business strategies by helping consumers generate and share sentiment, preferences and other content about brands, products or services. Through our technology platform, our clients leverage online word of mouth to increase sales, acquire new customers, improve marketing effectiveness, enhance consumer engagement across channels, increase success of new product launches, improve existing products and services, effectively scale customer support and decrease product returns.

 

Word of mouth influences consumers’ decisions to purchase products and services. Consumers often trust and rely on what other consumers say about a brand, product or service more than traditional advertising, particularly if they consider the content to be authentic. The proliferation of social networks, wikis, blogs and videos has given rise to the social web—a new era of Internet-enabled social interaction. The emergence of consumer interaction through the social web has significantly increased the volume and availability of online word of mouth about products and services. This online social interaction is proving to have a significant and growing influence on both online and offline commerce. The rapid adoption of Internet-enabled mobile devices is further amplifying the impact of online word of mouth by making this content even easier, more convenient and faster to generate and access. As a result, there has been a paradigm shift in marketing as traditional methods are being disrupted and businesses are now seeking solutions that embrace online word of mouth to more effectively engage and influence consumers.

 

Our solutions, provided via a Software-as-a-Service, or SaaS, platform, enable clients to:

 

   

capture and display online word of mouth;

 

   

engage consumers directly by answering product- or service-related questions;

 

   

analyze feedback and uncover critical insights from online word of mouth; and

 

   

distribute content among retail and other brand websites within our network, which we refer to as syndication.

 

Our business model focuses on maximizing the lifetime value of a client relationship. We make significant investments in acquiring new clients and believe that we will be able to achieve a favorable return on these investments by growing our relationships over time and ensuring that we have a high level of client retention. As of April 30, 2011, we served 587 active clients, including clients in the retail, consumer products, travel and leisure, technology, telecommunications, financial services, healthcare and automotive industries. As of April 30, 2011, we served eight of the ten most valuable U.S. retail brands according to Interbrand’s 2011 Best Retail Brands study published in March 2011, 138 of the 2011 Internet Retailer 500 and 68 of the 2011 Fortune 500 companies, including 24 of the top 100 of the Fortune 500. In April 2011, we served over 7.9 billion impressions and have served over 200 billion total impressions since our inception in May 2005. We sell our solutions through a direct sales team located globally in the markets we serve, including the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, France, Germany and Sweden.

 

In fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, we generated revenue of $22.5 million, $38.6 million and $64.5 million, respectively. In fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, we generated 15.8%, 25.2% and 24.9% of our revenue, respectively, from outside of the United States.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

 

Word of mouth influences consumer decision-making.

 

We believe word of mouth influences consumers’ decisions to purchase products or services. Consumers often trust and rely on what others have to say about brands, products or services, particularly if they consider the content authentic and credible. In contrast, consumers often consider what businesses say about their own brands, products and services to be biased and less reliable.

 

Online social interaction is transforming the Internet and enabling unprecedented sharing of content among consumers.

 

The heart of the social web is comprised of websites and software technologies that foster social interaction, allowing users with similar interests to create and share original content with each other through one-to-one, one-to-many and many-to-many communication channels. The social web can empower the voices of individual consumers, allowing them to influence the opinions and decisions of others with unprecedented speed, ease and scale.

 

The increased volume and availability of online word of mouth has created digitally archived and readily searchable consumer databases about brands, products and services. Online word of mouth includes all types of online consumer-to-consumer, consumer-to-brand and brand-to-consumer sharing that influence decision making. Consumers are sharing content with each other about products, services and brands they like or dislike on brand websites and throughout the social web. Businesses recognize the importance of these online social interactions and are realizing that they must be actively engaged in the social web to effectively market their products and services.

 

Online word of mouth has a significant and growing influence on online and offline commerce.

 

Consumers are turning to online word of mouth to research products and services prior to making purchases, both online and offline. In 2011, Forrester Research, Inc. reported that U.S. web-influenced retail sales exceeded $1 trillion in 2009 and that by 2015 an estimated 52% of total online and offline retail sales will be influenced by Internet content, which includes online ratings and reviews.

 

The rapid adoption of Internet-enabled mobile devices is further amplifying the impact of online word of mouth.

 

According to a 2011 report by Cisco Systems, Inc., there will be over 7.1 billion mobile-connected devices worldwide in 2015—approximately one device per capita. The rapid adoption of Internet-enabled mobile devices is further amplifying the impact of online word of mouth by making this content even easier, more convenient and faster to generate and access. For example, in many locations around the world, a consumer walking in the aisle of a retail store with an Internet-enabled mobile device is able to scan a product barcode, read product information and reviews and make an informed purchase decision at the point of sale. After purchasing and using the product, a consumer can also use the Internet-enabled mobile device to rate the product or write a review and share it online. According to a 2011 study by comScore, Inc., Shop.org and PJL Digital LLC (d/b/a Social Shopping Labs), 47% of U.S. consumers have used a mobile device to check customer ratings or reviews while in a physical store.

 

Marketing paradigm shift: traditional marketing methods are being disrupted by the social web and the proliferation of online word of mouth.

 

The combination of the Internet, the social web and the proliferation of online word of mouth has created a marketing paradigm shift by giving consumers a new and easier way to directly connect with one another and

 

-72-


Table of Contents

with brands. A brand is a business or business unit that markets one or more products and services. As a result, companies have lost some level of control over how they influence clients and are increasingly forced to react to what consumers write and share with each other. This trend is disrupting traditional marketing methods, creating the need for a technology platform to complement companies’ marketing approaches in the following ways:

 

   

Increasing consumer engagement. Traditional brand marketing methods are generally oriented to raising brand awareness and influencing the consumer purchase decision. Historically, the brand-to-consumer relationship was primarily one-way: a brand would advertise or promote its offerings, and a consumer would consider and perhaps purchase. Many times, consumer engagement with a brand typically occurred only when the consumer had a support question or service issue. The advent of the social web has enabled consumers to become brand advocates and engage with brands both pre- and post-purchase. Through the social web, consumers share their opinions about brands, products or services, read reviews and search for answers to product-related questions. As a result, the advent of the social web has created new opportunities for brands to directly engage consumers through their websites and across social networks, not only pre-purchase and at the point of sale to increase conversion, but also post-purchase to provide brands with valuable insights to improve the consumer experience. In addition, post-purchase engagement makes it easier for consumers to share their experiences with others, thereby helping satisfied customers become active advocates for brands.

 

   

Enhancing authenticity. Consumers often question the reliability of a brand’s description of its own product. According to a July 2009 report by The Nielsen Company, a leading consumer research firm, when making purchase decisions, consumers often trust recommendations from people they know, as well as reviews posted by unknown consumers online, more than they do advertisements on television, on the radio, in print or in other traditional media. As a result, brands are striving to create active online communities that foster word of mouth about their products and services.

 

   

Increasing relevance . Marketers attempt to target the right audience for their products, and consumers seek a product that is the right solution for their individual needs. Most traditional marketing campaigns are designed to appeal to a wide audience and therefore often lack the relevance that both marketers and consumers desire. An increasingly fragmented consumer audience makes it even more difficult for brands to target and scale their marketing efforts simultaneously. The emergence of the social web allows brands to reach targeted networks of consumers and helps consumers connect with people similar to them or in similar situations. Additionally, as online word of mouth is shared across the social web, brands benefit from reaching a larger audience with more relevant content.

 

   

Changing marketing content . Traditional marketing methods depend on internally developed or agency developed creative content for their marketing campaigns. Brands can now easily leverage online word of mouth to utilize as content for their traditional marketing vehicles, such as email campaigns, online banners, mobile applications, print campaigns, in-store signage and even packaging.

 

   

Improving speed and quality of consumer feedback . Traditional market research methods can be time-consuming and costly to implement. Organizing focus groups, creating surveys, identifying representative survey populations, convincing the appropriate consumers to participate and analyzing the resulting data can be slow to implement and expensive. In addition, the feedback collected through traditional marketing research may be biased by the way questions are asked and lack credibility if brands compensate the participants. Due to the limitations of traditional marketing methods, brand marketers are turning to online word of mouth as a timely and cost-effective way to gain insights into consumer behavior and preferences. A recent survey of Chief Marketing Officers we jointly conducted with The CMO Club (operated by C Level Club, LLC), a peer-to-peer network of Chief Marketing Officers, discovered that in 2011, 93% of CMOs plan on using some form of consumer-generated content, or online word of mouth, to inform their brands’ product and service decisions.

 

   

Developing more valuable insights. Traditional marketing methods have a limited ability to capture and efficiently derive insights from online word of mouth. Data derived from online word of mouth can provide deeper and different insights into consumer behavior and preferences than are generally

 

-73-


Table of Contents
 

possible via traditional marketing and consumer market research methods. This data can provide a more complete understanding of the consumer, his or her background, social graph, basis for purchase decisions, means of purchase and purchase intent. However, the data is often unstructured, continuously generated, and voluminous, making it difficult for brands to fully realize its potential. Making sense of and structuring this consumer-generated data presents an opportunity to deliver powerful and timely insights into consumer behavior and preferences that are superior to historical methods and produce consumer intelligence with measurable marketing results.

 

Our Market Opportunity

 

We believe that we have captured and can continue to capture a portion of the dollars spent on offline and online advertising, e-commerce services and market research:

 

   

According to a 2011 forecast by MAGNAGLOBAL, a division of IPG’s Mediabrands, the worldwide advertising market is estimated to reach $428 billion in 2011. A 2010 MAGNAGLOBAL report projects the market to grow to over $558 billion by 2016.

 

   

The worldwide market for consumer market research was estimated to be $29 billion in 2009, according to a 2010 report by ESOMAR, B.V.

 

As online audiences have shifted toward increased social interaction, brands are expanding their advertising spend to target consumers engaged in online social interaction. According to The Nielsen Company, Americans spent approximately 36% of their online time communicating and networking across blogs, personal email, instant messaging and social networks in 2010. The ability to personalize content and marketing messages using a consumer’s online profile and social behavior are new capabilities that brands can leverage. In February 2011, eMarketer estimated that worldwide advertising spend on social networks will grow from $2.4 billion in 2009 to $8.1 billion in 2012. Given the broad reach of our network and the important impact that our social commerce solutions have on consumer purchasing behavior, we believe that we are competitively positioned to capture a share of the growing social media marketing spend.

 

Our clients include companies from the retail, consumer products, travel and leisure, technology, telecommunications, financial services, healthcare and automotive industries. We estimate there are over 10,000 companies in the sectors we serve worldwide with annual revenue of at least $50 million, many of which can benefit from our platform and solutions. In addition, several of these companies have multiple brands, which we consider incremental additions to our market opportunity.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that the following competitive strengths differentiate us from our competitors and serve as barriers to entry:

 

Market leadership with robust SaaS solutions.

 

We are a leading provider of social commerce solutions and the leading provider of online ratings and reviews. Our technology platform has been developed in collaboration with our clients since our inception, and we believe our platform offers a proven and robust feature set to meet our clients’ needs. The key capabilities of our platform include Ratings & Reviews, Ask & Answer, Stories, Smart SEO, SocialConnect, SocialAlerts and Social Recommendations. In addition, we have been able to reliably scale our platform over time. For example, the number of impressions served by our platform increased from 1.8 billion per month in April 2008 to 8.0 billion per month in April 2011. During this same period, the number of our active clients increased from 122 to 587. Our platform is reliable with uptime of over 99.9% over the five-year period ended April 30, 2011.

 

We offer our solutions to clients as a SaaS platform, which reduces implementation time and costs for our clients and requires limited involvement from our clients’ technical teams as compared to internally developed

 

-74-


Table of Contents

solutions. In addition, as a result of this model, our clients have a low total cost of ownership because they do not have to purchase hardware or add IT staff to implement and maintain our platform. We host a highly scalable platform with a single version of the code in production that is updated continuously, with multiple software releases per year that can be quickly rolled out to provide new and innovative features to our existing clients.

 

Powerful network effects that connect our clients and their consumers.

 

As of April 30, 2011, we served 138 of the 2011 Internet Retailer 500. As of April 30, 2011, we served eight of the ten most valuable U.S. retail brands according to Interbrand’s 2011 Best Retail Brands study published in March 2011, as well as 68 of the 2011 Fortune 500 companies, including 24 of the top 100 of the Fortune 500. In April 2011, we served over 7.9 billion impressions and we have served over 200 billion total impressions since our inception in May 2005. Consumers also benefit by having access to a greater volume and variety of online word of mouth when they visit our clients’ websites. As the amount of data that is collected and managed on our platform increases, our clients will have access to a greater amount of relevant and authentic online word of mouth, and our analytics capabilities will provide more meaningful insights to our clients.

 

Through our platform, we offer syndication capabilities through our BrandVoice and BrandAnswers solutions, enabling brands to distribute ratings and reviews and other online word of mouth among retail and other brand websites within our network, as well as websites outside our network. Our ability to syndicate content across a wide array of websites attracts brands to our network. The multitude and variety of our clients’ brands attracts retailers to our network because we are able to provide them with access to more online word of mouth than they can collect on their own. As a result, we believe that we benefit from powerful network effects that differentiate us from our competitors.

 

Analytics capabilities that leverage structured data across our network.

 

Our platform’s analytics capabilities allow brands to derive powerful and timely insights about consumer sentiment. These capabilities are enhanced by our efforts to structure data, including the structured mapping of products and the attachment of meta-data tags in connection with our content moderation process. Our analytics solutions allow our clients to more easily recognize shifts in consumer sentiment, identify product issues and inform consumer-centric decisions, which can increase sales and consumer satisfaction. As the volume and variety of data across our network grows, and as we continue to develop more comprehensive analytics capabilities, we believe that the value we provide to our clients will increase.

 

Unique content moderation capabilities that preserve authenticity and ensure brand protection.

 

We use trained and experienced professionals to moderate online word of mouth captured by our clients in 27 different languages, 24/7/365. We believe content moderation increases brand and consumer trust in reviews, improves client data quality and helps preserve the authenticity of online word of mouth. We are committed to representing both the positive and negative experiences of consumers. Accordingly, our content moderators do not remove negative reviews or edit consumer contributions. However, we do filter them for irrelevant, obscene or illegal material to ensure our clients’ valuable brands are protected. Our content moderators also assist in attaching pre-defined labels, or meta-tags, to categorize online word of mouth, such as shipping complaints, liability concerns, inaccurate product descriptions and product suggestions. We believe our content moderators are able to glean the connotations, sentiment, and context of a review, story, question or answer more accurately than is currently achievable with analytics software alone. Moreover, these content moderation capabilities are further enhanced by our ability to perform them in 27 different languages and multiple dialects. In parallel, our proprietary technology, workflows and best practices significantly increase the productivity of our content moderators, allowing us to efficiently moderate content while ensuring a high level of quality in a time-efficient manner. We believe the breadth of our content moderation capabilities is unique in our industry and is critical to our clients’ ability to successfully utilize online word of mouth.

 

-75-


Table of Contents

Differentiated client services capabilities that help our clients achieve measureable results.

 

Our Client Services team enables our clients to leverage our platform to maximize the impact of online word of mouth and consumer engagement to achieve measurable results not only through technical services but by coaching our clients on best practices to drive review volume and to leverage online word of mouth throughout their businesses. We employ a consultative approach to gain an intimate understanding of a client’s business objectives. Our Client Success Directors serve as social commerce advisors to our clients, teaching them ways to use our platform to maximize their business objectives and measure the effectiveness of their efforts. We work with our clients to integrate online word of mouth into key business processes, such as business analytics, product design and research and development, marketing, sales and client service. Our Client Success Directors also provide ongoing education and guidance, helping our clients navigate the rapidly evolving market for social commerce solutions.

 

A corporate culture that drives performance.

 

We regard our culture as a key differentiator and performance driver, and we have held this view since our inception. Our corporate culture is defined by the following core values: passion, performance, innovation, openness, teamwork, respect and generosity. Our management team is committed to maintaining and improving our culture even as we grow rapidly. We believe our culture gives us a competitive advantage in recruiting talent, driving innovation, enhancing productivity and improving client service. We foster our culture in numerous ways, including employee performance reviews, employee surveys rating and reviewing our culture, leadership training, numerous performance recognition programs and community building efforts. In recognition of our focus on culture, we were recognized as a “best place to work” in Austin, Texas by the Austin Business Journal in 2007-2011 and as the #1 “top workplace” in Austin by the Austin American-Statesman in 2010.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

The following are key elements of our growth strategy:

 

Expand our direct sales force globally.

 

We can offer significant value to companies that aim to better understand consumers. We intend to expand our direct sales force globally, which we believe will improve our sales coverage and effectiveness and enable us to acquire new clients.

 

Increase brand penetration and sell new solutions to our existing clients.

 

We believe that we have a significant opportunity to build on relationships with existing clients, including some of the leading companies in the world. Many of our clients sell products through numerous distinct brands. We have the opportunity to expand our relationship with these clients by deploying our solutions for some or all of their other brands.

 

Most of our clients use only a subset of the solutions available in our platform. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to sell other solutions delivered through our platform, as well as solutions we intend to release in the future.

 

Increase the volume and variety of data across our network and help clients derive greater consumer insights.

 

We plan to continue to aggregate an increasing volume and variety of online word of mouth and other relevant data across our network. In turn, consumers will have access to a greater amount of relevant online word

 

-76-


Table of Contents

of mouth to inform their purchase decisions. We plan to enhance our clients’ ability to analyze the aggregated data by offering new analytics solutions that can help our clients derive meaningful insights from consumer data across our network.

 

Further expand internationally and penetrate industry verticals.

 

While we have already established operations in the United Kingdom, Australia, France, Germany and Sweden, we intend to leverage this experience by expanding our sales and client service operations and further developing the Bazaarvoice brand. We are deepening our presence in Europe and are actively assessing operations in the Asia-Pacific and Latin America regions. Moreover, we plan to further penetrate our current industry verticals and to continue developing and marketing our unique solutions for additional verticals. We believe companies in various verticals can benefit from utilizing our platform to better understand consumers.

 

Continue to broaden our platform’s capabilities through innovation.

 

We view investments in research and development to be an integral part of our strategy. Our research and development efforts are principally focused on improving our software architecture to make our development efforts more efficient and cost-effective and adding new solutions to our platform to enhance our value proposition to existing and prospective clients. We also intend to leverage word of mouth data and our network reach to develop new solutions.

 

Pursue selective acquisitions and commercial relationships.

 

We intend to pursue selective acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that will enable us to acquire targeted product and technology capabilities. From time to time, we also may enter into commercial relationships with Internet and social media businesses if we believe this will benefit our clients. For example, we have worked with Google to enable our clients’ online word of mouth to be delivered through the Google search platform, including their mobile applications, and appear in a consumer’s Internet search results.

 

Our Platform and Solutions

 

Bazaarvoice Platform

 

Our platform provides capabilities to capture, manage and display online word of mouth. Consumers interact with our solutions as they view or author consumer reviews, questions, photos, videos, long-format narratives and other forms of consumer-generated content. Content that is displayed by our platform is styled to match our clients’ brand, preserving important branding elements of our clients’ businesses.

 

Content collected and managed by our platform is used by our clients in a wide range of applications, including their online websites, mobile-optimized websites, mobile applications, social networks, in-store kiosks, physical in-store displays, printed flyers, email and other forms of online and offline media.

 

Key capabilities of our platform include:

 

   

Ratings & Reviews. Allows our clients to capture, manage and display consumer reviews about their products and services on their websites and mobile-optimized websites.

 

   

Ask & Answer . Allows our clients to facilitate question and answer conversations between consumers, or between consumers and brand representatives, on their websites.

 

   

Stories. Allows our clients to collect consumer testimonials about their products and services and display these stories on their websites. Our Stories capability is used in brand marketing initiatives where an in-depth story from a consumer, often accompanied by photos and sometimes videos, is used to create a strong emotional link between consumers and a brand.

 

-77-


Table of Contents
   

Smart SEO. Allows our clients to optimize the presentation of online word of mouth for Internet search engines and offer interactive filtering and sorting capabilities to enhance the consumer’s experience when reviewing this content. As consumers author new ratings and reviews, our clients are able to keep the content on their websites fresh, which generally results in increased Internet traffic from search engines to our clients’ websites.

 

   

SocialConnect. Enables consumers to read or write reviews, product questions, product answers, or stories on our clients’ pages on social networking websites and easily share this content with the people they influence the most—their social network friends or followers. SocialConnect also provides the capability for consumers on our clients’ websites to easily share their opinions within social networks.

 

   

SocialAlerts . Creates a linkage between brands and consumers long after the consumer has left our clients’ websites by reaching consumers by email, alerting them of key changes to, and interactions with, content and products on the website. For example, after a consumer has asked a question via our Ask & Answer solution on one of our clients’ websites, SocialAlerts can trigger an email when answers to the question are posted to let that consumer know to return to the client’s website to view the answer.

 

   

Social Recommendations . Enables consumers to recommend products within any content that they author on our clients’ websites. Consumers commonly use the Bazaarvoice Product Selector feature to search and choose a specific product or service that they would like to recommend to other consumers on the website. For example, when a consumer or brand representative is answering a question posted by another consumer, such as what accessories are recommended with a specific HDTV, Social Recommendations allows them to click on images and link to those accessories so that it is easy for the questioner, or any other shopper that reads that answer, to add those accessories to their shopping cart.

 

   

Third-party developer APIs. Provides third-party developers with tools to build products or extend our platform on behalf of our clients, which enables us to expand the use of our platform by leveraging applications built by third-party developers. For example, some agencies use our developer APIs to develop applications for our clients’ brands that allow consumers to read reviews via touchscreen displays while shopping in stores or via their mobile devices while traveling, including using geolocation to deliver reviews from consumers that live in the same geography as that shopper.

 

Bazaarvoice Network Solutions

 

Our clients are connected through our SaaS platform to form a network. We offer network syndication and brand engagement solutions to facilitate the sharing of online word of mouth among our clients and to enable brands to directly interact with consumers on our retail clients’ websites.

 

   

BrandVoice. Enables brands to enter into distribution relationships allowing them to display review content on retail websites within our network, which we refer to as syndication.

 

   

BrandAnswers . Enables brands to interact directly with consumers on retail websites within our network to answer questions and provide suggestions on alternative products that may better meet that consumer’s needs. Brands gain visibility into all questions and answers about their products on retail websites that participate in our distribution relationships.

 

Bazaarvoice Analytics Solutions

 

Our platform includes a Workbench Analytics solution, which provides analytics and self-service administration tools. We expect to release our enhanced analytics solution, our Customer Intelligence solution, which is currently in development.

 

   

Workbench Analytics . Provides analytics capabilities that allow our clients to generate reports highlighting basic ratings trends, text analysis and product and service issue identification. Workbench also allows clients to perform self-service administration.

 

-78-


Table of Contents
   

Customer Intelligence . Our Customer Intelligence solution, which is currently in development, is a new solution that is intended to allow our clients to derive market, consumer and product insights in a timely manner from the underlying data we collect on their behalf through our platform. Customer Intelligence will enable our clients to analyze explicit and unstructured online word of mouth and to correlate this content with consumer profiles and demographic information.

 

Our Clients

 

As of April 30, 2011, we served 587 active clients, including clients in the retail, consumer products, travel and leisure, technology, telecommunications, financial services, healthcare and automotive industries. As of April 30, 2011, we served eight of the ten most valuable U.S. retail brands according to Interbrand’s 2011 Best Retail Brands study published in March 2011, 138 of the 2011 Internet Retailer 500 and 68 of the 2011 Fortune 500 companies, including 24 of the top 100 of the Fortune 500. In fiscal year 2011, our active client retention rate was 89.4%. We are committed to developing long-term client relationships. In each of fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, no one client represented more than 10.0% of our revenue for that year.

 

The following table sets forth a list of selected clients by industry vertical:

 

Retail

 

Argos Limited

The Boots Company PLC

Cabela’s Incorporated

Euromarket Designs, Inc. d/b/a Crate & Barrel

Footlocker.com, Inc.

Golfsmith International, Inc.

Petco Animal Supplies Inc.

Sephora USA, Inc.

SkyMall, Inc.

Technology

 

LG Electronics USA, Inc.

Microsoft Corporation

Philips Consumer Lifestyle B.V.

 

Consumer Products

 

Newell Rubbermaid, Inc.

The Proctor & Gamble Company

Financial Services

 

Intuit Inc.

LendingTree, LLC

Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company

Navy Federal Credit Union

United Services Automobile Association

 

Travel and Leisure

 

NCL (Bahamas) Ltd. d/b/a NCL

Orbitz, Inc.

 

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We sell our solutions through our direct sales team located globally in the markets we serve. Our sales strategy is a vertically focused, geographically distributed and direct model that is designed to tailor our social commerce solutions to the specific needs of the industry verticals we serve.

 

Our sales cycle can vary substantially from client to client but typically requires three to 12 months. In addition to new client sales, our sales directors are also focused on selling additional solutions to our existing clients.

 

Our marketing efforts are intended to support lead generation, provide sales support, penetrate new and rapidly expanding markets and build our corporate brand. Our marketing efforts include:

 

   

participation in, and sponsorship of, user conferences, trade shows and industry events;

 

   

online marketing activities, including advertising, search engine marketing, search engine optimization, webinars, email campaigns and our Bazaarvoice Social Commerce Blog (or Bazaarblog);

 

   

informational resources development to educate prospective clients on social initiatives, including white papers, client case studies and in-person demonstrations;

 

   

sales resources development; and

 

   

industry partnership and business development programs.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

We also host semi-annual Social Commerce Summits, one in the United States and one in Europe. These Summits are our showcase events where current and prospective clients, along with social strategists, meet to share insights into the industry and results from social initiatives. The events feature a variety of speakers, typically executives from client organizations, training and solutions demonstrations and sharing of best practices, and are designed to increase product adoption and satisfaction and to sign new clients. In addition, we host a number of regional user groups.

 

Client Services

 

Our Client Services team is responsible for managing all client activity after the sale. With locations in the markets we serve, our Client Services team is divided into five key functional areas:

 

   

execution and design, consisting of implementation project managers, implementation engineers and user interface designers who are responsible for technical integration and styling of our solutions;

 

   

client success, consisting of dedicated sales directors who provide social thought leadership in the development and execution of strategic success plans for our clients and provide renewal and add-on sales support;

 

   

content services, consisting of content moderators who process content and perform meta-tagging;

 

   

technical support, consisting of our support professionals who provide technical support services to deliver new production releases, resolve client questions and issues, respond to change requests and address other matters as they arise; and

 

   

social analytics, consisting of analytics professionals who employ analytics to measure the value of our solutions and extract business insights from the data we collect on behalf of our clients.

 

Our license agreements with our clients include maintenance, support and software updates during the term of the agreement. However, major functional updates or enhancements may, in our discretion, be considered new solutions that will be made available to our clients at an additional charge.

 

Research and Development

 

Our research and development team is responsible for the design, development, maintenance and operation of our technology solutions. Our research and development process emphasizes frequent, iterative and incremental development cycles, enabling us to incorporate client feedback while maintaining a high standard of quality. Within the research and development team, we have several highly aligned, independent sub-teams that focus on particular capabilities of our solutions. Each of these sub-teams includes product managers, designers, developers and quality assurance specialists responsible for the initial and ongoing development of their solution capability. In addition, the research and development team includes our production operations team, which is responsible for platform uptime.

 

We believe that continued investment in research and development is critical to the future success of our business. Historically, we have made substantial investments in research and development, and we plan to continue doing so in order to further differentiate ourselves from our competitors. In addition, we augment our full-time research and development staff with offshore third-party contractors located in the Ukraine and Costa Rica. Our research and development expenses were $3.4 million, $5.8 million and $10.8 million in fiscal years 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

Competition

 

The market for social commerce solutions is highly competitive. The competitive dynamics of our market are unpredictable because it is at an early stage of development, rapidly evolving, fragmented and subject to potential disruption by new technological innovations.

 

-80-


Table of Contents

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

 

   

product breadth and functionality;

 

   

scope, quality and breadth of client base;

 

   

amount and quality of content;

 

   

service;

 

   

price;

 

   

reputation; and

 

   

operating model efficiency.

 

We believe that we compete favorably on the factors described above. We compete primarily against traditional marketing and advertising programs. Many businesses remain hesitant to embrace social commerce solutions, such as ratings and reviews, driven by a reluctance to display negative reviews about their brands, products or services or about other brands displayed on their websites. Additionally, some businesses have developed, or may develop in the future, social commerce solutions internally. These businesses may consider their internal solutions adequate, even if our solutions are superior.

 

We have several direct and indirect competitors that provide third-party social commerce solutions, including companies like PowerReviews, Inc. and Revieworld Ltd. Additionally, we face potential competition from participants in adjacent markets that may enter our markets by leveraging related technologies and partnering with other companies.

 

We may also face competition from companies entering our market, including large Internet companies like Google, Inc. and Facebook, Inc., which could expand their platforms or acquire a competitor. While these companies do not currently focus on our market, they have significantly greater financial resources and, in the case of Google, a longer operating history. They may be able to devote greater resources to the development and improvement of their services than we can and, as a result, may be able to respond more quickly to technological changes and clients’ changing needs.

 

Moreover, because our market is changing rapidly, it is possible that new entrants, especially those with substantial resources or more efficient operating models, more rapid product development cycles or lower marketing costs, could introduce new solutions that disrupt the manner in which businesses use online word of mouth and engage with consumers online to address the needs of our clients and potential clients.

 

We cannot be certain that these competitors, both current and potential, will not offer or develop services that are considered superior to ours or that services other than ours will attain greater market acceptance.

 

Our Culture

 

We regard our culture as a key differentiator and performance driver, and we have held this view since our inception. We believe our culture gives us a competitive advantage in recruiting talent, driving innovation, enhancing productivity and improving client service. Our core values connect us to our purpose and guide many of our most important business decisions, particularly those involving our most strategic asset of all, our people. As an organization, we strive to embody the following core values:

 

   

Passion: We excite with possibilities. We celebrate success. We love what we do.

 

   

Performance: We act with purpose. We are decisive. We exceed expectations.

 

   

Innovation: We believe there is power in change. We have the courage to act. We lead.

 

   

Openness: We listen. We seek the truth. We act with authenticity.

 

-81-


Table of Contents
   

Teamwork: We play to one another’s strengths. We trust each other. We are stronger and smarter together.

 

   

Respect: We are a company of equals. We value difference. We are people first; roles second.

 

   

Generosity: We share. We give without expectations. We are connected to our community.

 

We regularly debate culture as a management team, striving to refine our culture and integrate new ideas as we rapidly grow. One way we do this is through our Cultural Ambassadors program, which enables small groups of employees to visit top-rated companies and learn from their approaches to building high-performance and sustainable cultures.

 

Our culture is an extension of our purpose and is manifested in our core values. By design, our purpose is broad and audacious: “Changing the world, one authentic conversation at a time.” We are energized by the opportunity to transform entire industries through the power of online word of mouth and consumer-driven market insights. We are passionate about the role we can collectively play in driving this transformation across the private and public sectors.

 

As a reflection of the importance of our core values, we ask our employees to participate in a management feedback survey to rate and review managers, including our CEO and all corporate officers, on how well we live and demonstrate our values. This survey provides critical input during our performance review process. We currently conduct reviews for all employees, including managers and corporate officers, on a biannual basis, ensuring that we improve and evolve as rapidly as our growing business requires.

 

Competition for talent is intense, and a candidate’s view of the potential employer’s culture is often, in our experience, the deciding factor for many candidates. However, in addition to promoting our culture, we rigorously evaluate each candidate on whether they will enhance our culture. In particular, we test for passion by requiring most candidates to complete a job-specific test, which often requires the candidates to prepare and give a presentation. This exercise requires a significant investment of time and energy and is highly effective in identifying team members with high potential.

 

As a testament to our focus on culture, we were recognized as a “best place to work” in Austin, Texas by the Austin Business Journal in 2007-2011 and the #1 “top workplace” in Austin by the Austin American-Statesman in 2010.

 

We foster our culture in a variety of ways, including:

 

   

our annual climate survey, which anonymously surveys all employees on the state of our culture;

 

   

our six-month leadership training program, custom built around our core values;

 

   

our top-performer equity awards for those that are nominated by fellow employees as defining our culture and core values;

 

   

our genius grant equity award for employees that demonstrate incredible ingenuity and initiative to solve business challenges;

 

   

our trust-based vacation policy, which enables any employee, regardless of tenure, to take vacation as needed;

 

   

our scavenger hunt, which all new employees, regardless of level, complete during their first week on the job, exposing them to all key functions and jobs in our company and important parts of our history;

 

   

our quarterly science fair, which encourages friendly competition and highlights our core value of innovation; and

 

   

the Bazaarvoice Foundation, which we are creating to serve our communities by focusing primarily on education.

 

-82-


Table of Contents

Technology Infrastructure & Operations

 

We have invested extensively in developing our proprietary technology infrastructure to support the growth of our business. Our proprietary technology infrastructure includes data center, cloud computing and network management, a secure centralized source control management system and proprietary data analytics.

 

Maintaining the integrity and security of our technology infrastructure is critical to our ability to provide online word of mouth, and we have a dedicated security team that promotes industry best practices and drives compliance with data security standards. We use encryption technologies and certificates for secure transmission of personal information between consumers and our solutions.

 

Our technology infrastructure has the ability to handle sudden bursts of activity for users over a short period of time with high levels of performance and reliability. We operate at a scale that routinely delivers more than 260 million content impressions per day.

 

Key elements of our technology infrastructure are described below.

 

   

Scalable Infrastructure. Our physical network infrastructure utilizes multiple hosted data centers linked with a high speed virtual private network. We utilize commodity hardware, and our architecture is designed for high availability and fault tolerance while accommodating the demands of our service utilization.

 

   

Cloud Computing Innovation. We have developed our architecture to work effectively in a flexible cloud environment that has a high degree of automated elasticity.

 

We believe that our technology infrastructure is a competitive advantage, and we will continue to innovate and optimize our infrastructure to extend our technology leadership.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our intellectual property includes our patent applications, registered and unregistered trademarks and registered domain names. We believe that our intellectual property is an essential asset of our business and that our technology infrastructure currently gives us a competitive advantage. We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws in the United States and the European Union, as well as contractual provisions, to protect our proprietary technology and assets. We currently have trademarks registered in the United States for our name and certain of the words and phrases that we use in our business. We also rely on copyright laws to protect software relating to our websites and our proprietary technologies, although we have not yet registered for copyright protection. We have registered numerous Internet domain names related to our business in order to protect our proprietary interests. As of April 30, 2011, we had five patent applications and two provisional patent applications pending, but no issued patents. We also enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and consultants and seek to control access to and distribution of our proprietary information in a commercially prudent manner.

 

The efforts we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not be sufficient or effective. Third parties may infringe upon or misappropriate our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts, other parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use the content of our websites without authorization. We may be unable to prevent competitors from acquiring domain names or trademarks that are similar to, infringe upon or diminish the value of our domain names, trademarks, service marks and our other proprietary rights. Competitors may also independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to the technologies we employ in our solutions. Failure to protect our proprietary rights adequately could significantly harm our competitive position and operating results.

 

In addition, we license third-party technologies that are incorporated into some elements of our solutions. Licenses of third-party technologies may not continue to be available to us at a commercially reasonable cost or at all.

 

-83-


Table of Contents

Companies in the Internet and technology industries, and other patent, copyright and trademark holders own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently threaten or enter into litigation based on claims of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We have received in the past, and may in the future, receive notices that claim we have misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights. There may be intellectual property rights held by others, including issued or pending patents, copyrights and trademarks, that cover significant aspects of our technologies, content, branding or business methods. Any intellectual property claim against us, regardless of merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to settle or litigate and could divert our management’s attention and other resources. These claims also could subject us to significant liability for damages and could result in our having to stop using technology, content, branding or business methods found to be in violation of another party’s rights. We might be required or may opt to seek a license for rights to intellectual property held by others, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if a license is available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. We may also be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, content, branding or business methods, which could require significant effort and expense and make us less competitive in the social commerce market. If we cannot license or develop technology, content, branding or business methods for any allegedly infringing aspect of our business, we may be unable to compete effectively.

 

Legal and Regulatory

 

We believe that there are no claims or actions pending or threatened against us, the ultimate disposition of which would have a material adverse effect on us.

 

There have been and continue to be regulatory developments that affect our industry. For example, the Federal Trade Commission has directed attention to compensated blogging, endorsements and reviews, and state, U.S. federal and international government agencies have become increasingly focused on privacy in social networks and social commerce, including with respect to collection and use of personally identifiable information and the deployment and use of cookies. In addition, with respect to our clients that are in regulated industries, such as banking and finance or healthcare, our activities may be subject to the regulations governing such businesses.

 

Employees

 

As of April 30, 2011, we had 626 employees, consisting of 494 full-time employees and 132 part-time employees who serve as content moderators. Our employees work in offices located in Austin, London, Paris, Munich, Stockholm and Sydney. Of these employees, 552 were based in the United States. We consider our current relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is a party to a collective bargaining agreement.

 

Facilities

 

Our principal executive offices are located in Austin, Texas, where we lease approximately 94,086 square feet of office space under leases that expire on January 31, 2015 with respect to 76,804 square feet and on November 15, 2015 with respect to 17,282 square feet. As of April 30, 2011, we maintained additional offices in the United Kingdom, Australia, France, Germany and Sweden. Our primary data center is located in Texas under a hosting agreement with Rackspace US, Inc. d/b/a Rackspace Hosting, which agreement expires in June 2012. We believe our current and planned office facilities and data center space will be adequate for our needs through fiscal year 2012. We expect to need additional space at our corporate headquarters after fiscal year 2012.

 

-84-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

Our executive officers and directors and their ages and positions as of July 31, 2011, are as follows:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Brett A. Hurt

     39       Founder, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Stephen R. Collins

     45       Chief Financial Officer

Bryan C. Barksdale

     40       General Counsel and Secretary

Heather J. Brunner

     42       Chief Operating Officer

Erin C. Nelson

     42       Chief Marketing Officer

Michael R. Osborne

     35       Chief Revenue Officer

Neeraj Agrawal (1)

     38       Director

Michael S. Bennett (1)(2)

     59       Director

Dev C. Ittycheria (2)(3)

     44       Director

Edward B. Keller (2)(3)

     55       Director

Thomas J. Meredith (1)

     61       Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Christopher A. Pacitti (3)

     41       Director

 

  (1)   Member of our audit committee.
  (2)   Member of our compensation committee.
  (3)   Member of our nominating and governance committee.

 

Executive Officers

 

Brett A. Hurt has served as our Founder, Chief Executive Officer, President and a member of our board of directors since he co-founded Bazaarvoice in May 2005 with Brant Barton, our Chief Innovation Officer. From May 1999 to April 2005, Mr. Hurt held various executive positions at Coremetrics, Inc., a marketing analytics SaaS provider for the e-commerce industry that he founded in 1999 and that was acquired by IBM in 2010. Mr. Hurt served on the board of directors at Coremetrics from May 1999 to February 2006. Prior to his time at Coremetrics, Mr. Hurt founded and was the Chief Executive Officer of BodyMatrix, LLC, an online retailer of sports nutrition products, and Hurt Technology Consulting, LLC, a software and web consulting firm. Mr. Hurt has also served as a systems analyst at Deloitte Consulting LLP. Mr. Hurt was named Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year for Central Texas in 2009. Mr. Hurt holds a B.B.A in management information systems from the University of Texas at Austin and an M.B.A. in high-tech entrepreneurship from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. In addition to his role as our Chief Executive Officer, we believe Mr. Hurt’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his knowledge and understanding of our business and industry and his previous service in executive positions at various technology companies.

 

Stephen R. Collins has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2010. From May 2009 to September 2010, Mr. Collins served as Managing Partner at Natchez Advisors, LLC, a company he established to invest in and provide management advisory services to early-stage technology companies based in Tennessee. As part of his activities at Natchez Advisors, Mr. Collins served from May 2009 to March 2010 as interim Chief Executive Officer of Moontoast, Inc., a social commerce network company. Mr. Collins continues to serve as a member of the board of directors of Moontoast. From April 2010 to June 2010, Mr. Collins served as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Strategy Officer of edo Interactive, Inc., a marketing services and electronics payments company. From June 2002 to July 2003, Mr. Collins served as Chief Operating Officer and then from July 2003 to December 2007 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Juris, Inc., a legal software solutions business that was sold to LexisNexis, a division of Reed Elsevier Inc., in July 2007. Mr. Collins previously

 

-85-


Table of Contents

served in a variety of positions, including Chief Financial Officer and Chief Information Officer, at DoubleClick, Inc., which was sold to Google, Inc. and provides advertising management and technology solutions for digital media, various finance positions for Colgate-Palmolive Company and as an auditor for the accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Collins received a B.S. in accounting from the University of Alabama and is a C.P.A.

 

Bryan C. Barksdale has served as our General Counsel since August 2010 and as our Secretary since February 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Barksdale practiced corporate and securities law at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, from February 2005 to August 2010 where he represented Bazaarvoice from its inception in May 2005. Mr. Barksdale previously practiced corporate and securities law with Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP and with Andrews Kurth LLP. Mr. Barksdale holds a B.A. in psychology from the University of Texas at Austin, an M.Ed. from the University of Mississippi and a J.D. from Washington & Lee University.

 

Heather J. Brunner has served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 2009 and previously served as our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Client Services from August 2008 to June 2009. Prior to joining us, Ms. Brunner served from February 2008 to August 2008 as Chief Executive Officer of Nuvo Network Management Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Trilogy Enterprises, Inc. and provider of managed network services. From July 2007 to February 2008, Ms. Brunner was the Chief Operating Officer for B-Side Entertainment, Inc., an entertainment technology company acquired by Slated, Inc. From October 2005 to July 2007, Ms. Brunner led worldwide client services at Coremetrics, Inc., a marketing analytics provider for the e-commerce industry that was acquired by IBM. From August 2001 to October 2005, Ms. Brunner was Vice President of Client Delivery and Operations at Trilogy Enterprises, Inc. Ms. Brunner previously served as Regional Vice President at Concero Technology, Inc., as a Practice Director at Oracle, Inc. where she focused on the development of the Central Texas enterprise sales and consulting practice, and in a variety of consulting team management positions at Accenture plc. Ms. Brunner received a B.A. in international economics from Trinity University.

 

Erin C. Nelson has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since November 2010. Prior to joining us, Ms. Nelson held a variety of positions at Dell Inc. from April 1999 to October 2010, including Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer from January 2009 to October 2010, with responsibility for the company’s global brand, communications and social media strategy, and Vice President of Marketing for Europe, the Middle East and Africa. From June 1991 to January 1994, Ms. Nelson worked in brand management at The Procter & Gamble Company. Ms. Nelson also previously held positions relating to corporate strategy at PepsiCo, Inc. and worked in management consulting at A.T. Kearney, Inc. Ms. Nelson was inducted into the Advertising Hall of Achievement, established by the Advertising Federation of America, in 2010. Ms. Nelson holds a B.B.A. in international business and marketing from the University of Texas at Austin.

 

Michael R. Osborne has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since March 2010 and previously served as our Senior Vice President of Sales from July 2006 to February 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Osborne served from May 2003 to July 2006 as Director of Client Services at Coremetrics, Inc., a marketing analytics provider for the e-commerce industry that was acquired by IBM. Mr. Osborne previously worked as Presales and Partner Manager at Trilogy Software, Inc., an enterprise software firm specializing in solving complex business problems through technology solutions. Mr. Osborne holds a B.S. in electrical and computer engineering from Carnegie Mellon University.

 

Board of Directors

 

Neeraj Agrawal has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2007 and our audit committee since November 2008. He is currently a general partner at Battery Ventures. Mr. Agrawal joined Battery Ventures in 2000 and became a general partner in May 2007. Prior to his time at Battery Ventures, Mr. Agrawal served as an operating executive at Sky TV Latin America, a News Corp. subsidiary. He has also worked as a management consultant at Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. He holds a B.S. in computer science from

 

-86-


Table of Contents

Cornell University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Agrawal’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in corporate finance, business strategy and corporate development and his knowledge gained from service on the boards of various private companies.

 

Michael S. Bennett has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2010, our compensation committee since November 2010 and our audit committee since May 2011. Mr. Bennett served as Executive Chairman of SolarWinds, Inc., a provider of network management software, from March 2010 to June 2010 and as a member of the board of directors of SolarWinds from June 2006 to June 2010. Mr. Bennett held various positions at SolarWinds, serving as Chief Executive Officer from June 2006 to March 2010 and as President from June 2006 to January 2009. Prior to his time at SolarWinds, Mr. Bennett served as Chief Executive Officer of Permeo Technologies, Inc., a network security software company, and as a venture partner at Austin Ventures. Mr. Bennett has served in the Chief Executive Officer role at several technology companies, including Mission Critical Software until its acquisition by NetIQ Corporation in 2000, Learmonth & Burchett Management Systems Plc, a provider of process management tools for software development, and Summagraphics Corporation until its acquisition by Lockheed Martin’s CalComp subsidiary. Prior to joining Summagraphics, Mr. Bennett served as a senior executive with Dell Inc. Mr. Bennett was named the Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year for Houston, Texas in 2000 and for Central Texas in 2010. We believe Mr. Bennett’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his previous service in executive positions at various public and private technology companies, his experience in building and managing high-growth technology companies and his experience serving on the board of another public company.

 

Dev C. Ittycheria has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2010, our compensation committee since May 2010 and our nominating and governance committee since May 2011. Mr. Ittycheria served as the Senior Vice President, President of the Enterprise Service Management of BMC Software, Inc. from November 2008 to February 2010 and as Senior Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development from April 2008 to October 2008. Prior to his time at BMC, Mr. Ittycheria was co-founder, President, Chief Executive Officer, and a member of the board of directors of BladeLogic, Inc. from August 2001 to April 2008, which was acquired by BMC in April 2008. Prior to founding BladeLogic, Mr. Ittycheria held several management positions in technology companies, including Senior Vice President and General Manager of the application service provider division of Breakaway Solutions, Co-founder, President and CEO of Applica Incorporated, and various senior positions in the data communications business of AT&T and Teleport Communications Group. Mr. Ittycheria currently serves on the board of directors of athenahealth, Inc. He holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Rutgers University. Mr. Ittycheria was named the Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year for New England in 2004. We believe Mr. Ittycheria’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his experience in building and managing high-growth technology companies and his experience serving on the boards of various companies, including another public company.

 

Edward B. Keller has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2006, our compensation committee since September 2009 and our nominating and governance committee since May 2011. Mr. Keller is the current Chief Executive Officer of Keller Fay Group LLC, a marketing research and consulting company dedicated to word-of-mouth marketing, which he co-founded and joined in December 2005. Mr. Keller’s career in marketing and media research spans nearly 30 years. Prior to founding the Keller Fay Group, Mr. Keller served as Chief Executive Officer of market research firm RoperASW, which was acquired by NOP World Ltd. and then by GfK Custom Research North America, and previously as that company’s President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Keller is a member of the board of directors of the Word-of-Mouth Marketing Association, where he is a past president of the board. He is also a past president of the Market Research Council and a former board member of the Advertising Research Foundation. Mr. Keller is also an author and frequent lecturer regarding word-of-mouth marketing. Mr. Keller holds a B.A. in communications from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.A. in communications from the Annenberg School for Communications at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Keller’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his unique expertise in the social commerce marketplace and experience as a Chief Executive Officer in the market research industry.

 

-87-


Table of Contents

Thomas J. Meredith has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2010, our audit committee since August 2010 and chairman of our board of directors since August 2011. Since 2004, Mr. Meredith has served as a general partner of Meritage Capital, L.P., an investment management firm he co-founded that specializes in multi-manager hedge funds. Mr. Meredith is also the Chief Executive Officer of private investment firm MFI Capital LLC, a position he has held since 2002. From March 2007 to April 2008, Mr. Meredith served as Acting Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Motorola, Inc., a provider of mobile communications products. Mr. Meredith served in a variety of senior executive positions at Dell Inc. between 1992 and 2001, including Chief Financial Officer, Managing Director of Dell Ventures and Senior Vice President of Business Development and Strategy. Prior to joining Dell, Mr. Meredith served as Vice President and Treasurer at Sun Microsystems, Inc. Mr. Meredith currently serves on the boards of directors of Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Brightstar Corp. and is an adjunct professor at the McCombs School of Business at the University of Texas at Austin. In the past five years, Mr. Meredith has also served on the boards of directors of Motorola, Inc. and Motive, Inc. Mr. Meredith holds a B.A. in political science from St. Francis University, a J.D. from Duquesne University and an L.L.M. in taxation from Georgetown University. We believe Mr. Meredith’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his knowledge gained from service on the boards of various public companies, particularly as an audit committee member, and his extensive financial experience, both as an investment manager and former chief financial officer of publicly traded companies.

 

Christopher A. Pacitti has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2005 and our nominating and governance committee since May 2011. He is currently a general partner at Austin Ventures. Mr. Pacitti joined Austin Ventures as a partner in 1999 and became a general partner in 2001. Prior to his time at Austin Ventures, Mr. Pacitti was a vice president at TL Ventures and was also a co-founder and Chief Operating Officer of a technology company that developed chemical industrial applications. Mr. Pacitti currently serves on the boards of directors of a number of private companies and venture capital industry organizations. He holds a B.A. in economics from Johns Hopkins University. We believe Mr. Pacitti’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive experience in corporate finance, business strategy and corporate development and his knowledge gained from service on the boards of various private companies.

 

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members.

 

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. The authorized number of directors may be changed by resolution of the board of directors. Vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by vote of the board of directors.

 

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Mr. Agrawal, Mr. Bennett and Mr. Pacitti are the Class I directors, and their terms will expire in 2012. Mr. Keller and Mr. Ittycheria are the Class II directors, and their terms will expire in 2013. Mr. Hurt and Mr. Meredith are the Class III directors, and their terms will expire in 2014. For more information on the classified board and other provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, see the section of this prospectus titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.”

 

-88-


Table of Contents

Director Independence

 

In August 2011, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Neeraj Agrawal, Michael S. Bennett, Dev C. Ittycheria, Edward B. Keller, Thomas J. Meredith and Christopher A. Pacitti are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations.

 

Board Leadership Structure and Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

 

The positions of chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer are presently separated. We believe that separating these positions allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the chairman to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. While our amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering, and corporate governance guidelines do not require that our chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time. However, we also recognize that no single leadership model is right for all companies at all times and that, depending on the circumstances, other leadership models, such as having one person serving as both the chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer, might become appropriate. Accordingly, our board of directors anticipates periodically reviewing its leadership structure.

 

We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our operations, strategic direction and intellectual property as more fully discussed in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.” Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility of assuring that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.

 

Our board of director’s role in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees below and in the charters of each of the committees. In particular, our audit committee regularly considers and discusses our significant accounting and financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to control and monitor these exposures. Our nominating and corporate governance committee regularly considers and discusses our significant corporate governance risk exposures and the actions management has taken to control and monitor these exposures. Our compensation committee, with input from our management, assists our board in reviewing and assessing whether any of our compensation policies and programs could potentially encourage excessive risk-taking.

 

Our full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, the potential impact of such risks on us and the steps we take to manage these risks. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk, the chairman of the relevant committee reports on the committee’s discussion to the full board of directors at regular board meetings. This enables our board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role and evaluate interrelated risks. We believe this division of responsibilities is an effective approach for addressing the risks we face and that our board leadership structure supports this approach.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below.

 

-89-


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

 

Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

selecting and hiring our independent auditors;

 

   

approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

 

   

reviewing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;

 

   

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors and reviewing with management and the independent auditors our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own charter, processes and performance.

 

Our audit committee is currently composed of Neeraj Agrawal, Michael S. Bennett and Thomas J. Meredith. Mr. Meredith has been appointed the chairperson of our audit committee. In August 2011, our board of directors determined that Michael S. Bennett and Thomas J. Meredith are independent under the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. In May 2011, our board of directors determined that all of the members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy and sophistication and that Mr. Meredith qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” under the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Upon the closing of this offering, the composition of our audit committee will comply with all applicable requirements of the SEC and the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the New York Stock Exchange. A majority of our audit committee members are independent directors, and after the phase in period under the applicable requirements of the SEC and the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the New York Stock Exchange, upon which we intend to rely, all members of our audit committee will be independent directors.

 

Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter. We believe that the composition of our audit committee, and our audit committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our audit committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.bazaarvoice.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Bazaarvoice, Inc., 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300, Austin, Texas 78746-3211, Attn: Legal Department. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and approving the following for our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers: annual base salaries, annual incentive bonuses, including the specific goals and amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements, change of control arrangements and any other significant benefits, compensation or arrangements not available to employees generally;

 

-90-


Table of Contents
   

providing oversight of our compensation plans and benefit programs and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding improvements or changes to such plans and programs;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding director compensation;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis and preparing a compensation committee report required in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

administering our equity compensation plans; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and periodically reviewing its charter and processes.

 

Our compensation committee is currently composed of Michael S. Bennett, Dev C. Ittycheria and Edward B. Keller, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Keller has been appointed the chairperson of our compensation committee. In May 2011, our board of directors determined that each member of our compensation committee is independent under the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations, is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter. We believe that the composition of our compensation committee, and our compensation committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our compensation committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.bazaarvoice.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Bazaarvoice, Inc., 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300, Austin, Texas 78746-3211, Attn: Legal Department. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

 

Nominating and Governance Committee

 

Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

   

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors;

 

   

recommending members for each board committee to our board of directors;

 

   

reviewing and monitoring our code of conduct and actual and potential conflicts of interest of members of our board of directors and executive officers; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own charter, processes and performance.

 

Our nominating and governance committee is currently composed of Dev C. Ittycheria, Edward B. Keller, and Christopher A. Pacitti. Mr. Ittycheria has been appointed the chairperson of our nominating and governance committee. In May 2011, our board of directors determined that each member of our nominating and governance committee is independent under the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations.

 

Our board of directors has adopted a nominating and governance committee charter. We believe that the composition of our nominating and governance committee, and our nominating and governance committee’s

 

-91-


Table of Contents

charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our nominating and governance committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.bazaarvoice.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Bazaarvoice, Inc., 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300, Austin, Texas 78746-3211, Attn: Legal Department. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

 

Code of Conduct

 

Our board of directors has adopted a code of conduct. The code applies to all of our employees and officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions), directors and consultants. Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of conduct will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.bazaarvoice.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Bazaarvoice, Inc., 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300, Austin, Texas 78746-3211, Attn: Legal Department. We intend to disclose on our website future amendments to certain provisions of our code of conduct, or waivers of such provisions, applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions or the members of our board of directors. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Risk Assessment of Compensation Programs

 

We do not believe that our compensation programs create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our company. We believe that the combination of different types of compensation as well as the overall amount of compensation, together with our internal controls and oversight by the board of directors, mitigates potential risks.

 

Director Compensation

 

Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011

 

The following table sets forth information concerning compensation paid or accrued for services rendered to us by members of our board of directors for fiscal year 2011. The table excludes Mr. Hurt, who is a named executive officer, and did not receive any compensation from us in his role as a director in fiscal year 2011.

 

Director Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011

 

Name

   Option  Awards (1)(2)  

Neeraj Agrawal

   $   

Michael S. Bennett

     307,523 (3)  

Dev C. Ittycheria

       

Edward B. Keller

     276,272   

Thomas J. Meredith

     308,187 (3)  

Christopher A. Pacitti

       

 

-92-


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column do not reflect compensation actually received by the director but represent the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
  (2)   As of April 30, 2011, the aggregate number of shares underlying option awards outstanding for each of our non-employee directors was as follows:

 

Name

   Number of Shares Underlying Options
Outstanding
 

Neeraj Agrawal

       

Michael S. Bennett

     112,477   

Dev C. Ittycheria

     274,993   

Edward B. Keller

     439,333   

Thomas J. Meredith

     112,477   

Christopher A. Pacitti

       

 

  (3)   Option grant was made in connection with the director’s appointment to our board of directors.

 

Pre-Offering

 

Historically, we have not paid any cash compensation to our directors for their services as directors or as members of committees of our board of directors. We have granted options to purchase shares of our common stock to certain of our non-employee directors in connection with the director’s appointment to our board of directors as follows:

 

Name

   Date of Grant      Number of Shares
Underlying Options
     Exercise
Price
     Vesting Start  Date (1)  

Michael S. Bennett

     11/16/2010         112,477       $ 4.86         11/2/2010   

Dev C. Ittycheria

     1/18/2010         274,993         2.86         1/18/2010 (2)  

Edward B. Keller

     5/18/2006         192,600         0.05         5/18/2006   

Thomas J. Meredith

     8/11/2010         112,477         4.86         8/11/2010   

 

  (1)  

Unless otherwise indicated, the shares subject to the options vest 1/24 th on the one month anniversary of the vesting start date with an additional 1/24 th vesting monthly thereafter subject to continued service of the director on the applicable vesting date. In addition, upon a Change of Control (as defined in our 2005 Stock Plan), 100% of the unvested shares shall immediately vest.

  (2)  

Shares subject to the option vest 1/48 th on the one month anniversary of the vesting start date with an additional 1/48 th vesting monthly thereafter subject to continued service of the director on the applicable vesting date. In addition, upon a Change of Control (as defined in our 2005 Stock Plan), 100% of the unvested shares shall immediately vest. On May 24, 2011, the option agreement with Mr. Ittycheria was amended to permit early exercise of the options subject to the agreement.

 

In addition to these stock option grants in connection with the appointment of our non-employee directors, we have made additional stock option grants to Mr. Keller as follows. In June 2008, we granted an option to purchase 59,404 shares of our common stock to Mr. Keller at an exercise price of $2.60 per share. This option is exercisable with respect to 1/24 th of the shares subject to the option on the one month anniversary of the vesting start date with an additional 1/24 th vesting monthly thereafter subject to Mr. Keller’s continued service on the applicable vesting date. In February 2010, we granted an option to purchase 74,852 shares of our common stock to Mr. Keller at an exercise price of $4.13 per share. The shares subject to this option were fully vested on the date of grant. In May 2010, we granted Mr. Keller an option to purchase 112,477 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.20 per share. This option is exercisable with respect to 1/24 th of the shares subject to the option on the one month anniversary of the vesting start date with an additional 1/24 th vesting monthly thereafter

 

-93-


Table of Contents

subject to Mr. Keller’s continued service on the applicable vesting date. In addition, upon a Change of Control (as defined in our 2005 Stock Plan), 100.0% of the unvested shares subject to these options granted to Mr. Keller shall immediately vest.

 

Post-Offering

 

Our compensation committee has approved an outside director compensation policy that will become applicable to all of our outside directors, or our non-employee directors, effective upon the completion of this offering. This policy provides that each such outside director will receive the following compensation for board services:

 

   

an annual cash retainer of $25,000 for board service;

 

   

an annual cash retainer of $40,000 for serving as the chairman of the board of directors, $20,000 for serving as the chairman of the audit committee, $10,000 for serving as chairman of the compensation committee and $6,250 for serving as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee;

 

   

an annual cash retainer of $6,500 for serving as a member of the audit committee, $3,750 for serving as a member of the compensation committee and $2,500 for serving as a member of the nominating and corporate governance committee;

 

   

reimbursement of reasonable, customary and documented travel expenses to meetings of the board of directors;

 

   

upon first joining the board of directors, an initial award with an aggregate value of $300,000 paid in cash or restricted stock at the election of the outside director; and

 

   

after the market closes on the date of the annual meeting of our stockholders of each year, beginning in fiscal year 2013, an automatic annual award with an aggregate value of $150,000 paid in cash or restricted stock at the election of the outside director.

 

Our outside directors will also be eligible to receive all types of awards, except incentive stock options, under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2011 Plan, including discretionary awards not covered under our outside director compensation policy. All grants of awards to our outside directors are subject to the 2011 Plan in all respects. Directors who are employees will not receive any compensation for their service on our board of directors. An employee director who subsequently ceases to be an employee, but remains a director, will not receive an initial award described above.

 

Our outside director compensation policy provides that, in the event of a change of control, any options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights granted to an outside director under our 2011 Plan will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100.0% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

 

-94-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

This following discussion and analysis of our compensation arrangements with our Chief Executive Officer, all individuals serving as our chief financial officer in fiscal year 2011 and our three other most highly compensated executive officers, or our named executive officers, for fiscal year 2011 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures that follow this discussion.

 

Our Named Executive Officers for Fiscal Year 2011

 

Our named executive officers in our fiscal year ended April 30, 2011, or fiscal year 2011, were:

 

Brett A. Hurt

  

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and President

Stephen R. Collins

  

Chief Financial Officer

Bryan C. Barksdale

  

General Counsel and Secretary

Heather J. Brunner

  

Chief Operating Officer

Erin C. Nelson

  

Chief Marketing Officer

Christopher M. Lynch (1)

  

Controller

Kenneth Saunders (1)

  

Former Chief Financial Officer

 

  (1)   Served as our principal financial officer during a portion of fiscal year 2011.

 

Our Executive Compensation Philosophy

 

Our executive compensation philosophy is to provide market-competitive opportunities with realized compensation that is closely tied to performance. Our compensation strategy focuses on providing a total compensation package that will not only attract, motivate and retain excellent executive officers, but will also align the interests of our executive officers with our stockholders by tying a significant portion of their total compensation to the achievement of our long-term business goals. Our board of directors strives to maintain a balance between cash and equity compensation to encourage our executive officers to act as owners and drive long-term stockholder value. Our executive compensation program is designed to provide our named executive officers with a competitive total compensation package and share our success with them when our objectives are met.

 

Our executive compensation program is designed to be flexible and complementary and to collectively serve the compensation objectives described above. Neither our compensation committee nor our board of directors has adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and short-term compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of cash and non-cash compensation. We have determined that our compensation committee and board of directors should retain discretion and flexibility to make these determinations each year rather than adopting policies or guidelines.

 

Compensation Committee Charter and Role of Compensation Consultant

 

In August 2011, our board of directors approved our compensation committee charter in anticipation of this offering. For a discussion of the specific responsibilities of our compensation committee, see the section of this prospectus titled “Management—Committees of the Board of Directors—Compensation Committee.” Our board of directors has also determined that each of the current members of our compensation committee is:

 

   

independent under the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations;

 

-95-


Table of Contents
   

a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act; and

 

   

an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Our compensation committee has authority to engage the services of outside consultants to assist it in making decisions regarding our compensation programs and strategy.

 

Determining Executive Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011

 

For fiscal year 2011, our compensation committee was responsible for designing, recommending for approval by our board of directors and overseeing our executive compensation programs.

 

Our mix of compensation elements is designed to reward positive results on a periodic basis and motivate long-term performance through a combination of short-term cash and long-term equity incentive awards. Our compensation committee has not historically benchmarked compensation (either on an aggregate or element-by-element basis) to specific levels relative to peer companies or external market compensation data. In addition, our compensation committee has not historically targeted a specific mix between fixed and variable compensation, cash and equity incentive awards or long-term and short-term compensation.

 

The process of determining the design of our executive compensation programs for fiscal year 2011 began in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended April 30, 2010, or fiscal year 2010. Initially, Mr. Hurt, our Chief Executive Officer, reviewed the performance of each executive officer and made recommendations to our compensation committee with respect to each executive officer’s total compensation package for fiscal year 2011. Based in part on these reviews, our executive compensation philosophy generally, and our compensation committee’s review based on the factors described below, our compensation committee recommended, and in May 2010 our board of directors approved, a total compensation package for fiscal year 2011 for each of our executive officers, including our named executive officers for fiscal year 2011 who were then employed by us.

 

Our compensation committee and board of directors established the compensation arrangements for fiscal year 2011 primarily based on their experience, industry knowledge and judgment. In determining the total compensation package for fiscal year 2011 for each of our named executive officers who were then employed by us, our compensation committee used the then-current compensation levels for each named executive officer as a starting point. In addition, our compensation committee and board of directors reviewed and considered certain publicly available market data regarding executive compensation practices among private and public technology companies compiled by our management. However, we did not engage in any benchmarking or targeting of any specific levels of pay for fiscal year 2011. Rather, this market data was used primarily as a reference point and one factor among others. Our compensation committee and board of directors also considered our company’s performance, the applicable named executive officer’s performance and internal pay equity considerations. In reviewing individual performance, our compensation committee and board of directors undertook a subjective, qualitative review of each named executive officer’s contribution to the success of our business in fiscal year 2011.

 

Each of Messrs. Collins and Barksdale and Ms. Nelson was a new hire during fiscal year 2011. The total compensation package for these newly hired named executive officers was determined through arm’s-length negotiations, taking into account the individual’s experience, qualifications and previous salary history, as well as private company executive compensation surveys and our internal pay equity considerations.

 

-96-


Table of Contents

Elements of Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011

 

Compensation for our named executive officers for fiscal year 2011 consisted of the elements identified in the following table.

 

Compensation Element

  

Objective

Base salary

   To attract and retain our named executive officers and to recognize ongoing performance of job responsibilities and as a necessary tool in attracting and retaining our named executive officers.

Annual performance-based cash compensation

   To focus our named executive officers on the achievement of key short-term business objectives and to provide additional reward opportunities for our named executive officers when key business objectives are met.

Long-term equity incentive compensation

   To drive long-term stockholder value by aligning the interests of our named executive officers with our stockholders and to reward increases in stockholder value.

Severance and change of control benefits

   To provide income protection in the event of involuntary loss of employment and to focus our named executive officers on stockholder interests when considering strategic alternatives.

Retirement savings (401(k)) plan

   To provide retirement savings in a tax-efficient manner.

Health and welfare benefits

   To provide a basic level of protection from health, dental, life and disability risks.

 

The following discussion describes these elements in more detail.

 

Base Salaries

 

Base salaries for fiscal year 2011 for our named executive officers who were employed by us during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010 were determined by our compensation committee and board of directors during the annual review process described above in “—Determining Executive Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011.” Base salaries for the named executive officers who were hired during fiscal year 2011 were established through arm’s-length negotiations at the time the individual was hired, taking into account the individual’s experience and qualifications, salary history, private company executive compensation surveys and internal pay equity considerations. Our compensation committee and board of directors did not assign a specific weight to any single factor in making decisions regarding base salary levels. The table below shows base salaries for our named executive officers for fiscal year 2011.

 

Named Executive Officer

   FY 2011
Base Salary
 

Brett A. Hurt

   $   250,000   

Stephen R. Collins (1)

     200,000   

Bryan C. Barksdale (2)

     250,000   

Heather J. Brunner

     245,000   

Erin C. Nelson (3)

     250,000   

Christopher M. Lynch

     176,000   

Kenneth Saunders (4)

     200,000   

 

  (1)   Mr. Collins commenced his employment with us in September 2010.

 

-97-


Table of Contents
  (2)   Mr. Barksdale commenced his employment with us in August 2010.
  (3)   Ms. Nelson commenced her employment with us in November 2010.
  (4)   Mr. Saunders’s employment with us terminated in June 2010.

 

In March 2011, our compensation committee recommended and our board of directors approved increases to the base salaries of certain of our named executive officers for fiscal year 2012. The following table sets forth the base salaries for fiscal years 2011 and 2012 following such adjustments:

 

Named Executive Officer

   FY 2011
Base Salary
     FY 2012
Base Salary
 

Brett A. Hurt

   $   250,000       $   309,000   

Stephen R. Collins

     200,000         230,000   

Bryan C. Barksdale

     250,000         250,000   

Heather J. Brunner

     245,000         245,000   

Erin C. Nelson

     250,000         250,000   

Kenneth Saunders

     200,000           

 

In July 2011, our Chief Financial Officer, who is Mr. Lynch’s supervisor, approved an increase to Mr. Lynch’s salary from $176,000 to $185,000.

 

Annual Performance-Based Cash Compensation

 

During fiscal year 2011, each of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Lynch, as well as our other executive officers and key employees, was eligible to earn a cash bonus based on the achievement of performance objectives under our executive bonus plans.

 

Target bonuses . For each named executive officer who participated in our executive bonus plans, the target bonus for fiscal year 2011 was equal to a specified percentage of the named executive officer’s base salary. As with base salaries, the target bonuses for our named executive officers who were employed by us during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2010 were determined by our compensation committee and board of directors during the annual review process described above in “—Determining Executive Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011.” For the named executive officers who were hired during fiscal year 2011, target bonuses were established through arm’s-length negotiations at the time the individual was hired, taking into account the individual’s experience and qualifications, previous salary history, private company executive compensation surveys and internal pay equity considerations. Our compensation committee and board of directors did not assign a specific weight to any single factor in establishing the applicable target bonus percentages. The table below shows the target bonuses for fiscal year 2011 for each named executive officer who participated in our executive bonus plan.

 

Named Executive Officer

   FY 2011 Target  Bonus
(% of base salary)
 

Brett A. Hurt

     60.0

Stephen R. Collins (1)

     50.0   

Bryan C. Barksdale (2)

     20.0   

Heather J. Brunner

     33.0   

Erin C. Nelson (3)

     40.0   

Kenneth Saunders (4)

     50.0   

 

  (1)   Mr. Collins commenced his employment with us in September 2010.
  (2)   Mr. Barksdale commenced his employment with us in August 2010.
  (3)   Ms. Nelson commenced her employment with us in November 2010.
  (4)   Mr. Saunders’s employment with us terminated in June 2010.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

Bonus determinations . For fiscal year 2011, the amount of the annual cash bonuses earned by our named executive officers was determined based on actual performance during the fiscal year compared to pre-determined performance objectives approved by our board of directors.

 

For our named executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel, the performance objectives consisted of a corporate performance component weighted at 75.0% of the total bonus opportunity and an individual performance component weighted at 25.0% of the total bonus opportunity. The corporate performance component consisted of five equally weighted corporate performance measures: net bookings, revenue, EBITDA, annual service fee retention and net cash use, each of which is described in more detail below. The corporate performance measures were selected because they support our objective of achieving growth and require focus on new business development, working capital management and cost containment. The individual performance component was based on individual performance goals determined by the named executive officer and his or her direct supervisors. We believe these performance measures align named executive officer incentives with stockholder interests. The individual performance objectives were designed to focus our executive officers on individual and team goals that support our overall performance and success.

 

The total bonus opportunity for each of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel was based on achievement of five equally weighted corporate performance measures: net bookings, revenue, EBITDA, annual service fee retention and net cash use. We believe it is appropriate to base the total bonus opportunity for our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer on corporate performance measures because, in the case of such executive officers, these corporate goals of maximizing net bookings, revenue, EBITDA, annual service fee retention and net cash use for the benefit of our stockholders also encompass such executive officers’ individual performance objectives.

 

The payment of annual cash bonuses in fiscal year 2011 was contingent on our achievement of a minimum of either 90.0% of the target net bookings measure or 90.0% of the target revenue measure. Additionally, the payment of the portion of a named executive officer’s target bonus opportunity that was tied to a particular corporate performance measure was contingent on our achievement of a minimum of 90.0% of the target level and was capped at our achievement of 110.0% of the target level. Performance at the 90.0% level would result in payment at 65.0% of the corresponding target bonus opportunity while performance at the 110.0% level would result in payment at 150.0% of the corresponding target bonus opportunity. Achievement of 100.0% of all performance measures would result in payment at 100.0% of the target bonus.

 

The target levels for the revenue, EBITDA and net cash use measures for fiscal year 2011 were as follows:

 

Performance Measure

   Target Level
(in millions)
 

Revenue (1)

   $ 65.3   

EBITDA (2)

     (11.0

Net Cash Use (3)

     (11.0

 

  (1)   Revenue is calculated in accordance with GAAP.
  (2)   EBITDA is defined as Adjusted EBITDA excluding certain items that were not contemplated when the executive bonus plan targets were adopted.
  (3)   Net cash use is measured as the difference between the cash balance at the beginning of the relevant period and the cash balance at the end of such period, excluding the impact of borrowings and equity financings.

 

The annual service fee retention measure is an internal measure of client retention and does not correlate to our client retention metrics disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus. The annual service fee retention target for fiscal year 2011 was 87.8%.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

The net bookings measure is an internal metric that we use to monitor our business. We do not disclose this metric for operational and competitive reasons.

 

In general, we consider our corporate performance targets for fiscal year 2011 to have been challenging but achievable. We believe our net bookings target for fiscal year 2011 was highly aggressive in order to incent significant growth of new business during fiscal year 2011.

 

For each of our named executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel, our executive bonus plan also included an individual performance component consisting of individual objectives recommended by the named executive officer’s direct supervisor and approved by the compensation committee. The individual performance measures for Ms. Nelson for fiscal year 2011 included deliverable-based measures related to brand strategy, market strategy and product launches. The individual performance measures for Ms. Brunner for fiscal year 2011 included objective measures related to marketing, engineering and product initiatives, backlog reduction, client segmentation, implementation efficiency and client strategy workshops. After fiscal year 2011, the named executive officer’s direct supervisor recommended and the compensation committee approved an overall percentage of achievement of the objectives up to 100.0% of the individual performance component.

 

For fiscal year 2011, our revenue was $64.5 million, our EBITDA was $(11.0) million, our net cash use was $(1.0) million and our annual service fee retention was 93.3%. We did not achieve our net bookings target. Our compensation committee reviewed our performance against the applicable corporate performance measures to determine that we achieved the corporate performance component at a rate of 93.6%. Ms. Nelson achieved 100.0% of her individual performance objectives for fiscal year 2011. Ms. Brunner achieved 96.8% of her individual performance objectives for fiscal year 2011.

 

The corporate component achievement percentage and individual component achievement percentages (if applicable) were applied at a rate of 75.0% and 25.0%, respectively, to each named executive officer’s target bonus to determine the total bonus amount we awarded to each named executive officer for fiscal year 2011. The awards paid to each named executive officer are set forth below in “—Summary Compensation Table For Year Ended April 30, 2011.” The awards to our named executive officers who were hired during fiscal year 2011 were pro-rated based on the length of the named executive officer’s employment with us during the fiscal year. Christopher M. Lynch did not participate in our executive bonus plan in fiscal year 2011. For a description of the bonus determination for Christopher M. Lynch, see “—Other Bonus Payments” below.

 

The annual cash bonuses are not considered to have been earned and generally will not be paid until after the fiscal year has been closed and the financial statements for the fiscal year have been audited. However, during fiscal year 2011, we had the discretion to advance up to 40.0% of an executive officer’s forecasted bonus after the second quarter of the fiscal year based upon the levels of achievement for the first half of the fiscal year. In fiscal year 2011, we advanced an amount equal to 40.0% of the named executive officer’s target bonus to each of Messrs. Hurt, Collins and Barksdale and Ms. Brunner. These amounts were offset against the amount of the actual bonus earned by the named executive officer as set forth below under “—Summary Compensation Table For Year Ended April 30, 2011.”

 

In March 2011, our compensation committee recommended, and our board of directors approved, the following adjustments to the target bonuses for each named executive officer who participates in our executive bonus plan to be effective for fiscal year 2012.

 

Named Executive Officer

   FY 2011 Target Bonus
(% of base salary)
    FY 2012 Target Bonus
(% of base salary)
 

Brett A. Hurt

     60.0     75.0

Stephen R. Collins

     50.0        60.0   

Bryan C. Barksdale

     20.0        30.0   

Heather J. Brunner

     33.0        50.0   

Erin C. Nelson

     40.0        40.0   

Kenneth Saunders

     50.0          

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Other Bonus Payments

 

Christopher M. Lynch did not participate in our executive bonus plan. Mr. Lynch received quarterly discretionary bonus payments for his services through December 31, 2010, which payments totaled $12,833 for fiscal year 2011. Our Chief Financial Officer, who is Mr. Lynch’s supervisor, then determined that, effective January 1, 2011, Mr. Lynch’s base salary would be increased to $176,000 and that Mr. Lynch would no longer be eligible to receive quarterly bonus payments. On June 15, 2011, Mr. Lynch received an additional discretionary bonus payment of $15,000 related to services performed in fiscal year 2011.

 

Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation

 

We believe that equity awards in the form of stock options are an effective tool for meeting our compensation goal of increasing long-term stockholder value. Because our executive officers are able to profit from stock options only if our stock price increases relative to the stock option’s exercise price, we believe stock options provide meaningful incentives to achieve increases in the value of our stock over time. We generally make an initial stock option grant to each of our executive officers in connection with the commencement of his or her employment. All stock option grants are approved by our board of directors. In determining the size of a stock option grant, our board of directors takes into account individual performance, private company executive compensation surveys, internal pay equity considerations and the unvested value of existing long-term incentive awards.

 

In fiscal year 2011, our board of directors granted stock options to each of our named executive officers who joined our company during fiscal year 2011 as set forth below in “—Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2011.”

 

In addition to new hire grants, from time to time, our board of directors has granted our named executive officers equity awards to recognize exceptional performance and as “refresher” grants to make sure our named executive officers continue to have an equity incentive as part of their compensation packages. Historically, these decisions have been made on a case-by-case basis, and our board of directors retains discretion to make stock option grants at any time.

 

The exercise price of each stock option grant is generally the estimated fair value of our common stock on the grant date. Historically, our board of directors determined the appropriate estimated fair value based on its consideration of numerous objective and subjective factors, including but not limited to arm’s-length sales of our common stock in privately negotiated transactions, third-party valuations of our common stock, our stage of development and financial position and our future financial projections. For further discussion regarding common stock valuations, see the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Valuations of Common Stock.”

 

Stock option awards to our named executive officers typically vest over a four-year period as follows: the option is exercisable with respect to 25.0% of the shares underlying the stock option on the first anniversary of the vesting start date with the remainder vesting ratably on a monthly basis over the next 36 months, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. We believe this vesting schedule appropriately encourages long-term employment with our company, while allowing our executive officers to realize compensation in line with the value they have created for our stockholders.

 

Prior to fiscal year 2012, Mr. Hurt, our Founder, Chief Executive Officer and President, had not received equity-based compensation. Mr. Hurt’s primary equity compensation historically has come from expected returns on his ownership of our stock as a significant stockholder. In May 2011, our board of directors granted Mr. Hurt a stock option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.58 per share. This option is exercisable with respect to 25% of the shares underlying this option on the first anniversary of the vesting start date with the remainder vesting ratably on a monthly basis over the next 36 months, subject to

 

-101-


Table of Contents

continued service through each applicable vesting date. Our board of directors determined that this stock option grant was appropriate to both recognize Mr. Hurt’s leadership position in our industry and his success in growing our company to its present size, as well as to provide him with an additional equity stake in our company that would not vest until after the initial public offering of our common stock.

 

Severance and Change of Control Benefits

 

As described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control,” Mr. Hurt and Ms. Nelson are entitled to receive specific severance payments and benefits if their employment is terminated by us without cause or, in the case of Mr. Hurt, he experiences a constructive termination of employment. We believe that the severance payments and benefits for Mr. Hurt and Ms. Nelson in these circumstances were necessary in order to provide them with assurance that, if their at-will employment with us were to be terminated without cause, they would be compensated at a sufficient level in order to ensure they could transition to another employment opportunity and, in the case of Ms. Nelson, to induce her to accept employment with us. With respect to the severance payments and benefits to Mr. Hurt, we also believe that such payments are relatively common for founders and chief executive officers of technology companies.

 

Additionally, each of our named executive officers (other than Mr. Lynch) is entitled to receive accelerated vesting with respect to all or a portion of the named executive officer’s unvested stock options in the event of the termination of his or her employment upon a change of control of our company. These accelerated vesting arrangements are intended to preserve morale and productivity and encourage retention in the face of the disruptive impact of a change of control of our company and to allow our named executive officers to focus on the value of strategic alternatives to stockholders without concern for the impact on their continued employment, as we believe each of their offices is at heightened risk of turnover in the event of a change of control. We also believe that accelerated vesting arrangements related to change of control transactions provide an incentive for our named executive officers to successfully execute such a transaction from its early stages until closing, which we believe will ultimately benefit our stockholders.

 

Please refer to the discussion below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control” for a more detailed discussion of our severance and change of control arrangements.

 

Employee Benefits

 

Our named executive officers are eligible for the same benefits available to our full-time employees generally. These include participation in a tax-qualified Section 401(k) plan and group life, health, dental, vision and disability insurance plans. The type and extent of benefits offered are intended to be competitive within our industry.

 

Other Compensation Practices and Policies

 

Perquisites and Personal Benefits

 

As noted above, our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the same benefits as those offered to all full-time employees. We believe that cash and equity compensation are the two key components in attracting and retaining executive talent and, therefore, we do not have any programs for providing material personal benefits or executive perquisites to our named executive officers.

 

Stock Ownership Guidelines

 

There are currently no equity ownership requirements or guidelines that any of our named executive officers or other employees must meet or maintain.

 

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

We do not provide a pension plan for our employees, and none of our named executive officers participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan during fiscal year 2011.

 

-102-


Table of Contents

Policy Regarding the Timing of Equity Awards

 

As a privately owned company, no public market has been available for our common stock. Accordingly, in fiscal year 2011, we had no program, plan or practice pertaining to the timing of stock option grants to executive officers coinciding with the release of material non-public information. We do not, as of yet, have any plans to implement such a program, plan or practice after becoming a public company.

 

Policy Regarding Restatements

 

We do not currently have a formal policy requiring a fixed course of action with respect to compensation adjustments following later restatements of financial results. Under those circumstances, our board of directors or compensation committee would evaluate whether compensation adjustments were appropriate based upon the facts and circumstances surrounding the restatement and then-applicable law.

 

Accounting and Tax Considerations

 

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

 

Generally, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code disallows a tax deduction to any publicly held corporation for any remuneration in excess of $1.0 million paid in any taxable year to its chief named executive officer and each of its three next most highly compensated named executive officers (other than its chief financial officer). Remuneration in excess of $1.0 million may be deducted if, among other things, it qualifies as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code. In this regard, the compensation income realized upon the exercise of stock options granted under a stockholder-approved stock option plan generally will be deductible so long as the options are granted by a committee whose members are non-employee directors and certain other conditions are satisfied.

 

As we are not currently a publicly held company, our compensation committee has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation for our named executive officers. We expect that our compensation committee, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our named executive officers in the future, will consider all elements of the cost to us of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m). Our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

 

Taxation of “Parachute” Payments and Deferred Compensation

 

Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code provide that our named executive officers and directors who hold significant equity interests and certain other service providers may be subject to an excise tax if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change of control of our company that exceeds certain prescribed limits, and that we (or a successor) may forfeit a deduction on the amounts subject to this additional tax.

 

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code imposes significant additional taxes in the event that a named executive officer, director, or service provider receives “nonqualified deferred compensation” that does not satisfy the conditions of Section 409A.

 

Except with respect to a portion of the payment to Dev C. Ittycheria described in the section of this prospectus titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Directors,” we did not provide any directors or named executive officer with a “gross-up” or other reimbursement payment for any tax liability that he or she might owe as a result of the application of Sections 280G, 4999 or 409A of the Internal Revenue Code during fiscal year 2011 and we have not agreed and are not otherwise obligated to provide any director or named executive officer with such a “gross-up” or other reimbursement.

 

-103-


Table of Contents

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

 

We follow the FASB ASC Topic 718 for our stock-based compensation awards. ASC 718 requires companies to calculate the grant date “fair value” of their stock-based awards using a variety of assumptions. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. This calculation is performed for accounting purposes and reported in the compensation tables contained below under “—Tabular Disclosure Regarding Executive Compensation” even though recipients may never realize any value from their awards. ASC 718 also requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their stock-based awards in their income statements over the period that an employee is required to render service in exchange for the award.

 

Tabular Disclosure Regarding Executive Compensation

 

The following tables provide information regarding the compensation awarded to or earned during our fiscal year ended April 30, 2011 by our named executive officers.

 

Summary Compensation Table for Year Ended April 30, 2011

 

Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year
    Salary     Bonus     Option
Awards (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (2)
    All Other
Compensation (3)
    Total  

Brett A. Hurt

    2011      $   250,000      $      $      $   140,400      $ 692      $   391,092   

Founder, Chief Executive

Officer and President

             

Stephen R. Collins

    2011        131,061        60,000 (5)       1,363,799        60,519        5,485 (6)       1,620,864   

Chief Financial Officer (4)

             

Bryan C. Barksdale

    2011        177,083        1,000 (8)       802,233        32,952        490        1,013,758   

General Counsel and Secretary (7)

             

Heather J. Brunner

    2011        245,000                      75,510        692        321,202   

Chief Operating Officer

             

Erin C. Nelson

    2011        125,000        50,000 (10)       1,196,270        46,948        346        1,418,564   

Chief Marketing Officer (9)

             

Christopher M. Lynch

    2011        158,667        27,833 (12)                     631        187,131   

Controller (11)

             

Kenneth Saunders

    2011        33,333                             138,020 (14)       171,353   

Former Chief Financial

Officer (13)

             

 

  (1)   The amounts reported in the “Option Awards” column do not reflect compensation actually received by the named executive officer but represent the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
  (2)   The amounts reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column reflect cash bonuses paid pursuant to our executive bonus plans for fiscal year 2011, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011—Annual Performance-Based Cash Compensation” above. For more information, see “—Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2011” below.
  (3)   The amounts reported in the “All Other Compensation” column consist of solely of premiums for short term disability, long term disability, life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance paid by us unless additional forms of compensation are also indicated in the relevant footnotes to this table.
  (4)   Mr. Collins commenced his employment with us in September 2010.
  (5)   Represents a signing bonus paid by us.
  (6)   Includes $5,023 for the reimbursement of transportation expenses.
  (7)   Mr. Barksdale commenced his employment with us in August 2010.
  (8)   Represents an employee referral bonus paid by us.

 

-104-


Table of Contents
  (9)   Ms. Nelson commenced her employment with us in November 2010.
  (10)   Represents a signing bonus paid by us.
  (11)   Mr. Lynch served as our principal financial officer from July 2010 until September 2010.
  (12)   Reflects discretionary bonus payments for fiscal year 2011, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011—Other Bonus Payments” above.
  (13)   Mr. Saunders served as our Chief Financial Officer until June 30, 2010. From June 30, 2010 until September 30, 2010, Mr. Saunders served as a member of our advisory board.
  (14)   Includes $100,000 in salary continuation payments following Mr. Saunders’s termination, $5,000 for a relocation payment in connection with his termination, $25,000 variable compensation payment in connection with his termination and $7,905 for COBRA continuation payments.

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2011

 

          Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (1)
    All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying

Options (3)
    Exercise or
Base Price
of Options
Awards,

per share
    Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option

Awards (4)
 

Name

  Grant Date          Threshold (2)              Target             Maximum            

Brett A. Hurt

           $  97,500      $   150,000      $   225,000                        

Stephen R. Collins

           42,027        64,658        96,986                        
    9/16/2010                             486,463      $   4.86      $   1,363,799   

Bryan C. Barksdale

           17,163        35,205        52,808                        
    9/16/2010                             286,154        4.86        802,223   

Heather J. Brunner

           39,000        80,000        120,000                        

Erin C. Nelson

           24,658        49,315        73,973                        
    11/16/2010                             429,232        4.86        1,196,270   

Christopher M. Lynch

                                                

Kenneth Saunders

           65,000        100,000        150,000                        

 

  (1)   The amounts reported represent the formulaic performance-based incentive cash awards each named executive officer could earn pursuant to our executive bonus plans for fiscal year 2011, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011—Annual Performance-Based Cash Compensation” above. The actual amounts earned for fiscal year 2011 are set forth in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table above.
  (2)   Assumes achievement of each corporate performance measure at the minimum level required for payment and no achievement of individual performance measures, as applicable.
  (3)   The amounts reported reflect shares of common stock underlying stock options granted in fiscal year 2011 under the Bazaarvoice, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan. The stock options vest over a four-year period as follows: 25.0% of the shares underlying the stock option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting start date with the remainder vesting ratably on a monthly basis over the next 36 months, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date.
  (4)   The grant date fair value of stock options is determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 without regard to estimated forfeitures. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that will be recognized by the named executive officers.

 

Employment Agreements

 

Certain elements of compensation set forth in the Summary Compensation Table for Year Ended April 30, 2011 and Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2011 table reflect the terms of employment letter agreements between us and each of the named executive officers. The following descriptions of the terms of the employment agreements with our named executive officers are intended as a summary only and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the employment agreements filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

-105-


Table of Contents

Brett A. Hurt

 

We are a party to an employment letter agreement with Mr. Hurt, dated June 14, 2005. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $180,000 per year and that Mr. Hurt is eligible to participate in our bonus plans and benefit programs as they are established from time to time. Mr. Hurt’s annual base salary and target bonus have been subsequently increased and, for fiscal year 2011, Mr. Hurt’s annual base salary was $250,000 and annual target bonus was $150,000. For fiscal year 2012, Mr. Hurt’s annual base salary was increased to $309,000 and annual target bonus was increased to $231,750. Mr. Hurt is also entitled to payments and certain other benefits upon termination of his employment in certain circumstances as described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

 

Stephen R. Collins

 

We are party to an employment letter agreement with Mr. Collins, dated August 13, 2010. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $200,000 and for Mr. Collins to participate in our annual executive bonus plan with an annual target bonus of $100,000 for fiscal year 2011, pro-rated from his date of hire. Mr. Collins’s annual base salary and target bonus have been subsequently increased and, for fiscal year 2012, Mr. Collins’s annual base salary is $230,000 and annual target bonus is $138,000. In addition, the agreement provides that we will either (a) reimburse Mr. Collins for relocation expenses actually incurred in connection with his relocation to Austin, Texas, subject to approval of our Chief Executive Officer, with up to a maximum of $30,000 allowed for temporary housing for a period not to exceed 12 months or (b) pay Mr. Collins a signing bonus of $60,000 within 90 days of his employment commencement date, which bonus must be paid back to us in its entirety if Mr. Collins terminates his employment with us within four months of his employment commencement date or on a pro-rated basis if Mr. Collins terminates his employment with us within 12 months of his employment commencement date. Pursuant to his employment letter agreement, we paid Mr. Collins the signing bonus of $60,000 on September 15, 2010. We also agreed to pay commuting expenses to Mr. Collins for a period not to exceed ten months from his employment commencement date. On September 16, 2010, we granted Mr. Collins an option to purchase 486,463 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.86 per share in accordance with the terms of his employment letter agreement, which option vests in accordance with our standard four-year vesting schedule described above, but is subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a termination of Mr. Collins’s employment upon change of control of our company as further described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.” Additionally, during his employment, Mr. Collins is entitled to our standard vacation and benefits covering other employees at his level, as may be in effect from time to time.

 

Bryan C. Barksdale

 

We are party to an employment letter agreement with Mr. Barksdale, dated July 15, 2010. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $250,000 and for Mr. Barksdale to participate in our annual executive bonus plan with an annual target bonus of $50,000 for fiscal year 2011, pro-rated from his date of hire. Mr. Barksdale’s annual target bonus has been subsequently increased and, for fiscal year 2012, Mr. Barksdale’s annual target bonus is $75,000. On September 16, 2010, we granted Mr. Barksdale an option to purchase 286,154 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.86 per share in accordance with the terms of his employment letter agreement, which option vests in accordance with our standard four-year vesting schedule described above but is subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a termination of Mr. Barksdale’s employment upon change of control of our company as further described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.” Additionally, during his employment, Mr. Barksdale is entitled to our standard vacation and benefits covering other employees at his level, as may be in effect from time to time.

 

Heather J. Brunner

 

We are party to an employment letter agreement with Ms. Brunner, dated July 7, 2008, as amended on June 30, 2010. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $220,000 and for Ms. Brunner to participate in our annual executive bonus plan with an annual target bonus of $80,000 for fiscal year 2011. On

 

-106-


Table of Contents

November 19, 2008, we granted Ms. Brunner an option to purchase 502,539 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.60 per share in accordance with the terms of her employment letter agreement, which option vests in accordance with our standard four-year vesting schedule described above, but is subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a termination of Ms. Brunner’s employment upon change of control of our company as further described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.” Additionally, during her employment, Ms. Brunner is entitled to our standard vacation and benefits covering other employees at her level, as may be in effect from time to time.

 

Erin C. Nelson

 

We are party to an amended and restated employment letter agreement with Ms. Nelson, dated August 16, 2011. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $250,000 and for Ms. Nelson to participate in our annual executive bonus plan with an annual target bonus of $100,000 for fiscal year 2011, pro-rated from her date of hire. For fiscal years 2011, 2012 and 2013, we agreed to pay Ms. Nelson a minimum guaranteed bonus of 50.0% of her pro-rated target annual bonus for such fiscal year, provided that such minimum guaranteed bonus shall not exceed $100,000 and subject to her continued employment with respect to such fiscal year. Pursuant to her employment letter agreement, we also paid Ms. Nelson a signing bonus of $50,000 on November 15, 2010. However, Ms. Nelson would have been required to pay us the entire amount of her signing bonus if she terminated her employment with us within four months of her employment commencement date. This repayment obligation continues on a pro-rated basis until she has been employed by us for a total of 12 months. On November 16, 2010, we granted Ms. Nelson an option to purchase 429,232 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.86 per share in accordance with the terms of her employment letter agreement, which option vests in accordance with our standard four-year vesting schedule described above, but is subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a termination of Ms. Nelson’s employment upon change of control of our company as further described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.” Additionally, during her employment, Ms. Nelson is entitled to our standard vacation and benefits covering other employees at her level, as may be in effect from time to time. Ms. Nelson is also entitled to payments and certain other benefits upon termination of her employment in certain circumstances as described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

 

Christopher M. Lynch

 

We are party to an employment letter agreement with Mr. Lynch, dated June 3, 2009. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $150,000 and for an annual bonus of $20,000 for the first year. Mr. Lynch’s annual base salary was increased to $176,000 effective January 1, 2011 and to $185,000 effective July 1, 2011, and he is no longer eligible for the individual discretionary bonus plan. On July 16, 2009, we granted Mr. Lynch an option to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.86 per share in accordance with the terms of his employment letter agreement, which option vests in accordance with our standard four-year vesting schedule described above. Additionally, during his employment, Mr. Lynch is entitled to our standard vacation and benefits covering other employees at his level, as may be in effect from time to time.

 

Kenneth Saunders

 

We were party to an employment letter agreement with Mr. Saunders, dated November 8, 2008. The agreement provided for an annual base salary of $200,000 and for Mr. Saunders to participate in our annual executive bonus plan with an annual target bonus of $50,000 for fiscal year 2009, pro-rated from his date of hire. Mr. Saunders’s annual target bonus was subsequently increased and, for the portion of fiscal year 2011 during which Mr. Saunders was employed by us, Mr. Saunders’s annual base salary was $200,000 and annual target bonus was $100,000. On April 22, 2009, we granted Mr. Saunders an option to purchase 653,300 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.60 per share in accordance with the terms of his employment letter agreement, which option vests in accordance with our standard four-year vesting schedule described above, but was subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a termination of Mr. Saunders’s employment upon change of

 

-107-


Table of Contents

control of our company as further described below under “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.” Additionally, during his employment, Mr. Saunders was entitled to our standard vacation and benefits covering other employees at his level, as may be in effect from time to time.

 

In June 2010, we entered into a separation agreement and release with Mr. Saunders, which provided that Mr. Saunders’s employment with us terminated on June 30, 2010. In consideration for a customary release of claims, we paid Mr. Saunders approximately $138,000, which represented payment of his base salary through December 2010, a performance bonus payment, health insurance continuation payments for 12 months and a relocation payment. The time period during which Mr. Saunders may exercise his vested options was extended through March 31, 2011. In connection with the separation agreement and release, we also entered into an advisory board offer letter with Mr. Saunders, pursuant to which Mr. Saunders agreed to serve on our advisory board through September 30, 2010, during which time Mr. Saunders’s stock options continued to vest, which resulted in the vesting of options to purchase an additional 40,831 shares of common stock.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2011

 

     Option Awards (1)  

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Brett A. Hurt

                               

Stephen R. Collins

             486,463       $   4.86         9/16/2020   

Bryan C. Barksdale

             286,154         4.86         9/16/2020   

Heather J. Brunner

     335,026         167,513         2.60         11/19/2018   
     70,467         83,281         2.86         6/1/2019   

Erin C. Nelson

             429,232         4.86         11/16/2020   

Christopher M. Lynch

     54,687         70,313         2.86         7/16/2019   

Kenneth Saunders

                               

 

  (1)   Unless otherwise indicated, these stock options were granted on the date ten years prior to the expiration date and become exercisable with respect to 25.0% of the shares underlying the option vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting start date and the remainder vesting ratably on a monthly basis over the next 36 months, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. Please refer to “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control” for a discussion of vesting acceleration provisions applicable to certain of these option grants.

 

Option Exercises During Fiscal Year 2011

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the exercise of stock options by our named executive officers in fiscal year 2011.

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
     Value Realized  on
Exercise (1)
 

Kenneth Saunders

     285,818       $   786,000   

 

  (1)   The aggregate dollar amount realized upon the exercise of a stock option represents the difference between (x) the aggregate fair market value of the shares of our common stock underlying that stock option on the date of exercise, as calculated by using a per share fair value of $5.35, which was the fair value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors as of February 10, 2011, and (y) the aggregate exercise price of the stock option, as calculated using a per share exercise price of $2.60.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

None of our other named executive officers exercised stock options during fiscal year 2011.

 

Potential Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

We do not provide a pension plan for our employees and none of our named executive officers participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan during fiscal year 2011.

 

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

 

The information below describes certain compensation that would have become payable under existing plans and contractual arrangements assuming a termination of employment and/or change of control of our company had occurred on April 30, 2011 based upon the estimated initial public offering price of $                , the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, given the named executive officers’ compensation and service levels as of such date. There can be no assurance that an actual triggering event would produce the same or similar results as those estimated if such event occurs on any other date or at any other price, of if any other assumption used to estimate potential payments and benefits is not correct. Due to the number of factors that affect the nature and amount of any potential payments or benefits, any actual payments and benefits may be different.

 

Arrangements with Brett A. Hurt

 

Our employment letter agreement with Mr. Hurt provides that if Mr. Hurt is terminated by us for any reason other than cause, or in the event of his constructive termination, we will continue to pay to Mr. Hurt an amount equal to his then-current base salary for six months subject to his execution of a general release of claims substantially in the form provided by us and his continued compliance with the terms of his employment letter agreement and employee proprietary information agreement with us. Additionally, if terminated by us of any reason other than cause, or in the event of a constructive termination, Mr. Hurt would be entitled to COBRA continuation coverage at our expense throughout any period in which he is entitled to receive severance payments or until he receives comparable benefits from any other source, whichever occurs first.

 

Under the employment letter agreement with Mr. Hurt, “cause” means (i) his continued failure to substantially perform the duties and obligations of his position with us (other than any such failure resulting from his total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code) subject to a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following notice from us describing the circumstances of the failure in reasonable detail; (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by him which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment for him at our expense; (iii) his violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to our business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to us; (iv) his conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state; (v) his breach of the terms of his agreement(s) with us relating to proprietary information and inventions assignment subject to a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following notice from us describing the circumstances of the breach reasonable detail; or (vi) his material breach of the terms of his employment letter agreement subject to a reasonable cure period of not less than 30 days following notice from us describing the circumstances of the breach in reasonable detail.

 

Under the employment letter agreement with Mr. Hurt, “constructive termination” means his voluntary resignation following any of the actions effected without his consent: (i) a change in his position with us or a successor entity that materially reduces his position, title, duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he reports; (ii) a reduction in his level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs as established from time to time) by more than 20.0%; or (iii) a relocation of his place of employment by more than 50 miles from our headquarters in Austin, Texas.

 

-109-


Table of Contents

Arrangements with Erin C. Nelson

 

Our amended and restated employment letter agreement with Erin C. Nelson provides that if she is terminated by us involuntarily without cause (excluding any termination due to death or disability) she will be entitled to receive continuing severance pay at a rate equal to her then-current base salary for a period of six months from the date of her termination subject to her execution of a general release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to us and her continued compliance with the terms of her amended and restated employment letter agreement and employee proprietary information agreement with us.

 

Under the employment letter agreement with Ms. Nelson, “cause” means (i) her continued failure to substantially perform the material duties and obligations under her employment letter agreement (for reasons other than death or disability), which failure, if curable within our discretion, is not cured to our reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after receipt of written notice from us of such failure; (ii) her failure or refusal to comply with reasonable written policies, standards and regulations established by us from time to time, which failure, if curable in our discretion, is not cured to our reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after receipt of written notice from us of such failure; (iii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation, or other unlawful act committed by her that results in a substantial gain or personal enrichment of her at our expense; (iv) her violation of a federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to our business; (v) her violation of, or a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or local government; or (vi) her material breach of the terms of her employment letter agreement or employee proprietary information agreement.

 

Our amended and restated employment letter agreement and our stock option agreement with Ms. Nelson also provide for accelerated vesting upon change of control as discussed below under “—Vesting Acceleration of Option Awards.”

 

Vesting Acceleration of Option Awards

 

The employment letter agreements and stock option agreements with Messrs. Collins, Barksdale and Saunders and Ms. Nelson also provide for accelerated vesting of 100.0% of the executive’s unvested stock options in the event of the executive’s termination upon change of control (as defined in the employment letter agreements with such named executive officers). The employment letter agreement and stock option agreements with Ms. Brunner provide for accelerated vesting of 50.0% percent of Ms. Brunner’s unvested stock options in the event of her termination upon change of control (as defined in the employment letter agreement with Ms. Brunner).

 

Under the employment letter agreements with our named executive officers, “termination upon change of control” means any termination of the executive’s employment by us without cause during the period commencing on or after the date that we have signed a definitive agreement or that our board of directors has endorsed a tender offer for our stock that, in either case, when consummated would result in a change of control (even though consummation is subject to approval or requisite tender by our stockholders and other conditions and contingencies) and ending at the earlier of the date on which such definitive agreement or tender offer has been terminated without a change of control or on the date which is 12 months following the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions that results in a change of control.

 

For purposes of the definition of “termination upon change of control” above, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

   

“cause” means (a) the executive’s willful and continued failure to perform substantially the executive’s duties with us or (b) the willful engaging by the executive of illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is injurious to us;

 

   

“change of control” means (a) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding our securities under an employee benefit plan, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing 50.0% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of our common stock or (B) the combined voting power of our then-outstanding

 

-110-


Table of Contents
 

securities; (b) we are party to a merger or consolidation, or series of related transactions, which results in our voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or another entity) at least 50.0% of the combined voting power of our voting securities or such surviving or other entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (c) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets (or consummation of any transaction, or series of related transactions, having similar effect), unless at least 50.0% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the entity acquiring those assets is held by persons who held our voting securities immediate prior to such transaction or series of transactions; (d) our dissolution or liquidation, unless after such liquidation or dissolution all or substantially all of our assets are held in an entity at least 50.0% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which is held by persons who held our voting securities immediately prior to such liquidation or dissolution; or (f) any transaction or series of related transactions that has the substantial effect of any one or more of the foregoing.

 

The table below sets forth the estimated value of the potential payments to each of our named executive officers, assuming the executive’s employment had terminated on April 30, 2011 and/or that a change of control had also occurred on that date.

 

Name

   Termination
without Cause
(Not in Connection
With a Change of
Control)
    Termination
without Cause
in Connection
With a Change
of Control
    Constructive
Termination
 

Brett A. Hurt

      

Severance (1)

   $   125,000 (2)     $   125,000 (2)     $   125,000 (2)  

COBRA Coverage

     7,159        7,159        7,159   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     132,159        132,159        132,159   

Stephen R. Collins

      

Option Acceleration (3)

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

                

Bryan C. Barksdale

      

Option Acceleration (3)

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

                

Heather J. Brunner

      

Option Acceleration (3)

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

                

Erin C. Nelson

      

Severance (1)

     125,000        125,000          

Option Acceleration (3)

                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     125,000            

Christopher M. Lynch

      

Option Acceleration (3)

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

                     

Kenneth Saunders (4)

      

Severance

     130,000                 

COBRA Coverage

     7,905                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     137,905                 

 

  (1)   Based on base salary as of April 30, 2011.
  (2)   Amount would be paid in the event Mr. Hurt is terminated for any reason other than cause or in the event of his constructive termination as such terms are defined in our employment letter agreement with Mr. Hurt.

 

-111-


Table of Contents
  (3)   Accelerated vesting of stock options for the applicable named executive officers is based on the difference between the estimated initial public offering price of $                    , the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus and the exercise or price of the award.
  (4)   Mr. Saunders’s employment with us terminated as of June 30, 2010. The table reflects the amounts paid upon the actual triggering event. These payments made to Mr. Saunders in connection with his termination are reflected in “—Summary Compensation Table for Year Ended April 30, 2011” and are described above in “—Employment Agreements—Kenneth Saunders.”

 

Stock Incentive Plans

 

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve prior to completion of this offering, our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2011 Plan. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2011 Plan is effective upon its adoption by our board of directors but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2011 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

 

Authorized shares . The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2011 Plan is                      shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that, as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2005 Stock Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2005 Stock Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Stock Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2011 Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above equal to              shares. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of our fiscal years beginning with fiscal year 2013, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

   

             shares;

 

   

    % of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

 

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2011 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2011 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

 

Plan administration . The 2011 Plan will be administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee or one or more additional committees. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m).

 

Subject to the provisions of our 2011 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the awards and the terms of the

 

-112-


Table of Contents

award agreements for use under the 2011 Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2011 Plan, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2011 Plan and awards granted thereunder and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price and to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator.

 

Stock options . The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2011 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years. However, an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10.0% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110.0% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the plan administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2011 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options, including vesting criteria. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

Stock appreciation rights . Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2011 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100.0% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms of each grant of stock appreciation rights will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Restricted stock . Restricted stock may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares at the time of grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms of each grant of restricted stock will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Restricted stock units . Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payment. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms of each grant of restricted stock units will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

Performance units/performance shares . Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms of each grant of performance units or performance shares will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Transferability of awards . Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2011 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or laws of descent or distribution and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

 

Certain adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2011 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2011 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the 2011 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

 

Merger or change of control . Our 2011 Plan provides that, in the event of a merger or change of control as defined under the 2011 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that, if a successor corporation does not assume or substitute for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100.0% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. In the event of a merger or change of control, any options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights held by an outside director will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100.0% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

 

Plan amendment or termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2011 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2011 Plan will automatically terminate in 2021, unless we terminate it sooner.

 

2005 Stock Plan

 

Our 2005 Stock Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders effective June 14, 2005 and was amended on August 15, 2005, August 15, 2007, September 5, 2007, November 19, 2008, July 16, 2009, September 17, 2009, February 10, 2010, May 20, 2010, September 16, 2010 and November 16, 2010, amended and restated on March 29, 2011 and amended on August 16, 2011. Our 2005 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, or stock purchase rights to our employees, directors and consultants. As of April 30, 2011, options to purchase 11,690,549 shares of common stock were outstanding and 1,478,006 shares were available for future grant under this plan.

 

We will not grant any additional awards under our 2005 Stock Plan following this offering. Instead, we will grant options under our 2011 Plan. However, our 2005 Stock Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of all outstanding options previously granted under the 2005 Stock Plan following this offering.

 

-114-


Table of Contents

Our 2005 Stock Plan provides that, in the event of a merger or change of control as defined under the 2005 Stock Plan, each outstanding option shall be assumed or substituted with an equivalent option by the successor entity. If the successor entity does not assume or substitute the outstanding options, then each option will fully vest and become exercisable. Our board of directors, or a committee designated by our board of directors, is required to give notice of any proposed merger or change of control prior to the closing date of such sale, merger or consolidation. If the consideration received in the merger or change of control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, our board of directors, or a committee designated by our board of directors, may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise for each share subject to the option to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or change of control.

 

Our 2005 Stock Plan provides that our board of directors, or a committee designated by our board of directors, may, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or intended benefits intended to be made available under the 2005 Stock Plan, adjust or substitute outstanding options upon certain events, including, without limitation, changes in our capitalization through stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers or consolidations.

 

The standard form of option agreement under the 2005 Stock Plan provides that options will vest 25.0% on the first anniversary of the vesting start date with the remainder vesting ratably over the next 36 months, subject to continued service through each applicable vesting date. Under our 2005 Stock Plan, our board of directors, or a committee designated by our board of directors, has the authority to grant options with early exercise rights, subject to our repurchase right that lapses as the shares vest on the original vesting schedule, and to provide for accelerated vesting.

 

The standard form of option agreement under the 2005 Stock Plan restricts the transfer of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to an award for the period specified by the representative of the underwriters not to exceed 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering.

 

2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

Concurrently with this offering, we are establishing our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve prior to this offering, the ESPP. Our named executive officers and all of our other employees will be allowed to participate in our ESPP.

 

A total of              shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with fiscal year 2013, equal to the least of:

 

   

             shares;

 

   

    % of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as may be determined by the administrator.

 

Our board of directors or its committee has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility.

 

All of our employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 30 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock or options to purchase stock possessing 5.0% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

-115-


Table of Contents
   

holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year.

 

Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for consecutive, non-overlapping six-month offering periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after March 20 and September 20 of each year, except for the first such offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after the effective date of this offering and will end on March 20, 2012. The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

 

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15.0% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s regular and recurring straight time gross earnings and payments for overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of              shares of common stock during each six-month offering period.

 

Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month offering period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85.0% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day of the offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

 

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

 

In the event of our merger or change of control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation or parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set to occur on or before the date of the proposed merger or change of control. The plan administrator will notify each participant in writing that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless the participant withdraws from the offering period prior to such date.

 

Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2021, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP.

 

401(k) Plan

 

We have established a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan pursuant to which employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including age and length of service, may elect to defer up to 100.0% of eligible compensation, subject to applicable Internal Revenue Code limits. We currently do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

 

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

-116-


Table of Contents
   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity, regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as members of our board of directors and officers and potentially in other roles with our company. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed in the sections of this prospectus titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” we have been a party to the following transactions since April 30, 2008, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any director, executive officer or holder of more than 5.0% of any class of our voting stock, or any member of the immediate family of or entities affiliated with any of them, each a related party, had or will have a material interest.

 

Sales of Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In May 2008, and in subsequent closings in June 2008, January 2009 and February 2009, we sold an aggregate of 3,078,464 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $2.60 for an aggregate purchase price of $8.0 million. Certain of these shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock were sold to entities affiliated with certain members of our board of directors or holders of more than 5.0% of a class of our voting securities. The table below summarizes these sales.

 

Purchaser

   Shares of Series D
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock Purchased
     Aggregate Purchase
Price
 

Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. (1)

     576,923       $   1,500,000   

Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. (2)

     884,615         2,299,999   

Entities affiliated with Eastern Advisors (3)

     884,615         2,299,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,346,153       $   6,099,998   

 

  (1)   Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. is a holder of more than 5.0% of a class of our voting securities. Christopher A. Pacitti, an affiliate of Austin Ventures VIII, L.P., is a member of our board of directors.
  (2)   Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. is a holder of more than 5.0% of a class of our voting securities. Neeraj Agrawal, an affiliate of Battery Ventures VIII, L.P., is a member of our board of directors.
  (3)   Entities affiliated with Eastern Advisors are the holders of more than 5.0% of a class of our voting securities. Affiliates of Eastern Advisors holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include EA Private Investments, LLC; EA Private Investments, LLC Liquidating Trust, Eastern Advisors Capital Group, LLC, Trustee; Eastern Advisors Private Equity Fund QP, LP; and Eastern Advisors Private Equity Fund, LP. Thomas J. Meredith, a member of our board of directors, serves on the advisory board of an entity affiliated with Eastern Advisors and, in exchange for such services, receives a fee that is based on a percentage of the fund’s carried interest. Each of Mr. Meredith, Dev C. Ittycheria, Stephen R. Collins and Brett A. Hurt is a limited partner of a fund or funds affiliated with Eastern Advisors.

 

Sale of Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In February 2010, we sold an aggregate of 726,392 shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $4.13 for an aggregate purchase price of $3.0 million, all of which shares were sold to EA Private Investments, LLC, a holder of more than 5.0% of a class of our voting securities. Thomas J. Meredith, a member of our board of directors, serves on the advisory board of an entity affiliated with Eastern Advisors and, in exchange for such services, receives a fee that is based on a percentage of the fund’s carried interest. Each of Mr. Meredith, Dev C. Ittycheria, Stephen R. Collins and Brett A. Hurt is a limited partner of a fund or funds affiliated with Eastern Advisors.

 

-118-


Table of Contents

Investors’ Rights Agreement

 

In connection with our Series D financing, we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain of our stockholders, including Austin Ventures VIII, L.P., Battery Ventures VIII, L.P., entities affiliated with Eastern Advisors, Brett A. Hurt and entities affiliated with Mr. Hurt. The agreement was then amended and restated in connection with our Series E financing. In August 2011, we amended the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement to clarify the number of shares with registration rights held by Eastern Advisors. The amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, as amended, among other things:

 

   

grants such stockholders certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock;

 

   

obligates us to deliver periodic financial statements to certain stockholders who are parties to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, including Austin Ventures VIII, L.P., Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. and entities affiliated with Eastern Advisors;

 

   

grants a right of first offer with respect to sales of our shares by us, subject to specified exclusions (which exclusions include the sale of the shares pursuant to this prospectus), to certain stockholders, including Austin Ventures VIII, L.P., Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. and entities affiliated with Eastern Advisors; and

 

   

grants Eastern Advisors the right to have one non-voting observer participate in certain meetings of the board of directors.

 

For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, please refer to the section of this prospectus titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Certain provisions of this agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering. This is not a complete description of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, as amended, and is qualified by the full text of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement and amendment thereto filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Voting Agreement

 

In connection with our Series D financing, we entered into an amended and restated voting agreement with certain of our stockholders, including Austin Ventures VIII, L.P., Battery Ventures VIII, L.P., entities affiliated with Eastern Advisors, Brett A. Hurt and entities affiliated with Mr. Hurt. The agreement was then amended and restated in connection with our Series E financing. The amended and restated voting agreement, among other things, provides for the voting of shares with respect to the constituency of the board of directors. In November 2010, we amended the amended and restated voting agreement to provide for the election of four mutual directors. The amended and restated voting agreement, as amended, will terminate upon completion of this offering. This is not a complete description of the amended and restated voting agreement, as amended, and is qualified by the full text of the amended and restated voting agreement and amendment thereto filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

 

In connection with our Series D financing, we entered into an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain of our stockholders, including Austin Ventures VIII, L.P., Battery Ventures VIII, L.P., entities affiliated with Eastern Advisors, Brett A. Hurt and entities affiliated with Mr. Hurt. The agreement was then amended and restated in connection with our Series E financing. The amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, among other things:

 

   

grants our investors certain rights of first refusal and co-sale with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by certain stockholders; and

 

   

grants us certain rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by certain stockholders.

 

-119-


Table of Contents

The amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering. This is not a complete description of the amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and is qualified by the full text of the amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Stock Option Grants

 

Certain stock option grants to our executive officers and related stock option grant policies are described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” Certain stock option grants to our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our major stockholders and related stock option grant policies are described in the section of this prospectus titled “Management—Director Compensation.”

 

We granted the following stock options to certain members of our board of directors and executive officers since April 30, 2008.

 

   

In June 2008, we granted Edward B. Keller an option to purchase 59,404 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.60 per share.

 

   

In November 2008, we granted Heather J. Brunner an option to purchase 502,539 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.60 per share.

 

   

In April 2009, we granted Kenneth Saunders, one of our former executive officers, an option to purchase 653,300 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.60 per share.

 

   

In April 2009, we granted Michael R. Osborne an option to purchase 80,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.60 per share.

 

   

In June 2009, we granted Heather J. Brunner an option to purchase 153,748 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.86 per share.

 

   

In July 2009, we granted Christopher M. Lynch, our controller who served as our principal financial officer from July 2010 until September 2010, an option to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.86 per share.

 

   

In January 2010, we granted Dev C. Ittycheria an option to purchase 274,993 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.86 per share.

 

   

In February 2010, we granted Edward B. Keller an option to purchase 74,852 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.13 per share.

 

   

In March 2010, we granted Gillian Felix, one of our former executive officers, an option to purchase 150,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.13 per share.

 

   

In May 2010, we granted Edward B. Keller an option to purchase 112,477 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.20 per share.

 

   

In August 2010, we granted Thomas J. Meredith an option to purchase 112,477 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.86 per share.

 

   

In September 2010, we granted Bryan C. Barksdale an option to purchase 286,154 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.86 per share.

 

   

In September 2010, we granted Stephen R. Collins an option to purchase 486,463 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.86 per share.

 

   

In November 2010, we granted Michael S. Bennett an option to purchase 112,477 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.86 per share.

 

-120-


Table of Contents
   

In November 2010, we granted Erin C. Nelson an option to purchase 429,232 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.86 per share.

 

   

In May 2011, we granted Brett A. Hurt an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.58 per share;

 

   

In May 2011, we granted Michael R. Osborne an option to purchase 80,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.58 per share.

 

   

In May 2011, we amended and restated the option agreement with Dev C. Ittycheria dated January 18, 2010 to permit early exercise of the options covered by the agreement.

 

   

In August 2011, we amended and restated the option agreement with Heather J. Brunner dated June 1, 2009 to provide for accelerated vesting in the event of Ms. Brunner’s termination upon change of control of our company.

 

Employment, Change of Control and Separation Agreements with Executive Officers

 

We have entered into employment and change of control arrangements with certain of our executive officers as described in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements.”

 

In April 2011, we entered into a separation agreement and release with Gillian Felix, one of our former executive officers, which provided that Ms. Felix’s employment with us ended on April 19, 2011. In consideration for a customary release of claims, we paid Ms. Felix $84,885, which represented payment of her base salary for four months and a prorated performance bonus payment and reimbursement of insurance continuation payments. In connection with the separation agreement and release, we also entered into a consulting agreement with Ms. Felix, pursuant to which Ms. Felix agreed to serve as a consultant for us through August 19, 2011, during which time Ms. Felix’s options continued to vest, which resulted in the vesting of options to purchase an additional 12,500 shares of common stock.

 

In February 2011, we amended the option agreement with Gillian Felix dated March 16, 2010 to provide for acceleration of vesting of 100.0% of the unvested shares subject to the agreement in the event of Ms. Felix’s termination upon a change of control.

 

In November 2010, we entered into a separation agreement and release with Sam Decker, one of our former executive officers, which provided that Mr. Decker’s employment with us ended on November 12, 2010. In consideration for a customary release of claims, we paid Mr. Decker $90,222, which represented payment of his base salary for four months and a prorated performance bonus payment. We amended the vesting schedules of Mr. Decker’s two outstanding option awards that were not fully vested as of November 12, 2010 to provide that, following such date, the unvested shares subject to each option would vest in 24 equal monthly installments. In connection with the separation agreement and release, we also entered into an advisory board offer letter with Mr. Decker, pursuant to which Mr. Decker agreed to serve on our advisory board, during which time Mr. Decker’s options continued to vest, which resulted in the vesting of options to purchase an additional 3,373 shares of common stock as of April 30, 2011.

 

In June 2010, we entered into a separation agreement and release with Kenneth Saunders, one of our former executive officers, which provided that Mr. Saunders’s employment with us ended on June 30, 2010. In consideration for a customary release of claims, we paid Mr. Saunders approximately $138,000, which represented payment of his base salary through December 2010, a performance bonus payment and a relocation payment. The time period during which Mr. Saunders may exercise his vested options was extended through March 31, 2011. In connection with the separation agreement and release, we also entered into an advisory board offer letter with Mr. Saunders, pursuant to which Mr. Saunders agreed to serve on our advisory board through September 30, 2010, during which time Mr. Saunders’s options continued to vest, which resulted in the vesting of options to purchase an additional 40,831 shares of common stock.

 

-121-


Table of Contents

In September 2008, we entered into a separation agreement and release with Andrea Wenholz, one of our former executive officers, which provided that Ms. Wenholz’s employment with us ended on September 1, 2008. In consideration for a customary release of claims, Ms. Wenholz received approximately $65,625, which represented payment of four and one-half months of salary continuation.

 

Agreements with Directors

 

In December 2009, we entered into a letter agreement with Dev C. Ittycheria regarding Mr. Ittycheria’s service on our board of directors. The letter agreement provides that Mr. Ittycheria would receive an option to purchase 274,993 shares of our common stock and will be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with Mr. Ittycheria’s attendance at meetings of the board of directors.

 

In May 2011, we amended the stock option agreement with Dev C. Ittycheria to premit the early exercise of the option granted to him on January 19, 2010.

 

In August 2011, we paid Dev C. Ittycheria approximately $400,000 to reimburse Mr. Ittycheria for taxes associated with the option granted to him on January 18, 2010, the exercise price of which was below the fair market value of our common stock at that time.

 

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements and the indemnification provisions that will be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We believe that these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. For further information, see the section of this prospectus titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

 

As provided by our audit committee charter and corporate governance guidelines, our audit committee must review and approve in advance any related party transaction, and all of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to our audit committee any such related party transaction prior to its completion. Prior to the creation of our audit committee, our board of directors reviewed related party transactions. Each of the related party transactions described above was submitted to and approved by our board of directors.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 31, 2011 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering, for:

 

   

each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5.0% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of the members of our board of directors;

 

   

all of the members of our board of directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each selling stockholder.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to state community property laws, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares reflected as beneficially owned by them. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock that could be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011 are considered outstanding. These shares, however, are not considered outstanding when computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Percentage of ownership is based on 47,261,636 shares of our common stock outstanding on July 31, 2011, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock on a one-for-one basis into 27,897,031 shares of common stock, and              shares of common stock to be outstanding after completion of this offering. This table assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in the offering.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the stockholders in the table below is c/o Bazaarvoice, Inc., 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300, Austin, Texas 78746.

 

    Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to this Offering
    Number of
Shares Offered
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After this Offering

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

      Shares             Percentage    
(%)
      Shares   Percentage
(%)

5.0% Stockholders:

         

Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. (1)

    16,139,717        34.1      

Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. (2)

    8,779,806        18.6         

Brett A. Hurt and entities affiliated with Brett A. Hurt (3)

    6,751,376        14.3         

Entities affiliated with Eastern Advisors (4)

    5,062,430        10.6         

Executive Officers and Directors:

         

Brett A. Hurt (3)

    6,751,376        14.3         

Stephen R. Collins (5)

    121,615        *         

Bryan C. Barksdale (6)

    85,410        *         

Heather J. Brunner (7)

    473,856        *         

Erin C. Nelson

                   

Christopher M. Lynch (8)

    67,708        *         

Kenneth Saunders

    307,318        *         

Neeraj Agrawal (2)

    8,779,806        18.6         

Michael S. Bennett (9)

    46,865        *         

Dev C. Ittycheria (10)

    309,957        *         

Edward B. Keller (11)

    401,840        *         

Thomas J. Meredith (12)

    60,925        *         

Christopher A. Pacitti (1)

    16,139,717        34.1         

All directors and executive officers as a group (11 people) (13)

    33,171,367        68.7         

Other Selling Stockholders

         

 

  *   Represents less than one percent.
  (1)   All of the shares are held by Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. The general partner of Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. is AV Partners VIII, L.P. Joseph C. Aragona, Kenneth P. DeAngelis, Christopher A. Pacitti and John D. Thornton are the general partners of AV Partners VIII, L.P. and share voting and investment power over the shares held by Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. The address of Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. and its affiliated entities and individuals is 300 West Sixth Street, Suite 2300, Austin, TX 78701.
  (2)   The general partner of Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. is Battery Partners VIII, LLC. Neeraj Agrawal, Michael Brown, Thomas J. Crotty, Sunil Dhaliwal, Richard D. Frisbie, Kenneth P. Lawler, Roger H. Lee, R. David Tabors and Scott R. Tobin are the managing members of Battery Partners VIII, LLC and share voting and investment power over the shares held by Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. The address of Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. and its affiliated entities and individuals is 930 Winter Street, Suite 2500, Waltham, MA 02451. Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. is an affiliate of a broker-dealer, purchased the securities in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase of the securities to be resold, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.
  (3)   Includes 1,364,788 held by the BAH Trust. Debra J. Hurt is the trustee of the BAH Trust and has voting and investment power over the shares held by the BAH Trust. By virtue of his relationship with his spouse, Debra J. Hurt, Brett A. Hurt may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares held by the BAH Trust. The BAH Trust is a grantor retained annuity trust in which annual annuity payments are paid to Brett A. Hurt.

 

-124-


Table of Contents
  (4)  

Includes 4,223,877 shares held by EA Private Investments, LLC, or EA Investments, 754,850 shares held by EA Private Investments, LLC Liquidating Trust, Eastern Advisors Capital Group, LLC, Trustee, or EA Trust, 52,060 shares held by Eastern Advisors Private Equity Fund QP, LP, or EA QP, and 31,643 shares held by Eastern Advisors Private Equity Fund, LP, or EA LP. Eastern Advisors Capital Group, LLC is the manager of EA Investments, the trustee of EA Trust and the investment manager for EA QP and EA LP. EAGP Advisors, LLC acts as the general partner of EA Private Fund GP LP, the general partner of EA QP and EA LP. Each of EA Investments, EA Trust, EA QP and EA LP have the sole power to vote and dispose of the shares held by them. Scott Booth, is the managing member of Eastern Advisors Capital Group and of EAGP, LLC. Each of Mr. Booth and Eastern Advisors Capital Group, LLC have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by EA Investments, EA Trust, EA QP and EA LP. EAGP Advisors, LLC has shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by EA QP and EA LP. Each of Mr. Booth, Eastern Advisors Capital Group, LLC and EAGP Advisors, LLC disclaim any beneficial ownership, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of Eastern Advisors Capital Group, LLC and its affiliated entities and individuals is 101 Park Avenue, 33 rd Floor, New York, NY 10178.

  (5)   Includes 121,615 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held by Mr. Collins that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011.
  (6)   Includes 77,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held by Mr. Barksdale that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011 and 7,910 shares of common stock acquired by Mr. Barksdale through investment funds associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, which were distributed to Mr. Barksdale on August 21, 2011.
  (7)   Includes 473,856 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held by Ms. Brunner that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011.
  (8)   Includes 42,708 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held by Mr. Lynch that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011.
  (9)   Includes 46,865 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held by Mr. Bennett that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011.
  (10)   Includes 307,957 shares held by Mr. Ittycheria, 154,684 of which are subject to a repurchase right held by us that lapses with respect to an additional 5,729 shares on the 18th day of each calendar month provided that Mr. Ittycheria remains a service provider on such applicable date.
  (11)   Includes 209,240 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held by Mr. Keller that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011.
  (12)   Includes 60,925 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held by Mr. Meredith that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011.
  (13)   Includes 5,897,055 shares held of record by our directors and executive officers, 990,001 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held by our directors and executive officers that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2011 and 26,284,311 shares held by entities over which our directors and executive officers may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power. Excludes shares held by Messrs. Lynch and Saunders, who were not executive officers as of July 31, 2011.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that we expect to occur upon the closing of this offering.

 

General

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will authorize us to issue up to 150,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

 

Common Stock

 

Assuming the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon completion of this offering and the conversion of each outstanding share of our preferred stock into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering, as of April 30, 2011, we had 46,414,068 shares of common stock outstanding that were held of record by approximately 130 stockholders. Upon completion of this offering, there will be              shares of our common stock outstanding.

 

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. The board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of the common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of the preferred stock. However, these effects might include:

 

   

restricting dividends on the common stock;

 

   

diluting the voting power of the common stock;

 

   

impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; and

 

   

delaying or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by our stockholders.

 

We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Options and Warrants

 

As of April 30, 2011, 11,690,549 shares of common stock were subject to outstanding options, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.02 per share.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

As of April 30, 2011, we had no warrants outstanding.

 

Registration Rights

 

Following this offering, the holders of              shares of common stock outstanding or their permitted transferees are entitled to rights with respect to registration of these shares, or registrable securities, under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, as amended. The following description of the terms of registration rights provided for in the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement and amendment thereto filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

 

Demand Registration Rights

 

Under the terms of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, holders of a majority of the then outstanding registrable securities may require on two occasions that we register their shares for public resale so long as the requesting holders request the registration of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of registrable securities and the registrable securities proposed to be sold in the registration have an aggregate anticipated net offering price of at least $5.0 million. After we receive a written request for registration, we will be required to deliver notice of such registration request to all holders of registrable securities within ten days after our receipt of the request and to use our best efforts to effect the requested registration within 60 days after our receipt of the request. We are not required to effect a demand registration prior to 180 days after the completion of this offering.

 

Short-Form Registration Rights

 

Holders of at least 25.0% of the registrable securities then outstanding may require on two occasions that we register their shares for public resale on Form S-3 if we are eligible to use Form S-3 and the value of the securities to be registered is at least $1.0 million. We are not required to effect more than one Form S-3 registration in any six-month period. We are not required to effect a short-form registration prior to 180 days after the completion of this offering.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights

 

If we elect to register any of our shares of common stock for any public offering, the holders of registrable securities are entitled to include shares of common stock in the registration. However, we may reduce the number of shares proposed to be registered in an underwritten offering to an amount that the underwriters determine will not affect the success of the offering.

 

Expenses and Termination

 

We will pay all expenses in connection with any registration described herein, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. These rights described above will terminate five years after the closing of this offering and, prior to then, any holder shall cease to have registration rights once that holder may immediately sell all of its registrable securities pursuant to Rule 144.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

 

-127-


Table of Contents

Undesignated Preferred Stock

 

As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

 

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.

 

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of the board, our board of directors, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, our president. Stockholders may not call special meetings, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

 

Our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

Board Classification

 

Effective upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board, see the section of this prospectus titled “Management—Board of Directors.” Our classified board may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

 

Election and Removal of Directors

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board if such directors constitute a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to such increase). Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause.

 

No Cumulative Voting

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, do not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board

 

-128-


Table of Contents

of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to affect the election of as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to affect if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to affect the election of a seat on our board of directors to influence our board’s decision regarding a takeover.

 

Amendment of Charter and Bylaw Provisions

 

The amendment of the above provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, requires approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

 

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85.0% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

   

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15.0% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

 

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers, and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Our transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC . The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York, 11219 and its telephone number is (718) 921-8200.

 

Listing

 

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “BV.”

 

-129-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, a total of              shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming that there are no exercises of options after April 30, 2011. Of these shares, all shares of common stock sold in this offering by us and the selling stockholders, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

The remaining              shares will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

 

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date

   Number of
Shares

Immediately after this offering

  

Between 90 and 180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension under certain circumstances and subject in some cases to volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act

  

 

In addition,              shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale upon exercise of vested options 180 days following the effective date of this offering, subject to the extension described in the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriters.”

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

 

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1.0% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                      shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

Rule 701

 

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

As of July 31, 2011, 2,802,347 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock;

 

   

file or make any demand for us to file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock,

 

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The agreements are subject to certain exceptions, and are also subject to extension for up to an additional 34 days, as set forth in the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriters.”

 

The agreements do not contain any pre-established conditions to the waiver by Morgan Stanley on behalf of the underwriters of any terms of the lock-up agreements. However, in the event that any of our officers or directors of a person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) that is the record or beneficial owner of one percent (aggregating ownership of affiliates) or more of our capital stock is granted an early release form the lock-up restrictions with respect of capital stock having a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million in the aggregate (whether in one or multiple releases), then each of our officers and directors, as well as any of their respective immediate family members or a family vehicle for the benefit of any such person, each investment fund affiliated with our directors and each other record or beneficial owner of more than one percent (aggregating ownership of affiliates) of the outstanding shares of our capital stock automatically will be granted an early release from its obligations under the lock-up agreement on a pro-rata basis. Any determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including but not necessarily limited to the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold,

 

-131-


Table of Contents

contractual obligations to release certain shares subject to the lock-up agreements in the event any such shares are released, subject to certain specific limitations and thresholds, and the timing, purpose and terms of the proposed sale.

 

Registration Rights

 

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of              shares of common stock outstanding or their permitted transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See the section of this prospectus titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

Registration Statements

 

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by our service providers. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to volume limitations, manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX

CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders of the ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but it does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those set forth below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

 

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

   

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code); or

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

In addition, if a partnership or entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships and other entities or arrangements taxed as partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

-133-


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. holder defined

 

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any holder (other than a partnership or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and that has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

Distributions

 

We have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce the recipient’s basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under the heading “Gain on disposition of common stock.”

 

Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

 

Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such dividend is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) are exempt from this withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if dividends received by a corporate non-U.S. holder are effectively connected with such holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such dividend is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), such dividend may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

Gain on disposition of common stock

 

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States);

 

-134-


Table of Contents
   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a USRPHC, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the holder’s holding period for our common stock.

 

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if such non-U.S. holder actually or constructively held more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period that is specified in the Internal Revenue Code.

 

If the recipient is a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, the recipient will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

If the recipient is an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, the recipient will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the recipient is not considered a resident of the United States).

 

Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

Backup withholding and information reporting

 

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, the name and address of each such recipient, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to the holder. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence.

 

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to a non-U.S. holder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28.0% unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

Recently enacted legislation affecting taxation of our common stock held by or through foreign entities

 

Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as

 

-135-


Table of Contents

certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain transaction rules, any obligation to withhold under the new legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2014 and, with respect to gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock, will not begin until January 1, 2015. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

 

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

-136-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of our common stock indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Total:

  
  

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

 

Certain selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                      additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock.

 

     Per Share      Total
No  Exercise
     Total
Full  Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

        

Us

        

The selling stockholders

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

        

 

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            .

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5.0% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

We expect to apply to list our common stock under the symbol “BV.”

 

We and all directors and officers, and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options (including the selling stockholders) have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to this offering:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

   

file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (other than any registration statement on Form S-8); or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock.

 

The preceding restrictions apply without regard to whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

   

transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of-this offering;

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock as a bona fide gift or charitable contribution;

 

-138-


Table of Contents
   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock by will or intestate succession or to any trust or partnership for the direct or indirect benefit of the stockholder or immediate family of the stockholder;

 

   

distributions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock to beneficiaries or affiliates of the stockholder, including partners, members or stockholders of the stockholder;

 

   

the disposition of shares of common stock to us in a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act solely in connection with the payment of taxes due;

 

   

transfers to us in connection with the exercise of options or warrants;

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock, restricted stock units, or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to us or of restricted stock units in connection with (A) termination of employment or other termination of a service provider and pursuant to agreements wherein we have the option to repurchase such shares, or (B) agreements wherein we have a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares; or

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that, such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period referred to above and, other than disclosure in the prospectus, no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or shall be voluntarily made by or on behalf of such person or us;

 

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution as described in the third, fourth and fifth bullet points above, each donee or distribute agrees to be subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; provided further that in the case of any transfer or distribution described above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, is required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period referred to above (other than a filing on a Form 5, Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G (or 13D/A or 13G/A) made after the expiration of the restricted period referred to above).

 

The 180 day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180 day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news event relating to us occurs, or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180 day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16 day period beginning on the last day of the 180 day period,

 

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18 day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event. In the event that any of our officers or directors or a person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) that is the record or beneficial owner of one percent (aggregating ownership of affiliates) or more of our capital stock is granted an early release from the lock-up restrictions with respect to capital stock having a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million in the aggregate (whether in one or multiple releases), then each of our officers and directors, as well as any of their respective immediate family members or a family vehicle for the benefit of any such person, each investment fund affiliated with our directors and each other record or beneficial owner of more than one percent (aggregating ownership of affiliates) of the outstanding shares of our capital stock automatically will be granted an early release from its obligations under the lock-up agreement on a pro-rata basis.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the

 

-139-


Table of Contents

underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

 

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their clients, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

-140-


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Member State it has not made and will not make an offer of securities to the public in that Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including such date, make an offer of securities to the public in that Member State:

 

(a) at any time to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

(b) at any time to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

 

(c) at any time in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of the above, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in that Member State.

 

United Kingdom

 

This prospectus and any other material in relation to the shares described herein is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospective Directive that also (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, (ii) who fall within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order or (iii) to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

-141-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Austin, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP. Investment funds associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation hold 212,323 shares of our preferred stock.

 

EXPERTS

 

The financial statements as of April 30, 2010 and 2011 and for each of the three years in the period ended April 30, 2011 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock that we are offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement.

 

For further information about us and our common stock, you may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this website.

 

-142-


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Bazaarvoice, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Bazaarvoice, Inc.:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bazaarvoice, Inc. and its subsidiaries at April 30, 2010 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 30, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2010.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Austin, Texas

 

June 14, 2011, except for Notes 9 and 13, as to which date is August 25, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share information)

 

    April 30,  
    2010     2011     Pro Forma 2011  
                (unaudited-Note 2)  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,036      $ 15,050      $ 15,050   

Restricted cash

    250        250        250   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $228 and $381, as of April 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively

    8,461        12,954        12,954   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    834        2,841        2,841   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    25,581        31,095        31,095   

Property, equipment, and capitalized software development costs, net

    6,862        6,865        6,865   

Other assets

    104        12        12   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 32,547      $ 37,972      $ 37,972   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 1,131      $ 1,558      $ 1,558   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    6,708        9,472        9,472   

Deferred revenue

    14,938        27,509        27,509   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    22,777        38,539        38,539   

Deferred revenue less current portion

    2,166        4,651        4,651   

Deferred tax liability, long-term

           399        399   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    24,943        43,589        43,589   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock—$0.0001 par value:

     

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock—17,512 shares designated, issued and outstanding at April 30, 2010 and 2011; aggregate liquidation value of $3,978; (1)

    3,865        3,888          

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock—2,567 shares designated, issued and outstanding at April 30, 2010 and 2011; aggregate liquidation value of $1,500; (1)

    1,496        1,497          

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock—4,014 shares designated, issued and outstanding at April 30, 2010 and 2011; aggregate liquidation value of $7,338; (1)

    7,296        7,304          

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock—3,078 shares designated, issued and outstanding at April 30, 2010 and 2011; aggregate liquidation value of $8,004; (1)

    7,950        7,960          

Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock—726 shares designated, issued and outstanding at April 30, 2010 and 2011; aggregate liquidation value of $3,000; (1)

    2,980        2,984          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    23,587        23,633          

Stockholders’ deficit:

     

Common stock—$0.0001 par value; 59,000 and 60,500 shares authorized; 17,491 shares issued and 17,241 shares outstanding at April 30, 2010; 18,767 shares issued and 18,517 shares outstanding at April 30, 2011; 46,664 shares issued and 46,414 outstanding pro forma (unaudited—Note 2)

    2        2        5   

Treasury stock, at cost—250 shares at April 30, 2010 and 2011

                    

Additional paid-in capital

    4,821        11,524        35,154   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (35     52        52   

Accumulated deficit

    (20,771     (40,828     (40,828
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (15,983     (29,250     (5,617
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 32,547      $ 37,972      $ 37,972  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1)   No shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of April 30, 2011 (unaudited—Note 2)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share information)

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Revenue

   $   22,472      $   38,648      $ 64,482   

Cost of revenue (1)

     8,307        15,191        25,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     14,165        23,457        38,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing (1)

     11,260        17,803        34,568   

Research and development (1)

     3,444        5,828        10,847   

General and administrative (1)

     4,442        7,651        13,156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     19,146        31,282        58,571   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (4,981     (7,825     (19,704
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     190        53        19   

Other income (expense)

     (92     3        189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income:

     98        56        208   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (4,883     (7,769     (19,496

Income tax expense

     125        205        561   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (5,008   $ (7,974   $   (20,057

Less accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (42     (43     (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders

   $ (5,050   $ (8,017   $ (20,103
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share applicable to common stockholders:

      

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.32   $ (0.48   $ (1.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average number of shares

     15,854        16,637        17,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share (unaudited—Note 2)

       $ (0.44
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of shares (unaudited—Note 2)

         45,687   
      

 

 

 

 

  (1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     2009      2010      2011  

Cost of revenue

   $ 319       $ 604       $ 978   

Sales and marketing

     469         924         1,122   

Research and development

     258         469         731   

General and administrative

     281         636         1,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $   1,327       $   2,633       $   4,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
        Common Stock     Treasury Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Number
of
Shares
    Amount           Number
of
Shares
    Amount     Number
of
Shares
    Amount          

Balance at April 30, 2008

    24,092      $ 12,595            15,667      $ 2             $      $ 432        $(9   $ (7,728   $ (7,303

Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $76

    3,079        7,928                                                               

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

           42                                        (42                   (42

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                  1,327                      1,327   

Exercise of stock options

                      735                             96                      96   

Purchase of common stock

                                    (250                                   

Comprehensive loss:

                       

Change in foreign currency adjustment

                                                         (18            (18

Net loss

                                                                (5,008     (5,008
                       

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                          (5,026
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at April 30, 2009

    27,171        20,565            16,402        2        (250            1,813        (27     (12,736     (10,948

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $21

    726        2,979                                                               

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

           43                                        (43                   (43

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                  2,633                      2,633   

Exercise of stock options

                      1,068                             366                      366   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

                      21                             52                      52   

Adoption of uncertain tax provision guidance

                                                                (61     (61

Comprehensive loss:

                       

Change in foreign currency adjustment

                                                         (8            (8

Net loss

                                                                (7,974     (7,974
                       

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                          (7,982
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at April 30, 2010

    27,897        23,587            17,491        2        (250            4,821        (35     (20,771     (15,983

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

           46                                        (46                   (46

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                  4,681                      4,681   

Exercise of stock options

                      1,276                             2,068                      2,068   

Comprehensive loss

                       

Change in foreign currency adjustment

                                                         87               87   

Net loss

                                                                (20,057     (20,057
                       

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                          (19,970
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at April 30, 2011

    27,897      $   23,633            18,767        $  2        (250   $   —      $   11,524      $   52      $   (40,828   $   (29,250
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year ended April 30,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Operating activities

      

Net loss

     $  (5,008     $  (7,974     $  (20,057

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization expense

     502        1,360        2,311   

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,327        2,633        4,681   

Bad debt expense

     164        175        482   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (2,623     (4,019     (4,974

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (63     (573     (1,983

Other non-current assets

            (45     94   

Accounts payable

     146        (91     419   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,082        4,872        3,331   

Deferred revenue

     4,646        8,828        15,049   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     173        5,166        (647

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property, equipment, and capitalized software development costs, net

     (1,080     (6,794     (2,282

Increase of restricted cash

     (125     (125       

Purchase of short-term investments

     (7,995              

Sale of short-term investments

            7,995          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (9,200     1,076        (2,282

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     7,928                 

Proceeds from issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

            2,979          

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     96        366        2,068   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

            52          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     8,024        3,397        2,068   

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents

     (28     9        (125
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (1,031     9,648        (986

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     7,419        6,388        16,036   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 6,388      $ 16,036      $ 15,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of other cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for income taxes

   $      $ 27      $ 523   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 42      $ 43      $ 46   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Organization and Nature of Operations

 

We are a leading provider of social commerce solutions that help our clients capture, display and analyze online word of mouth, including consumer-generated ratings and reviews, questions and answers, stories. recommendations, photographs, videos and other content about our clients’ brands, products or services. Bazaarvoice, which literally means “voice of the marketplace,” was founded on the premise that online word of mouth is critical to consumers and businesses because of its influence on purchasing decisions, both online and offline. We enable our clients to place consumers at the center of their business strategies by helping consumers generate and share sentiment, preferences and other content about brands, products or services. Through our technology platform, our clients leverage online word of mouth to increase sales, acquire new customers, improve marketing effectiveness, enhance consumer engagement across channels, increase success of new product launches, improve existing products and services, effectively scale customer support and decrease product returns.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the accounts of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

 

Upon the consummation of the initial public offering contemplated in this prospectus, all of the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock (see Note 6). The April 30, 2011 unaudited pro forma balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 27,897,031 shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma earnings per share for the year ended April 30, 2011 were computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and have been prepared assuming the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock (using the as-if converted method) into 27,897,031 shares of common stock as of the beginning of the period.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, income taxes, stock-based compensation expense, accrued liabilities, useful lives of property and equipment and capitalized software development costs, among others. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from the estimates made by management with respect to these items.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The U.S. dollar is the reporting currency for all periods presented. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign

 

F-7


Table of Contents

currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated at the average rate during the period. Equity transactions are translated using historical exchange rates. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in net loss for the period. The Company recognized a $0.1 million loss on foreign currency in fiscal 2009, and a nominal loss on foreign currency in fiscal 2010 and a net foreign currency gain of $0.2 million in fiscal 2011.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate their respective fair values, due to the short-term nature of the instruments.

 

The Company applies the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities. The guidance defines fair value, thereby eliminating inconsistencies in guidance found in various prior accounting pronouncements, and increases disclosures surrounding fair value calculations. The guidance establishes a three-tiered fair value hierarchy that prioritizes inputs to valuation techniques used in fair value calculations. The three levels of inputs are defined as follows:

 

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets accessible by the Company.

 

Level 2: Inputs that are observable in the marketplace other than those inputs classified as Level 1.

 

Level 3: Inputs that are unobservable in the marketplace and significant to the valuation.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments acquired with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are deposited with banks in demand deposit accounts. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

Restricted Cash

 

The Company’s restricted cash consists of a standby letter of credit under its Pledge and Security Agreement (see footnote 5) for corporate credit card services, secured by its money market account.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable represent trade receivables from clients for whom the Company has provided services and not yet received payment. The Company presents accounts receivable net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of clients to make required payments. In estimating this allowance, the Company considers factors such as: historical collection experience, a client’s current credit-worthiness, client concentrations, age of the receivable balance, both individually and in the aggregate, and general economic conditions that may affect a client’s ability to pay. Any change in the assumptions used in analyzing a specific account receivable might result in an additional allowance for doubtful accounts being recognized in the period in which the change occurs. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.2 million and $0.4 million at April 30, 2010 and April 30, 2011, respectively.

 

Concentrations of Risks

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, and trade receivables. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are placed with

 

F-8


Table of Contents

high-credit-quality financial institutions and issuers, and at times exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any loss relating to cash and cash equivalents in these accounts. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its clients and generally does not require collateral.

 

Property, Equipment and Capitalized Software Development Costs

 

Property and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

 

Depreciation and amortization is computed utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

 

Computer equipment

  3 years

Furniture and fixtures

  5 years

Office equipment

  5 years

Software

  3 years

Leasehold improvements

  Shorter of estimated useful life or the lease term

 

When depreciable assets are sold or retired, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts. Any gain or loss is included in other income (expense), net in the Company’s statement of operations. Major additions and betterments are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs which do not materially improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to operating expenses as incurred.

 

The Company capitalizes certain development costs incurred in connection with its internal-use software. These capitalized costs are primarily related to its proprietary social commerce platform that is hosted by the Company and accessed by its clients on a subscription basis. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, direct internal and external costs are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalization ceases upon completion of all substantial testing. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. Maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three years, into cost of revenue.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company periodically reviews the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets to determine whether current events or circumstances warrant adjustment to such carrying amounts. In reviewing the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, the Company considers, among other factors, the future cash inflows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition less the future cash outflows expected to be necessary to obtain those inflows. Upon a determination that the carrying value of assets will not be recovered from the undiscounted cash flow estimated to be generated by those assets, the carrying value of such assets would be considered impaired and reduced by a charge to operations in the amount of the impairment. There were no impairments to long-lived assets during the years ended April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

 

Comprehensive Loss

 

Comprehensive loss is comprised of net loss and cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments. The accumulated comprehensive loss as of April 30, 2010 and 2011 was due to foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company generates revenue principally from the sale of subscriptions to its hosted social commerce platform and sells its application services pursuant to service agreements that are generally one year in length.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The client does not have the right to take possession of the software supporting the application service at any time, nor do the arrangements contain general rights of return. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the service has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. The Company accounts for these arrangements by recognizing the arrangement consideration for the application service ratably over the term of the related agreement, commencing upon the later of the agreement start date or when all revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

Deferred Revenue

 

Deferred revenue consists of subscription fees paid in advance of revenue recognition and is recognized as revenue recognition criteria are met. The Company invoices clients in a variety of installments and, consequently, the deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of its non-cancelable subscription agreements. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding 12 month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as non-current deferred revenue.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel costs and related expenses together with allocated overhead costs, including depreciation and facility and office related expenses, associated with employees and contractors who provide our subscription services. Cost of revenue also includes co-location and related telecommunications costs, fees paid to third parties for resale arrangements and amortization of capitalized internal-use software development costs incurred in connection with its application services.

 

Advertising

 

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred. Advertising costs were insignificant for the years ended April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

 

Treasury Stock

 

Shares of common stock repurchased by the Company and held in treasury are recorded at cost as treasury stock and result in a reduction of stockholders’ equity.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company records stock-based compensation expense based upon the fair value for all stock options issued to all persons to the extent that such options vest. The fair value of each award is calculated by the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company recognizes compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the respective vesting period. The Company includes an estimated effect of forfeitures in its compensation cost and updates the estimated forfeiture rate through the final vesting date of the awards. Stock-based compensation increased the loss before income taxes by $1.3 million, $2.6 million and $4.7 million for the years ended April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The Company does not currently recognize a tax benefit resulting from compensation costs expensed in the financial statements because the Company provides a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset resulting from this type of temporary difference since it expects that it will not have sufficient future taxable income to realize such benefit.

 

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires extensive use of accounting judgment and financial estimates. Items requiring estimation include the underlying common stock value, expected term option holders will retain their vested stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of the Company’s common stock price over the expected term of a stock option and the number of stock options that will forfeit prior to the completion of their vesting period. Application of alternative assumptions could result in significantly different stock-based compensation amounts recorded in the financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

 

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities will be recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established against the deferred tax assets to reduce their carrying value to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

 

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s consolidated financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. The Company adopted the guidance on May 1, 2009.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

The Company computes basic earnings per share available to common stockholders by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. The Company computes diluted earnings per share similarly to basic earnings per share except that it reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities or other obligations to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. As the Company has only incurred losses to date, diluted earnings per share is the same as basic earnings per share.

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Policies

 

In May 2009, the FASB issued a standard that sets forth the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements; the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements; and the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In September 2009, the FASB issued two consensuses that will significantly affect the revenue recognition accounting policies for transactions that involve multiple deliverables and sales of software-enabled devices. The guidance updates the existing multiple-element revenue arrangements guidance included under current authoritative guidance. The revised guidance primarily provides two significant changes: 1) eliminates the need for objective and reliable evidence of the fair value for the undelivered element in order for a delivered item to be treated as a separate unit of account, and 2) eliminates the residual method to allocate the arrangement consideration. In addition, the guidance also expands the disclosure requirements for revenue recognition. The guidance was effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or after July 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted provided that the revised guidance is retroactively applied to the beginning of the year of adoption. The new guidance will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2011, the FASB issued a standard to provide a consistent definition of fair value and change certain fair value measurement principles. In addition, the standard enhances the disclosure requirements concerning the measurement uncertainty of Level 3 fair value measurements. The updated accounting guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 on a prospective basis. Early application is not permitted. The Company will adopt the updated guidance in the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2012. The standard is not expected to have a material impact on consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

In June 2011, the FASB issued a standard to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The standard eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. The updated accounting guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011 on a retrospective basis. Early application is permitted. The Company will adopt the updated guidance in the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2012. Since the updated guidance only requires a change in the placement of information already disclosed in our condensed consolidated financial statements, it is not expected to have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

3. Property and Equipment and Capitalized Internal-Use Software Development Costs

 

Property and equipment, including capitalized internal-use software development costs, consisted of the following:

 

     April 30,  
     2010     2011  

Computer equipment

   $   1,261      $   1,687   

Furniture and fixtures

     1,594        1,895   

Office equipment

     404        605   

Software

     609        1,003   

Capitalized internal-use software development costs

     1,584        2,657   

Leasehold improvements

     3,075        3,002   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     8,527        10,849   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,665     (3,984
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, equipment, and capitalized internal-use software development costs, net

   $   6,862      $   6,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization relating to the Company’s property and equipment for the years ended April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $0.3 million, $1.0 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Amortization related to the Company’s capitalized internal-use software development costs for the years ended April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

 

4. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

 

Accrued liabilities, including other liabilities, consisted of the following:

 

     April 30,  
     2010      2011  

Accrued rent

   $   3,209       $   3,584   

Accrued compensation

     1,991         3,877   

Accrued other liabilities

     823         1,476   

Accrued taxes

     685         535   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $   6,708       $   9,472   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

In October 2009, the Company moved its corporate headquarters to acquire additional office space and incurred exit costs of $0.4 million. This amount represented the fair value of the costs that the Company incurred under the former lease, net of rental sublease payments. This lease expired in February 2011 and there are no further obligations under such lease.

 

In October 2009, the Company signed a new lease agreement in Austin, Texas to expand its corporate headquarters. In conjunction with the lease signing, the Company received $2.9 million of leasehold

 

F-12


Table of Contents

improvement incentives. This amount was recorded as a liability and is being amortized over the term of the lease as a reduction to rent expense. As of April 30, 2011, the remaining $2.1 million of the lease incentive liability was included within accrued rent.

 

5. Debt

 

On July 18, 2007, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Agreement”) with a financial institution. On November 30, 2008, the Company amended the Agreement to increase the borrowing capacity of the revolving line of credit to $7.0 million. The Company may request advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (a) $7.0 million or (b) 100% of eligible monthly service fees as defined in the Agreement, inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the credit card services sublimit. The revolving line of credit bears interest at the prime based rate as defined in the Agreement except during any period of time during which, in accordance with the Agreement, the line bears interest at the daily adjusting LIBOR rate. The revolving line of credit expired on November 30, 2010. On July 20, 2009, the Company entered into a Second Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement with the financial institution. This amendment created a standby letter of credit of $0.9 million as collateral for our office lease space in Austin, Texas. On July 27, 2009, the Company obtained the irrevocable standby letter of credit for this amount.

 

On January 22, 2010, the Company entered into a Third Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement with the financial institution. This amendment increased its standby letter of credit to $1.0 million as collateral for our additional office lease space in Austin, Texas.

 

On November 4, 2008, the Company entered into a Pledge and Security Agreement with the financial institution for a standby letter of credit for credit card services from a separate financial institution for an amount not to exceed $0.1 million. Amounts drawn bear interest at a rate per annum equal to three percent above the prime rate. The Company pledged a security interest in its money market account, in which the balance must at least equal the credit extended. On March 17, 2010, the standby letter of credit for credit card services was increased to $0.3 million.

 

On September 27, 2010, the Company entered into a Fourth Amendment to its original Loan and Security Agreement (the “Agreement”). This amendment increased the borrowing capacity of the revolving line of credit to $10.0 million with an option to extend to $15.0 million. The Company may request advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (a) $10.0 million or (b) 100% of eligible monthly service fees as defined in the Agreement, inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the credit card services sublimit. The revolving line of credit expires on November 30, 2012 with all advances immediately due and payable. The revolving line of credit bears interest at the prime based rate as defined in the Agreement except during any period of time during which, in accordance with the Agreement, the line bears interest at the daily adjusting LIBOR rate. As of the date of this report, there was no balance outstanding under the revolving line of credit. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit are collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company. The Agreement contains certain financial and nonfinancial covenants. As of April 30, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the terms of these covenants.

 

6. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In February 2010, the Company issued 0.7 million shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock for $3.0 million in cash proceeds, net of issuance costs of an nominal amount.

 

A general summary of the rights with respect to the preferred stock is provided below:

 

Liquidation

 

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, on a proportional basis, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the Company’s assets or surplus funds to the holders of the Company’s common stock by

 

F-13


Table of Contents

reason of their ownership thereof, (i) an amount for each share of Series A preferred stock equal to $0.22717 per share as adjusted, (ii) an amount for each share of Series B preferred stock equal to $0.58437 per share as adjusted, (iii) an amount for each share of Series C preferred stock equal to $1.82818 per share as adjusted, (iv) an amount for each share of Series D preferred stock equal to $2.60 per share as adjusted, (v) an amount for each share of Series E preferred stock equal to $4.13 per share as adjusted, in each case, plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share. The amounts per share are adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event with respect to such share occurring after February 9, 2010. If, upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets and funds distributed are insufficient to permit the payment to each holder of preferred stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of the preferred stock in proportion to the full preferential amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.

 

The preferred stock is senior to all common stock with regard to liquidation preferences. Upon the completion of the distribution required by the preferred stock preference, all of the Company’s remaining assets or funds available for distribution to stockholders will be distributed ratably to the holders of common stock based on the number of shares of common stock held by each such holder.

 

For purposes of the preferred stock preference, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company is deemed to include (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary, but excluding any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity exclusively by virtue of shares received in such transaction or series of related transactions with respect to shares of the Company’s capital stock or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the exclusive licensing of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a single transaction or series of related transactions. The treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the holders of a majority of the preferred stock then-outstanding (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) subject to certain conditions set forth in detail in the Company’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Dividends

 

The holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends on a proportional basis when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, out of any assets legally available, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in common stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of common stock) on the Company’s common stock. The preferred stock is senior to all common stock with regard to dividend preferences.

 

Upon conversion of any share of any series of preferred stock, all dividends declared but unpaid on such share will be paid in cash or, upon the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, shares of common stock at the then fair market value as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. No dividends will be declared or paid, and no distribution will be made, on any shares of common stock unless all dividends declared but unpaid on any series of preferred stock have been paid or set apart for payment. After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends described above, any additional dividends (payable other than in common stock) declared or paid in any year will be distributed ratably to the holders of common stock and preferred stock based on the number of shares of common stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of preferred stock were converted at the then-effective conversion rate. The Company’s Board of Directors has not declared a dividend to date.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Conversion

 

Each share of preferred stock will be convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance of such share and on or prior to the business day prior to the redemption date, if any, as may have been fixed in any redemption notice with respect to such share of preferred stock into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as determined with respect to each series of preferred stock by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price for such series of preferred stock in effect at the time of conversion. The original issue price per share is $0.22717 for Series A, $0.58437 for Series B, $1.82818 for Series C, $2.60 for Series D and $4.13 for Series E. The initial conversion price per share is $0.22717 for Series A, $0.58437 for Series B, $1.82818 for the Series C, $2.60 for Series D, and $4.13 for Series E. Such initial conversion price will be subject to adjustment for certain dilutive events.

 

Each share of preferred stock will automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock into which it is then convertible upon the earliest of (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock to the public in which the public offering price (prior to underwriter’s discounts or commissions and offering expenses) exceeds $5.20 per share of common stock (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event with respect to the common stock occurring after February 9, 2010) and the aggregate gross proceeds raised exceeds $20.0 million, (ii) upon the receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E preferred stock then outstanding (each voting as a separate series) or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such request and (iii) immediately prior to the closing of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (including any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company) if the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of preferred stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) so specify in writing; provided however, that with respect to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up referred to in (iii) above in which the holders of each series of preferred stock would receive in respect of the shares of each series of preferred stock held by them as a result of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company an amount per share less than the series’ original issue price, then the shares of the each series of preferred stock will not so automatically convert without the separate written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of each series’ preferred stock (voting as a separate series).

 

Redemption

 

If requested in writing by the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class, at any time after May 30, 2015, the Company will redeem all, but not less than all, of the preferred stock then outstanding in three equal annual installments (each installment or payment date, a “redemption date”). The Company will, on each redemption date, redeem up to the maximum amount the Company may lawfully redeem out of funds legally available therefor. The redemption price will mean with respect to each series of preferred stock, an amount per share equal to the original issue price, plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share.

 

Voting

 

Each holder of each share of preferred stock (i) is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such share of preferred stock could be converted at the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited, (ii) has voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock (except as otherwise provided in the Company’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or as required by law, voting together with the common stock as a single class) and (iii) is entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Company’s bylaws.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

7. Common Stock

 

Subject to the priority rights of the preferred stockholders, as discussed in Note 6 and set forth in detail in the Company’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive, when, as, and if, declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Company’s Board of Directors has not declared a dividend to date. The holder of each share of common stock will have the right to one vote.

 

8. Stock Options

 

On June 14, 2005, the Company adopted the Bazaarvoice, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provides in part that incentive and non-statutory stock options, as defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock may be granted to employees, directors and consultants. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan. As of April 30, 2011, the Company has authorized 16.7 million shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. Accordingly, the Company has reserved 16.7 million shares of common stock to permit exercise of options outstanding in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

Under the Plan, incentive stock options may be issued at an exercise price equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the option grant date as determined pursuant to the Plan. In the absence of an established market for the Company’s common stock, the fair market value is determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or by a committee appointed to administer the Plan (collectively, the “Plan Administrator”). The maximum term of these options is ten years measured from the date of grant. No portion of any incentive stock option may be exercised after the expiration date. However, if an employee owns or is deemed to own more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company and an incentive stock option is granted to such employee, the term of such incentive stock option will be no more than five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the option agreement and the exercise price will be no less than 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant.

 

At the time of grant, the Plan Administrator determines the fair market value, exercise price, and vesting term of the options granted. Each option is exercisable at such time or times, during such period of time and for such number of shares as the Plan Administrator determines and as set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant. Options under the Plan vest over periods ranging from one to four years. Under certain conditions, vesting is accelerated as to each option outstanding under the Plan at the time of a change in control (as defined in the Plan).

 

The Company estimates the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. As the Company is a private entity with no historical data regarding the volatility of the common stock price, the Company bases the expected volatility on the historical and implied volatility of comparable companies from a representative industry peer group. The expected volatility of options granted is determined using an average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group. As allowed under current guidance, the Company has elected to apply the “simplified method” in developing the estimate of expected life for “plain vanilla” stock options by using the midpoint between the graded vesting period and the contractual termination date as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying cash dividends on the common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield was assumed to be zero. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed market interest rates appropriate for the term of the Company’s employee options.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The fair value for the Company’s options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended April 30,
     2009   2010   2011

Expected volatility

   61- 66%   62% - 68%   58% - 62%

Risk-free interest rate

   2.20% - 3.65%   2.00% - 2.95%   1.75% - 2.75%

Expected term (in years)

   5.00 - 6.25   5.00 - 6.25   6.00 - 6.25

Dividend yield

   0%   0%   0%

 

A summary of changes in common stock options is as follows:

 

     Number of Options
Outstanding
    Exercise Price      Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
 

Balances at April 30, 2008

     6,906      $   0.00003 - 1.83       $   0.55         8.61   

Options granted

     3,853        2.60         2.60         9.41   

Options exercised

     (735     0.03 - 1.83         0.13      

Options forfeited

     (1,381     0.03 - 2.60         0.81      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at April 30, 2009

     8,643      $   0.00003 - 2.60       $   1.46         8.33   

Options granted

     3,213        2.60 - 4.13         3.20         9.38   

Options exercised

     (1,068     0.03 - 2.60         0.34      

Options forfeited

     (794     0.12 - 4.13         2.24      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at April 30, 2010

     9,994      $   0.00003 - 4.13       $   2.08         8.05   

Options granted

     4,227        4.20 - 6.28         4.89         9.18   

Options exercised

     (1,276     0.03 - 4.13         1.62      

Options forfeited

     (1,254     0.12 - 5.35         3.04      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at April 30, 2011

     11,691      $   0.00003 - 6.28       $   3.02         7.84   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable at April 30, 2011

     5,453      $   0.00003 - 5.35       $   1.72         6.60   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $1.58, $2.00 and $2.81, respectively.

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011 was $1.8 million, $4.0 million and $4.6 million, respectively.

 

The total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options and subject to recognition in future periods was $12.8 million as of April 30, 2011. This amount relates to 6.2 million shares with a per share weighted-average fair value of $2.44. The Company anticipates this expense to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.81 years.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

9. Loss Per Share Applicable To Common Stockholders

 

The following table sets forth the computations of loss per share applicable to common stockholders for the years ended April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011.

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009     2010     2011  

Net loss

   $ (5,008   $ (7,974   $ (20,057

Less accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (42     (43     (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss applicable to common stockholders basic and diluted

   $ (5,050   $ (8,017   $ (20,103
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

   $ (0.32   $ (0.48   $ (1.13

Weighted average number of shares

     15,854        16,637        17,790   

Potentially dilutive securities (1) :

      

Outstanding stock options

     3,325        3,251        3,941   

Redeemable convertible preferred shares

     26,766        27,329        27,897   

 

  (1)   The impact of potentially dilutive securities on earnings per share is anti-dilutive in a period of net loss.

 

Upon the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering, all of the outstanding shares of its redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock.

 

10. Income Taxes

 

U.S. and International components of income before income taxes were as follows:

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
(in thousands)    2009     2010     2011  

U.S.

   $ (5,944   $ (8,006   $ (20,378

International

     1,061        237        882   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   $ (4,883   $ (7,769   $ (19,496
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The income tax expense is composed of the following:

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
(in thousands)    2009     2010     2011  

Current

      

Federal

   $   —      $   —      $   —   

State

     82        136        256   

International

     43        74        233   

Deferred

      

Federal

     (1,709     (2,101     (6,183

State

     6        1        1   

International

     258        (5     72   

Change in valuation allowance

     1,445        2,100        6,182   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $   125      $   205      $   561   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The difference between the tax benefit derived by applying the Federal statutory income tax rate to net losses and the expense recognized in the financial statements is as follows:

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
(in thousands)    2009     2010     2011  

Benefit derived by applying the Federal statutory income tax rate to net losses before income taxes

   $ (1,660   $ (2,641   $ (6,629

State tax provision

     88        137        152   

Foreign tax rate differentials

     (138     (12     (48

R&D credit

     (99     (171     (586

Stock options

     403        749        1,209   

Permanent differences and other

     9        43        281   

Effect of change in UK tax rate

     77                 

Expense attributable to change in valuation allowances

     1,445        2,100        6,182   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 125      $ 205      $ 561   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

As of April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $10.3 million, $16.2 million and $29.3 million and research and development credit carryforwards of $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively, which will begin expiring in 2026 if not utilized. At April 30, 2011, the Company had $1.2 million of excess stock based compensation tax deductions that have not been used to reduce income taxes payable. The benefit to be recognized as a component of stockholders’ deficit when these deductions are used to reduce income taxes payable is $0.4 million.

 

The components of the net deferred tax amounts recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are:

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
(in thousands)        2010             2011      

Current deferred tax assets:

    

Bad debts

   $ 77      $ 130   

Other accruals

     100        104   

Employee benefits

            10   

Deferred marketing

            48   

Deferred rent

     99        1,218   

Deferred revenue

            1,232   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current deferred tax asset

   $ 276      $ 2,742   

Long-term deferred tax assets:

    

Basis of property, equipment, capitalized internal-use software development costs

   $ (560   $ (1,667

Deferred revenue

     725        230   

Charitable contributions

     18        36   

Stock options

     168        562   

Unrealized gain/loss

     8        (92

Start-up/org costs

     3        3   

R&D credit

     361        947   

State tax credit

     25        25   

Net operating losses

     5,189        9,538   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term deferred tax asset

   $ 5,937      $ 9,582   

Valuation allowance

     6,208        12,391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 5      $ (67
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Total deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are listed as follows:

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
(in thousands)    2010     2011  

Total deferred tax assets

   $   6,773      $   14,083   

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (560     (1,759

Total valuation allowance

     (6,208     (12,391
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset (liability)

   $   5      $   (67)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. As of April 30, 2010 and 2011, the Company had net deferred tax assets of $6.2 million and $12.3 million, respectively.

 

Utilization of the net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.

 

The Company has established a valuation allowance equal to the net deferred tax asset in the U.S. due to uncertainties regarding the realization of the deferred tax assets based on the Company’s lack of earnings history. The valuation allowance increased by $2.1 million and $6.2 million during the years ended April 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

Deferred U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes are not provided on the undistributed cumulative earnings of foreign subsidiaries because those earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested in those operations. The permanently reinvested undistributed earnings were $0.2 million, $0.5 million and $1.0 million as of April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The tax impact resulting from a distribution of these earnings would be $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended April 30 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, based on the normal U.S. statutory rate of 34 percent.

 

The Company adopted the authoritative guidance for uncertain tax provisions in the year ended April 30, 2010. As a result of the implementation of this guidance, the Company recognized an immaterial increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to accumulated deficit. The Company does not anticipate a material change in the unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months.

 

The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as income tax expense. During the years ended April 30, 2010 and 2011, the Company recognized immaterial amounts in interest and penalties, respectively. The Company had an immaterial amount accrued for the payment of interest and penalties as of April 30, 2010 and 2011.

 

The aggregate changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:

 

     April 30,      April 30,  
(in thousands)    2010      2011  

Balance, beginning of year

   $   112       $   174   

Increases for tax positions related to the current year

     62         195   

Increases for tax positions related to prior years

               

Decreases for tax positions related to prior years

               

Reductions due to lapsed statute of limitations

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $   174       $   369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

As of April 30, 2010 and 2011, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, that would affect the effective tax rate is $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

 

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S., various state and foreign jurisdictions. As of April 30, 2011, the Company’s fiscal years 2005 forward are subject to examination by the U.S. tax authorities due to loss carryforwards, and fiscal years 2007 forward are subject to examination in material state and foreign jurisdictions. As of April 30, 2011, there was no unrecognized tax benefits that we expect would change significantly over the next 12 months.

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company has non-cancelable operating leases for office space. The Company recognizes expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between recognized rental expense and amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent.

 

Future minimum lease payments, by year and in aggregate, under non-cancelable operating leases consist of the following as of April 30, 2011:

 

Operating Lease Obligations       
(in thousands)    April 30,  

2012

   $   2,616   

2013

     1,310   

2014

     354   

2015

     363   

2016 and thereafter

     184   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $   4,827   
  

 

 

 

 

Rent expense for the years ended April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011, was $0.8 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million respectively. Subsequent to year end, the Company entered into a lease agreement that was executed on May 11, 2011 to extend a lease on the current location of its corporate headquarters (commitment of this lease is included above).

 

12. Employee Benefit Plan

 

On April 7, 2006, the Company adopted a defined contribution retirement plan qualifying under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The Company has made no contributions to date.

 

13. Operating Segment and Geographic Information

 

We operate as a single segment. Our chief operating decision-maker is considered to be our Chief Executive Officer. The chief operating decision-maker allocates resources and assesses performance of the business at the consolidated level.

 

Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. It defines operating segments as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information including profit and loss information on a consolidated basis, accompanied by revenue information, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. We have one business activity, and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, we considered ourselves to be in a single operating and reporting segment structure.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Revenue by geography is based on the billing address of the client. The following table presents the Company’s revenue by geographic region for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended April 30,  
     2009      2010      2011  

Net revenue by geographic location:

        

United States

   $   18,925       $   28,912       $   48,429   

International

     3,547         9,736         16,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $   22,472       $   38,648       $   64,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Net long-lived assets were $6.6 million and $6.5 million in North America and $0.3 million and $0.4 million in our international subsidiaries at April 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

14. Subsequent Events

 

On May 12, 2011, the Company increased the face amount of the standby letter of credit issued under the Agreement in favor of its landlord by $0.8 million as collateral for additional office space leased at the Company’s headquarters in Austin, Texas.

 

On May 18, 2011, the standby letter of credit for credit card services was increased by an additional $0.2 million.

 

15. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

 

In May 2011, the Company granted options to employees to purchase 508,939 shares of common stock under the 2005 Plan with exercise prices of $6.58 and an aggregate grant date fair value of $1,856,905.

 

In August 2011, the Company granted options to employees to purchase 1,070,408 shares of common stock under the 2005 Plan with exercise prices of $8.58 and an aggregate grant date fair value of $5,022,496.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

SEC registration fee

   $   10,014   

FINRA filing fee

     9,125   

Listing fee

      

Printing and engraving expenses

      

Legal fees and expenses

      

Accounting fees and expenses

      

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

      

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

      

Miscellaneous

      
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         
  

 

 

 

 

  *   To be filed by Amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and some employees containing provisions that may be in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Reference is also made to Section 11 of the Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which provides for indemnification by the underwriter of our officers and directors against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

During the past three years, we sold the following unregistered securities:

 

  1.   On September 18, 2008, we sold and issued an aggregate of 100,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.37 per share for an aggregate consideration of $37,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  2.   On September 26, 2008, we sold and issued an aggregate of 225,115 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $26,264. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  3.   On October 2, 2008, we sold and issued an aggregate of 77,606 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $.04667 to $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $4,497. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  4.   On October 17, 2008, we sold and issued an aggregate of 3,562 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $570. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  5.   On November 19, 2008, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 1,805,539 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $4,694,401. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  6.   On March 18, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 58,125 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.04667 to $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $3,806. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  7.   On April 17, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 28,500 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $3,325. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  8.   On April 22, 2009, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 1,381,325 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $3,591,445. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  9.   On April 22, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 16,406 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $2,625. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  10.   On April 30, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 3,750 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.04667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $175. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  11.   On May 12, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.03333 per share for an aggregate consideration of $233. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  12.   On June 1, 2009, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 353,748 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,011,719. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  13.   On June 22, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,500 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $1,200. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  14.   On July 16, 2009, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 122,000 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $317,200. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  15.   On July 16, 2009, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 605,015 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,730,343. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  16.   On July 22, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 4,600 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $736. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  17.   On July 27, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 5,937 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $10,865. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  18.   On August 5, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 337,365 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.03333 to $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $17,610. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  19.   On August 10, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 36,875 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.11667 to $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $16,081. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  20.   On August 28, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 5,312 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $9,721. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  21.   On September 17, 2009, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 615,501 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,760,333. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  22.   On October 2, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 1,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $2,600. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  23.   On October 4, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 4,062 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $10,561. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or otherwise exempt from registration.

 

  24.   On November 12, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 31,250 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $81,250. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  25.   On December 1, 2009, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 365,750 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,046,045. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
  26.   On December 8, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 5,250 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.04667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $245. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  27.   On December 9, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,500 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $875. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  28.   On December 21, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 14,062 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $2,250. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  29.   On December 29, 2009, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,900 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $1,264. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  30.   On January 4, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 85,633 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.11667 to $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $52,283. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  31.   On January 12, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 5,250 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $.04667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $245. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  32.   On January 13, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 14,250 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $1,663. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  33.   On January 18, 2010, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 274,993 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $786,480. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
  34.   On January 20, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 236,000 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.03333 to $0.04667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $10,934. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  35.   On January 22, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 26,250 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.04667 to $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $2,013. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  36.   On January 27, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 45,218 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $82,749. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  37.   On January 29, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 4,335 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $7,933. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  38.   On February 1, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 65,810 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.03333 to $0.04667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $2,338. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  39.   On February 9, 2010, we sold and issued 726,392 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock to one accredited investor, at $4.13 per share, for a total consideration of $2,999,999. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

 

  40.   On February 10, 2010, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 454,352 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $4.13 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,876,474. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  41.   On February 10, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 71,685 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.04667 to $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $6,287. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-6


Table of Contents
  42.   On February 22, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 4,375 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $700. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  43.   On February 25, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 8,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $1,280. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  44.   On February 26, 2010, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $4.13 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $413,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  45.   On March 1, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,500 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $13,725. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  46.   On March 15, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 1,750 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $4,550. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or otherwise exempt from registration.

 

  47.   On March 16, 2010, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 322,200 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $4.13 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,330,686. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  48.   On April 16, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 3,500 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $9,100. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or otherwise exempt from registration.

 

  49.   On April 19, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,500 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $875. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-7


Table of Contents
  50.   On April 27, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 5,750 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $14,950. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  51.   On May 4, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 8,437 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.11667 to $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $1,282. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  52.   On May 12, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 136,087 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.04667 to $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $10,958. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  53.   On May 18, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 9,375 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $24,375. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or otherwise exempt from registration.

 

  54.   On May 20, 2010, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 1,049,574 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $4.20 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $4,408,211. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  55.   On May 26, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 5,312 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $13,811. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or otherwise exempt from registration.

 

  56.   On June 1, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 2,700 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $7,020. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or otherwise exempt from registration.

 

  57.   On June 9, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 5,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $13,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or otherwise exempt from registration.

 

II-8


Table of Contents
  58.   On June 11, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,187 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $18,686. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  59.   On June 18, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 65,625 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.11667 to $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $49,563. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  60.   On July 8, 2010, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 112,700 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $4.85 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $546,595. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  61.   On July 9, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 5,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $800. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  62.   On July 13, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 1,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $1,830. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  63.   On July 16, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 9,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $16,470. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  64.   On July 16, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 8,750 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $25,025. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or otherwise exempt from registration.

 

  65.   On August 3, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 16,562 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $43,061. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or otherwise exempt from registration.

 

II-9


Table of Contents
  66.   On August 10, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 10,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $1,167. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  67.   On August 11, 2010, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 245,727 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $4.86 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,194,233. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  68.   On August 17, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 51,250 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $5,979. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  69.   On August 18, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 37,106 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.11667 to $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $59,654. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  70.   On September 10, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 21,458 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.11667 to $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $16,296. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  71.   On September 16, 2010, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 1,169,617 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $4.86 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $5,684,339. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  72.   On September 16, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,812 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $20,311. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  73.   On September 24, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 4,219 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $675. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-10


Table of Contents
  74.   On October 1, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 5,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $14,300. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  75.   On October 5, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 6,830 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $12,499. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  76.   On October 7, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 8,437 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $21,936. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  77.   On October 18, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 2,187 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $6,255. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  78.   On October 22, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 2,500 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $7,150. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  79.   On October 28, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 10,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.04667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $467. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  80.   On November 8, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 13,333 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $38,132. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  81.   On November 11, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,308 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $19,001. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-11


Table of Contents
  82.   On November 16, 2010, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 945,283 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $4.86 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $4,594,075. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  83.   On November 18, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 20,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $57,200. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  84.   On November 29, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,940 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.11667 to $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $6,281. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  85.   On December 1, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 27,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $3,150. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  86.   On December 10, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 2,708 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $7,745. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  87.   On December 14, 2010, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 29,700 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $4.86 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $144,342. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  88.   On December 16, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 6,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $15,600. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  89.   On December 17, 2010, we sold and issued an aggregate of 12,500 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $2,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-12


Table of Contents
  90.   On January 3, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 46,250 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $84,638. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  91.   On January 7, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 12,500 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $2,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  92.   On January 12, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 57,250 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.03333 to $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $8,400. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  93.   On January 14, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 1,822 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $4,737. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  94.   On January 17, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 2,188 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $6,258. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  95.   On January 31, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 138,443 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.04667 to $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $283,414. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  96.   On February 1, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 24,062 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $62,561. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  97.   On February 7, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 6,729 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $19,245. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-13


Table of Contents
  98.   On February 10, 2011, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 126,550 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $5.35 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $677,043. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  99.   On February 14, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 1,250 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $4.13 per share for an aggregate consideration of $5,163. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  100.   On February 15, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 1,250 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $4.13 per share for an aggregate consideration of $5,163. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  101.   On February 22, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 285,818 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $743,127. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  102.   On February 25, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 52,083 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $135,416. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  103.   On March 2, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 9,062 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $23,561. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  104.   On March 17, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 2,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $4.13 per share for an aggregate consideration of $8,260. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  105.   On March 25, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 10,937 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $2.60 to $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $29,817. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-14


Table of Contents
  106.   On March 31, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,500 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $1.83 to $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $14,527. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  107.   On April 8, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 5,728 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $10,482. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  108.   On April 18, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 2,187 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $6,255. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  109.   On April 19, 2011, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 547,900 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $6.28 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $3,440,812. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  110.   On April 20, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 9,000 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.11667 to $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $7,903. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  111.   On April 21, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 10,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $26,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  112.   On April 26, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 729 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $2,085. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  113.   On April 28, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 33,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $3,850. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-15


Table of Contents
  114.   On April 29, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 12,708 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $1.83 to $4.13 per share for an aggregate consideration of $32,059. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  115.   On May 2, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,500 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $19,500. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  116.   On May 6, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 40,625 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $4.13 per share for an aggregate consideration of $167,781. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  117.   On May 10, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 8,458 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $21,991. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  118.   On May 24, 2011, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 508,939 shares of our common stock to our employees, directors, and consultants having an exercise price of $6.58 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $3,348,819. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  119.   On June 1, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 6,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $1.83 per share for an aggregate consideration of $10,980. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  120.   On June 7, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 30,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.16 per share for an aggregate consideration of $4,800. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  121.   On June 10, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 15,625 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $4.13 per share for an aggregate consideration of $64,531. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-16


Table of Contents
  122.   On June 15, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 194,370 shares of common stock pursuant option exercises by the holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $.04667 to $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $14,051. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  123.   On June 20, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 8,750 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $25,025. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  124.   On June 21, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 1,458 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $4,170. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  125.   On June 24, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 60,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $0.11667 per share for an aggregate consideration of $7,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  126.   On June 29, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 97,083 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $1.83 to $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $187,532. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  127.   On July 6, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 274,993 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $786,480. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  128.   On July 14, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 2,656 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $4.13 per share for an aggregate consideration of $10,969. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  129.   On July 15, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 33,750 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $2.60 to $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $94,250. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-17


Table of Contents
  130.   On July 18, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 730 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $2,088. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  131.   On July 20, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 10,402 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.16 to $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $5,527. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  132.   On July 21, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 20,626 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.16 to $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $53,625. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  133.   On July 22, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 1,684 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price $4.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $8,184. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  134.   On July 27, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 11,458 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $32,770. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  135.   On July 28, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 7,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.60 per share for an aggregate consideration of $18,200. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  136.   On July 29, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 14,400 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.16 to $4.20 per share for an aggregate consideration of $29,824. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  137.   On August 1, 2011, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 904,008 shares of common stock to our employees and consultants, having an exercise price of $8.58 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $7,756,389. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-18


Table of Contents
  138.   On August 5, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 5,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $4.13 per share for an aggregate consideration of $20,650. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  139.   On August 12, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 1,875 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at a purchase price of $2.86 per share for an aggregate consideration of $5,363. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  140.   On August 16, 2011, we granted options under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, to purchase 166,400 shares of common stock to our employees and consultants, having an exercise price of $8.58 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,427,712. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

  141.   On August 24, 2011, we sold and issued an aggregate of 50,583 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises by the holders of stock options issued under our 2005 Stock Plan, as amended, at purchase prices ranging from $0.11667 to $4.13 per share for an aggregate consideration of $92,637. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions. Stock certificates issued in the foregoing transactions bear appropriate Securities Act legends as to the restricted nature of such securities. Each recipient of the securities in these transactions represented his or her intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in each such transaction. In each case, the recipient received adequate information about the registrant or had adequate access, through his or her relationship with the registrant, to information about the registrant.

 

II-19


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits:

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

    1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1       Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
    3.2       Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering
    3.3       Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
    3.4       Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering
    4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
    4.2       Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated February 9, 2010
    4.3       Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated February 9, 2010
    4.4       Amended and Restated Voting Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated February 9, 2010
    4.5       Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated November 2, 2010
    4.6       Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. regarding management rights, dated August 17, 2005
    4.7       Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. regarding management rights, dated September 6, 2007
    5.1    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
  10.1       Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.
  10.2       2005 Stock Plan, as amended and restated March 29, 2011
  10.3       Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2005 Stock Plan
  10.4       Form of Stock Option Agreement (Early Exercise) under 2005 Stock Plan
  10.5    Form of 2011 Equity Incentive Plan
  10.6    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under 2011 Equity Incentive Plan
  10.7    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2011 Equity Incentive Plan
  10.8    2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  10.9 †     Key Executive Bonus Plan for Fiscal Year 2011
  10.10 †     Executive Bonus Plan for Fiscal Year 2011
  10.11 †     Addendum 1: Amendment to Corporate Performance Goals
  10.12       Terms of Employment between the Registrant and Brett A. Hurt, dated June 14, 2005
  10.13       Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Bryan C. Barksdale, dated July 15, 2010
  10.14       Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Heather J. Brunner, dated July 7, 2008

 

II-20


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.15       Amendment to Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Heather J. Brunner, dated June 30, 2010
  10.16       Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Stephen R. Collins, dated August 13, 2010
  10.17       Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Christopher M. Lynch, dated June 3, 2009
  10.18       Amended and Restated Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Erin C. Nelson, dated August 16, 2011
  10.19       Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Michael R. Osborne, dated June 23, 2006
  10.20       Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Mark R. Riggs, dated March 21, 2010
  10.21       Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Kenneth Saunders, dated November 8, 2008
  10.22       Separation Agreement and Release between the Registrant and Kenneth Saunders, dated June 27, 2010
  10.23       Advisory Board Offer Letter between the Registrant and Kenneth Saunders, dated June 30, 2010
  10.24       Board of Directors Offer Letter between the Registrant and Dev C. Ittycheria, dated November 5, 2009
  10.25       Office Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 3900 San Clemente, L.P., dated July 15, 2009
  10.26       First Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 3900 San Clemente, L.P., dated January 19, 2010
  10.27       Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 3900 San Clemente, L.P., dated February 8, 2010
  10.28       Third Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 3900 San Clemente, L.P., dated March 30, 2010
  10.29       Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 3900 San Clemente, L.P., dated May 11, 2011
  10.30       Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated July 18, 2007
  10.31       First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated November 30, 2008
  10.32       Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated July 20, 2009
  10.33       Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated January 22, 2010
  10.34       Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated September 27, 2010
  10.35       Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors thereto, dated February 9, 2010
  23.1       Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  23.2    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1       Power of Attorney (see page II-24 to this registration statement on Form S-1).

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.
    Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-21


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

The following schedule is filed as part of this registration statement:

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

     Beginning
Balance
     Additions      Write-offs     Ending
Balance
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, customers and other:

          

Year Ended April 30, 2009

   $   82       $   164       $   (100)      $   146   

Year Ended April 30, 2010

     146         175         (93     228   

Year Ended April 30, 2011

     228         482         (329     381   

 

(c)    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

on Financial Statement Schedule

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Bazaarvoice, Inc.:

 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated June 14, 2011 except for Notes 9 and 13, as to which date is August 25, 2011, appearing in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 for Bazaarvoice, Inc. also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Austin, Texas

June 14, 2011

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing as specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-22


Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-23


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of Texas, on August 26, 2011.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

        /s/ Brett A. Hurt

 

          Brett A. Hurt

          Founder, Chief Executive Officer and President

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Brett A. Hurt, Stephen R. Collins and Bryan C. Barksdale, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Bazaarvoice, Inc. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

Brett A. Hurt

  

Director, Founder, Chief Executive Officer and President (principal executive officer)

   August 26, 2011

/s/ Stephen R. Collins

Stephen R. Collins

  

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

   August 26, 2011

/s/ Neeraj Agrawal

Neeraj Agrawal

  

Director

   August 26, 2011

/s/ Michael S. Bennett

Michael S. Bennett

  

Director

   August 26, 2011

/s/ Dev C. Ittycheria

Dev C. Ittycheria

  

Director

   August 26, 2011

/s/ Edward B. Keller

Edward B. Keller

  

Director

   August 26, 2011

 

II-24


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Thomas J. Meredith

Thomas J. Meredith

  

Director

   August 26, 2011

/s/ Christopher A. Pacitti

Christopher A. Pacitti

  

Director

   August 26, 2011

 

II-25


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant
  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated February 9, 2010
  4.3    Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated February 9, 2010
  4.4    Amended and Restated Voting Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated February 9, 2010
  4.5    Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Voting Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated November 2, 2010
  4.6    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. regarding management rights, dated August 17, 2005
  4.7    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. regarding management rights, dated September 6, 2007
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.
10.2    2005 Stock Plan, as amended and restated March 29, 2011
10.3    Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2005 Stock Plan
10.4    Form of Stock Option Agreement (Early Exercise) under 2005 Stock Plan
10.5*    Form of 2011 Equity Incentive Plan
10.6*    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under 2011 Equity Incentive Plan
10.7*    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2011 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8*    2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.9†    Key Executive Bonus Plan for Fiscal Year 2011
10.10†    Executive Bonus Plan for Fiscal Year 2011
10.11†    Addendum 1: Amendment to Corporate Performance Goals
10.12    Terms of Employment between the Registrant and Brett A. Hurt, dated June 14, 2005
10.13    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Bryan C. Barksdale, dated July 15, 2010
10.14    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Heather J. Brunner, dated July 7, 2008
10.15    Amendment to Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Heather J. Brunner, dated June 30, 2010
10.16    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Stephen R. Collins, dated August 13, 2010
10.17    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Christopher M. Lynch, dated June 3, 2009


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

10.18    Amended and Restated Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Erin C. Nelson, dated August 16, 2011
10.19    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Michael R. Osborne, dated June 23, 2006
10.20    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Mark R. Riggs, dated March 21, 2010
10.21    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and Kenneth Saunders, dated November 8, 2008
10.22    Separation Agreement and Release between the Registrant and Kenneth Saunders, dated June 27, 2010
10.23    Advisory Board Offer Letter between the Registrant and Kenneth Saunders, dated June 30, 2010
10.24    Board of Directors Offer Letter between the Registrant and Dev C. Ittycheria, dated November 5, 2009
10.25    Office Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 3900 San Clemente, L.P., dated July 15, 2009
10.26    First Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 3900 San Clemente, L.P., dated January 19, 2010
10.27    Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 3900 San Clemente, L.P., dated February 8, 2010
10.28    Third Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 3900 San Clemente, L.P., dated March 30, 2010
10.29    Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Registrant and 3900 San Clemente, L.P., dated May 11, 2011
10.30    Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated July 18, 2007
10.31    First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated November 30, 2008
10.32    Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated July 20, 2009
10.33    Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated January 22, 2010
10.34    Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated September 27, 2010
10.35    Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors thereto, dated February 9, 2010
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-24 to this registration statement on Form S-1).

 

  *   To be filed by amendment.
    Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

S EVENTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION

 

 

Bazaarvoice, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the Corporation is Bazaarvoice, Inc. The Corporation filed its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 25, 2005.

B. This Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) was duly adopted by the Corporation’s directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).

C. This Restated Certificate restates, integrates and amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, as heretofore amended.

D. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this Corporation is Bazaarvoice, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is the Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE IV

This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of capital stock that this Corporation shall have authority to issue is 98,397,031. The total number of shares of Common Stock this Corporation shall have authority to issue is 70,500,000 with a par value of $0.0001 per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock this Corporation shall have authority to issue is 27,897,031 with a par value of $0.0001 per share, 17,511,618 of which shall be designated Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), 2,566,938 of which shall be designated Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), 4,013,619 of which shall be designated Series C


Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”), 3,078,464 of which shall be designated Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”) and 726,392 of which shall be designated Series E Preferred Stock (“ Series E Preferred Stock ” and, together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”).

The relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions granted to or imposed on the respective classes and series of the shares of capital stock or the holders thereof are as follows:

4.1 Dividends . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends on a pari passu basis when, as and if declared by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (“ Common Stock Equivalents ”)) on the Corporation’s Common Stock. Upon conversion of any share of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection (A) or (B) of Section 4.3, all dividends declared but unpaid on such share shall be paid in cash or, upon the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, shares of Common Stock at the then fair market value as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors. No dividends shall be declared or paid, and no distribution shall be made, on any shares of Common Stock unless all dividends declared but unpaid on any series of Preferred Stock have been paid or set apart for payment. After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends described in the first sentence of this Section 4.1, any additional dividends (payable other than in Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents) declared or paid in any year shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate.

4.2 Liquidation Preference .

(A) Preferred Stock Preference . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis and prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the Corporation’s assets or surplus funds to the holders of the Corporation’s Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, (i) an amount for each share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to $0.22717 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event with respect to such share occurring after the date on which this Restated Certificate is filed (the “ Filing Date ”)) (the “ Series A Original Issue Price ”) plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share, (ii) an amount for each share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to $0.58437 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event with respect to such share occurring after the Filing Date) (the “ Series B Original Issue Price ”) plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share, (iii) an amount for each share of Series C Preferred Stock equal to $1.82818 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or similar event with respect to such share occurring after the Filing Date) (the

 

-2-


Series C Original Issue Price ”) plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share, (iv) an amount for each share of Series D Preferred Stock equal to $2.60 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or similar event with respect to such share occurring after the Filing Date) (the “ Series D Original Issue Price ”) plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share and (v) an amount for each share of Series E Preferred Stock equal to $4.13 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or similar event with respect to such share occurring after the Filing Date) (the “ Series E Original Issue Price ”) plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share. If, upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets and funds distributed are insufficient to permit the payment to each holder of Preferred Stock of the full aforesaid preferential amount, the entire assets and funds legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.

(B) Remaining Assets . Upon the completion of the distribution required by subsection (A) of this Section 4.2, all of the Corporation’s remaining assets or funds available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

(C) (1) For the purposes of this Section 4.2, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to include (X) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Corporation are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary, but excluding any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the Corporation’s jurisdiction of incorporation), unless the Corporation’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity exclusively by virtue of shares received in such transaction or series of related transactions with respect to shares of the Corporation’s capital stock or (Y) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or the exclusive licensing of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation in a single transaction or series of related transactions. The treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (X) or (Y) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis); provided, however , that with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions in which (i) the holders of Series A Preferred Stock would receive in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock held by them as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions an amount per share of Series A Preferred Stock that is less than Series A Original Issue Price, then the separate written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series) shall be required in connection with such waiver, (ii) the holders of Series B Preferred Stock would receive in respect of the Series B Preferred Stock held by them as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions an amount per share of Series B Preferred Stock that is less than Series B Original Issue Price, then the separate written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock (voting as a

 

-3-


separate series) shall be required in connection with such waiver, (iii) the holders of Series C Preferred Stock would receive in respect of the Series C Preferred Stock held by them as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions an amount per share of Series C Preferred Stock that is less than Series C Original Issue Price, then the separate written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series) shall be required in connection with such waiver, (iv) the holders of Series D Preferred Stock would receive in respect of the Series D Preferred Stock held by them as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions an amount per share of Series D Preferred Stock that is less than Series D Original Issue Price, then the separate written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series) shall be required in connection with such waiver and (v) the holders of Series E Preferred Stock would receive in respect of the Series E Preferred Stock held by them as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions an amount per share of Series E Preferred Stock that is less than Series E Original Issue Price, then the separate written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series) shall be required in connection with such waiver.

(2) If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors; provided, however , any publicly traded securities that are not subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be valued as follows:

(a) if the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market (or a similar national quotation system), then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be to the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the distribution; and

(b) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the distribution.

(3) In the event the requirements of this subsection (C) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either:

(a) cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 4.2 have been complied with, or

(b) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the holders of Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in subsection (C)(4).

(4) The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of a transaction described in subsection (C)(1) not later than twenty (20) days prior to

 

-4-


the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 4.2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however , that each of the periods in this subsection (C)(4) may be shortened or eliminated upon the written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class.

4.3 Conversion . The holders of Preferred Stock have conversion rights as follows:

(A) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share and on or prior to the business day prior to the Redemption Date, if any, as may have been fixed in any Redemption Notice with respect to such share of Preferred Stock, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of the conversion (the “ Series A Conversion Rate ”), (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion (the “ Series B Conversion Rate ”), (iii) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock by dividing the Series C Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of the conversion (the “ Series C Conversion Rate ”), (iv) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock by dividing the Series D Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of the conversion (the “ Series D Conversion Rate ”) and (v) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock by dividing the Series E Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of the conversion (the “ Series E Conversion Rate ”). The term “ Conversion Rate ” as used herein, shall refer to the respective conversion rate for each series of Preferred Stock. The term “ Conversion Price ” as used herein, shall refer to the respective conversion price for each series of Preferred Stock. The initial “ Series A Conversion Price ” per share for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be $0. 22717, the initial “ Series B Conversion Price ” per share for the Series B Preferred Stock shall be $0.58437, the initial “ Series C Conversion Price ” per share for the Series C Preferred Stock shall be $1.82818, the initial “ Series D Conversion Price ” per share for the Series D Preferred Stock shall be $2.60 and the initial “ Series E Conversion Price ” per share for the Series E Preferred Stock shall be $4.13. Such initial Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in subsection (D) of this Section 4.3.

(B) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock into which it is then convertible upon the earliest of (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act

 

-5-


of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public in which the public offering price (prior to underwriter’s discounts or commissions and offering expenses) exceeds $5.20 per share of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event with respect to the Common Stock occurring after the Filing Date) and the aggregate gross proceeds raised exceeds $20,000,000 (a “ Qualified IPO ”), (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding (each voting as a separate series) or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such request and (iii) immediately prior to the closing of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including a deemed a liquidation under Section 4.2(C)) if the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) so specify in writing; provided, however , that with respect to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up referred to in (iii) above in which (A) the holders of Series A Preferred Stock would receive in respect of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by them as a result of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation an amount per share less than Series A Original Issue Price, then the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not so automatically convert without the separate written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series), (B) the holders of Series B Preferred Stock would receive in respect of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by them as a result of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation an amount per share less than Series B Original Issue Price, then the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock shall not so automatically convert without the separate written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series), (C) the holders of Series C Preferred Stock would receive in respect of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by them as a result of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation an amount per share less than Series C Original Issue Price, then the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock shall not so automatically convert without the separate written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series), (D) the holders of Series D Preferred Stock would receive in respect of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by them as a result of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation an amount per share less than Series D Original Issue Price, then the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock shall not so automatically convert without the separate written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series) and (E) the holders of Series E Preferred Stock would receive in respect of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock held by them as a result of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation an amount per share less than Series E Original Issue Price, then the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock shall not so automatically convert without the separate written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series) (each of the events referred to in (i), (ii) and (iii) are referred to herein as an “ Automatic Conversion Event ”).

(C) Mechanics of Conversion .

(1) Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates

 

-6-


therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided , however , that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed on such date to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, whether or not (i) the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent, (ii) notice from the Corporation shall have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or (iii) the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder; provided further , however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, (a) a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid, (b) a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock and (c) a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts or a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock issuable with respect to declared and unpaid dividends on the converted Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.1.

(2) If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, a transaction described in Section 4.2(C)(1), merger, sale, financing, or liquidation of the Corporation or other event, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such transaction or upon the occurrence of such event, in which case the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or the occurrence of such event.

(D) Adjustment of Conversion Price . The Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(1) (a) If the Corporation shall issue, after the date of filing of this Restated Certificate, any Additional Stock (as defined in subsection (D)(2)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock in effect

 

-7-


immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance of Additional Stock shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this subsection (D)) be adjusted to a price equal to (calculated to the nearest cent) the product obtained by multiplying the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issuance of Additional Stock by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the sum of (x) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to subsection (D)(1)(e)(i) or (ii) of this Section 4.3) immediately prior to such issuance of Additional Stock plus (y) the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by this Corporation for such issuance of Additional Stock would purchase at the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issuance of Additional Stock, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of (x) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to subsection (D)(1)(e)(i) or (ii) of this Section 4.3) immediately prior to such issuance of Additional Stock plus (y) the number of shares of Additional Stock issued.

(b) No adjustment in the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock need be made if such adjustment would result in a change in the Conversion Price of less than $0.01. Any adjustment of less than $0.01 that is not made shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with any subsequent adjustment that, on a cumulative basis, amounts to an adjustment of $0.01 or more in the Conversion Price. Except to the limited extent provided for in subsections (D)(1)(e)(iii) or (iv), no adjustment of the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this subsection (D)(1) shall have the effect of increasing any such Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(c) In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(d) In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(e) In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the date of filing of this Restated Certificate) of (i) options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, (ii) securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or (iii) options to purchase or rights to subscribe for securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of subsections (D)(1) and (2):

(i) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall

 

-8-


be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subsections (D)(1)(c) and (D)(1)(d)), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

(ii) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subsections (D)(1)(c) and (D)(1)(d)).

(iii) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to this Corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

(iv) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

(v) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to subsections (D)(1)(e)(i) and (ii) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either subsection (D)(1)(e)(iii) or (iv).

 

-9-


(2) “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection (D)(1)(e) of this Section 4.3) by this Corporation after the date of filing of this Restated Certificate other than:

(a) shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents issued pursuant to an event or transaction described in subsection (D)(3) of this Section 4.3;

(b) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(c) shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection (D)(1)(e) of this Section 4.3) to the Corporation’s employees, officers, directors, consultants, advisors or service providers pursuant to the Corporation’s 2005 Stock Plan or any plan, agreement or similar arrangement approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors with all of the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring;

(d) shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection (D)(1)(e) of this Section 4.3) to banks or equipment lessors, provided such issuance is approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors with all of the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring;

(e) shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection (D)(1)(e) of this Section 4.3) in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships, provided such issuance is approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors with all of the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring;

(f) shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection (D)(1)(e) of this Section 4.3) in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Corporation (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise), provided such acquisition is approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors with all of the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring;

(g) shares of Common Stock issued in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors with all of the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring;

(h) shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection (D)(1)(e) of this Section 4.3) for any charitable purpose, provided such issuance is approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors with all of the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring; or

(i) up to 20,000 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, recapitalizations and the like) originally issued to Michael Wyszkowski at a price per share of $2.60 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated or about the date of this Restated Certificate.

 

-10-


(3) Subdivision, etc . In the event this Corporation should at any time or from time to time after the date of filing of this Restated Certificate, fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents.

(4) Combination . If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the date of filing of this Restated Certificate is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, on the effective date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Common Stock.

(E) Other Distributions . In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in subsection (D)(3) of this Section 4.3, then, in each such case for the purpose of this subsection (E), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their respective shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(F) Recapitalizations . If, at any time or from time to time after the date of filing of this Restated Certificate, there shall be a recapitalization of the Corporation’s Common Stock (other than (x) a subdivision or combination provided for in subsections (D)(3) or (D)(4) of this Section 4.3 or (y) a deemed liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to in Section 4.2(C)) provision shall be made so that the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock would have been entitled on

 

-11-


such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4.3 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4.3 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as prior to that event as may be practicable.

(G) No Impairment . The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under the Restated Certificate. The Corporation will at all times and in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4.3 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock set forth in this Section 4.3 against impairment. This provision shall not restrict the Corporation’s right to amend its Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite stockholder consent.

(H) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustment .

(1) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share of Preferred Stock and, in lieu of any fractional shares to which any holder of Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of conversion as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.

(2) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Rate, Series B Conversion Rate, Series C Conversion Rate, Series D Conversion Rate or Series E Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 4.3, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) all such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Rate at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock.

 

-12-


(I) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock at least twenty (20) days prior to such record date, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(J) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, engaging its best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval for any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate.

4.4 Redemption .

(A) Right to Redemption . In accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.4(B), if requested in writing by the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class (the “ Redemption Request ”), at any time after the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first issues shares of its Series D Preferred Stock (a “ Redemption Request ”), the Corporation shall redeem all, but not less than all, of the Preferred Stock then outstanding in three (3) equal annual installments (each installment or payment date, a “ Redemption Date ”). The Corporation shall, on each Redemption Date, redeem up to the maximum amount the Corporation may lawfully redeem out of funds legally available therefor. The “ Redemption Price ” shall mean (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price, plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share, (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share, (iii) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the Series C Original Issue Price, plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share, (iv) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the Series D Original Issue Price, plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share and (v) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the Series E Original Issue Price, plus an additional amount equal to any dividends declared but unpaid on each such share.

(B) Redemption Procedure . Subject to subsection (A) of this Section 4.4, within fifteen (15) days of the receipt by the Corporation of the Redemption Request, the Corporation shall mail, first class postage prepaid, written notice (the “ Notice of Redemption ”) to each holder of

 

-13-


record (at the close of business on the business day preceding the day on which notice is given) of Preferred Stock, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, for the purpose of notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected. The Notice of Redemption shall specify the Redemption Date which shall be between fifteen (15) and thirty (30) days after the mailing of the Notice of Redemption on which the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be redeemed and the place at which payment shall be made, which shall be the principal offices of the Corporation or such other place as shall be mutually agreeable to the Corporation and holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class. The Notice of Redemption shall call upon each holder of Preferred Stock to either (i) surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, such holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed or (ii) convert such Preferred Stock into Common Stock prior to the Redemption Date in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 above. Subject to Section 4.4(C), on the Redemption Date, the Corporation shall pay the Redemption Price in cash or by check to the order of the person whose name appears on the certificate or certificates of the Preferred Stock that (i) shall not have been converted pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (ii) shall have been surrendered to the Corporation in the manner and at the place designated in the Notice of Redemption and thereupon each surrendered certificate shall be canceled.

(C) Effect of Redemption . From and after each Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on a Redemption Date (except the right to receive their respective Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption on any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares requested to be redeemed on such date, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed based upon their holdings of Preferred Stock. The shares not redeemed shall remain outstanding and be entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares not redeemed, such funds will immediately be set aside for the redemption of the balance of the shares which the Corporation has become obligated to redeem on any Redemption Date but which it has not redeemed.

(D) Redemption Funding . On or prior to each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall deposit the Redemption Price of all shares of Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice, and not yet redeemed or converted, with a bank or trust company having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000 as a trust fund for the benefit of the respective holders of the shares designated for redemption and not yet redeemed. Simultaneously, the Corporation shall deposit irrevocable instructions and authority to such bank or trust company to pay, on and after the date fixed for redemption or prior thereto, the Redemption Price of the Preferred Stock to the holders thereof, upon receipt of notification from the Corporation that such holder has surrendered such holder’s certificates pursuant to subsection (B) above. Any money deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this subsection (D) for the redemption of shares which are thereafter converted into shares of Common Stock no later than the close of business on the last business day prior to the Redemption Date shall be returned to the Corporation forthwith upon such

 

-14-


conversion. The balance of any money deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this subsection (D) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of six months following the Redemption Date shall thereafter be returned to the Corporation, provided that the stockholder to which such money would be payable hereunder shall be entitled, upon proof of its ownership of the Preferred Stock, to receive such monies but without interest from the Redemption Date.

4.5 Voting .

(A) General . Each holder of each share of Preferred Stock (i) shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock could be converted at the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited, (ii) shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock (except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, voting together with the Common Stock as a single class) and (iii) shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Corporation’s Bylaws. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward). Each holder of each share of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote.

(B) Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock . The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding or reserved for issuance) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote (voting together on an as-converted basis) and without a separate class vote of the Common Stock, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

(C) Election of Directors .

(1) The holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Series A/B Director ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Series C Director ” and, together with the Series A/B Director, the “ Preferred Stockholder Directors ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The remaining members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors shall be elected at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

(2) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by Section 4.5(C)(1), vacancies and newly created

 

-15-


directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of that class or classes or series.

(3) Any director who was elected by a specified class or classes of stock or series thereof may be removed during such director’s term of office, with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of the class or classes of stock or series thereof that initially elected such director.

4.6 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .

(A) So long as at least 6,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split or combination with respect to such shares occurring after the Filing Date) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent) of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class:

(1) take any action (including amending this Restated Certificate or by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise) that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of the Preferred Stock then outstanding so as to affect such shares adversely;

(2) authorize, create or issue (whether by amending this Restated Certificate or by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise) any new class or series of equity securities having any preference or priority as to voting, dividends, or distribution of assets upon liquidation, merger or otherwise which is superior to or on a parity with any such preference or priority of the Preferred Stock;

(3) reclassify any outstanding class or series of equity securities into a class or series of equity securities which is superior to or on a parity with any preference or priority of the Preferred Stock;

(4) merge into or consolidate with any other entity (other than a wholly owned subsidiary corporation), or effect any similar transaction or series of related transactions unless the Corporation’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity exclusively by virtue of shares received in such transaction or series of transactions with respect to shares of the Corporation’s capital stock;

(5) sell all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or exclusively license all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property in a single transaction or series of related transactions;

(6) increase or decrease (other than by conversion or redemption) the number of authorized shares Preferred Stock;

 

-16-


(7) pay or declare a dividend on any shares of Common Stock (payable other than in Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents);

(8) increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s 2005 Stock Plan or adopt any new equity incentive or benefit plan (in each case, unless approved by the Board of Directors with all of the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring);

(9) increase the number of authorized directors of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (unless unanimously approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors);

(10) incur indebtedness in excess of $100,000;

(11) effect any material change to the Corporation’s business plan;

(12) amend the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (whether by amending this Restated Certificate or by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise); or

(13) dissolve, liquidate or wind up this Corporation.

(B) Reserved.

The provisions of this Section 4.6 shall not limit or restrict any rights which any holder of Preferred Stock may have under the DGCL.

4.7 Status of Redeemed or Converted Stock . In the event any shares of any series of Preferred Stock are converted pursuant to Section 4.3 or redeemed pursuant to Section 4.4, the Corporation shall never again issue the shares so converted or redeemed and all such shares so converted or redeemed shall, upon such conversion or redemption, cease to be a part of the Corporation’s authorized stock. The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized stock.

4.8 Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of Sections 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4 to be given to the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, mailed by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or sent by electronic mail directed to each holder of record at such holder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address appearing on the Corporation’s books. Any such notice shall be effective or deemed given on the date of delivery, mailing, confirmed facsimile transfer or confirmed electronic mail delivery. Any such notice may be waived by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE V

Except as may otherwise be provided in this Restated Certificate, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation’s Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws.

 

-17-


ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Corporation’s Bylaws shall so provide.

ARTICLE VII

7.1 Limitation of Director’s Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

7.2 Indemnification of Directors . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to directors.

7.3 Indemnification of Officers and Others . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, officers, employees and other agents of this Corporation and any other persons to which the DGCL permits this Corporation to provide indemnification. Any such indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be subject to approval by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

7.4 Repeal or Modification . Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE VII, by amendment of this ARTICLE VII or by operation of law, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, employee or other agent of this Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any such person with respect to any acts or omissions in their capacity as a director, officer, employee, or other agent of the Corporation occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

Subject to Section 4.6 of ARTICLE IV, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

 

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President on this 25th day of August 2011.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/    Brett A. Hurt        

 

Brett A. Hurt,

 

President

 

-19-

Exhibit 3.2

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Bazaarvoice, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the corporation is Bazaarvoice, Inc. The corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 25, 2005. The original Certificate of Incorporation has been subsequently amended at various times, most recently on February 9, 2010.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Bazaarvoice, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 160,000,000, consisting of the following:

150,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, which may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue


duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the corporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

Effective upon the effective date of the corporation’s initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”), the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in

 

-2-


directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

ARTICLE IX

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

The corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and

 

-3-


reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The corporation may be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Except as provided in Article IX above, the corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, Article IV, Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII or this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Bazaarvoice, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation on this              day of              2011.

 

By:    
  Brett A. Hurt
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

BAZAARVOICE, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

1.1

   Place of Meetings      1   

1.2

   Annual Meeting      1   

1.3

   Special Meeting      1   

1.4

   Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      2   

1.5

   Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice      2   

1.6

   Quorum      2   

1.7

   Adjourned Meeting; Notice      2   

1.8

   Conduct of Business      2   

1.9

   Voting      3   

1.10

   Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      3   

1.11

   Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents      4   

1.12

   Proxies      5   

1.13

   List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote      5   

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

     5   

2.1

   Powers      5   

2.2

   Number of Directors      5   

2.3

   Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors      6   

2.4

   Resignation and Vacancies      6   

2.5

   Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone      7   

2.6

   Conduct of Business      7   

2.7

   Regular Meetings      7   

2.8

   Special Meetings; Notice      7   

2.9

   Quorum      7   

2.10

   Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      8   

2.11

   Fees and Compensation of Directors      8   

2.12

   Approval of Loans to Officers      8   

2.13

   Removal of Directors      8   

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

     8   

3.1

   Committees of Directors      8   

3.2

   Committee Minutes      9   

3.3

   Meetings and Action of Committees      9   

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

     9   

4.1

   Officers      9   

4.2

   Appointment of Officers      10   

4.3

   Subordinate Officers      10   

4.4

   Removal and Resignation of Officers      10   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

          Page  

4.5

   Vacancies in Offices      10   

4.6

   Representation of Shares of Other Corporations      10   

4.7

   Authority and Duties of Officers      10   

ARTICLE V — RECORDS AND REPORTS

     11   

5.1

   Maintenance and Inspection of Records      11   

5.2

   Inspection by Directors      11   

ARTICLE VI — GENERAL MATTERS

     11   

6.1

   Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares      11   

6.2

   Special Designation on Certificates      12   

6.3

   Lost Certificates      12   

6.4

   Construction; Definitions      12   

6.5

   Dividends      12   

6.6

   Fiscal Year      13   

6.7

   Seal      13   

6.8

   Stock Transfer Agreements      13   

6.9

   Registered Stockholders      13   

6.10

   Waiver of Notice      13   

ARTICLE VII — NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     13   

7.1

   Notice by Electronic Transmission      13   

7.2

   Definition of Electronic Transmission      14   

7.3

   Inapplicability      14   

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

     14   

8.1

   Indemnification of Directors and Officers      14   

8.2

   Indemnification of Others      15   

8.3

   Prepayment of Expenses      15   

8.4

   Determination; Claim      15   

8.5

   Non-Exclusivity of Rights      15   

8.6

   Insurance      15   

8.7

   Other Indemnification      16   

8.8

   Amendment or Repeal      16   

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

     16   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings. Meetings of stockholders of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2 Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3 Special Meeting. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i) be in writing;

(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 1.4 and 1.5 of these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings. All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 1.5 or Section 7.1 of these bylaws not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

1.5 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given:

(i) if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the Company’s records; or

(ii) if electronically transmitted, as provided in Section 7.1 of these bylaws.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

1.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 1.7 , until a quorum is present or represented.

1.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

1.8 Conduct of Business . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice

 

-2-


President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1.9 Voting . The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, the requirement of a written ballot for the election of directors shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. All other elections and questions shall, unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, be decided by the vote of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting.

1.10 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of

 

-3-


holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.11 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consent. In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date:

(i) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting;

(ii) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board; and

(iii) in the case of determination of stockholders for any other action, shall not be more than sixty days prior to such other action.

If no record date is fixed by the Board:

(i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

(ii) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action of the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and

(iii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

-4-


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

1.12 Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.13 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal executive office. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers. Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

2.2 Number of Directors. The number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided that the Board shall consist of at least one member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

-5-


2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4 Resignation and Vacancies. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

-6-


2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone. The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6 Conduct of Business. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 Special Meetings; Notice. Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9 Quorum. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors

 

-7-


present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12 Approval of Loans to Officers. The Company may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Company or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Company or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the Board, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Company. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Company.

2.13 Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees of Directors. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or

 

-8-


disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company,

3.2 Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(ii) Section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(iii) Section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(iv) Section 2.9 (Quorum);

(v) Section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(vi) Section 6.10 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

4.1 Officers. The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial

 

-9-


Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Appointment of Officers. The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.3 and 4.5 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

4.3 Subordinate Officers. The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers. Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 Vacancies in Offices. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 4.2 .

4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

-10-


ARTICLE V — RECORDS AND REPORTS

5.1 Maintenance and Inspection of Records. The Company shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent so to act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Company at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.

5.2 Inspection by Directors. Any director shall have the right to examine the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the Company to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

ARTICLE VI — GENERAL MATTERS

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares. The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

-11-


The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 Special Designation on Certificates. If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.3 Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this Section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 Construction; Definitions. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

6.5 Dividends. The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL, or (ii) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Company, and meeting contingencies.

 

-12-


6.6 Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

6.7 Seal.  The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

6.8 Stock Transfer Agreements.  The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.9 Registered Stockholders.  The Company:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.10 Waiver of Notice.  Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VII — NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

7.1 Notice by Electronic Transmission.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

-13-


(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 Definition of Electronic Transmission. An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

7.3 Inapplicability. Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any director or officer of the Company who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the

 

-14-


Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

8.2 Indemnification of Others.  The Company shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any employee or agent of the Company who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

8.3 Prepayment of Expenses.  The Company shall pay the expenses incurred by any officer or director of the Company, and may pay the expenses incurred by any employee or agent of the Company, in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided that the payment of expenses incurred by a person in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or otherwise.

8.4 Determination; Claim.  If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within sixty days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Company the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Company shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

8.5 Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The rights conferred on any person by this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

8.6 Insurance.  The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

-15-


8.7 Other Indemnification.  The Company’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

8.8 Amendment or Repeal.  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

* * *

 

-16-


BAZAARVOICE, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 16 pages, were adopted as the bylaws of the Company on May 25, 2005 by the Board of Directors.

The undersigned has executed this certificate as of May 25, 2005

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

Brett A. Hurt,

Secretary

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

(initially adopted on May 25, 2005)

(as amended and restated on July 21, 2011 and effective upon the

completion of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2

 

OTHER OFFICES

     1   

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2

 

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3

 

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4

 

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   

2.5

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     6   

2.6

 

QUORUM

     6   

2.7

 

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     6   

2.8

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     6   

2.9

 

VOTING

     7   

2.10

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     7   

2.11

 

RECORD DATES

     7   

2.12

 

PROXIES

     8   

2.13

 

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     8   

2.14

 

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     9   

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

     9   

3.1

 

POWERS

     9   

3.2

 

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.3

 

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.4

 

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     10   

3.5

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     10   

3.6

 

REGULAR MEETINGS

     10   

3.7

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     11   

3.8

 

QUORUM; VOTING

     11   

3.9

 

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     11   

3.10

 

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.11

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     12   

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

     12   

4.1

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     12   

4.2

 

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     12   

4.3

 

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     12   

4.4

 

SUBCOMMITTEES

     13   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

     13   

5.1

 

OFFICERS

     13   

5.2

 

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.3

 

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     14   

5.4

 

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.5

 

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     14   

5.6

 

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     14   

5.7

 

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     15   

5.8

 

THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     15   

5.9

 

THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     15   

5.10

 

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     15   

5.11

 

THE PRESIDENT

     15   

5.12

 

THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

     15   

5.13

 

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

     16   

5.14

 

THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

     16   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     16   

6.1

 

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     16   

6.2

 

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     17   

6.3

 

LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

     17   

6.4

 

DIVIDENDS

     17   

6.5

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     18   

6.6

 

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     18   

6.7

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     18   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     18   

7.1

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     18   

7.2

 

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     19   

7.3

 

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     19   

7.4

 

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     20   

7.5

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     20   

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

     20   

8.1

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     20   

8.2

  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION      21   

8.3

 

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     21   

8.4

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     21   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

8.5

 

ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     21   

8.6

 

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     22   

8.7

 

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     22   

8.8

 

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     23   

8.9

 

INSURANCE

     23   

8.10

 

SURVIVAL

     23   

8.11

 

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     23   

8.12

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     23   

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

     24   

9.1

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     24   

9.2

 

FISCAL YEAR

     24   

9.3

 

SEAL

     24   

9.4

 

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     24   

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

     24   

 

-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF BAZAARVOICE, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

 

  1.1

REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Bazaarvoice, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

 

  1.2

OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

  2.1

PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

 

  2.2

ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

  2.3

SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

 

  2.4

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the

 

-2-


stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

 

-3-


(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

 

-4-


(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

(a) a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

(b) the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

-5-


  2.5

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

  2.6

QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

  2.7

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

  2.8

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in

 

-6-


the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

 

  2.9

VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  2.10

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

  2.11

RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

-7-


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

  2.12

PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

 

  2.13

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

-8-


  2.14

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots.

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

 

  3.1

POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

 

  3.2

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

  3.3

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the Directors of the corporation shall be divided into classes.

 

-9-


  3.4

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

  3.5

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

  3.6

REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

 

-10-


  3.7

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

  3.8

QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

  3.9

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without

 

-11-


a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

  3.10

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

  3.11

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

 

  4.1

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

 

  4.2

COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

  4.3

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

-12-


(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  4.4

SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

 

  5.1

OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

-13-


  5.2

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.

 

  5.3

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

 

  5.4

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

  5.5

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

 

  5.6

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

-14-


  5.7

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

 

  5.8

THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the chairperson of the board. The chairperson of the board shall preside at meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors.

 

  5.9

THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The vice chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the vice chairperson of the board. In the case of absence or disability of the chairperson of the board, the vice chairperson of the board shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board.

 

  5.10

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

The chief executive officer shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, ultimate authority for decisions relating to the supervision, direction and management of the affairs and the business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of chief executive officer, including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the corporation. If at any time the office of the chairperson and vice chairperson of the board shall not be filled, or in the event of the temporary absence or disability of the chairperson of the board and the vice chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

 

  5.11

THE PRESIDENT

The president shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction and management of the affairs and business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of president. The president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board or the chief executive officer. In the event of the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

 

  5.12

THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

Each vice president and assistant vice president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

 

-15-


  5.13

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

(i) The secretary shall attend meetings of the board of directors and meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and minutes of all such proceedings in a book or books kept for such purpose. The secretary shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of secretary or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the secretary, the assistant secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary.

 

  5.14

THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

(i) The chief financial officer shall be the treasurer of the corporation. The chief financial officer shall have custody of the corporation’s funds and securities, shall be responsible for maintaining the corporation’s accounting records and statements, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation, and shall deposit or cause to be deposited moneys or other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. The chief financial officer shall also maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions of the corporation and shall assure that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made. The chief financial officer shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of chief financial officer, or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the chief financial officer. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the chief financial officer, the assistant treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer.

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

 

  6.1

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be

 

-16-


such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

  6.2

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

  6.3

LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

  6.4

DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may

 

-17-


be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

  6.5

TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

 

  6.6

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

  6.7

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

 

  7.1

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

-18-


  7.2

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

  7.3

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any

 

-19-


stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

  7.4

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

  7.5

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

 

  8.1

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation or an officer of the corporation, or while a director of the corporation or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation,

 

-20-


and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  8.2

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or while a director or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

  8.3

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

  8.4

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified to such person or persons as the board of determines.

 

  8.5

ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

 

-21-


  8.6

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforcebable.

 

  8.7

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

-22-


  8.8

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

  8.9

INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

  8.10

SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

  8.11

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

  8.12

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of

 

-23-


an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

 

  9.1

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

  9.2

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

 

  9.3

SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

  9.4

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however , that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.11 of Article III, Article VIII and this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other Bylaw). The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however , that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-24-


BAZAARVOICE, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 24 pages (excluding the table of contents), were amended and restated on July 21, 2011 by the corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this _____ day of __, 2011.

   

Bryan Barksdale, Secretary

Exhibit 4.2

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

February 9, 2010


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

1.

 

Registration Rights

     1   
 

1.1

  

Definitions

     1   
 

1.2

  

Request for Registration

     3   
 

1.3

  

Company Registration

     5   
 

1.4

  

Obligations of the Company

     5   
 

1.5

  

Furnish Information

     7   
 

1.6

  

Expenses of Demand Registration

     7   
 

1.7

  

Expenses of Company Registration

     7   
 

1.8

  

Underwriting Requirements

     8   
 

1.9

  

Delay of Registration

     9   
 

1.10

  

Indemnification

     9   
 

1.11

  

Reports Under Securities Exchange Act

     11   
 

1.12

  

Form S-3 Registration

     12   
 

1.13

  

Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights

     14   
 

1.14

  

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

     14   
 

1.15

  

“Market Stand-Off” Agreement

     14   
 

1.16

  

Termination of Registration Rights

     15   

2.

 

Covenants of the Company to the Investors

     15   
 

2.1

  

Information Rights

     15   
 

2.2

  

Visitation and Inspection

     16   
 

2.3

  

Right of First Offer

     16   
 

2.4

  

Spin-Out Preemptive Rights

     18   
 

2.5

  

Other Covenants

     19   
 

2.6

  

Confidentiality, Assignment and Termination of Covenants

     21   

3.

 

Legend

     22   

4.

 

Miscellaneous

     22   
 

4.1

  

Governing Law

     22   
 

4.2

  

Waivers and Amendments

     22   
 

4.3

  

Successors and Assigns

     23   
 

4.4

  

Entire Agreement

     23   
 

4.5

  

Notices

     23   
 

4.6

  

Severability

     24   
 

4.7

  

Aggregation of Stock

     24   
 

4.8

  

Counterparts

     24   
 

4.9

  

Telecopy Execution and Delivery

     24   
 

4.10

  

Joint Product

     24   
 

4.11

  

Prior Agreement

     24   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Schedules :

 

A   

-

  

Schedule of Investors

B   

-

  

Schedule of Founders

 

-ii-


BAZAARVOICE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 9, 2010 by and among Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the individuals and entities listed on Schedule A hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”) and the individuals listed on Schedule B hereto (each, a “ Founder ” and collectively, the “ Founders ”).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Series E Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Company, the Founders and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Prior Parties ”) have previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 30, 2008 (as amended, the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 4.2 thereof, the Prior Agreement may be amended by the written consent of the Company and the Majority Investors (as defined therein); and

WHEREAS , in order to induce certain of the Investors to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series E Agreement, the Prior Parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to amend, restate and supersede the Prior Agreement and hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the registration rights of the Investors and Founders and certain other matters as set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises, covenants, and conditions set forth herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Registration Rights.

1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

(b) “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

(c) “ Conversion Stock ” means the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares.


(d) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(e) “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the Commission that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the Commission.

(f) “ Holder ” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.13 ; provided, however , a Founder shall not be considered a Holder for the purposes of Sections 1.2, 1.6, 1.11, 1.12, and 1.14.

(g) “ Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

(h) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(i) “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Conversion Stock, (ii) the Common Stock issued to the Founders; provided, however , that such shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities for the purposes of Sections 1.2, 1.6, 1.11, 1.12 or 1.14; (iii) the Common Stock issued to Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. (“ Battery ”) pursuant to certain Stock Transfer Agreements dated as of September 6, 2007; provided, however , that such shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities for purposes of Sections 1.2, 1.6, 1.11, 1.12 or 1.14; (iv) the Common Stock issued to Eastern Advisors pursuant to certain Stock Transfer Agreements dated as of May 30, 2008; provided, however , that such shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities for purposes of Sections 1.2, 1.6, 1.11, 1.12 or 1.14; and (v) any of the Company’s Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the Registrable Securities referenced in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above; provided, however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Section 1 are not assigned.

(j) “ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(k) “ Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(l) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


(m) “ Series A Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001.

(n) “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001.

(o) “ Series C Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001.

(p) “ Series D Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001.

(q) “ Series E Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001.

(r) “ Shares ” means the shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock.

1.2 Request for Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 1.2, if the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) five (5) years from the date of this Agreement or (ii) the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating solely to employee benefit or similar plans or a registration statement relating to a Rule 145 transaction), a written request from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company effect a registration under the Securities Act with respect to at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, then the Company shall (i) give written notice of such request to all Holders within ten (10) calendar days of the date such request is given and (ii) use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable (and in any event within sixty (60) calendar days of the date such request is given) the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered within twenty (20) calendar days of the date the Company’s notice referred to in this subsection 1.2(a) is given.

(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (the “ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to subsection 1.2(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.4(f)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be


underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders electing to include shares in the underwriting, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities requested by each such Holder to be included in such underwriting; provided, however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities (including those to be sold for the Company’s account) are first entirely excluded from the underwriting; provided further, however , that the Registrable Securities that constitute Conversion Stock shall not be reduced unless all Registrable Securities that do not constitute Conversion Stock are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the Company’s President stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, such registration would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders and that it is, therefore, essential to defer taking action with respect to such registration, the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the date the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registration has been declared or ordered effective, provided that a registration shall not count as one of the registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 unless the holders of Registrable Securities are able to sell a majority of the shares of Registrable Securities included in such registration;

(ii) if the Holders propose to sell Registrable Securities at an aggregate price to the public (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of less than $5,000,000;

(iii) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) calendar days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to a public offering of securities for the Company’s account, provided that the Company is actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to be effective;

(iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.12; or

(v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in


effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

1.3 Company Registration . If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register any of its stock or other securities either for its own account or the account of a stockholder or stockholders exercising their respective demand registration rights (other than (i) a registration pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.12, (ii) a registration relating solely to employee benefit or similar plans, (iii) a registration relating to a Rule 145 transaction or (iv) a registration on any form which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) calendar days of the date such notice is given, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, include in the registration all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

1.4 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to ninety (90) calendar days or any less period of time in the event the distribution described in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however , that in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such ninety (90) day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until such Registrable Securities are sold if Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Securities Act, permits an offering on a continuous basis;

(b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) Before filing any such registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus, the Company shall furnish to counsel selected by the holders of a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review of such counsel;

(d) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;


(e) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(f) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering (each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement);

(g) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing and, following such notification, promptly prepare and furnish to such Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(h) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange or nationally recognized quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(i) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(j) In the event of any underwritten public offering, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriters participating in the offering and their counsel in any due diligence investigation reasonably requested by the selling Holders or the underwriters in connection therewith, and participate, to the extent reasonably requested by the managing underwriter for the offering or the selling Holders, in efforts to sell the Registrable Securities under the offering (including, without limitation, participation in “roadshow” meetings with prospective investors);

(k) In the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Registrable Securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(l) Make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable but not more than eighteen (18) months later than the effective date of the


Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first month after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act; and

(m) Otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC.

1.5 Furnish Information.

(a) It shall be a condition precedent to the Company’s obligations to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder, the Registrable Securities held by such Holder, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required by the Company or the managing underwriters, if any, to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.12 if, due to the operation of subsection 1.5(a), the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 1.2(a) or Section 1.12(d)(ii), whichever is applicable.

1.6 Expenses of Demand Registration . All expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printer’s fees, accounting fees and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (designated by the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included therein) shall be borne by the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2; provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2.

1.7 Expenses of Company Registration . The Company shall bear and pay all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities with respect to the registrations pursuant to Section 1.3 for each Holder, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printer’s fees, accounting fees and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and


disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (designated by the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included therein), but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions relating to Registrable Securities.

1.8 Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine, in their sole discretion, will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.4(f)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting, provided that no Holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters other than representations and warranties regarding such Holder and such Holder’s intended method of distribution. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities requested by stockholders to be included in such offering, exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities requested to be included therein by each such selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders), but in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced unless the securities of all other selling stockholders are excluded from the offering, (ii) the amount of securities of the selling Holders who are Investors included in the offering be reduced unless the securities of all the selling Holders who are Founders are excluded from the offering, (iii) the amount of securities held by selling Holders who are Investors that constitute Conversion Stock included in the offering be reduced unless the securities held by selling Holders who are Investors that do not constitute Conversion Stock are excluded from the offering or (iv) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time), in which case such Holders may be excluded entirely if the underwriters make the determination described above and if the securities of all other selling stockholders are excluded entirely. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a Holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners (or retired partners), members (or retired members) and stockholders of such selling stockholder, or the estates and family members of any such partners (retired partners), members (or retired members) or stockholders and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling stockholder” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder” as defined in this sentence.


1.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.10 Indemnification.

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification, or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 1, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages, and liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular, or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company or relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification, or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter, and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided further that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section (a)1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification, or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors, and partners, and each person controlling such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material


fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse, as incurred, the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided further that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.10 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). An Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnifying Party, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party, if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflict of interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 1.10, except to the extent such failure is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have increased the liability of such Indemnifying Party. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified


Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. In no event shall any Holder be required to contribute an amount in excess of the gross proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions of the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise. The obligations under this Section 1.10 shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party and will survive the transfer of securities and the termination of this Agreement (unless expressly agreed otherwise in the document terminating this Agreement).

1.11 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission, including Rule 144, that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) calendar days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be


reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the Commission that permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12 Form S-3 Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 1.12, if the Company shall receive from the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder(s), then the Company shall (a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders and (b) use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of the Registrable Securities specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) calendar days of the date the Company’s notice referred to in clause (a) of this sentence is given.

(b) If the Holders requesting registration pursuant to this Section 1.12 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.12 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in clause (a) of Section 1.12(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 1.4(f)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.12, if the underwriter advises the Holders requesting registration in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Holders requesting registration shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Holders requesting registration, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities requested by each such Holder to be included in such underwriting. In no event shall (i) the amount of Registrable Securities of the Holders included in the offering be reduced unless the securities of all other selling stockholders are excluded from the offering and (ii) the amount of Registrable Securities of the Holders included in the offering that constitutes Conversion Stock be reduced unless the Registrable Securities of the Holders included in the offering that do not constitute Conversion Stock are excluded from the offering.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Holder(s) requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 1.12, a certificate signed by the Company’s President stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, such registration would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders


and that it is, therefore, essential to defer taking action with respect to such registration, the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the date the request of the Holder(s) requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 1.12 is given; provided, however , that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.12:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of less than $1,000,000;

(iii) if the Company has, within the six (6) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected one (1) registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.12;

(iv) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.12 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective, provided that a registration shall not count as one of the registrations pursuant to this Section 1.12 unless holders of Registrable Securities are able to sell at least a majority of the shares of Registrable Securities included in such registration;

(v) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) calendar days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to a public offering of securities for the Company’s account; provided that the Company is actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to be effective; or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

(e) All expenses incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to this Section 1.12 (other than underwriting discounts and commissions), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, qualification, printer’s fees, accounting fees and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (designated by the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included therein), shall be borne by the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 1.12 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case


all participating Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to this Section 1.12; provided further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to this Section 1.12. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.12 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

1.13 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be transferred or assigned, but only with all related obligations, by a Holder to a transferee or assignee who acquires at least 300,000 shares (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations) of Registrable Securities from such transferring Holder; provided that (i) prior to such transfer or assignment, the Company is furnished with written notice stating the name and address of such transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned, (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 1.15 and (iii) such transfer or assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer or assignment the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act.

1.14 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any registration upon terms that are more favorable to such holder or prospective holder than the terms on which the Holders may include shares in such registration.

1.15 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering or any secondary public offering (but only if such Holder is participating in such secondary offering) and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) calendar days, provided that such period may be extended as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or (ii) enter into any swap or other


arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing covenants shall apply only to the Company’s initial public offering and any secondary public offering (but only if such Holder is participating in such secondary offering) of equity securities, shall not apply to the sale of any shares by a Holder to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement and shall only be applicable to the Holders if, in the case of an initial public offering, all the Company’s executive officers, directors and greater than one percent (1%) stockholders are subject to similar agreements or, in the case of a secondary offering, all of the Company’s executive officers and directors enter into similar agreements. Each Holder agrees to execute an agreement(s) reflecting (i) and (ii) above as may be requested by the managing underwriters at the time of the initial public offering and any secondary public offering (but only if such Holder is participating in such secondary offering) and further agrees that the Company may impose stop transfer instructions with its transfer agent in order to enforce the covenants in (i) and (ii) above. The foregoing covenants shall not apply to (i) the sale of Registrable Securities included in such offering, (ii) transfers by a Holder to its partners and affiliates (including, in the case of a venture capital fund, other venture capital funds affiliated with such fund), provided such transferees agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, or (iii) shares purchased in the open market by such Holder following completion of the offering. If the restrictions imposed on any Holder under this Section 1.15 or the restrictions imposed by such similar agreements upon any officer or director of the Company or other person who holds at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding Common Stock are waived in whole or in part, then the restrictions imposed by this Section 1.15 automatically shall be waived on a pro rata basis ( e.g. , if fifty percent (50%) of the shares held by an officer are released from a similar agreement, then fifty percent (50%) of the shares held by each Holder subject to this Section 1.15 shall be automatically released).

1.16 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) five (5) years following the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act in connection with the initial firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public or (ii) as to any Holder, such time, at which all Registrable Securities held by such Holder can be sold immediately without registration in compliance with Rule 144(k) of the Securities Act.

2. Covenants of the Company to the Investors.

2.1 Information Rights . The Company shall deliver to each Investor who holds (and continues to hold) at least 600,000 shares of Conversion Stock and/or Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations) (each, a “ Major Investor ”):

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated


statements of income and consolidated statements of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), all in reasonable detail and audited by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such quarter, and consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, all in reasonable detail;

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each month, (i) consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such month, and consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such month prepared in accordance with GAAP, all in reasonable detail, and (ii) an executive summary of the Company’s operations during such preceding month; and

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) calendar days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets and income statements for such months, which budget shall have been approved by the Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time) concurring.

2.2 Visitation and Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Investor; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall not be in limitation of any rights which any Major Investor may have with respect to the books and records of the Company and its subsidiaries, or to inspect their properties or discuss their affairs, finances and accounts, under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2.3 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants to each Investor (each, an “ Offeree ”), a right of first offer to subscribe for and purchase such Offeree’s Pro Rata Share (as hereinafter defined for the purpose of this Section 2.3), in whole or in part, of future issuances by the Company of Future Shares (as hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding Section 2.6(b), each Offeree shall be entitled to assign or apportion the right of first offer among its partners and affiliates (including, in the case of a venture capital fund, other venture capital funds affiliated with such fund) in such proportions as it deems appropriate. For purposes of this Section 2.3, an Offeree’s “ Pro Rata Share ” of Future Shares shall be a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held, by such Offeree immediately prior to the issuance of Future Shares and the denominator of which is the total


number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities, including Preferred Stock) immediately prior to the issuance of Future Shares. Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Future Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Future Shares to each Offeree in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice (“ Notice ”) to each Offeree stating (i) the Company’s bona fide intention to offer such Future Shares, (ii) the number of such Future Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and a summary of the terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Future Shares.

(b) Each Offeree may elect to subscribe for and purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, (i) up to such Offeree’s Pro Rata Share of the Future Shares and (ii) such additional number of the Future Shares as such Offeree indicates it is willing to purchase should the other Offerees subscribe for less than their respective Pro Rata Shares (for each Offeree, the “ Additional Portion ”) by notifying the Company in writing within fifteen (15) business days from the date the Notice is given by the Company.

(c) If the aggregate number of Future Shares subscribed for pursuant to subsection (b) above is less than the aggregate Pro Rata Share for which all Offerees are entitled to subscribe, then each Offeree who has subscribed for an Additional Portion pursuant to subsection (b) above shall be entitled to purchase, in addition to such Offeree’s Pro Rata Share, the Additional Portion subscribed for by such Offeree; provided, however , that if the Additional Portions subscribed for by all Offerees exceed the difference obtained by subtracting (x) the aggregate Pro Rata Share for which all Offerees are entitled to subscribe from (y) the number of Future Shares (excluding any Additional Portion) subscribed for by all Offerees (the “ Available Additional Portion ”), then each Offeree who has subscribed for an Additional Portion shall be entitled to purchase only that portion of the Available Additional Portion as such Offeree’s Pro Rata Share bears to the aggregate Pro Rata Share for all Offerees who subscribed for an Additional Portion, subject to rounding by the Company’s Board of Directors to the extent it reasonably deems necessary and equitable. To the extent that Future Shares are not purchased by the Offerees as provided in subsection (b) above and this subsection (c), the Company may, during the ninety (90) calendar days following the expiration of the period provided in subsection (b) above, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Future Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than and upon terms no more favorable than those specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into and consummate an agreement for the sale of the Future Shares within such period, the right provided in this Section 2.3 shall be deemed to be revived and such Future Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Offerees in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable to (i) the Shares; (ii) the Conversion Stock; (iii) securities issued as a dividend or distribution on the Shares; (iv) securities issued in connection with any stock split of or stock dividend on the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock; (v) securities issued to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, consultants, advisors or service providers pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan or any other plan, agreement or similar arrangement approved by the Company’s


Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring; (vi) securities issued to banks or equipment lessors, provided such issuance is approved by the Company’s Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring; (vii) securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships, provided such issuance is approved by the Company’s Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring; (viii) securities issued in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act approved by the Company’s Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring; (ix) securities issued in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise), provided such acquisition is approved by the Company’s Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring; (x) securities issued for any charitable purpose provided such issuance is approved by the Company’s Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring; (xii) any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into or exercisable for the securities listed in clauses (i) through (x) above approved by the Company’s Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring; or (xii) up to 20,000 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, recapitalizations and the like) originally issued to Michael Wyszkowski at a price per share of $2.60 pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated or about the date of this Agreement.

2.4 Spin-Out Preemptive Rights . If at any time (i) the Company creates a direct or indirect subsidiary that is not (A) a wholly-owned subsidiary (either directly or indirectly) or (B) an entity that is created by the Company for the sole purposes of expanding or servicing the Company’s current line of business, which can include, but is not limited to, entities formed for operations in foreign jurisdictions, and sales and marketing, and customer support; provided, however , that such subsidiaries formed pursuant to this subsection 2.4(i)(B) shall be wholly-owned subsidiaries except to the extent required by applicable laws outside of the United States, (ii) any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company sells or transfers any shares of capital stock to any entity that is not the Company or a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, (iii) any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company merges, consolidates or takes any other action that results in such subsidiary not remaining a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (either directly or indirectly) except to the extent required by applicable laws outside of the United States, or (iv) any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company sells all or substantially all of its assets to any person or entity that is not the Company or a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, then in each case the Company shall cause such subsidiary (or the surviving or successor entity or purchaser of assets) (each, a “ Spin-out Entity ”) to provide each Investor a right of first offer (the “ Spin-out Preemptive Rights ”) to purchase up to its Spin-out Pro Rata Share (defined below) with respect to any common stock, preferred stock or any other security of the Spin-out Entity, including but not limited to, rights, options, or warrants to purchase such common stock, preferred stock or other security (“ Spin-out Shares ”) offered by the Spin-out Entity for financing purposes. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a Investor’s “ Spin-out Pro Rata Share ” of such Spin-out Shares shall be a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then held by such Investor immediately prior to the formation of such Spin-out Entity (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities, including Preferred Stock held by such Investor), and (ii) the denominator of which is the total number of


shares of the Company’s Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities, including Preferred Stock). The manner and procedure of such Spin-out Preemptive Rights shall be substantially similar to those described in Section 2.3 above. In addition, the Company shall cause, or exert such influence it may have to cause, the organizational documents of the Spin-out Entity (i) to provide for voting rights and preferences equivalent to the voting rights and preferences of the Preferred Stock and (ii) to contain provisions protecting the rights of Investors pursuant to this Section 2.4.

2.5 Other Covenants.

(a) Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement . The Company will cause each person now or hereafter employed by it or any subsidiary with access to confidential information to enter into a proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement in the form approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. Unless otherwise approved by the Company’s Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring or prohibited by applicable law, each such agreement shall prohibit the employee, during employment and for one year thereafter, from competing with the Company or soliciting the Company’s employees.

(b) Board of Directors . The Board of Directors shall meet at least six times per calendar year, unless the Board unanimously agrees to meet less frequently.

(c) Capital Expenditures . The Company shall not make any capital expenditure in excess of $250,000 without the approval of the Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring.

(d) Family Members . The Company shall not enter into an employment relationship with a relative of any then-current employee without the approval of the Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring.

(e) Employee and Other Stock Arrangements . Each option or right to acquire any shares of the Company’s capital stock by an employee, consultant, officer or director of the Company will be conditioned upon the execution and delivery by the Company and such employee, consultant, officer or director of an agreement providing for (i) a right of repurchase in favor of the Company to purchase any unvested shares at their original purchase price, (ii) a restriction on transfers of unvested stock and (iii) a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to transfers of vested stock. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, any such option or right to acquire shares of the Company’s capital stock granted after the date hereof shall vest at the rate of one-fourth (  1 / 4 th ) of the shares granted after one year from the date of grant and one forty-eighth ( 1 / 48 th ) of the total number of shares granted monthly thereafter. In the event that the Company shall elect not to exercise any such right of repurchase right or right of first refusal, then the Company shall, unless otherwise decided by the Board of Directors, assign to the Investors such right of repurchase or right of first refusal, as the case may be, and shall deliver written notice of such assignment to the Investors not less than five (5) days prior to the expiration of such right. Such assignment shall be made to each Investor pro rata based on a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock held (or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock held) by such Investor immediately prior to such


assignment and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock held (or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock held) by all Investors immediately prior to such assignment.

(f) Qualified Small Business Stock . The Company agrees that for so long as any of the Shares are held by an Investor (or a transferee in whose hands such Shares are eligible to qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)), it will use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with any applicable filing and reporting requirements of Section 1202 of the Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder; provided , however , that “reasonable efforts” as used in this Section 2.5(f) shall not be construed to require the Company to operate its business in a manner that would adversely affect its business, limit its future prospects or alter the timing or resource allocation related to its planned operations or financing activities.

(g) Directors and Officers Insurance . The Company shall within ninety (90) calendar days of the date hereof use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from financially sound and reputable insurers directors and officers insurance with coverage customary for companies similarly situated to the Company, except as otherwise decided in accordance with policies adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring. The Company will cause to be maintained the directors and officers insurance required by this subsection 2.5(g), except as otherwise decided in accordance with policies adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring. Such policy shall not be cancelable by the Company without prior approval of the Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring.

(h) Liability Insurance . The Company shall within ninety (90) calendar days of the date hereof use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from financially sound and reputable insurers general liability insurance in amounts customary for companies similarly situated, except as otherwise decided in accordance with policies adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring. The Company will cause to be maintained the general liability insurance required by this subsection 2.5(h), except as otherwise decided in accordance with policies adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring. Such policy shall name the Company as loss payee and shall not be cancelable by the Company without prior approval of the Board of Directors with the Preferred Stockholder Directors concurring.

(i) Eastern Advisors Observer Rights . The Company shall invite one authorized representative of Eastern Advisors (the “ Authorized Representative ”) to attend in person two meetings of the Board of Directors per calendar year and to attend by telephone conference one meeting of the Board of Directors per calendar year. The Authorized Representative may participate in discussions of matters brought before the Board of Directors, but shall in all other respects be a non-voting observer. Not less than 24 hours prior to each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Company shall provide the Authorized Representative with copies of all notices, presentations and materials provided by the Company to its directors in advance of such meeting. The Authorized Representative may be excluded from access to any meeting (or portion thereof) or any notices, presentations or materials if the Company believes,


upon advice of counsel, that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons. Eastern Advisors and the Authorized Representative shall hold in confidence and trust and shall act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information provided to the Authorized Representative pursuant to this Section 2.5(i); provided, however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Eastern Advisors may include summary financial information concerning the Company and general statements concerning the nature and progress of the Company’s business in its reports to its limited partners. The rights of Eastern Advisors under this Section 2.5(i) shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the closing of the Company’s Qualified IPO, (ii) upon the date upon which the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, (iii) upon the closing of the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets or the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity exclusively by virtue of shares received in such transaction or series of related transactions with respect to shares of the Company’s capital stock and (iv) the date upon which Eastern Advisors shall hold less than 183,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Conversion Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations); provided, however , that the confidentiality obligations of Eastern Advisors set forth in this Section 2.5(i) shall survive any such termination.

2.6 Confidentiality, Assignment and Termination of Covenants.

(a) Confidentiality . Each Investor receiving information under the covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereby agrees to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; provided, however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Investor may include summary financial information concerning the Company and general statements concerning the nature and progress of the Company’s business in an Investor’s reports to its limited partners.

(b) Assignment . The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 may be assigned or transferred, but only with all related obligations, by an Investor to an assignee or transferee who acquires at least 600,000 shares of Conversion Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations) from such transferring Investor.

(c) Termination . The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate as to all Investors and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) the closing of the Company’s initial underwritten public offering of its securities to the general public pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act or (ii) upon the date upon which the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The covenants set forth in Sections 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 shall terminate as to all Investors and be of no further force or effect


upon the closing of the Company’s Qualified IPO. The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 2.5 shall terminate as to all Investors and be of no further force or effect upon the closing of the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets or the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity exclusively by virtue of shares received in such transaction or series of related transactions with respect to shares of the Company’s capital stock.

3. Legend . Each certificate representing the shares of Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock held by the Investors and by the Founders shall be endorsed with the following legend (the “ Legend ”):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY FILED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE CORPORATION’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

The Company agrees that, during the term of this Agreement, it will not remove, and will not permit to be removed (upon registration of transfer, reissuance or otherwise), the Legend from any such certificate and will place or cause to be placed the Legend on any new certificate theretofore represented by a certificate carrying the Legend.

4. Miscellaneous.

4.1 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED IN ALL RESPECTS BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS APPLIED TO AGREEMENTS ENTERED INTO AMONG DELAWARE RESIDENTS TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES.

4.2 Waivers and Amendments . This Agreement may be terminated and any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Company and Investors holding at least a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities held by the Investors (the “ Majority Investors ”); provided, however , that in the event such termination, amendment or


waiver adversely affects the rights or obligations of the Founders under Section 1 of this Agreement in a different manner than all of the Investors, such termination, amendment or waiver shall also require the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Common Stock then held by the Founders; provided further, however , that for so long as Battery holds at least 600,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations), any such termination, amendment or waiver of the rights of Battery under Sections 2.1, 2.3, 2.4 and 4.2 of this Agreement shall also require the written consent of Battery; provided further, however , that for so long as Eastern Advisors holds at least 600,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock or at least 140,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to appropriate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations), any such termination, amendment or waiver of the rights of Eastern Advisors under Sections 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5(i) and 4.2 of this Agreement shall also require the written consent of Eastern Advisors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, additional parties may be added as Holders and/or Investors under this Agreement with the written consent of the Company and the Majority Investors. Any termination, amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4.2 shall be binding upon each holder of Registrable Securities then outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, the Company and any other party to this Agreement.

4.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

4.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the exhibits attached to this Agreement, and the other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

4.5 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, mailed by certified United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, sent by facsimile or sent by electronic mail directed (a) if to an Investor, at such Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on Schedule A hereto, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such Investor may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto, (b) if to a Founder, at such Founder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on Schedule B hereto, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such Founder may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto or (c) if to the Company, to its address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on its signature page to this Agreement and directed to the attention of the President, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as the Company may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall be


effective or deemed given upon personal delivery, five (5) days after mailing, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or upon confirmation of electronic mail delivery.

4.6 Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision, provided that no such severability shall be effective if it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

4.7 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by a Holder and its affiliated entities shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under Section 1 of this Agreement. For purposes of the foregoing, any shares of Registrable Securities held by a Holder that (X) is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation shall be deemed to include shares held by (i) entities affiliated with such partnership, limited liability company or corporation, (ii) any partner (or retired partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder of such partnership, limited liability company or corporation, (iii) the spouse, siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of any such partner (or retired partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder, (iv) the estate of any such partner (or retired partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder and (v) any custodian or trustee for the benefit of any such partner (or retired partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder or the spouse, siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of any such partner (or retired partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder and (Y) is an individual shall be deemed to include shares held by (i) the estate of such individual or (ii) the spouse, siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of such individual and any custodian or trustee for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons.

4.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

4.9 Telecopy Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties to this Agreement, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties to this Agreement by facsimile or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party to this Agreement, all parties to this Agreement agree to execute an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement.

4.10 Joint Product . This Agreement is the joint product of the Company and the parties hereto, and each provision hereof and thereof has been the subject of mutual consultation, negotiation and agreement of the Company and the parties hereto and shall not be construed against any party hereto.

4.11 Prior Agreement . Upon the execution hereof by the Company and the Majority Investors (as defined in the Prior Agreement), this Agreement shall amend, restate and


supersede the Prior Agreement, such that the Prior Agreement shall be of no further force or effect.

[Signature page follows.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day, month and year first set forth above.

 

“Company”

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

 

Brett A. Hurt,

 

President

Address :

3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300

Austin, TX 78746

Fax: 512-732-9997

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


“Investor”

EA PRIVATE INVESTMENTS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Scott Booth

Name:

 

Scott Booth

Title:

 

Managing Partner

EASTERN ADVISOR FUND, LP

By:

 

/s/ Scott Booth

Name:

 

Scott Booth

Title:

 

Managing Partner

EASTERN ADVISOR OFFSHORE FUND, LTD

By:

 

/s/ Scott Booth

Name:

 

Scott Booth

Title:

 

Managing Partner

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


“Investor”
BATTERY VENTURES VIII, L.P.

 

By:   Battery Partners VIII, L.L.C.
  its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Neeraj Agrawal

 

Name:  

Neeraj Agrawal

 

Title:  

Managing Member

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


“Investor”
AUSTIN VENTURES VIII, L.P.

 

By:   AV Partners VIII, L.P.
  its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Chris Pacitti

 

Name:  

Chris Pacitti

 

Title:  

General Partner

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


“Founders”

/s/ Brant Barton

Brant Barton

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

Brett A. Hurt
BAH TRUST
By:  

/s/ Debra J. Hurt

  Debra Hurt,
  Trustee

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

Schedule of Investors

Investor’s Name and Address

EA Private Investments, LLC

Eastern Advisor Fund, LP

Eastern Advisor Offshore Fund, LTD

101 Park Avenue, 33/F

New York, NY 10178

Fax: 212-984-2331

Attn:

 

Mitchell Green

 

Scott Booth

mitchell@easternadvisors.com

Battery Ventures VIII, L.P.

Reservoir Woods

930 Winter Street, Suite 2500

Waltham, MA 02451

Fax: (781) 478-6601

Attn: Neeraj Agrawal)

neeraj@battery.com

Austin Ventures VIII, L.P.

300 W. 6th Street, Suite 2300

Austin, Texas 78701

Fax: 512.476.3952

Attn: Chris Pacitti

cpacitti@austinventures.com

Constantin Partners II, LLC

119 Forbes Ave.

San Rafael, CA 94901

Attn: Julie Constantin

julieconstantin@comcast.net

Steven M. Katz

[***]

First Round Capital 2005 LP

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

West Conshohocken, PA 19428

Fax: 610.834.7635

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

Email: jeff@firstround.com

First Round Jingle LP

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

West Conshohocken, PA 19428

Fax: 610.834.7635

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

Email: jeff@firstround.com

Peter Fader

[***]


Investor’s Name and Address

Dwight Foster

[***]

Robert Harteveldt

[***]

Arthur Holcombe

[***]

Ralph Mack

[***]

Old Town Capital LLC

440 W. 62nd Street

Burr Ridge, IL 60527

Attn: Jamie Crouthamel

jc@oldtowncapital.com

David Reibstein

[***]

Eric Simone

[***]

Compete Investments, LLC

1239-A Parkway

Austin, TX 78703

Attn: Eric Simone

esimone@austin.rr.com

Bruce Spitzengel

[***]

Bozeman LP

[***]

European Founders Fund GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs

KG Nr. 3

45 Lindenallee Koln

Germany 50968

WS Investment Company LLC

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Fax: 650.493.6811

Attn: Jim Terranova

jterranova@wsgr.com

Suneet Paul

[***]

Mack Capital, LLC

Attn: Ralph Mack

13 Wrights Mill Road

Armonic, NY 10504

rmack@mackcapital.net

First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund LP

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

W. Conshohocken, PA 19428

jeff@firstround.com


Investor’s Name and Address

First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund Q-LP

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

W. Conshohocken, PA 19428

jeff@firstround.com

Martin R. Lautman

[***]

Christine Allegro

[***]

Maples Investments II, L.P.

Attn: Mike Maples, Jr.

2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

mike@maplesinvestments.com

Maples Associates II, L.P.

Attn: Mike Maples, Jr.

2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

mike@maplesinvestments.com


SCHEDULE B

Schedule of Founders

 

Founder

   Shares of Common Stock  

Brant Barton

[***]

     664,813   

Brett A. Hurt

[***]

     5,552,546   

BAH Trust

[***]

     1,748,251   

Exhibit 4.3

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 9, 2010 by and among Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the individuals and entities listed on Schedule A hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”) and the individuals listed on Schedule B hereto (each, a “ Founder ” and collectively, the “ Founders ”).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Series E Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Company, the Founders and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Prior Parties ”) have previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of May 30, 2008 (as amended, the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 7(d) thereof, the Prior Agreement may be amended with the written consent of (i) the Company, (ii) the Founders holding at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock then held by the Founders (as defined therein) and (iii) the Majority Investors (as defined therein); and

WHEREAS , in order to induce certain of the Investors to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series E Agreement, the Prior Parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to amend, restate and supersede the Prior Agreement and hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the first refusal and co-sale rights and obligations set forth herein.

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises set forth above and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Restriction on Transfer . During the term of this Agreement, all of the Company’s capital stock now owned or hereafter acquired by each Founder (the “ Shares ”) shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, of the Shares shall be valid unless it is made pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Founder shall have the right to transfer, without compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (A) on a cumulative basis, up to 6% of the aggregate number of Shares owned by such Founder, provided that such Shares are transferred to one or more “accredited investors” (as defined under Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and (B) all or part of the Shares to (i) such Founder’s spouse, ancestors, descendants, brothers or sisters, whether related by consanguinity or affinity (collectively, “ Immediate Family ”), (ii) a custodian, trustee (including a trustee of a voting trust), executor or other fiduciary exclusively for the account of such Founder and/or such Founder’s Immediate Family or (iii) a corporation, partnership or any other entity, provided such corporation, partnership or other entity is owned exclusively by such Founder and/or such Founder’s Immediate Family; provided, however, that in the case of (A) and (B) above, the terms and


conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon any such transferee and such transferee shall so acknowledge in writing prior to any such transfer.

2. Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale . In the event that a Founder desires to sell (or otherwise transfer) (a “ Transferring Founder ”), and has received a bona fide offer in writing from an unaffiliated third party to buy, any Shares (a “ Transfer ”), the Transferring Founder shall first notify the Company and each of the Investors in writing of the proposed Transfer (the “ Transfer Notice ”). Each Transfer Notice shall contain all material terms of the proposed Transfer, including, without limitation, a copy of the written offer received, the name and address of the prospective purchaser (or transferee), the purchase price and terms of payment, the date and place of the proposed Transfer, and the number and description of Shares proposed to be Transferred by the Transferring Founder (the “ Offered Shares ”).

(a) Right of First Refusal .

(i) Company’s Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have an option for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date the Transfer Notice is given to elect to purchase the Offered Shares at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice (or terms and conditions as similar as reasonably possible). The Company may exercise such purchase option and, thereby, purchase all (or any portion of) the Offered Shares by notifying the Transferring Founder in writing before expiration of such fifteen (15) day period as to the number of such shares that it wishes to purchase. If the Company gives the Transferring Founder notice that it desires to purchase such shares, then payment for the Offered Shares shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Offered Shares to be purchased at a place agreed upon between the parties and at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is given or (ii) the date contemplated in the Transfer Notice for the closing with the prospective third party transferee(s). If the Company fails to purchase all of the Offered Shares by exercising the option granted in this Section 2(a)(i) within the period provided, the Company shall so notify each Investor (the “ Additional Transfer Notice ”) and the Offered Shares shall be subject to the options granted to the Investors pursuant to this Agreement. The Additional Transfer Notice shall include all of the information and certifications required in a Transfer Notice and shall additionally identify the Offered Shares that the Company has declined to purchase (the “ Remaining Shares ”) and briefly describe the Investors’ rights of first refusal and co-sale rights with respect to the proposed Transfer.

(ii) Investors’ Right of First Refusal . Each Investor shall have an option for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date the Additional Transfer Notice is given to elect to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share of the Remaining Shares at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Additional Transfer Notice. Each Investor may exercise such purchase option and, thereby, purchase all (or any portion of) such Investor’s pro rata share of the Remaining Shares (with any reallotments as provided below), by notifying the Transferring Founder and the Company in writing, before expiration of such fifteen (15) day period as to the number of such shares that it wishes to purchase (including any reallotment). For the purpose of the preceding sentence, each Investor’s pro rata share shall be a fraction of the Remaining Shares, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all securities then outstanding that are convertible into Common Stock) owned by such Investor on the date of the Transfer Notice and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all securities then outstanding that are convertible into Common Stock) held by all Investors on the date of

 

- 2 -


the Transfer Notice. Each Investor electing to exercise the right to purchase its full pro rata share of the Remaining Shares (a “ Participating Investor ”) shall have a right of reallotment such that, if any other Investor fails to exercise the right to purchase its full pro rata share of the Remaining Shares, each such Participating Investor may elect to purchase all (or any portion of) such Participating Investor’s pro rata share of the Remaining Shares not previously purchased. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, each Participating Investor’s pro rata share shall be a fraction of the Remaining Shares not previously purchased, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all securities then outstanding that are convertible into Common Stock) owned by such Participating Investor on the date of the Transfer Notice and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all securities then outstanding that are convertible into Common Stock) held by all Participating Investors on the date of the Transfer Notice. If an Investor gives the Transferring Founder notice that it desires to purchase its pro rata share of the Remaining Shares and, as the case may be, its reallotment, then payment for the Remaining Shares shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Remaining Shares to be purchased at a place agreed upon between the parties and at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the Additional Transfer Notice is given or (ii) the date contemplated in the Transfer Notice for the closing with the prospective third party transferee(s).

(b) Investors’ Right of Co-Sale . To the extent the Company and the Investors do not exercise their respective rights of refusal as to all of the Offered Shares or the Remaining Shares, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2(a), then each Investor (a “ Selling Investor ” for purposes of this subsection (b)) that notifies the Transferring Founder in writing within ten (10) days from the date the Additional Transfer Notice is given, shall have the right to participate in such sale of Shares on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Transfer Notice. The Selling Investor shall indicate the number of shares of the Company’s capital stock it then holds that it wishes to sell pursuant to this Section 2(b) (the “ Selling Investor Shares ”). To the extent one or more of the Investors exercise such right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of Shares that the Transferring Founder may sell in the Transfer shall be correspondingly reduced. Each Selling Investor may sell all or any part of its Selling Investor Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Offered Shares (after reduction for repurchases by the Company or purchases by the Investors pursuant to Section 2(a), if any) by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all securities then outstanding that are convertible into Common Stock) owned by the Selling Investor on the date of the Transfer Notice and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all securities then outstanding that are convertible into Common Stock) owned by the Transferring Founder and by all of the Selling Investors on the date of the Transfer Notice. Each Selling Investor shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Transferring Founder for transfer to the prospective purchaser one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer. To the extent that any prospective purchaser or purchasers refuses to purchase shares or other securities from a Selling Investor exercising its rights of co-sale hereunder, the Transferring Founder shall not sell to such prospective purchaser or purchasers any Shares unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the Transferring Founder purchases such shares or other securities from such Selling Investor for the same consideration and on the same terms and conditions as the proposed transfer described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) Right to Transfer . To the extent that the Company and the Investors have not exercised their respective rights of first refusal as to the Offered Shares or the Remaining Shares, as

 

- 3 -


applicable, within the time periods specified in Section 2(a) and the Investors have not exercised their rights to participate in the sale of the Offered Shares or the Remaining Shares within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), then the Transferring Founder shall be free to sell any such Offered Shares of Remaining Shares to such prospective purchaser on the same terms and conditions as outlined in the Transfer Notice, and provided that in the event such shares are not sold within ninety (90) days of the date of the Transfer Notice, they shall once again be subject to the right of first refusal and co-sale provided herein.

3. Put Option . In the event the Transferring Founder should sell any Shares in contravention of the co-sale rights of the Investors under Section 2(b) (a “ Prohibited Transfer ”), the Investors, in addition to such other remedies as may be available at law, in equity or hereunder, shall have the put option provided below, and the Transferring Founder shall be bound by the applicable provisions of such option. In the event of a Prohibited Transfer, each Investor shall have the right to sell to the Transferring Founder the type and number of shares of the Company’s capital stock then held by such Investor equal to the number of shares each Investor would have been entitled to transfer to the third-party transferee(s) under Section 2(b) hereof had the Prohibited Transfer been effected pursuant to and in compliance with the terms hereof. Such sale shall be made on the following terms and conditions:

(a) The price per share at which the shares are to be sold to the Transferring Founder shall be equal to the price per share paid by the third-party transferee(s) to the Transferring Founder in the Prohibited Transfer. The Transferring Founder shall also reimburse each Investor for any and all fees and expenses, including legal fees and expenses, incurred pursuant to the exercise or the attempted exercise of the Investor’s rights under Section 2 and this Section 3.

(b) Within ninety (90) days after the later of the dates on which the Investor (X) received notice of the Prohibited Transfer or (Y) otherwise became aware of the Prohibited Transfer, each Investor shall, if exercising the put option created hereby, deliver to the Transferring Founder the certificate or certificates representing shares to be sold, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer.

(c) The Transferring Founder shall, upon receipt of the certificate or certificates for the shares to be sold by an Investor pursuant to this Section 3, pay the aggregate purchase price therefor and the amount of reimbursable fees and expenses, as specified in Section 3(a), in cash or by other means acceptable to an Investor.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any attempt by the Transferring Founder to transfer Shares in violation of Section 2 shall be void and the Company agrees it will not effect such a transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferee(s) as a stockholder.

4. Right of First Refusal on Investor Shares . In the event that an Investor desires to sell (or otherwise transfer) (a “ Transferring Investor ”), and has received a bona fide offer in writing from an unaffiliated third party to buy (an “ Investor Transfer ”), any shares of the Company’s capital stock now owned or hereafter acquired by such Investor (“ Investor Shares ”), the Transferring Investor shall first notify the Company and each of the Investors in writing of the proposed sale (the “ Investor Transfer Notice ”). Each Investor Transfer Notice shall contain all material terms of the proposed Investor Transfer, including, without limitation, a copy of the written offer received, the name and address of the

 

- 4 -


prospective purchaser (or transferee), the purchase price and terms of payment, the date and place of the proposed Investor Transfer, and the number and description of Investor Shares proposed to be Transferred by the Transferring Investor (the “ Offered Investor Shares ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an Investor may transfer any Investor Shares (a) to its general or limited partners, shareholders, owners or beneficiaries or (b) to an entity wholly owned by or organized for the exclusive benefit of the general or limited partners, shareholders, owners, directors, employees or beneficiaries of such entity; provided, however , that in each case, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon any such transferee and such transferee shall so acknowledge in writing prior to any such transfer.

(a) Right of First Refusal .

(i) Investors’ Right of First Refusal . Each Investor shall have an option for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date the Investor Transfer Notice is given to elect to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share of the Offered Investor Shares at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Investor Transfer Notice. Each Investor may exercise such purchase option and, thereby, purchase all (or any portion of) such Investor’s pro rata share of the Offered Investor Shares (with any reallotments as provided below), by notifying the Transferring Investor and the Company in writing, before expiration of such fifteen (15) day period as to the number of such shares that it wishes to purchase (including any reallotment). For the purpose of the preceding sentence, each Investor’s pro rata share shall be a fraction of the Offered Investor Shares, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all securities then outstanding that are convertible into Common Stock) owned by such Investor on the date of the Investor Transfer Notice and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all securities then outstanding that are convertible into Common Stock) held by all Investors on the date of the Investor Transfer Notice. Each Investor electing to exercise the right to purchase its full pro rata share of the Offered Investor Shares (a “ Purchasing Investor ”) shall have a right of reallotment such that, if any other Investor fails to exercise the right to purchase its full pro rata share of the Offered Investor Shares, each such Purchasing Investor may elect to purchase all (or any portion of) such Purchasing Investor’s pro rata share of the Offered Investor Shares not previously purchased. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, each Purchasing Investor’s pro rata share shall be a fraction of the Offered Investor Shares not previously purchased, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all securities then outstanding that are convertible into Common Stock) owned by such Purchasing Investor on the date of the Investor Transfer Notice and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all securities then outstanding that are convertible into Common Stock) held by all Purchasing Investors on the date of the Investor Transfer Notice. If an Investor gives the Transferring Investor notice that it desires to purchase its pro rata share of the Offered Investor Shares and, as the case may be, its reallotment, then payment for the Offered Investor Shares shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Offered Investor Shares to be purchased at a place agreed upon between the parties and at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the Investor Transfer Notice is given or (ii) the date contemplated in the Investor Transfer Notice for the closing with the prospective third party transferee(s). If the Investors fail to purchase all of the Offered Investor Shares by exercising the option granted in this Section 4(a)(i) within the period provided, the Transferring Investor shall so notify the Company (the “ Additional Investor Transfer Notice ”) and such remaining Offered Investor Shares shall be subject to the option granted to the

 

- 5 -


Company pursuant to Section 4(a)(ii) of this Agreement. The Additional Investor Transfer Notice shall include all of the information and certifications required in a Investor Transfer Notice and shall additionally identify the Offered Investor Shares that the Investors have declined to purchase (the “ Remaining Offered Investor Shares ”) and briefly describe the Company’s rights of first refusal with respect to the proposed Investor Transfer.

(ii) Company’s Right of First Refusal . The Company (or any third party designated by the Company) shall have an option for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date the Additional Investor Transfer Notice is given to elect to purchase the Remaining Offered Investor Shares at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Additional Investor Transfer Notice (or terms and conditions as similar as reasonably possible). The Company may exercise such purchase option and, thereby, purchase all (or any portion of) the Remaining Offered Investor Shares by notifying the Transferring Investor in writing before expiration of such fifteen (15) day period as to the number of such shares that it wishes to purchase. If the Company gives the Transferring Investor notice that it desires to purchase such shares, then payment for the Remaining Offered Investor Shares shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Remaining Offered Investor Shares to be purchased at a place agreed upon between the parties and at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date the Additional Investor Transfer Notice is given or (ii) the date contemplated in the Additional Investor Transfer Notice for the closing with the prospective third party transferee(s).

(b) To the extent that the Investors and the Company have not exercised their respective rights of first refusal as to the Offered Investor Shares or the Remaining Offered Investor Shares, as applicable, within the time periods specified in Section 4(a), the Transferring Investor shall be free to sell any such Investor Shares to such prospective purchaser on the same terms and conditions as outlined in the Investor Transfer Notice, and provided that in the event such Investor Shares are not sold within ninety (90) days of the date of the Investor Transfer Notice, they shall once again be subject to the right of first refusal provided herein.

5. Restrictive Legend and Stop Transfer Instructions

(a) Legend . Each Founder and Investor understands and agrees that the Company will cause the legend set forth below, or a legend substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares held by such Founder or Investor Shares held by such Investor:

THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND RIGHTS OF CO-SALE AS SET FORTH IN A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICES OF THE COMPANY. SUCH RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND RIGHTS OF CO-SALE ARE BINDING ON THE TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

- 6 -


(b) Stop Transfer Instructions . In order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, each Founder and Investor agrees that the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions.

(c) Transfers . No Shares or Investor Shares shall be transferred unless such transfer is made in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares or Investor Shares that have been transferred in violation of any provision of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of such Shares or Investor Shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such Shares or Investor Shares have been so transferred.

6. Termination . This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s securities to the general public; (ii) the closing of the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets or the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity exclusively by virtue of shares received in such transaction or series of related transactions with respect to shares of the Company’s capital stock; or (iii) the date upon which the Company becomes subject to the periodic requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

7. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED IN ALL RESPECTS BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS APPLIED TO AGREEMENTS ENTERED INTO AMONG DELAWARE RESIDENTS TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES.

(b) Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

(c) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the exhibits attached to this Agreement, and the other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

 

- 7 -


(d) Amendment . This Agreement may be terminated and any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of (i) the Company, (ii) the Founders holding at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock then held by the Founders and (iii) the Investors holding at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Majority Investors ”); provided, however , (i) additional parties may be added as Investors under this Agreement and Section 4 of this Agreement may be amended, in each case, with the written consent of the Company and the Majority Investors but without requiring the separate consent of the Founders; provided further, however , that, for so long as Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. (“ Battery ”) holds at least 600,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations), in the event any such termination, amendment or waiver shall uniquely and adversely affect the rights or obligations of Battery in a different manner than all of the Investors, such termination, amendment or waiver shall require the written consent of Battery; provided further, however , that, for so long as Eastern Advisors holds at least 600,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock or at least 140,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations), in the event any such termination, amendment or waiver shall uniquely and adversely affect the rights or obligations of Eastern Advisors in a different manner than all of the Investors, such termination, amendment or waiver shall require the written consent of Eastern Advisors. Any termination, amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this subsection (d) shall be binding upon each Investor, each Founder and the Company.

(e) Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision, provided that no such severability shall be effective if it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

(f) Attorney’s Fees . In the event that any dispute among the parties to this Agreement should result in litigation, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

(g) Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, mailed by certified United States, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, sent by facsimile or sent by electronic mail directed (a) if to an Investor, at such Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on Schedule A , or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such Investor may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto, (b) if to a Founder, at such Founder’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on Schedule B , or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such Founder may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto or (c) if to the Company, to its address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on its signature page to this Agreement and directed to the attention of the President, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as the Company may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall be effective or deemed given upon personal

 

- 8 -


delivery, five (5) days after mailing, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or upon confirmation of electronic mail delivery.

(h) Sale, Sell, Transfer, etc . The words “sale,” “sell,” “transfer,” and the like shall include any disposition by way of transfer with or without consideration, to any persons for any purpose and include, without limitation, public or private offerings, exchanges, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, redemptions, or any other transaction affecting the Company’s capital stock held by the Founder and Investors.

(i) Ownership . Each Founder represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, such Founder is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the shares of stock subject to this Agreement and that no other person has any interest (other than a community property interest) in such shares.

(j) Conflict with Other Rights of First Refusal . Each of the Founders has entered into a restricted stock purchase agreement with the Company, which agreement contains a right of first refusal provision in favor of the Company. The right of first refusal provisions contained in this Agreement shall supersede and replace the right of first refusal provisions contained in each Founder’s restricted stock purchase agreement ; provided, however, that the other provisions contained in the Founder’s restricted stock purchase agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

(k) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(l) Telecopy Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties to this Agreement, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties to this Agreement by facsimile or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party to this Agreement, all parties to this Agreement agree to execute an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement.

(m) Joint Product . This Agreement is the joint product of the Company and the parties hereto, and each provision hereof and thereof has been the subject of mutual consultation, negotiation and agreement of the Company and the parties hereto and shall not be construed against any party hereto.

(n) Prior Agreement . Upon the execution hereof by the Company, the Founders holding at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock then held by the Founders (as defined in the Prior Agreement) and the Majority Investors (as defined in the Prior Agreement), this Agreement shall amend, restate and supersede the Prior Agreement, such that the Prior Agreement shall be of no further force or effect.

[Signature page follows.]

 

- 9 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day, month and year first set forth above.

 

“Company”
  BAZAARVOICE, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

    Brett A. Hurt,
    President
  Address :
  3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300
  Austin, TX 78746
  Fax: 512-732-9997

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL AND C O -S ALE A GREEMENT


“Founders”

/s/ Brant Barton

Brant Barton

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

Brett A. Hurt
BAH TRUST
By:  

/s/ Debra J. Hurt

  Debra Hurt,
  Trustee

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL AND C O -S ALE A GREEMENT


“Investor”
EA PRIVATE INVESTMENTS, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Scott Booth

Name:  

Scott Booth

Title:  

Managing Partner

 

EASTERN ADVISOR FUND, LP
By:  

/s/ Scott Booth

Name:  

Scott Booth

Title:  

Managing Partner

 

EASTERN ADVISOR OFFSHORE FUND, LTD
By:  

/s/ Scott Booth

Name:  

Scott Booth

Title:  

Managing Partner

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL AND C O -S ALE A GREEMENT


“Investor”
BATTERY VENTURES VIII, L.P.

 

By:   Battery Partners VIII, L.L.C.,
  its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Neeraj Agrawal

 

Name:  

Neeraj Agrawal

 

Title:  

Managing Member

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL AND C O -S ALE A GREEMENT


“Investor”
AUSTIN VENTURES VIII, L.P.

 

By:   AV Partners VIII, L.P.,
  its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Chris Pacitti

 

Name:  

Chris Pacitti

 

Title:  

General Partner

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL AND C O -S ALE A GREEMENT


Schedule A

Schedule of Investors

Investor’s Name and Address

EA Private Investments, LLC

Eastern Advisor Fund, LP

Eastern Advisor Offshore Fund, LTD

101 Park Avenue, 33/F

New York, NY 10178

Fax: 212-984-2331

Attn:

 

Mitchell Green

 

Scott Booth

mitchell@easternadvisors.com

Battery Ventures VIII, L.P.

Reservoir Woods

930 Winter Street, Suite 2500

Waltham, MA 02451

Fax: (781) 478-6601

Attn: Neeraj Agrawal

neeraj@battery.com

Austin Ventures VIII, L.P.

300 W. 6th Street, Suite 2300

Austin, Texas 78701

Fax: 512.476.3952

Attn: Chris Pacitti

cpacitti@austinventures.com

Constantin Partners II, LLC

119 Forbes Ave.

San Rafael, CA 94901

Attn: Julie Constantin

julieconstantin@comcast.net

Steven M. Katz

[***]

First Round Capital 2005 LP

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

West Conshohocken, PA 19428

Fax: 610.834.7635

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

Email: jeff@firstround.com

First Round Jingle LP

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

West Conshohocken, PA 19428

Fax: 610.834.7635

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

Email: jeff@firstround.com

Peter Fader

[***]


Investor’s Name and Address

Dwight Foster

[***]

Robert Harteveldt

[***]

Arthur Holcombe

[***]

Ralph Mack

[***]

Old Town Capital LLC

440 W. 62nd Street

Burr Ridge, IL 60527

Attn: Jamie Crouthamel

jc@oldtowncapital.com

David Reibstein

[***]

Eric Simone

[***]

Compete Investments, LLC

1239-A Parkway

Austin, TX 78703

Attn: Eric Simone

esimone@austin.rr.com

Bruce Spitzengel

[***]

Bozeman LP

[***]

European Founders Fund GmbH & Co.

Beteiligungs KG Nr. 3

45 Lindenallee Koln

Germany 50968

WS Investment Company LLC

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Fax: 650.493.6811

Attn: Jim Terranova

jterranova@wsgr.com

Suneet Paul

[***]

Mack Capital, LLC

Attn: Ralph Mack

13 Wrights Mill Road

Armonic, NY 10504

rmack@mackcapital.net

First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund LP

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

W. Conshohocken, PA 19428

jeff@firstround.com


Investor’s Name and Address

First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund Q-LP

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

W. Conshohocken, PA 19428

jeff@firstround.com

Martin R. Lautman

[***]

Christine Allegro

[***]

Maples Investments II, L.P.

Attn: Mike Maples, Jr.

2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

mike@maplesinvestments.com

Crown Violet, Ltd.

Attn: Jeff Pennell

P.O. Box 685259

Austin, TX 78768

GH1 Ventures, LLC

Attn: Brian P. Grigsby

2520 Tanglewood Tr.

Austin, TX 78703

brian@ravenvp.com

David E. Gibbs

[***]


Schedule B

Schedule of Founders

 

Founder

   Shares of Common Stock  

Brant Barton

[***]

     664,813   

Brett A. Hurt

[***]

     5,552,546   

BAH Trust

[***]

     1,748,251   

Exhibit 4.4

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 9, 2010 by and among Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the persons and entities listed on Schedule A attached hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”) and the persons listed on Schedule B hereto (each, a “ Founder , and collectively, the “ Founders ”). The Founders and the Investors are referred to herein collectively as the “ Voting Parties .”

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Series E Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) filed in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Series E Agreement provides that (i) the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director (the “ Series A/B Director ”), (ii) the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director (the “ Series C Director ” and, together with the Series A/B Director, the “ Preferred Stockholder Directors ”) and (iii) the remaining directors shall be elected by the holders of a majority of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class;

WHEREAS , the Company, the Founders and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Prior Parties ”) have previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of May 30, 2008 (as amended, the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 4(d) thereof, the Prior Agreement may be amended by the written consent of the Company and the Majority Investors (as defined therein); and

WHEREAS , in order to induce certain of the Investors to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series E Agreement, the Prior Parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to amend, restate and supersede the Prior Agreement and hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the voting obligations of the Investors and Founders and certain other matters as set forth herein.

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Voting Agreement .

(a) During the term of this Agreement, the Voting Parties each agree to vote all shares of the Company’s voting securities now or hereafter owned by them, whether beneficially or


otherwise, or as to which they have voting power (the “ Shares ”) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) For purposes of determining under this Agreement whether Brett A. Hurt holds forty percent (40%) of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, Brett A. Hurt shall be deemed to be the holder of any shares of Common Stock held by (i) the BAH Trust, (ii) a corporation, partnership, trust or any other entity owned exclusively by Brett A. Hurt or his family or (iii) a custodian, trustee, executor or fiduciary exclusively for the account of Brett A. Hurt.

2. Election of Boards of Directors . During the term of this Agreement, each Voting Party agrees to vote all Shares, now owned or hereafter acquired, in such manner as may be necessary to elect (and maintain in office) as members of the Company’s Board of Directors the following individuals:

(a) for so long as Brett A. Hurt holds at least forty percent (40%) of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, one designee (the “ Common Director ”) of the Founders holding a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Founders (initially to be Brett A. Hurt); provided, however, that at any time after Brett A. Hurt no longer holds at least forty percent (40%) of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Company’s then-current Chief Executive Officer (or, if the Company shall not have a Chief Executive Officer, the person then-serving as the Company’s President) shall serve as the Common Director;

(b) one designee of Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. (“ AV ”) as the Series A/B Director (initially to be Chris Pacitti);

(c) one designee of Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. (“ Battery ”) as the Series C Director (initially to be Neeraj Agrawal); and

(d) three designees (each, a “ Mutual Director ”) mutually agreed upon by each of the directors elected pursuant to subsections 2(a), (b) and (c) above (initially to be Ed Keller and Dev Ittycheria, with the remaining designee to be appointed after the date hereof).

(e) Removal; Vacancies . In the event of any vacancy in the Board of Directors, each Voting Party agrees to vote all of their Shares as provided in this Section 2. Each Voting Party agrees to vote all Shares for the removal of a director whenever there shall be presented to the Board of Directors the written direction that such director be removed: (i) in the case of the Common Director, signed by (A) the Founders holding a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Founders for so long as Brett A. Hurt holds at least forty percent (40%) of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock or (B) by the then-current Chief Executive Officer (or, if the Company shall not have a Chief Executive Officer, the person then-serving as the Company’s President) at any time after Brett A. Hurt no longer holds at least forty percent (40%) of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock; (ii) in the case of the Series A/B Director, signed by AV; (iii) in the case of the Series C Director, signed by Battery; and (iv) in the case of a Mutual Director, signed by (A) the Common Director and (B) each of the Preferred Stockholder Directors.

(f) Grant of Proxy . To secure the Voting Parties’ obligations with respect to their Shares in accordance with this Agreement, each Voting Party hereby appoints the then-current Chairman of the Board of Directors and the then-current Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or

 

- 2 -


either of them from time to time, or their designees, as such Voting Party’s true and lawful proxy and attorney, with the power to act alone and with full power of substitution, to vote all of such Shares in favor of the matters set forth in this Agreement and to execute all appropriate instruments consistent with this Agreement on behalf of such Voting Party if, and only if, such Voting Party fails to vote all of such Voting Party’s Shares or execute such other instruments in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement within five (5) days of the Company’s or any other party’s written request for such Voting Party’s written consent or signature. The proxy and power granted by each Voting Party pursuant to this Section are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of such party’s duties under this Agreement. Each such proxy and power will be irrevocable for the term hereof. The proxy and power, so long as any party hereto is an individual, will survive the death, incompetency and disability of such party or any other individual holder of the Shares and, so long as any party hereto is an entity, will survive the merger or reorganization of such party or any other entity holding any Shares. It is agreed and understood that monetary damages would not adequately compensate an injured party for the breach of this Section 2 by any party, that this Section 2 shall be specifically enforceable, and that any breach or threatened breach of this Section 2 shall be the proper subject of a temporary or permanent injunction or restraining order. Further, each party hereto waives any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach.

(g) Covenants of the Company . The Company agrees to take all actions reasonably required to ensure that the rights given to the parties hereunder are effective and that the parties hereto enjoy the benefits thereof. Such actions include, without limitation, the use of the Company’s best efforts to cause the nomination of the each such party’s designee for election as a director of the Company. The Company will not, by any voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all of the provisions of this Agreement and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Investors hereunder against impairment.

3. Legend . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, there shall be imprinted or otherwise placed, on certificates representing the Shares the following restrictive legend (the “ Legend ”):

THE SALE OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN VOTING AGREEMENT AMONG THE STOCKHOLDER AND CERTAIN OTHER HOLDERS OF STOCK OF THE CORPORATION. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

4. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED IN ALL RESPECTS BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS APPLIED TO

 

- 3 -


AGREEMENTS ENTERED INTO AMONG DELAWARE RESIDENTS TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES.

(b) Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties to this Agreement. The Company shall not permit the transfer of any Shares on its books or issue a new certificate representing any Shares unless and until the person to whom such Shares are to be transferred shall have executed a written agreement pursuant to which such person becomes a party to this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all provisions hereof as if such person were a Founder or Investor, as applicable. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

(c) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the exhibits attached to this Agreement, and the other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

(d) Termination; Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement shall terminate in its entirety and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) the closing of a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Restated Certificate, as amended from time to time); (ii) (A) the closing of the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets or (B) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity exclusively by virtue of shares received in such transactions or series of related transactions with respect to shares of the Company’s capital stock; or (iii) with the written consent of (A), for so long as Brett A. Hurt holds at least forty percent (40%) of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Founders holding at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock then held by the Founders (the “ Majority Founders ”), (B) the Investors holding at least a majority of the shares of the Preferred Stock held by the Investors, voting together as a single class (the “ Majority Investors ”) and (C) for so long as Battery holds at least 600,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations), Battery. Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) with the written consent of the Company and the Majority Investors; provided, however , that (A) so long as Brett A. Hurt holds at least forty percent (40%) of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, the right of the Founders to designate a director pursuant to Section 2(a) may not be eliminated or waived without the written consent of the Majority Founders; and (B) so long as Battery holds at least 600,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and combinations), the right of Battery to designate a director pursuant to Section 2(c), and the rights of Battery under this Section 4(d), may not be eliminated, amended or waived without the written

 

- 4 -


consent of Battery. Any termination, amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this subsection 4(d) shall be binding upon each Investor, each Founder and the Company.

(e) Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, mailed by certified United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, sent by facsimile or sent by electronic mail directed (a) if to a Founder, at such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on Schedule B to this Agreement, or at such other address as a Founder shall, from time to time, designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the Company, (b) if to an Investor, at such Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on Schedule A to this Agreement, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such Investor may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the Company or (c) if to the Company, to its address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on its signature page to this Agreement and directed to the attention of the President, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as the Company may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each Investor. All such notices and other communications shall be effective or deemed given upon personal delivery, five (5) days after mailing, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or upon confirmation of electronic mail delivery. With respect to any notice given by the Company under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s charter or bylaws, each Founder and Investor agrees that such notice may given by facsimile or by electronic mail.

(f) Delays or Omissions . Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach or default of the another party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

(g) Attorney’s Fees . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the Restated Certificate, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

(h) Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision, provided that no such severability shall be effective if it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

- 5 -


(j) Telecopy Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties to this Agreement, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties to this Agreement by facsimile or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party to this Agreement, all parties to this Agreement agree to execute an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement.

(k) Sale, Sell, Transfer, etc. The words “sale,” “sell,” “transfer,” and the like shall include any disposition by way of transfer with or without consideration, to any persons for any purpose and include, without limitation, public or private offerings, exchanges, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, redemptions, or any other transaction affecting the stock of the Company held by the Founders and Investors.

(l) Ownership . Each Investor and each Founder represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, such Founder or Investor is the sole and legal owner, beneficially and of record, of the Shares set forth opposite the name of such Investor on Schedule A or such Founder on Schedule B and that no other person has any right, title or interest (other than a community property interest) in such shares.

(m) Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, or the like, any securities issued with respect to the shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock held by the Founders or Investors shall become subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(n) Joint Product . This Agreement is the joint product of the Company and the parties hereto, and each provision hereof and thereof has been the subject of mutual consultation, negotiation and agreement of the Company and the parties hereto and shall not be construed against any party hereto.

(o) Prior Agreement . Upon the execution hereof by the Company and the Majority Investors (as defined in the Prior Agreement), this Agreement shall amend, restate and supersede the Prior Agreement, such that the Prior Agreement shall be of no further force or effect.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

- 6 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day, month and year first set forth above.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

 

Brett A. Hurt,

 

President

Address :

3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300

Austin, TX 78746

Fax: 512-732-9997

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED V OTING A GREEMENT


“Founders”

/s/ Brant Barton

Brant Barton

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

Brett A. Hurt

BAH TRUST

By:

 

Debra J. Hurt

 

Debra Hurt,

 

Trustee

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED V OTING A GREEMENT


“Investor”
EA PRIVATE INVESTMENTS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Scott Booth

Name:

 

Scott Booth

Title:

 

Managing Partner

EASTERN ADVISOR FUND, LP

By:

 

/s/ Scott Booth

Name:

 

Scott Booth

Title:

 

Managing Partner

EASTERN ADVISOR OFFSHORE FUND, LTD

By:

 

/s/ Scott Booth

Name:

 

Scott Booth

Title:

 

Managing Partner

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED V OTING A GREEMENT


“Investor”
BATTERY VENTURES VIII, L.P.

By:

 

Battery Partners VIII, L.L.C.,

 

its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Neeraj Agrawal

Name:

 

Neeraj Agrawal

Title:

 

Managing Member

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED V OTING A GREEMENT


“Investor”
AUSTIN VENTURES VIII, L.P.

By:

 

AV Partners VIII, L.P.,

 

its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Chris Pacitti

Name:

 

Chris Pacitti

Title:

 

General Partner

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED V OTING A GREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

Schedule of Investors

 

Investor’s Name and Address

EA Private Investments, LLC

Eastern Advisor Fund, LP

Eastern Advisor Offshore Fund, LTD

101 Park Avenue, 33/F

New York, NY 10178

Fax: 212-984-2331

Attn: Mitchell Green

Scott Booth

mitchell@easternadvisors.com

Battery Ventures VIII, L.P.

Reservoir Woods

930 Winter Street, Suite 2500

Waltham, MA 02451

Fax: (781) 478-6601

Attn: Neeraj Agrawal)

neeraj@battery.com

Austin Ventures VIII, L.P.

300 W. 6th Street, Suite 2300

Austin, Texas 78701

Fax: 512.476.3952

Attn: Chris Pacitti

cpacitti@austinventures.com

Constantin Partners II, LLC

119 Forbes Ave.

San Rafael, CA 94901

Attn: Julie Constantin

julieconstantin@comcast.net

Steven M. Katz

[***]

First Round Capital 2005 LP

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

West Conshohocken, PA 19428

Fax: 610.834.7635

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

Email: jeff@firstround.com

First Round Jingle LP

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

West Conshohocken, PA 19428

Fax: 610.834.7635

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

Email: jeff@firstround.com

Peter Fader

[***]

Dwight Foster

[***]


Investor’s Name and Address

Robert Harteveldt

[***]

Arthur Holcombe

[***]

Ralph Mack

[***]

Old Town Capital LLC

440 W. 62nd Street

Burr Ridge, IL 60527

Attn: Jamie Crouthamel

jc@oldtowncapital.com

David Reibstein

[***]

Eric Simone

[***]

Compete Investments, LLC

1239-A Parkway

Austin, TX 78703

Attn: Eric Simone

esimone@austin.rr.com

Bruce Spitzengel

[***]

Bozeman LP

[***]

European Founders Fund GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs KG Nr. 3

45 Lindenallee Koln

Germany 50968

WS Investment Company LLC

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Fax: 650.493.6811

Attn: Jim Terranova

jterranova@wsgr.com

Suneet Paul

[***]

Mack Capital, LLC

Attn: Ralph Mack

13 Wrights Mill Road

Armonic, NY 10504

rmack@mackcapital.net

First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund LP

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

W. Conshohocken, PA 19428

jeff@firstround.com


Investor’s Name and Address

First Round Capital 2007 Annex Fund Q-LP

Attn: Jeffrey Donnon

100 Four Falls Corporate Center

Suite 104

W. Conshohocken, PA 19428

jeff@firstround.com

Martin R. Lautman

[***]

Christine Allegro

[***]

Maples Investments II, L.P.

Attn: Mike Maples, Jr.

2440 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

mike@maplesinvestments.com

Crown Violet, Ltd.

Attn: Jeff Pennell

P.O. Box 685259

Austin, TX 78768

GH1 Ventures, LLC

Attn: Brian P. Grigsby

2520 Tanglewood Tr.

Austin, TX 78703

brian@ravenvp.com

David E. Gibbs

[***]


SCHEDULE B

Schedule of Founders

 

Founder

   Shares of Common Stock  

Brant Barton

     664,813   

[***]

  

Brett A. Hurt

     5,552,546   

[***]

  

BAH Trust

     1,748,251   

[***]

  

European Founders Fund GmbH

     820,476 1  

45 Lindenallee Koln

  

Germany 50968

  

EA Private Investments

     562,745 2  

101 Park Avenue, 33/F

  

New York, NY 10178

  

Hello Warrior Family Trust U/A/D 2/27/09

     10,309 2  

1045 Balboa Ave.

  

Burlingame, CA 94010

  

Sandberg-Goldberg Family Trust DTD 9/3/04

     41,237 2  

291 Polhemus Avenue

  

Atherton, CA 94027

  

Apercen Ventures I, LLC

     206,185 2  

314 Lytton Ave., Suite 200

  

Palo Alto, CA 94025

  

 

1  

To be deleted as Founder at next financing, after transfer of all shares on 6/25/10

2  

To be added as Founder at next financing, after transfer of shares from EFF on 6/25/10

Exhibit 4.5

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of November 2, 2010 between Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Investors and the Founders. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of February 9, 2010 (as previously amended, the “ Agreement ”) by and among the Company, the Investors and the Founders.

 

R E C I T A L S

 

WHEREAS:   The Agreement currently provides for the election of three Mutual Directors; and

 

WHEREAS:   The Company, the Investors and the Founders desire to amend the Agreement to provide for the election of four Mutual Directors.

 

A G R E E M E N T

 

NOW, THEREFORE:   For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.          Amendment of Section 2(d) . Section 2(d) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

 

(d)         four designees (each, a “ Mutual Director ” and, together, the “ Mutual Directors ”) mutually agreed upon by each of the directors elected pursuant to subsections 2(a), (b) and (c) above (initially Mike Bennett, Dev Ittycheria, Ed Keller and Tom Meredith).

 

2.          Miscellaneous . Except as set forth herein, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. This Amendment shall become effective upon the execution hereof by the Company and the Majority Investors. This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflict of law rules.

 

[Signature page follows.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Bryan Barksdale

Name:

 

Bryan Barksdale

Title:

 

General Counsel

 

AUSTIN VENTURES VIII, L.P.

By:

 

AV Partners VIII, L.P.,

its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Chris A. Pacitti

  Chris A. Pacitti
  General Partner

 

BATTERY VENTURES VIII, L.P.

By:

 

Battery Partners VIII, L.L.C.,

its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Neeraj Agrawal

Name:

 

Neeraj Agrawal

Title:

 

Partner

 

[A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED V OTING A GREEMENT ]

Exhibit 4.6

[COMPANY LETTERHEAD]

August 17, 2005

Austin Ventures VIII, L.P.

300 West Sixth Street

Suite 2300

Austin, Texas 78701

 

  Re:

Management Rights

Gentlemen:

This letter will confirm our agreement that pursuant to and effective as of your purchase of shares of Series A Preferred Stock of Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Austin Ventures VIII, L.P. (“Investor”) shall be entitled to the following contractual management rights, in addition to any rights to non-public financial information, inspection rights, and other rights specifically provided to all investors in the current financing:

1. Investor shall be entitled to consult with and advise management of the Company on significant business issues, including management’s proposed annual operating plans, and management will meet with you regularly during each year at the Company’s facilities at mutually agreeable times for such consultation and advice and to review progress in achieving said plans.

2. Investor may examine the books and records of the Company and inspect its facilities and may request information at reasonable times and intervals concerning the general status of the Company’s financial condition and operations, provided that access to highly confidential proprietary information and facilities need not be provided.

3. If Investor is not represented on the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company shall give a representative of Investor copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other material that the Company provides to its directors, except that the representative may be excluded from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes, upon advice of counsel, that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information, or for other similar reasons. Upon reasonable notice and at a scheduled meeting of the Board or such other time, if any, as the Board may determine in its sole discretion, such representative may address the Board of Directors with respect to Investor’s concerns regarding significant business issues facing the Company.

Investor agrees, and any representative of Investor will agree, to hold in confidence and trust and not use or disclose any confidential information provided to or learned by it in connection with its rights under this letter.

The rights described herein shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration


statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public. The confidentiality provisions hereof will survive any such termination.

 

Very truly yours,

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

 

Brett A. Hurt,

 

President

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

Austin Ventures VIII, L.P.

By:

 

AV Partners VIII, L.P.

 

General Partner

By

 

/s/ C.A. Pacitti

 

General Partner

Exhibit 4.7

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

6500 River Place Blvd.

Bldg. 1, Suite 350

Austin, TX 78730

September 6, 2007

Battery Ventures VIII, L.P.

Reservoir Woods

930 Winter Street,

Suite 2500

Waltham, MA 02451

 

  Re:

Management Rights

Gentlemen:

This letter will confirm our agreement that pursuant to and effective as of your purchase of shares of Series C Preferred Stock of Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Battery Ventures VIII, L.P. (“ Investor ”) shall be entitled to the following contractual management rights, in addition to any rights to non-public financial information, inspection rights, and other rights specifically provided to all investors in the current financing:

1. Investor shall be entitled to consult with and advise management of the Company on significant business issues, including management’s proposed annual operating plans, and management will meet with you regularly during each year at the Company’s facilities at mutually agreeable times for such consultation and advice and to review progress in achieving said plans.

2. Investor may examine the books and records of the Company and inspect its facilities and may request information at reasonable times and intervals concerning the general status of the Company’s financial condition and operations, provided that access to highly confidential proprietary information and facilities need not be provided.

3. If Investor is not represented on the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company shall give a representative of Investor copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other material that the Company provides to its directors, except that the representative may be excluded from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes, upon advice of counsel, that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information, or for other similar reasons. Upon reasonable notice and at a scheduled meeting of the Board or such other time, if any, as the Board may determine in its sole discretion, such representative may address the Board of Directors with respect to Investor’s concerns regarding significant business issues facing the Company.


Investor agrees, and any representative of Investor will agree, to hold in confidence and trust and not use or disclose any confidential information provided to or learned by it in connection with its rights under this letter.

The rights described herein shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of (i) the consummation of the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public; (ii) any transaction (including, without limitation, a merger, acquisition or reorganization of the Company) pursuant to which Investor exchanges 100% of the securities of the Company held by Investor for cash and/or securities that are, have become, or will within 12 months become freely tradable on a United States domestic, national securities exchange; (iii) distribution by Investor to its constituent partners of 100% of the securities of the Company held by Investor; or (iv) any other transaction pursuant to which Investor disposes of 100% of the securities of the Company held by Investor exclusively for cash and/or other consideration that does not include debt or equity securities or instruments. The confidentiality provisions hereof will survive any such termination.

 

Very truly yours,

Bazaarvoice, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

 

Brett A. Hurt,

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

Battery Ventures VIII, L.P.

By:

 

Battery Partners VIII, L.L.C.

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Neeraj Agrawal

Name:

 

Neeraj Agrawal

Title:

 

Managing Member

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as            of by and between Bazaarvoice Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and            (“ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of corporations;

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; and

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability based on Indemnitee’s reliance on the aforesaid Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, (ii) specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and (iii) an inducement to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under Delaware law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions :

(a) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) “ Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.

(c) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director (provided such


director’s election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved), cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity in which the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto would not continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 70% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(d) “ Expenses ” shall mean any expense, liability, or loss, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

(e) “ Indemnifiable Event ” shall mean any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, as described above.

(f) “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.

(g) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of the Company), or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other.

(h) “ Reviewing Party ” shall mean the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3.

(i) “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. Agreement to Indemnify .

(a) General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent

 

2


permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

(b) Initiation of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 5; or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control).

(c) Expense Advances . If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within fifteen (15) business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”). The Indemnitee shall qualify for such Expense Advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay such Expense Advances if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. This Section 2(c) shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnification is not available pursuant to Section 2(b) or 2(f).

(d) Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith that are indemnifiable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

(f) Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of any Proceeding in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws.

3. Reviewing Party . Prior to any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, in each case as appointed by the Board, or if all members of the Board are a party to such Proceeding, the Independent Counsel referred to below; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of

 

3


the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall be a partner or shareholder (or other similar position) in a reputable law firm and shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

4. Indemnification Process and Appeal .

(a) Indemnification Payment . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.

(b) Suit to Enforce Rights . Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within thirty (30) days after making a demand in accordance with Section 4(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court in the State of Texas or the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity.

(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions . It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct

 

4


or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

5. Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee and, if requested by the Company, approved by Independent Counsel (following such Independent Counsel’s determination that Indemnitee was entitled to such Expenses under this Agreement) in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for

(i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and/or

(ii) recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company,

but in the case of 5(i) and (ii), only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect. In addition, the Company shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).

6. Notification and Defense of Proceeding .

(a) Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).

(b) Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) such Expenses are incurred after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii), (iii) or (iv) above.

(c) Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify

 

5


Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved such payment under this Agreement after review of the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee (other than penalties or limitations in the form of a monetary obligation for which the Company would reimburse Indemnitee) without Indemnitee’s written consent. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; the Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.

7. Non-Exclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

8. Liability Insurance .

(a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as the Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an agent of the Company and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was an agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 8(b), shall use reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D&O Insurance ”) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers and Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or the coverage is reduced by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

9. Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two (2) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by state law under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of the Company or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.

10. Amendment of this Agreement . No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any

 

6


other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

11. Subrogation . Except with regard to the Company’s primary obligations, as set forth in Section 12 hereof, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

12. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Bylaw, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder; provided, however, that if Indemnitee is a representative of an investment fund and/or such fund’s affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”) and has rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by or with respect to such Fund Indemnitors, then (a) the Company hereby agrees that its obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement or any other agreement or undertaking to provide advancement, indemnification or both to Indemnitee are primary, and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to provide advancement or indemnification for any Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee are secondary, and (b) if the Fund Indemnitors pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement with Indemnitee (whether pursuant to the Bylaws or Certificate or another contract), then (i) the Fund Indemnitors shall be fully subrogated to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (ii) the Company shall fully indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless the Fund Indemnitors for all such payments actually made by the Fund Indemnitors. In addition, the Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes, releases, and covenants and agrees not to exercise, any rights that the Company may now have or hereafter acquires against the Fund Indemnitors or Indemnitee that arise from or relate to contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind under this Agreement or any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to the Bylaws or Certificate or another contract). The Company and Indemnitee hereby agree that this Section 12 shall be deemed exclusive and shall be deemed to modify, amend and clarify any right to indemnification or advancement provided to Indemnitee under any other contract, agreement or document with the Company. The Fund Indemnitors (if any) are express third party beneficiaries of this Section 12.

13. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Agreement relating thereto.

14. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the

 

7


same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

15. Severability . If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.

16. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, whether or not the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is available to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall pay all or a portion of the amount that would otherwise be incurred by Indemnitee for Expenses in connection with any claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

17. Governing Law; Forum . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery, (ii) consent to submit to the jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

18. Notices . All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

Bazaarvoice, Inc.

3900 N. Capital of Texas Hwy

Austin, Texas 78746

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

and to Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.

 

BAZAARVOICE INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
  Brett A. Hurt
  Chief Executive Officer

 

INDEMNITEE
 
Address:
 
 
 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.2

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

2005 STOCK PLAN

(as amended August 15, 2007, September 5, 2007, November 19, 2008, July 16, 2009, September 17, 2009, February 10, 2010, May 20, 2010, September 16, 2010 and November 16, 2010; as amended and restated March 29, 2011)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, except that any change in the beneficial ownership of the securities of the Company as a result of a transaction undertaken primarily for capital-raising purposes and that is approved by the Board, shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control; or

(ii) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.


(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(f) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(g) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(h) “ Company ” means Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i) “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

(j) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(k) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(l) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(m) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (a) outstanding Options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Options of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), Options of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (b) the exercise price of an outstanding Option is reduced. The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(o) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

-2-


(p) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(q) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(r) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(s) “ Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(t) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

(u) “ Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

(v) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(w) “ Plan ” means this 2005 Stock Plan, as amended from time to time.

(x) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right or Shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option.

(y) “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Optionee evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to Shares purchased under a Stock Purchase Right. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the notice of grant.

(z) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(aa) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 below.

(bb) “ Stock Purchase Right ” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

(cc) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Options or Stock Purchase Rights and sold under the Plan is 16,101,092 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

-3-


If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vi) to institute an Exchange Program;

(vii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(viii) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld

 

-4-


shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

(ix) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Limitations .

(a) Incentive Stock Option Limit . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) At-Will Employment . Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

7. Term of Plan . Subject to stockholder approval in accordance with Section 19, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 15, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

8. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

-5-


9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be determined by the Administrator.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Incentive Stock Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with, and pursuant to, a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.

(b) Forms of Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares, provided Shares acquired directly from the Company (x) have been owned by the Optionee, and not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

10. Exercise of Option .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment

 

-6-


authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(c) Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(d) Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain

 

-7-


exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(e) Leaves of Absence .

(i) Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.

(ii) A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (A) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (B) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.

(iii) For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91 st day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

11. Stock Purchase Rights .

(a) Rights to Purchase . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within 90 days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when

 

-8-


his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

12. Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Optionee upon the death or disability of the Optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, may (in its sole discretion) adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation in a merger or Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock Purchase Right, then the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the

 

-9-


Option or Stock Purchase Right as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of time as determined by the Administrator, and the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.

14. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

16. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such Option or Stock Purchase Right

 

-10-


and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

17. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

18. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

19. Stockholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

20. Information to Optionees . Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Optionees under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Optionees pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Optionees pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Optionee the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Optionees or by written notice to the Optionees of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Optionees agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If an Optionee does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

-11-


APPENDIX A

TO

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

2005 STOCK PLAN

California Residents Only .

This Appendix A to the Bazaarvoice, Inc. 2005 Stock Plan shall apply only to Optionees who are residents of the State of California and who are receiving Awards under the Plan. Capitalized terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Appendix A . Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by Applicable Laws, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of the State of California, until such time as the Administrator amends this Appendix A .

(a) Nonstatutory Stock Options granted to a person who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, shall have an exercise price not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Nonstatutory Stock Options granted to any other person shall have an exercise price that is not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

(b) The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement, provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. The term of each Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date the agreement is entered into.

(c) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options or Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes an Option or Stock Purchase Right transferable, such Option or Stock Purchase Right may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) to family members (within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) through gifts or domestic relations orders, as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(d) Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. Except in the case of Options or Stock Purchase Rights granted to officers, Directors and Consultants, Options or Stock Purchase Rights shall become exercisable

 

A-1


at a rate of no less than twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted.

(e) Unless employment or service is terminated for cause (as defined by the Administrator), the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).

(f) If Optionee’s employment or service terminates as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, Optionee may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).

(g) If Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following Optionee’s death, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, personal representative, or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.

(h) No Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be granted to a resident of California more than ten (10) years after the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan or the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

(i) The Company shall provide to each Optionee, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee has one or more Awards outstanding, copies of annual financial statements. The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key Employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

(j) In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, may (in its sole discretion) adjust the number and class of shares of common stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Administrator shall make such adjustments to the extent required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

(k) The terms and conditions of an offer under Section 11(a) of the Plan shall comply in all respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.

 

A-2


(l) This Appendix A shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Administrator shall have the authority to amend this Appendix A in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan.

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.3

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

2005 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2005 Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name:

       

Address:

       
       

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

   

Vesting Commencement Date:

   

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$________________________________________________________________

Total Number of Shares Granted:

   

Total Exercise Price:

 

$________________________________________________________________

Type of Option:

      Incentive Stock Option
      Nonstatutory Stock Option

Term/Expiration Date:

    Tenth Anniversary of Date of Grant

Vesting Schedule: [One fourth (  1 / 4 th) of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall vest on the corresponding day of each month thereafter, or to the extent such a month does not have the corresponding day, on the last day of any such month, provided that the Optionee continues to be a Service Provider (as defined in the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan) on such dates.]

Termination Period: This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon Optionee’s death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for one (1) year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.


II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the “ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“ NSO ”).

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other

 

-2-


than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act.

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash or check; or

(b) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding Taxes . Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

-3-


(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Texas.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

[Signature page follows.]

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Stock Option Agreement as of the date written below.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.
By:    
  Brett A. Hurt,
  President
Date:    

 

OPTIONEE
 
Name
 
Signature

 

-5-


EXHIBIT A

2005 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Bazaarvoice, Inc.

3900 N. Capital of Texas Hwy, Suite 300

Austin, TX 78746

Attention: Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                                      ,              , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                          shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2005 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                                      ,              (the “ Option Agreement ”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the


Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-2-


6. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-3-


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of Texas. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice will continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
OPTIONEE     BAZAARVOICE, INC.
      By:    
Signature      
      Title:    
Print Name      
     
Address :     Address :
      Bazaarvoice, Inc.
      3900 N. Capital of Texas Hwy, Suite 300
      Austin, TX 78746
     
     
    Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:      
COMPANY:   BAZAARVOICE, INC.  
SECURITY:   COMMON STOCK  
AMOUNT:      
DATE:      

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such


longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

Signature of Optionee:
 
Date:    

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.4

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

2005 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2005 Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name:

  

                                                                                                  

Address:

  

                                                                                                  

  

                                                                                                  

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:   

                                                                                                  

Vesting Commencement Date:   

                                                                                                  

Exercise Price per Share:   

$                                                                                               

Total Number of Shares Granted:   

                                                                                                  

Total Exercise Price:   

$                                                                                               

Type of Option:               Incentive Stock Option
              Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:    Tenth Anniversary of Date of Grant

Vesting Schedule: [One fourth (  1 / 4 th) of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall vest on the corresponding day of each month thereafter, or to the extent such a month does not have the corresponding day, on the last day of any such month, provided that the Optionee continues to be a Service Provider on such dates.]

Termination Period: This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon Optionee’s death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for one (1) year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.


II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant in Part I of this Agreement (the “ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“ NSO ”).

2. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. Alternatively, at the election of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 ).

(ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, the Optionee shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

-2-


3. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act.

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) check; or

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

-3-


8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding Taxes . Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, and (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Texas.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding,

 

-4-


conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

[Signature page follows.]

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Stock Option Agreement as of the date written below.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.
By:    
  Brett A. Hurt,
  President
Date:    

 

OPTIONEE
   
Name
   
Signature

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

2005 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Bazaarvoice, Inc.

3900 N. Capital of Texas Hwy, Suite 300

Austin, TX 78746

Attention: Secretary

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                              ,              , the undersigned (“ Optionee ”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option (the “ Option ”) to purchase                                  shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2005 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                              ,              (the “ Option Agreement ”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with

 

-2-


the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of

 

-3-


the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
OPTIONEE     BAZAARVOICE, INC.
      By:    
Signature      
      Title:    
Print Name      
Address :     Address :
      Bazaarvoice, Inc.
      3900 N. Capital of Texas Hwy, Suite 300
      Austin, TX 78746
     
    Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:   

                                                                          

COMPANY:

   Bazaarvoice, Inc.

SECURITY:

   Common Stock
AMOUNT:   

                                                                          

DATE:   

                                                                          

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements


of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

Signature of Optionee:
   
Date:    

 

-2-


EXHIBIT C-1

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

2005 STOCK PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made between                                                       (the “ Purchaser ”) and Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of                                  ,              .

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2005 Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number              ) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Option Agreement dated                          ,              by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “ Option ”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase                      of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“ Unvested Shares ”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Shares .”

B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1. Repurchase Option .

(a) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “ Repurchase Option ”).

(b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and


cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.

(d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow .

(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 . The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) The Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all

 

-2-


the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties . This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4. Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5. Adjustment for Stock Split . All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6. Notices . Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7. Survival of Terms . This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of the Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “ Election ”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within 30 days of the purchase of the Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

 

-3-


9. Representations . Purchaser has reviewed with his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas.

Purchaser represents that he has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

OPTIONEE     BAZAARVOICE, INC.
      By:    
Signature      
      Name:    
Print Name      
      Title:    
       
Residence Address      

Dated:                                                           ,             

 

-4-


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”)                                      shares of the Common Stock of the Company standing in its name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.               herewith and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                               to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Company and the undersigned dated              , 200      (the “ Agreement ”).

Dated:                                             ,                  Signature:    

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                                 ,             

Bazaarvoice, Inc.

3900 N. Capital of Texas Hwy, Suite 300

Austin, Texas 78746

Attention: Director of Finance

Dear Escrow Agent:

As Escrow Agent for both Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “ Company ”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

4. Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within 120 days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous


employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

-2-


14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the addresses set forth in the Agreement or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas.

 

PURCHASER     BAZAARVOICE, INC.
      By:    
Signature      
      Name:    
Print Name      
    Title:    
ESCROW AGENT    
       
Signature      
       
Print Name      

 

-3-


EXHIBIT C-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1.

The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

        NAME:

  

TAXPAYER:                                           

  

SPOUSE:                                                               

        ADDRESS:                                                                                                                                                                                      

        IDENTIFICATION NO.:

  

TAXPAYER:                                               

   SPOUSE:                                                           
        TAXABLE YEAR:                                                                      

 

2.

The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:              shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3.

The date on which the property was transferred is:                                  , 20              .

 

4.

The property is subject to the following restrictions: The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5.

The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                                                  

 

6.

The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $                                                  

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Dated:                                             , 20                   
      Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:                                             , 20                   
      Spouse of Taxpayer

Exhibit 10.9

 

[***]    Indicates that information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

KEY EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

FOR FISCAL YEAR 2011

 

Participant:

 

 

Target Annual Executive Bonus Amount:

 

 

GENERAL TERMS

 

Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby adopts this Key Executive Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) as a means to reward executive contributions through Company success and to drive and reward high individual performance.

 

  1)   This Key Executive Bonus Plan is adopted for fiscal year 2011, running from May 1, 2010 to April 30, 2011, following which it expires.

 

  2)   This Key Executive Bonus Plan incorporates for each participant the following three elements for determining bonus entitlement: (i) the individual participant’s target bonus amount based upon 100% achievement of defined goals (the “Goals”); (ii) the definition of the Goals; and (iii) the applicable weighting of the Goals. The elements of the Plan can be adjusted at the discretion of the Board of Directors as business conditions from time to time dictate or for unusual or windfall events.

 

  3)   The Bonus is not considered to have been earned and generally will not be paid until after the Company audit and GAAP certification of the Company’s fiscal year books for the fiscal year. However, the Company may, within its discretion, advance the executive up to 40% of his/her Target Annual Executive Bonus after the second quarter of the fiscal year, based upon his/her level of achievement of the Goals. In such instance, the amount advanced will be offset against the amount of Bonus determined to have been earned after the fiscal year is closed and audited. All bonus payments, including advances, are less applicable withholding.

 

  4)   Participants in the Plan must be employed by the Company on the date of payment to receive the Bonus.

 

  5)   The Bonus will not be pro-rated for participants who separate from employment prior to the Bonus payment date, regardless of the reasons for the separation.

 

  6)   The target bonus amount and the Goals may be pro-rated, as the Company considers appropriate, for those participants hired after the start of a fiscal year and for those participants who took an extended leave of absence during the fiscal year, as is consistent with applicable state and federal law.

 

  7)  

Payment under the Key Executive Bonus Plan is contingent upon the Company’s fiscal year performance achieving either: (a) a minimum of 90% of the target Net Bookings; or (b) a minimum of 90% of the target GAAP Revenue of the Corporate Performance Component. If neither minimum is met, there will be no Bonus earned or paid under either the Corporate Performance or Individual


  Performance Component. Any exception to this requirement must be approved by the Board of Directors.

 

  8)   Goals:

 

The Bonus is dependent upon the achievement of certain Goals, as weighted and defined below:

 

  i.   One-fifth (20%) of the Bonus will be based upon achievement of 100% of the pre-determined Company target Net Bookings for fiscal year 2011. If less than or greater than 100% of the target bookings are achieved, the amount attributable to Bonus attainment with respect to this Goal will be reduced or increased in the proportion specified in the table below.

 

  ii.   One-fifth (20%) of the Bonus will be issued provided 100% of the pre-determined Company target GAAP Revenue for fiscal year 2011 is achieved. If less than or greater than 100% of the target revenue is achieved, the amount attributable to Bonus attainment with respect to this Goal will be reduced or increased in the proportion specified in the table below.

 

  iii.   One-fifth (20%) of the Bonus will be issued provided 100% of the pre-determined Company target Annual Service Fee (ASF) retention for fiscal year 2011 is achieved. If less than or greater than 100% of the target ASF retention are achieved, the amount attributable to Bonus attainment with respect to this Goal will be increased or reduced in the proportion specified in the table below.

 

  iv.   One-fifth (20%) of the Bonus will be issued provided 100% of the pre-determined Company target EBITDA for fiscal year 2011 is achieved. If the actual EBITDA exceeds or falls short of the specified target, the amount attributable to Bonus attainment with respect to this Goal will be increased or reduced in the proportion specified in the table below.

 

  v.   One-fifth (20%) of the Bonus will be issued provided 100% of the pre-determined Company target Net Cash Use goal for fiscal year 2011 is achieved. If the actual Net Cash Use exceeds or falls short of the specified goal, the amount attributable to Bonus attainment with respect to this Goal will be increased or reduced in the proportion specified in the table below.


Plan Targets

 

Actual Performance

 

Bonus %

Net Bookings   Less than 90%   0
      90%                         $ [***]   90%   65%
    100%                         $ [***]   91%   68%
    110%                         $ [***]   92%   71%
Revenue   93%   74%
      90%                         $ 55,592,100   94%   77%
    100%                         $ 61,769,000   95%   80%
    110%                         $ 67,945,900   96%   84%
ASF Retention   97%   88%
      90%                                   79.0%   98%   92%
    100%                                   87.8%   99%   96%
    110%                                   96.6%   100%   100%
EBITDA   101%   105%
      90%                          ($11,449,900)   102%   110%
    100%                         ($10,409,000)   103%   115%
    110%                         ($  9,368,100)   104%   120%
Net Cash Use   105%   125%
      90%                         ($11,435,600)   106%   130%
    100%                         ($10,396,000)   107%   135%
    110%                         ($  9,356,400)   108%   140%
    109%   145%
    110%   150%

 

  9)   Definitions

 

For purposes of this Executive Bonus Plan:

 

“Annual Service Fee (ASF) Retention” means the amount of Live ASF the Company ends the year with, expressed as a % of live ASF we start the year with added to the ASF launched during the year. This is known internally as the ASF Retention Percentage.

 

“EBITDA” means Earnings Before Interest Tax Depreciation and Amortization. It is essentially the Net operating performance of the company before entries that are more accounting focused rather than results driven by operational business decisions.

 

“GAAP Revenue” means Income Statement Revenue that will be reported in the company’s financial statements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the USA.

 

“Net Bookings” means the incremental amount of Annualized Cumulative Bookings added during the year.

 

“Net Cash Use” means the amount of cash that the Company spends, net of its cash receipts, before the impact of any borrowings. This is referred to in the Adaptive Planning system as the “Cash Burn.”

 

 

I have read, understood, and agree to the provisions of the Company’s Key Executive Bonus Plan for Fiscal Year 2011.

 

EMPLOYEE:    

        

Name:

          

Printed Name:

          

Date:

          

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

[***]  Indicates that information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

FOR FISCAL YEAR 2011

 

 

GENERAL TERMS

 

Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby adopts this Executive Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) as a means to reward executive contributions through Company success and to drive and reward high individual performance.

 

  1)   This Executive Bonus Plan is adopted for fiscal year 2011, running from May 1, 2010 to April 30, 2011, following which it expires.

 

  2)   This Executive Bonus Plan incorporates for each participant the following three elements for determining bonus entitlement: (i) the individual participant’s target bonus amount based upon 100% achievement of defined goals (the “Goals”) for both a Corporate Performance Component and an Individual Performance Component (the “Components”); (ii) the definition of the Goals making up each Component; and (iii) the applicable weighting of the Components and the Goals within each Component. The elements of the Plan can be adjusted at the discretion of the Board of Directors as business conditions from time to time dictate or for unusual or windfall events.

 

  3)   Goals for this fiscal year have been determined by the Company to incorporate Management by Objectives (“MBOs”) set for both the Company and each individual executive and his/her Department. The Company, within its sole discretion, will determine the rate of achievement of the Goals.

 

  4)   The Bonus is not considered to have been earned and generally will not be paid until after the Company audit and GAAP certification of the Company’s fiscal year books for the fiscal year. However, the Company may, within its discretion, advance the executive up to 40% of his/her Target Annual Executive Bonus after the second quarter of the fiscal year, based upon his/her level of achievement of both the Corporate Performance Component and the Individual Performance Component objectives. In such instance, the amount advanced will be offset against the amount of Bonus determined to have been earned after the fiscal year is closed and audited. All bonus payments, including advances, are less applicable withholding.

 

  5)   Participants in the Plan must be employed by the Company on the date of payment to receive the Bonus.

 

  6)   The Bonus will not be pro-rated for participants who separate from employment prior to the Bonus payment date, regardless of the reasons for the separation.

 

  7)   The target bonus amount and the Goals may be pro-rated, as the Company considers appropriate, for those participants hired after the start of a fiscal year and for those participants who took an extended leave of absence during the fiscal year, as is consistent with applicable state and federal law.


  8)   Payment under the Executive Bonus Plan is contingent upon the Company’s fiscal year performance achieving either: (a) a minimum of 90% of the target Net Bookings; or (b) a minimum of 90% of the target GAAP Revenue of the Corporate Performance Component. If neither minimum is met, there will be no Bonus earned or paid under either the Corporate Performance or Individual Performance Component. Any exception to this requirement must be approved by the Board of Directors.

 

  9)   Corporate Performance Component:  75%

 

For Fiscal Year 2011, the Corporate Performance Component will be weighted at Seventy-Five Percent (75%) of each participating executive’s target Bonus. The Corporate Performance Component is dependent upon the achievement of certain financial measures, as defined below:

 

  i.   One-fifth (20%) of the Corporate Performance Component will be based upon achievement of 100% of the pre-determined Company target Net Bookings for fiscal year 2011. If less than or greater than 100% of the target bookings are achieved, the amount attributable to Bonus attainment with respect to this element of the Corporate Performance Component will be reduced or increased in the proportion specified in the table below.

 

  ii.   One-fifth (20%) of the Corporate Performance Component will be issued provided 100% of the pre-determined Company target GAAP Revenue for fiscal year 2011 is achieved. If less than or greater than 100% of the target revenue is achieved, the amount attributable to Bonus attainment with respect to this element of the Corporate Performance Component will be reduced or increased in the proportion specified in the table below.

 

  iii.   One-fifth (20%) of the Corporate Performance Component will be issued provided 100% of the pre-determined Company target Annual Service Fee (ASF) retention for fiscal year 2011 is achieved. If less than or greater than 100% of the target ASF retention are achieved, the amount attributable to Bonus attainment with respect to this element of the Corporate Performance Component will be increased or reduced in the proportion specified in the table below.

 

  iv.   One-fifth (20%) of the Corporate Performance Component will be issued provided 100% of the pre-determined Company target EBITDA for fiscal year 2011 is achieved. If the actual EBITDA exceeds or falls short of the specified goal, the amount attributable to Bonus attainment with respect to this element of the Corporate Performance Component will be increased or reduced in the proportion specified in the table below.

 

  v.   One-fifth (20%) of the Corporate Performance Component will be issued provided 100% of the pre-determined Company target Net Cash Use goal for fiscal year 2011 is achieved. If the actual Net Cash Use exceeds or falls short of the specified goal, the amount attributable to Bonus attainment with respect to this element of the Corporate Performance Component will be increased or reduced in the proportion specified in the table below.


Plan Targets

 

Actual Performance

 

Bonus %

Net Bookings     Less than 90%   0

  90%

  $ [***]   90%   65%

100%

  $ [***]   91%   68%

110%

  $ [***]   92%   71%
Revenue     93%   74%

  90%

  $ 55,592,100   94%   77%

100%

  $ 61,769,000   95%   80%

110%

  $ 67,945,900   96%   84%
ASF Retention     97%   88%

  90%

 

79.0%

  98%   92%

100%

 

87.8%

  99%   96%

110%

 

96.6%

  100%   100%
EBITDA     101%   105%

  90%

  ($11,449,900)   102%   110%

100%

  ($10,409,000)   103%   115%

110%

  ($ 9,368,100)   104%   120%
Net Cash Use     105%   125%

  90%

  ($11,435,600)   106%   130%

100%

  ($10,396,000)   107%   135%

110%

  ($ 9,356,400)   108%   140%
    109%   145%
    110%   150%

 

 

  10)   Individual Performance Component:  25%

 

Twenty-Five percent (25%) of the Target Annual Executive Bonus will be based upon an Individual Performance Component (the “Individual Performance Component”). Exhibit 1, attached hereto, set the executive’s Target Annual Executive Bonus Amount for Fiscal Year 2011, and describes the Goals of the individual executive’s Individual Performance Component. The Goals will be set by the Company. Assuming the initial criteria for payout as defined in the provisions above are met, this portion of the Bonus is subject to the following:

 

  i.   The Individual Performance Component will be based upon achievement of MBO components as defined in Exhibit I. While an estimate of the weight to be accorded each MBO may be outlined in Exhibit 1, management retains sole discretion to determine and assign at year end an overall percentage of achievement of MBOs up to (100%) of the Individual Performance Component.

 

  ii.   The MBOs will be selected and approved at the sole discretion of the Company. The MBOs are key to current and future business plans of the Company. The MBOs will be reviewed regularly with the executive to validate the continued relevance of the objective and to communicate the executive’s performance in relation to the objective.

 

 

  10)   Definitions

 

For purposes of this Executive Bonus Plan:

 

“Annual Service Fee (ASF) Retention” means the amount of Live ASF the Company ends the year with, expressed as a % of live ASF we start the year with added to the ASF launched during the year. This is known internally as the ASF Retention Percentage.


“EBITDA” means Earnings Before Interest Tax Depreciation and Amortization. It is essentially the Net operating performance of the company before entries that are more accounting focused rather than results driven by operational business decisions.

 

“GAAP Revenue” means Income Statement Revenue that will be reported in the company’s financial statements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the USA.

 

“Net Bookings” means the incremental amount of Annualized Cumulative Bookings added during the year.

 

“Net Cash Use” means the amount of cash that the Company spends, net of its cash receipts, before the impact of any borrowings. This is referred to in the Adaptive Planning system as the “Cash Burn.”

 

 

 

 

I have read, understood, and agree to the provisions of the Company’s Executive Bonus Plan for Fiscal Year 2011, and Exhibit 1 attached hereto.

 

EMPLOYEE:

    
Name:                                                                           
Printed Name:                                                                           
Date:                                                                           


 

EXHIBIT 1:  INDIVIDUAL TERMS

 

 

Participant:

 

Target Annual Executive Bonus Amount:

 

 

Individual Performance Component:

   25%

25% of Target:

  

Corporate Performance Component:

   75%

75% of Target:

  

 

Annual Individual MBO’s and Estimated Weighting:

 

September 30, September 30, September 30,

Weighting

   Objective      Success Criteria      Result
            
            
            
            
            

100%

            

Exhibit 10.11

 

[***] Indicates that information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

ADDENDUM 1: Amendment to Corporate Performance Goals

 

 

9/27/2010

 

 

On August 11, 2010, the Board of Directors approved the Client Services Investment Package. As a result, the Board also amended the Corporate Performance Goals of the original FY-2011 Bonus Plan, as permitted by the Plan. All other plan elements and terms of the Plan remain as previously defined.

 

The amended goals for the FY-2011 Corporate Performance Component are as follows:

 

Plan Targets

 

Actual Performance

 

Bonus %

Net Bookings     Less than 90%   0

  90%

  $ [***]   90%   65%

100%

  $ [***]   91%   68%

110%

  $ [***]   92%   71%
Revenue     93%   74%

  90%

  $ 58,742,100   94%   77%

100%

  $ 65,269,000   95%   80%

110%

  $ 71,795,900   96%   84%
ASF Retention     97%   88%

  90%

 

79.0%

  98%   92%

100%

 

87.8%

  99%   96%

110%

 

96.6%

  100%   100%
EBITDA     101%   105%

  90%

  ($12,109,900)   102%   110%

100%

  ($11,009,000)   103%   115%

110%

  ($ 9,908,100)   104%   120%
Net Cash Use     105%   125%

  90%

  ($12,095,600)   106%   130%

100%

  ($10,996,000)   107%   135%

110%

  ($ 9,896,400)   108%   140%
    109%   145%
    110%   150%

 

 

I have read, understood, and agree to the provisions of this Addendum to the Company’s Executive Bonus Plan for Fiscal Year 2011.

 

EMPLOYEE:

    
Name:                                                                           
Printed Name:                                                                           
Date:                                                                           

Exhibit 10.12

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

June 14, 2005

Brett A. Hurt

[***]

[***]

Re: Terms of Employment

Dear Brett:

This letter agreement sets forth the terms of your employment as the President and CEO of Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Bazaarvoice ” or “ we ”).

Position and Benefits . As the President and CEO of Bazaarvoice, you will receive a base salary at the rate of $180,000 per year, payable in accordance with our regular payroll practices. Your base salary is subject to statutory deductions and withholding requirements. The first and last payment by Bazaarvoice to you will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period. As an employee, you are eligible to participate in our bonus plans and benefit programs as they are established from time to time. We are an “at-will” employer, which means that your employment with Bazaarvoice (and the terms thereof) is for no specific period of time and may be modified or terminated by you or Bazaarvoice at any time and for any reason, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. The at-will nature of your employment may be altered only by a written agreement signed on behalf of the Board of Directors of Bazaarvoice.

Severance Benefits . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you are terminated by Bazaarvoice for any reason other than Cause (defined below) or in the event of a Constructive Termination (defined below), we will continue, in accordance with our normal payroll practices and subject to applicable deductions and withholding requirements, to pay to you an amount equal to the base salary to which you would be entitled if your employment had not been so terminated for a period of six months following your termination date. Your right to receive such severance payments is conditioned upon (i) your execution of a release substantially in the form attached to this letter and identified as Exhibit A and (ii) your continued compliance with the terms of this letter and your EPIA (defined below).

Following a termination without Cause or a Constructive Termination in which you are entitled to the severance payments provided above, if you elect to continue health coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“ COBRA ”) and are eligible for such coverage, Bazaarvoice will pay your COBRA premiums in an amount sufficient to maintain the level of health benefits in effect on your last day of employment throughout any period in which you are entitled to receive the severance payments provided above or until you receive comparable benefits from any other source, whichever occurs first. Nothing contained herein shall interfere with your right, if any, to continuation coverage under COBRA.


For purposes of this letter, “ Cause ” shall mean: (i) your continued failure to substantially perform the duties and obligations of your position with Bazaarvoice (other than any such failure resulting from your total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code); (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by you which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment for you at the expense of Bazaarvoice; (iii) your violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to Bazaarvoice’s business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to Bazaarvoice; (iv) your conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State; (v) your breach of the terms of your agreement(s) with Bazaarvoice relating to proprietary information and inventions assignment, including your EPIA; or (vi) your material breach of the terms of this letter. For purposes of this letter, clauses (i), (v) and (vi) shall constitute “Cause” only after you have received from the Board of Directors written notice describing the circumstances of such breach or failure in reasonable detail and have been given a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty days.

For purposes of this letter, a “ Constructive Termination ” shall mean your voluntary resignation following: (i) a change in your position with the Company or a successor entity that materially reduces your position, title, duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which you report; (ii) a reduction in your level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs as established from time to time) by more than twenty percent (20%); or (iii) a relocation of your place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles from Bazaarvoice’s current offices in Austin, Texas; provided, however , an event described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph shall constitute a Constructive Termination if and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without your consent.

Stock Vesting . As indicated in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B , we will provide you with accelerated vesting of certain of your shares of Common Stock upon the occurrence of the events and under the terms set forth in greater detail in the Restricted Purchase Agreement.

Taxes . You acknowledge that you are personally responsible for the payment of all federal, state and local taxes that are due, or may be due, for any payments and other consideration received by you from Bazaarvoice or with respect to the effect of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

Confidentiality Agreement . As a condition to your employment with Bazaarvoice and in exchange for the access that you will be given to the Company’s proprietary information and technology during your employment, you have executed the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement attached to this letter as Exhibit C (the “ EPIA ”). Nothing in this letter is intended to contradict the terms of the EPIA. To the extent there is a perceived inconsistency between this letter and the EPIA, then the terms of the EPIA shall control.

Tax and Legal Advice . You acknowledge that you have had an opportunity to consult with your legal counsel and tax and other advisors regarding the preparation of this letter and the matters related thereto. You understand and acknowledge that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, has acted solely as legal counsel for Bazaarvoice with respect to the

 

2


preparation of this letter and the other matters related thereto and has not acted as legal counsel for you.

Severability . The parties intend all provisions of this letter agreement to be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. Accordingly, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the scope and/or operation of any provision of this letter agreement is too broad to be enforced as written, the parties intend that the court should reform such provision to such narrower scope and/or operation as it determines to be enforceable. If, however, any provision of this letter agreement is held to be illegal, invalid; or unenforceable under present or future law, and not subject to reformation, then (i) such provision shall be fully severable, (ii) this letter agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such provision was never a part of this letter agreement, and (iii) the remaining provisions of this letter agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions or by their severance.

General Creditor Status . All cash payments and other benefits to which you may become entitled hereunder will be paid, when due, from the general assets of Bazaarvoice, and no trust fund, escrow arrangement or other segregated account will be established as a funding vehicle for such payment. Accordingly, your right (or the right of the personal representatives or beneficiaries of your estate) to receive such cash payments hereunder will at all times be that of a general creditor of Bazaarvoice and will have no priority over the claims of other general creditors.

Entire Agreement . This letter, the EPIA and your Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement together set forth the entire agreement between you and Bazaarvoice regarding the terms of your employment and supersede any prior representations, agreements and understandings between you and any employee or representative Bazaarvoice, whether written or oral.

Notices . All notices, requests, and other communications hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given only if (i) delivered personally or by overnight courier, (ii) delivered by facsimile transmission with answer back confirmation, (iii) mailed (postage prepaid by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested) (effective upon actual receipt), or (iv) delivered by electronic communication to you at the address set forth on the signature page hereto or to Bazaarvoice at the company’s then-current principal executive office. An electronic communication (“ Electronic Notice ”) shall be deemed written notice for purposes of this letter if sent with return receipt requested to the electronic mail address specified by the receiving party. Electronic Notice shall be deemed received at the time the party sending Electronic Notice receives verification of receipt by the receiving party. Any party receiving Electronic Notice may request and shall be entitled to receive the notice on paper, in a nonelectronic form (“ Nonelectronic Notice ”) which shall be sent to the requesting party within five (5) days after receipt of the written request for Nonelectronic Notice. Any party from time to time may change its address, facsimile number, electronic mail address, or other information for the purpose of notices to that party by giving written notice specifying such change to the other party hereto.

Miscellaneous . THIS LETTER AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS. EACH PARTY HERETO CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF TRAVIS AND THE

 

3


COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES LOCATED IN THE WESTERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR OTHERWISE RELATING TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT. This letter agreement shall inure to the benefit of any successors or assigns of Bazaarvoice; you shall not be entitled to assign any of your rights or obligations under this letter agreement. The terms and provisions of this letter agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and Bazaarvoice’s successors or assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person. This letter agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by you and Bazaarvoice upon the written consent of the Board of Directors. The headings used in this letter agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof. This letter agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by facsimile, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

If you agree to the terms contained in this letter, please sign this letter in the space provided below and return to Bazaarvoice. You should retain a copy for your files. We look forward to your contributions to the successes of Bazaarvoice.

 

Sincerely,
BAZAARVOICE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brant Barton

  Brett Barton
  Vice President of Products and Client Services

I have read and acknowledge and agree to the terms of this letter effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

Brett A. Hurt

 

4


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

A-1


E XHIBIT  B

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


E XHIBIT  C

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.13

LOGO

July 15, 2010

Bryan Barksdale

RE: Offer of Employment

Dear Bryan:

On behalf of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to invite you to join the Company as General Counsel reporting initially to me as our President and CEO and then our CFO as soon as they are hired. In this position, you will be expected to devote your full business time, attention and energies to the performance of your duties with the Company. If you accept our offer of employment by complying with the instructions set forth in the last paragraph of this offer, your first day of employment will be on or before August 16, 2010. The terms of this offer of employment are as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at-will” employment. As a result, you are free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason.

2. Compensation . The Company will pay you a base salary at a rate of $20,833.34 per month (annualized to $250,000.00 per year) in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies, including compliance with applicable withholding requirements. In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to participate in an annual executive bonus plan adopted each fiscal year that sets your target bonus amount to be paid upon achievement of defined goals for the company and you. In your initial year of employment, your targeted annual bonus will be $50,000 at 100% achievement, pro-rated from your date of hire. The first and last payment by the Company to you will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period.

3. Stock Ownership . Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan to purchase 286,154 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date upon which the Board of Directors approves the option grant. We will recommend that the Company’s Board of Directors set your vesting schedule with respect to such option as follows: One-fourth (  1 / 4 th) of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of your employment with the Company and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of such shares will vest each month thereafter, subject to your continued employment with the Company on any such date. In addition, in the event of your Termination Upon Change of Control


(as defined in Exhibit A attached hereto), all (100%) of your unvested options shall immediately vest.

4. Benefits . During the term of your employment, you will be entitled to the Company’s standard vacation and benefits covering employees at your level, as such may be in effect from time to time.

5. Immigration Laws . For purposes of federal immigration laws, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided within three business days of the effective date of your employment, or your employment relationship with the Company may be terminated.

6. Prior Employment Relationships; Conflicting Obligations . If you have not already done so, we request that you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

7. Employee Proprietary Information Agreement . As a condition of this offer of employment, you will be required on your first day of employment to complete and sign the Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information Agreement (the “ EPIA ”) attached hereto as Exhibit B .

8. General . This offer letter, the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement covering the shares described in paragraph 3, when signed by you, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any and all prior representations and agreements, whether written or oral. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this offer letter, on the one hand, and the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement, on the other hand, the terms and provisions of the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement will control. Any amendment of this offer letter or any waiver of a right under this offer letter must be in a writing signed by you and an officer of the Company. This offer letter will be governed by Texas law without giving effect to its conflict of law principles.

9. Background Check; Contingencies . This offer of employment is contingent upon the satisfactory completion of background screens to be performed by the Company and/or independent contractors of the Company. If such checks fail to satisfy the Company’s requirements for employees at your level, this offer of employment shall be rescinded.

 

-2-


We look forward to you joining the Company. If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing this offer letter in the space provided below and returning it to me not later than July 16, 2010.

 

Sincerely,
BAZAARVOICE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

  Brett A. Hurt,
  President and CEO

Agreed and Accepted :

 

Signature:  

/s/ Bryan Barksdale

Date:  

July 16, 2010

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

1. “Termination Upon Change of Control” means any termination of your employment by the Company without Cause during the period commencing on or after the date that the Company has signed a definitive agreement or that the Company’s board of directors has endorsed a tender offer for the Company’s stock that in either case when consummated would result in a Change of Control (even though consummation is subject to approval or requisite tender by the Company’s stockholders and other conditions and contingencies) and ending at the earlier of the date on which such definitive agreement or tender offer has been terminated without a Change of Control or on the date which is twelve (12) months following the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions that results in a Change of Control.

2. “Cause” means (a) your willful and continued failure to perform substantially your duties with the Company or (b) the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is injurious to the Company.

3. “Change of Control” means (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities; (b) the Company is party to a merger or consolidation, or series of related transactions, which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or another entity) at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or other entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (c) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or consummation of any transaction, or series of related transactions, having similar effect), unless at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the entity acquiring those assets is held by persons who held the voting securities of the Company immediate prior to such transaction or series of transactions; (d) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, unless after such liquidation or dissolution all or substantially all of the assets of the Company are held in an entity at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which is held by persons who held the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such liquidation or dissolution; or (f) any transaction or series of related transactions that has the substantial effect of any one or more of the foregoing.


EXHIBIT B

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.14

LOGO

July 7, 2008

Heather Brunner

[***]

[***]

RE: Offer of Employment

Dear Heather:

On behalf of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to invite you to join the Company as Senior Vice President of Worldwide Client Services reporting to me as our President and CEO. In this position, you will be expected to devote your full business time, attention and energies to the performance of your duties with the Company. If you accept our offer of employment by complying with the instructions set forth in the last paragraph of this offer, your first day of employment will be on or before September 1, 2008. The terms of this offer of employment are as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at-will” employment. As a result, you are free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason.

2. Compensation . The Company will pay you a base salary at a rate of $18,333.33 per month (annualized to $220,000.00 per year) in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies, including compliance with applicable withholding requirements. In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to participate in an annual bonus plan, which is targeted at $80,000 at 100% achievement of your plan goals. 50% of your plan goals will be based on Client Services departmental goals and 50% will be based on company goals. The Company will present you the details of the plan by September 15, 2008. The bonus will be paid out in June or July, following our audit and GAAP certification of our fiscal year books, with the exception of the first year of your employment, where your annual bonus will be pro-rated for a December 31, 2008 payment as a draw against your annual bonus (i.e., you will be paid a guaranteed bonus of $26,666.67 on December 31, 2008 and your first annual bonus will be deducted by that amount and based on the aforementioned company and client services goals). The first and last payment by the Company to you will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period.

3. Stock Ownership . Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan to purchase 502,539 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the common stock on


the date upon which the Board of Directors approves the option grant. We will recommend that the Company’s Board of Directors set your vesting schedule with respect to such option as follows: One-fourth (1/4th) of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of your employment with the Company and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of such shares will vest each month thereafter, subject to your continued employment with the Company on any such date. In addition, in the event of your Termination Upon Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit A attached hereto), one-half (50%) of your unvested options shall immediately vest.

4. Benefits . During the term of your employment, you will be entitled to the Company’s standard vacation and benefits covering employees at your level, as such may be in effect from time to time.

5. Immigration Laws . For purposes of federal immigration laws, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided within three business days of the effective date of your employment, or your employment relationship with the Company may be terminated.

6. Prior Employment Relationships; Conflicting Obligations . If you have not already done so, we request that you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

7. Employee Proprietary Information Agreement . As a condition of this offer of employment, you will be required on your first day of employment to complete and sign the Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information Agreement (the “ EPIA ”) attached hereto as Exhibit B .

8. General . This offer letter, the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement covering the shares described in paragraph 3, when signed by you, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any and all prior representations and agreements, whether written or oral. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this offer letter, on the one hand, and the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement, on the other hand, the terms and provisions of the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement will control. Any amendment of this offer letter or any waiver of a right under this offer letter must be in a writing signed by you and an officer of the Company. This offer letter will be governed by Texas law without giving effect to its conflict of law principles.

 

-2-


9. Background Check; Contingencies . This offer of employment is contingent upon the satisfactory completion of background screens to be performed by the Company and/or independent contractors of the Company. If such checks fail to satisfy the Company’s requirements for employees at your level, this offer of employment shall be rescinded.

We look forward to you joining the Company. If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing this offer letter in the space provided below and returning it to me not later than July 7, 2008.

 

Sincerely,
BAZAARVOICE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

  Brett A. Hurt
  CEO

Agreed and Accepted:

 

Signature:  

/s/ Heather J. Brunner

Date:  

July 7, 2008

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

1. “Termination Upon Change of Control” means any termination of your employment by the Company without Cause during the period commencing on or after the date that the Company has signed a definitive agreement or that the Company’s board of directors has endorsed a tender offer for the Company’s stock that in either case when consummated would result in a Change of Control (even though consummation is subject to approval or requisite tender by the Company’s stockholders and other conditions and contingencies) and ending at the earlier of the date on which such definitive agreement or tender offer has been terminated without a Change of Control or on the date which is twelve (12) months following the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions that results in a Change of Control.

2. “Cause” means (a) your willful and continued failure to perform substantially your duties with the Company or (b) the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is injurious to the Company.

3. “Change of Control” means (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities; (b) the Company is party to a merger or consolidation, or series of related transactions, which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or another entity) at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or other entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (c) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or consummation of any transaction, or series of related transactions, having similar effect), unless at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the entity acquiring those assets is held by persons who held the voting securities of the Company immediate prior to such transaction or series of transactions; (d) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, unless after such liquidation or dissolution all or substantially all of the assets of the Company are held in an entity at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which is held by persons who held the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such liquidation or dissolution; or (f) any transaction or series of related transactions that has the substantial effect of any one or more of the foregoing.


EXHIBIT B

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.15

 

STRICTLY PRIVATE

 

To:   Heather Brunner
From:   Brett Hurt
Date:   June 30, 2010
Subject:   Amendment to Offer Letter

 

Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “Company”) wishes to increase flexibility in the annual bonus plan for members of its executive team. Doing so will require the amendment of relevant provisions from individual offer letters. As such, the Company proposes the following:

 

Your July 7, 2008 offer letter (the “Offer Letter”) provides in part:

 

“In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to participate in an annual bonus plan, which is targeted at $80,000 at 100% achievement of your plan goals. 50% of your plan goals will be based on Client Services departmental goals and 50% will be based on company goals. The Company will present you the details of the plan by September 15, 2008. The bonus will be paid out in June or July, following our audit and GAAP certification of our fiscal year books, with the exception of the first year of your employment, where your annual bonus will be pro-rated for a December 31, 2008 payment as a draw against your annual bonus (i.e., you will be paid a guaranteed bonus of $26,666.67 on December 31, 2008 and your first annual bonus will be deducted by that amount and based on the aforementioned company and client services goals).”

 

The above language from your Offer Letter is hereby deleted and replaced with the following verbage, thereby amending your Offer Letter to hereinafter read as follows:

 

“In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to participate in an annual executive bonus plan adopted each fiscal year that sets your target bonus amount to be paid upon achievement of defined goals for the company and you.”

 

I accept and agree to the above amendment to my offer letter recognizing that such flexibility has the potential to work to my personal advantage, and I hereby waive any rights I may have under the language replaced by this amendment.

 

EMPLOYEE: /s/ Heather J. Brunner

 

 

Name

     Heather J. Brunner

Date:

    

7/1/2010

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

By:  Brett A. Hurt, CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.16

LOGO

August 13, 2010

Stephen Collins

[***]

[***]

RE: Offer of Employment

Dear Stephen:

On behalf of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to invite you to join the Company as Chief Financial Officer reporting to me as our President and CEO. In this position, you will be expected to devote your full business time, attention and energies to the performance of your duties with the Company. If you accept our offer of employment by complying with the instructions set forth in the last paragraph of this offer, your first day of employment will be on or before September 6, 2010. The terms of this offer of employment are as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at-will” employment. As a result, you are free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason.

2. Compensation . The Company will pay you a base salary at a rate of $16,666.67 per month (annualized to $200,000.00 per year) in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies, including compliance with applicable withholding requirements. In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to participate in an annual Key Executive Bonus plan (as defined in Exhibit A attached hereto) adopted each fiscal year that sets your target bonus amount to be paid upon achievement of defined goals for the company and you. In your initial year of employment, your targeted annual bonus will be $100,000 at 100% achievement, pro-rated from your date of hire. The first and last payment by the Company to you will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period.

In addition, the Company will provide one of the two options stated below, per your choice:

(a) Relocation/Temporary Living Expenses. The Company will reimburse you for relocation/temporary expenses (inclusive of housing, airfare and a rental car) based on actual amounts presented by receipt and approved by the CEO. Please be aware that many of the items reimbursed could be considered taxable income by the IRS. The total sum of these items subject to taxation will be determined by the Global Payroll Manager and recorded on your paycheck as taxable income. Commuting expenses are covered separately pursuant to item 3.


You will be allowed up to a maximum of $30,000 for temporary housing for a period not to exceed twelve (12) months. The reimbursements subject to taxation will be determined by the Global Payroll Manager and recorded on your paycheck as taxable income.

(b) Signing Bonus. The Company will pay you a $60,000.00 signing bonus within ninety (90) days of your official start date, or sooner, at the instruction of the CEO and in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, including compliance with applicable withholding requirements. If you leave the Company within four (4) months of your official start date; you will be required to pay back the entire sign-on bonus of $60,000. Should you leave the Company anytime post your 4th month of employment, the amount due back to the Company will be pro-rated based on length of employment from that point forward and up to twelve (12) full months of employment. For example, if you leave during the 5th month, you would owe 87.5% of the signing bonus.

3. Commuting Expenses. The Company will reimburse you for airfare, rental car, parking and other transportation expenses incurred commuting from your current residence from your start date to the date of your permanent relocation, but not to exceed ten (10) months from the date of your employment (i.e., not to extend past June 2011). You will be expected to exercise professional judgment to ensure such expenses are not excessive.

4. Stock Ownership . Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan to purchase 486,463 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date upon which the Board of Directors approves the option grant. We will recommend that the Company’s Board of Directors set your vesting schedule with respect to such option as follows: One-fourth (1/4th) of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of your employment with the Company and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of such shares will vest each month thereafter, subject to your continued employment with the Company on any such date. In addition, in the event of your Termination Upon Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto), all (100%) of your unvested options shall immediately vest.

Additionally, the equity compensation piece as stated above may change as to structure, but not in economic value (i.e., the same number of options if you select an ISO or NSO form) and will be finalized in writing within forty-five (45) days from your official start date. You will work with Bryan Barksdale, General Counsel, and Gillian Felix, Chief People Officer, to conclude the structure of your equity compensation. At that time, a written addendum to this employment agreement will be signed by both parties and become part of this agreement.

5. Benefits . During the term of your employment, you will be entitled to the Company’s standard vacation and benefits covering employees at your level, as such may be in effect from time to time.

6. Immigration Laws . For purposes of federal immigration laws, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the

 

-2-


United States. Such documentation must be provided within three business days of the effective date of your employment, or your employment relationship with the Company may be terminated.

7. Prior Employment Relationships; Conflicting Obligations . If you have not already done so, we request that you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

8. Employee Proprietary information Agreement . As a condition of this offer of employment, you will be required on your first day of employment to complete and sign the Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information Agreement (the “ EPIA ”) attached hereto as Exhibit C .

9. General . This offer letter, the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement covering the shares described in paragraph 3, when signed by you set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any and all prior representations and agreements, whether written or oral. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this offer letter, on the one hand, and the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement, on the other hand, the terms and provisions of the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement will control. Any amendment of this offer letter or any waiver of a right under this offer letter must be in a writing signed by you and an officer of the Company. This offer letter will be governed by Texas law without giving effect to its conflict of law principles.

10. Background Check; Contingencies . This offer of employment is contingent upon the satisfactory completion of background screens to be performed by the Company and/or independent contractors of the Company. If such checks fail to satisfy the Company’s requirements for employees at your level, this offer of employment shall be rescinded.

We look forward to you joining the Company. If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing this offer letter in the space provided below and returning it to me not later than August 16, 2010.

 

-3-


Sincerely,

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

 

Brett A. Hurt,

 

President and CEO

Agreed and Accepted :

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Stephen Collins

Date:

 

August 15, 2010

 

-4-


EXHIBIT A

KEY EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN


EXHIBIT B

1. “Termination Upon Change of Control” means any termination of your employment by the Company without Cause during the period commencing on or after the date that the Company has signed a definitive agreement or that the Company’s board of directors has endorsed a tender offer for the Company’s stock that in either case when consummated would result in a Change of Control (even though consummation is subject to approval or requisite tender by the Company’s stockholders and other conditions and contingencies) and ending at the earlier of the date on which such definitive agreement or tender offer has been terminated without a Change of Control or on the date which is twelve (12) months following the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions that results in a Change of Control.

2. “Cause” means (a) your willful and continued failure to perform substantially your duties with the Company or (b) the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is injurious to the Company.

3. “Change of Control” means (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities; (b) the Company is party to a merger or consolidation, or series of related transactions, which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or another entity) at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or other entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (c) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or consummation of any transaction, or series of related transactions, having similar effect), unless at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the entity acquiring those assets is held by persons who held the voting securities of the Company immediate prior to such transaction or series of transactions; (d) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, unless after such liquidation or dissolution all or substantially all of the assets of the Company are held in an entity at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which is held by persons who held the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such liquidation or dissolution; or (f) any transaction or series of related transactions that has the substantial effect of any one or more of the foregoing.


EXHIBIT C

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.17

June 3, 2009

Chris Lynch

[***]

[***]

 

  RE:

Offer of Employment

Dear Chris:

On behalf of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to invite you to join the Company as Corporate Controller reporting to Ken Saunders, CFO. In this position, you will be expected to devote your full business time, attention and energies to the performance of your duties with the Company. If you accept our offer of employment by complying with the instructions set forth in the last paragraph of this offer, your first day of employment will be on or before July 6, 2009. The terms of this offer of employment are as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at-will” employment. As a result, you are free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason.

2. Compensation . The Company will pay you a base salary at a rate of $12,500.00 per month (annualized to $150,000.00 per year) in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies, including compliance with applicable withholding requirements. In addition, you will be paid an annual bonus totaling $20,000.00 guaranteed for the first year. The first payment of $10,000 will be paid on the first regularly scheduled payroll, following your start date and the second payment of $10,000.00, will be paid at the first regularly scheduled payroll following your first anniversary date with the Company. The first and last payment by the Company to you will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period.

3. Stock Ownership . Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan to purchase 125,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date upon which the Board of Directors approves the option grant. We will recommend that the Company’s Board of Directors set your vesting schedule with respect to such option as follows: One-fourth (1/4 th ) of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of your employment with the Company and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of such shares will vest each month thereafter, subject to your continued employment with the Company on any such date.


4. Benefits . During the term of your employment, you will be entitled to the Company’s standard vacation and benefits covering employees at your level, as such may be in effect from time to time.

5. Immigration Laws . For purposes of federal immigration laws, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided within three business days of the effective date of your employment, or your employment relationship with the Company may be terminated.

6. Prior Employment Relationships; Conflicting Obligations . If you have not already done so, we request that you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

7. Employee Proprietary Information Agreement . As a condition of this offer of employment, you will be required on your first day of employment to complete And sign the Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary information Agreement (the “ EPIA ”) attached hereto as Exhibit A .

8. General . This offer letter, the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement covering the shares described in paragraph 3, when signed by you, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any and all prior representations and agreements, whether written or oral. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this offer letter, on the one hand, and the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement, on the other hand, the terms and provisions of the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement will control. Any amendment of this offer letter or any waiver of a right under this offer letter must be in a writing signed by you and an officer of the Company. This offer letter will be governed by Texas law without giving effect to its conflict of law principles.

9. Background Check; Contingencies . This offer of employment is contingent upon the satisfactory completion of background screens to be performed by the Company and/or independent contractors of the Company. If such checks fail to satisfy, the Company’s requirements for employees at your level, this offer of employment shall be rescinded.

 

-2-


We look forward to you joining the Company. If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing this offer letter in the space provided below and returning it to me not later than June 8, 2009.

 

Sincerely,

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Kathleen D. Smith-Willman

 

Kathleen D. Smith-Willman,

 

Director-People Operations

Agreed and Accepted:

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Chris Lynch

Date:

 

8 June 2009

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.18

LOGO

September 2, 2010, amended and restated as of August 16, 2011

Erin Mulligan Nelson

 

  RE:

Offer of Employment

Dear Erin:

On behalf of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to invite you to join the Company as Chief Marketing Officer reporting to Brett Hurt, President and CEO. In this position, you will be expected to devote your full business time, attention and energies to the performance of your duties with the Company. If you accept our offer of employment by complying with the instructions set forth in the last paragraph of this offer, your first day of employment will be on or before November 1, 2010. The terms of this offer of employment are as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at-will” employment. As a result, you are free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason.

2. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . The Company will pay you a base salary at a rate of $20,833.34 per month (annualized to $250,000 per year) in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies, including compliance with applicable withholding requirements. The first and last payment by the Company to you will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period.

(b) Bonus Compensation .

Annual Bonus . In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to participate in a Key Executive Bonus Plan (as defined in Exhibit A attached hereto) adopted each fiscal year that sets your target bonus amount to be paid upon achievement of defined goals for the company and you. In your initial year of employment, your targeted annual bonus will be $100,000 at 100% achievement, pro-rated from your date of hire. For the fiscal years ended April 30, 2011, April 30, 2012 and April 30, 2013, the Company shall pay you a minimum guaranteed bonus payment equal to 50% of your targeted annual bonus with respect to such fiscal year, subject to your continued employment with respect to such fiscal year in accordance with the Key Executive Bonus Plan (or any successor plan thereto), provided that the minimum guaranteed bonus payment in a fiscal year shall not exceed $100,000.

Sign-on Bonus . In addition, you will be paid a sign-on bonus of $50,000.00 (the “ Sign-on Bonus ”) on the first regular payroll following your official start date and in accordance


with the Company’s standard payroll policies, including compliance with applicable withholding requirements.

Forfeiture of Sign-on Bonus . In the event that you terminate your employment with the Company within four (4) months following your official start date, you will be required to pay back the entire Sign-on Bonus. In the event that you terminate your employment with the Company following your fourth month of employment, you will be required to pay back the Sign-on Bonus on a pro-rated basis based on length of employment from that point forward and up to twelve (12) full months of employment. For example, if you leave during the 5th month, you would owe 87.5% of the signing bonus. You shall be required to make any such payment to the Company within thirty (30) days following your separation date.

3. Stock Ownership . Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan to purchase 429,232 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date upon which the Board of Directors approves the option grant. We will recommend that the Company’s Board of Directors set your vesting schedule with respect to such option as follows: One-fourth (  1 / 4 th) of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of your employment with the Company and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of such shares will vest each month thereafter, subject to your continued employment with the Company on any such date. In addition, in the event of your Termination Upon Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto), all (100%) of your unvested options shall immediately vest.

4. Benefits . During the term of your employment, you will be entitled to the Company’s standard vacation and benefits covering employees at your level, as such may be in effect from time to time.

5. Immigration Laws . For purposes of federal immigration laws, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided within three business days of the effective date of your employment, or your employment relationship with the Company may be terminated.

6. Prior Employment Relationships; Conflicting Obligations . If you have not already done so, we request that you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

7. Employee Proprietary Information Agreement . As a condition of this offer of employment, you will be required on your first day of employment to complete and sign the

 

-2-


Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information Agreement (the “ EPIA ”) attached hereto as Exhibit C .

8. Severance . The Company’s severance obligations, and the terms and conditions of such severance obligations are set forth in Exhibit D .

9. General . This offer letter, the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement covering the shares described in paragraph 3, when signed by you, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any and all prior representations and agreements, whether written or oral. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this offer letter, on the one hand, and the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement, on the other hand, the terms and provisions of the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement will control. Any amendment of this offer letter or any waiver of a right under this offer letter must be in a writing signed by you and an officer of the Company. This offer letter will be governed by Texas law without giving effect to its conflict of law principles.

10. Background Check; Contingencies. This offer of employment is contingent upon the satisfactory completion of background screens to be performed by the Company and/or independent contractors of the Company. If such checks fail to satisfy the Company’s requirements for employees at your level, this offer of employment shall be rescinded.

We look forward to you joining the Company. If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing this offer letter in the space provided below and returning it to me.

 

Sincerely,

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:   /s/ Brett Hurt
  Brett Hurt
  President and CEO

 

Agreed and Accepted:
Signature:   /s/ Erin Nelson
 
Date:   August 16, 2011

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

KEY EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN


EXHIBIT B

CHANGE OF CONTROL


EXHIBIT C

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT D

SEVERANCE

1. Severance .

(a) Severance Payment . As set forth under Section 1 of the offer letter, you and the Company shall be entitled to terminate your employment with the Company at any time, for any or no reason; provided, however , that if you are terminated by the Company involuntarily without Cause (excluding any termination due to death or Disability), then, subject to the limitations of Section 1(b) and Section 2 of this Exhibit D , you shall be entitled to receive: (A) your Base Salary through the date of termination; (B) continuing severance pay at a rate equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of your base salary, as then in effect (less applicable withholding), for a period of six (6) months from the date of such termination, to be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices; (C) reimbursement of all expenses for which you are entitled to be reimbursed pursuant the Company’s current expense reimbursement policy, but for which you have not yet been reimbursed; (D) the right to continue health care benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”), at your cost, to the extent required and available by law; and (E) no other severance or benefits of any kind, unless required by law or pursuant to any written Company plans or policies, as then in effect.

(b) Conditions Precedent . Any severance payments contemplated by Section 1(a) above are conditional on your: (i) continuing to comply with the terms of this offer letter and the EPIA; and (ii) complying with the release requirements of Section 1(c) below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 1(b) shall not limit your ability to obtain expense reimbursements pursuant to the Company’s current expense reimbursement policy or benefits otherwise required by law or in accordance with written Company plans or policies, as then in effect.

(c) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 1(a) of this Exhibit D will be subject to your signing and not revoking a separation agreement including a general release of claims relating to your employment and/or this offer letter against the Company or its successor, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and stockholders and affirmation of obligations hereunder and under the EPIA in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company or its successor (the “ Release ”) and provided that such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “ Release Deadline ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, you will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this offer letter. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective and irrevocable.

(d) Cause . For purposes of this offer letter, “ Cause ” shall mean: (i) your continued failure to substantially perform the material duties and obligations under this offer letter (for reasons other than death or Disability), which failure, if curable within the discretion of the Company, is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from the Company of such failure; (ii) your failure or refusal to comply


with reasonable written policies, standards and regulations established by the Company from time to time which failure, if curable in the discretion of the Company, is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such failure from the Company; (iii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation, or other unlawful act committed by you that results in a substantial gain or personal enrichment of you at the expense of the Company; (iv) your violation of a federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business; (v) your violation of, or a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state or local government; or (vi) your material breach of the terms of this offer letter or the EPIA.

(e) Disability. For purposes of this offer letter, “ Disability ” means that you, at the time notice is given, have been unable to substantially perform your duties under this offer letter for not less than one-hundred and twenty (120) work days within a twelve (12) consecutive month period as a result of your incapacity due to a physical or mental condition and, if reasonable accommodation is required by law, after any reasonable accommodation.

2. Section 409(a) . The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“ Section 409A ”) so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguous terms or provisions herein will be interpreted to so comply. You and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this offer letter and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this offer letter, any payments payable to you upon a termination of employment, pursuant to this offer letter that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A, and are not otherwise exempt therefrom, shall not be payable until you have a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. In no event will the Company reimburse you for any taxes that may be imposed on you as a result of Section 409A.

Exhibit 10.19

LOGO

June 23, 2006

Michael Osborne

[***]

[***]

 

  RE:

Offer of Employment

Dear Michael:

On behalf of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to invite you to join the Company as Vice President of Sales. In this position, you will be expected to devote your full business time, attention and energies to the performance of your duties with the Company. If you accept our offer of employment by complying with the instructions set forth in the last paragraph of this offer, your first day of employment will be on or before July 31, 2006. The terms of this offer of employment are as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at-will” employment. As a result, you are free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason.

2. Compensation . The Company will pay you a base salary at a rate of $8,333.33 per month (annualized to $100,000 per year) in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies, including compliance with applicable withholding requirements. In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to participate in a bonus plan, which is targeted at $25,000 per quarter (annualized to $100,000 per year) at 100% of your plan goals. The Company will present you the details of the bonus plan by August 14, 2006. The first and last payment by the Company to you will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period.

3. Stock Ownership . Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan to purchase 219,045 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date upon which the Board of Directors approves the option grant. We will recommend that the Company’s Board of Directors set your vesting schedule with respect to such option as follows: One-fourth (1/4 th ) of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of your employment with the Company and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the total number of such shares will vest each month thereafter, subject to your continued employment with the Company on any such date.


4. Benefits . During the term of your employment, you will be entitled to the Company’s standard vacation and benefits covering employees at your level, as such may be in effect from time to time.

5. Immigration Laws . For purposes of federal immigration laws, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided within three business days of the effective date of your employment, or your employment relationship with the Company may be terminated.

6. Prior Employment Relationships; Conflicting Obligations . If you have not already done so, we request that you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

7. Employee Proprietary Information Agreement . As a condition of this offer of employment, you will be required on your first day of employment to complete and sign the Company’s standard tonal of Employee Proprietary Information Agreement (the “EPIA”) attached hereto as Exhibit A .

8. General . This offer letter, the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement covering the shares described in paragraph 3, when signed by you, set forth tine terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any and all prior representations and agreements, whether written or oral. in the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this offer letter, on the one hand, and the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement, on the other hand, the Willis and provisions of the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement will control. Any amendment of this offer letter or any waiver of a right under this offer letter must be in a writing signed by you and an officer of the Company. This offer letter will be governed by Texas law without giving effect to its conflict of law principles.

9. Background Check; Contingencies . This offer of employment is contingent upon the satisfactory completion of background screens to be performed by the Company and/or independent contractors of the Company. If such checks fail to satisfy the Company’s requirements for employees at your level, this offer of employment shall be rescinded.

We look forward to you joining the Company. If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing this offer letter in the space provided below and returning it to me not later than June 25, 2006.

 

-2-


Sincerely,

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

 

Brett A. Hurt,

 

President

Agreed and Accepted:

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Michael Osborne

Date:

 

6/24/06

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.20

LOGO

March 21, 2010

Mark Riggs

[***]

[***]

 

  RE:

Offer of Employment

Dear Mark:

On behalf of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to invite you to join the Company as Chief Client Officer reporting to Heather Brunner, COO. In this position, you will be expected to devote your full business time, attention and energies to the performance of your duties with the Company. If you accept our offer of employment by complying with the instructions set forth in the last paragraph of this offer, your first day of employment will be determined between you and the COO. The terms of this offer of employment are as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at-will” employment. As a result, you are free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason.

2. Compensation . The Company will pay you a base salary at a rate of $18,750.00 per month (annualized to $225,000 per year) in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies, including compliance with applicable withholding requirements. In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to participate in an annual bonus plan commencing May 1, 2010, which is targeted at $75,000 annually at 100% achievement of your plan goals. Fifty percent (50%) of your plan goals will be based on achievement of overall business targets (top measurements are currently net top line growth, revenue growth, cost within plan and EBITDA). The other fifty percent (50%) will be based on the achievement of Client Services targets (top measurements will be client revenue retention and revenue launch goals). The target goals will be mutually agreed upon between you and the COO. The bonus will be paid out following our audit and GAAP certification of our fiscal year end books. The Company will present you the details of the Incentive Compensation plan within forty-five (45) days of your start date. The first and last payment by the Company to you will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period.

In addition, the Company will pay you a $25,000.00 signing bonus on the first regular payroll following your official start date. Should you voluntarily leave the Company within one year of your official start date, a pro-rated amount of this signing bonus will be due and payable to the Company.


3. Relocation Assistance . The Company will reimburse you for up to a maximum of $25,000.00 of moving expenses and travel and entertainment expenses for up to ninety (90) days to help in your relocation (inclusive of temporary housing and meals, etc.) The Company will reimburse for a maximum of eight (8) trips back and forth from Boston to Austin in support of your relocation with that 90-day period. All expenses will be reimbursed upon submission of actual receipts. Some reimbursed expenses may be subject to applicable withholding requirements.

If you should voluntarily leave the Company within one year of your start date, a pro-rated amount of reimbursed expenses will be due and payable to the Company.

4. Stock Ownership . Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan to purchase 506,147 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date upon which the Board of Directors approves the option grant. We will recommend that the Company’s Board of Directors set your vesting schedule with respect to such option as follows: One-fourth (1/4th) of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of your employment with the Company and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of such shares will vest each month thereafter, subject to your continued employment with the Company on any such date. In the event of your Termination Upon Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit A attached hereto), fifty (50%) percent of your unvested options shall immediately vest.

Additionally, if you meet all Client Services MBOs set as your annual targets at the end of FY2011, you will be granted an option under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan to purchase 56,239 of the Company’s common stock shares outstanding. These shares would be priced per share equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date upon which the Board of Directors approves the option grant and will follow the Board’s merit vesting terms at that time.

5. Benefits . During the term of your employment, you will be entitled to the Company’s standard vacation and benefits covering employees at your level, as such may be in effect from time to time.

6. Immigration Laws . For purposes of federal immigration laws, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided within three business days of the effective date of your employment, or your employment relationship with the Company may be terminated.

7. Prior Employment Relationships; Conflicting Obligations . If you have not already done so, we request that you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the

 

-2-


Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

8. Employee Proprietary Information Agreement . As a condition of this offer of employment, you will be required on your first day of employment to complete and sign the Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information Agreement (the “ EPIA ”) attached hereto as Exhibit B .

9. General . This offer letter, the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement covering the shares described in paragraph 3, when signed by you, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any and all prior representations and agreements, whether written or oral. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this offer letter, on the one hand, and the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement, on the other hand, the terms and provisions of the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement will control. Any amendment of this offer letter or any waiver of a right under this offer letter must be in a writing signed by you and an officer of the Company. This offer letter will be governed by Texas law without giving effect to its conflict of law principles.

10. Background Check; Contingencies . This offer of employment is contingent upon the satisfactory completion of background screens to be performed by the Company and/or independent contractors of the Company. If such checks fail to satisfy the Company’s requirements for employees at your level, this offer of employment shall be rescinded.

We look forward to you joining the Company. If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing this offer letter in the space provided below and returning it to me no later than March 23, 2010.

 

Sincerely,

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

 

Brett A. Hurt

 

CEO

Agreed and Accepted:

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Mark Riggs

Date:

 

3/24/10

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

CHANGE IN CONTROL


EXHIBIT A

1. “Termination Upon Change of Control” means any termination of your employment by the Company without Cause during the period commencing on or after the date that the Company has signed a definitive agreement or that the Company’s board of directors has endorsed a tender offer for the Company’s stock that in either case when consummated would result in a Change of Control (even though consummation is subject to approval or requisite tender by the Company’s stockholders and other conditions and contingencies) and ending at the earlier of the date on which such definitive agreement or tender offer has been terminated without a Change of Control or on the date which is twelve (12) months following the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions that results in a Change of Control.

2. “Cause” means (a) your willful and continued failure to perform substantially your duties with the Company or (b) the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is injurious to the Company.

3. “Change of Control” means (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities; (b) the Company is party to a merger or consolidation, or series of related transactions, which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or another entity) at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or other entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (c) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or consummation of any transaction, or series of related transactions, having similar effect), unless at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the entity acquiring those assets is held by persons who held the voting securities of the Company immediate prior to such transaction or series of transactions; (d) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, unless after such liquidation or dissolution all or substantially all of the assets of the Company are held in an entity at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which is held by persons who held the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such liquidation or dissolution; or (f) any transaction or series of related transactions that has the substantial effect of any one or more of the foregoing.


EXHIBIT B

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.21

LOGO

November 8, 2008

Ken Saunders

[***]

[***]

 

  RE:

Offer of Employment

Dear Ken:

On behalf of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to invite you to join the Company as Chief Financial Officer reporting to me as our President and CEO. In this position, you will be expected to devote your full business time, attention and energies to the performance of your duties with the Company. If you accept our offer of employment by complying with the instructions set forth in the last paragraph of this offer, your first day of employment will be on or before December 15, 2008. The terms of this offer of employment are as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes “at-will” employment. As a result, you are free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or for no reason.

2. Compensation . The Company will pay you a base salary at a rate of $16,666.67 per month (annualized to $200,000.00 per year) in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll policies, including compliance with applicable withholding requirements. In addition to your base salary, you will be eligible to participate in an annual bonus plan, which is targeted at $50,000 at 100% achievement of your plan goals. 50% of your plan goals will be based on your departmental goals and 50% will be based on company goals. The Company will present you the details of the plan by December 22, 2008. The bonus will be paid out in June or July, following our audit and GAAP certification of our fiscal year books. The first and last payment by the Company to you will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period.

3. Stock Ownership . Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan to purchase 653,300 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date upon which the Board of Directors approves the option grant. We will recommend that the Company’s Board of Directors set your vesting schedule with respect to such option as follows: One-fourth (1/4th) of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of your employment with the Company and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of such shares will vest each month thereafter, subject to your continued employment with the


Company on any such date. In addition, in the event of your Termination Upon Change of Control (as defined in Exhibit A attached hereto), all (100%) of your unvested options shall immediately vest.

4. Moving/relocation reimbursement. The Company will reimburse you up to $30,000 for the actual direct cost of moving your furniture, fixtures & vehicles to Austin, Texas. Please save all of your receipts and submit them via our expense report process for reimbursement. In addition, the company will reimburse you for up to two weeks of temporary living costs (lodging and car rental only) you may incur between now and the end of the year. Cost incurred must follow the company’s policies.

5. Benefits . During the term of your employment, you will be entitled to the Company’s standard vacation and benefits covering employees at your level, as such may be in effect from time to time.

6. Immigration Laws . For purposes of federal immigration laws, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided within three business days of the effective date of your employment, or your employment relationship with the Company may be terminated.

7. Prior Employment Relationships; Conflicting Obligations . If you have not already done so, we request that you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

8. Employee Proprietary Information Agreement . As a condition of this offer of employment, you will be required on your first day of employment to complete and sign the Company’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information Agreement (the “ EPIA ”) attached hereto as Exhibit B .

9. General . This offer letter, the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement covering the shares described in paragraph 3, when signed by you, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any and all prior representations and agreements, whether written or oral. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this offer letter, on the one hand, and the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement, on the other hand, the terms and provisions of the EPIA and the Stock Option Agreement will control. Any amendment of this offer letter or any waiver of a right under this offer letter must be in a writing signed by you and an officer of the

 

-2-


Company. This offer letter will be governed by Texas law without giving effect to its conflict of law principles.

9. Background Check; Contingencies . This offer of employment is contingent upon the satisfactory completion of background screens to be performed by the Company and/or independent contractors of the Company. If such checks fail to satisfy the Company’s requirements for employees at your level, this offer of employment shall be rescinded.

We look forward to you joining the Company. If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing this offer letter in the space provided below and returning it to me not later than November 11, 2008.

 

Sincerely,
BAZAARVOICE, INC.
By:   /s/ Brett A. Hurt
  Brett A. Hurt
  CEO

 

Agreed and Accepted:
Signature:   /s/ Ken Saunders
Date:    

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

1. “Termination Upon Change of Control” means any termination of your employment by the Company without Cause during the period commencing on or after the date that the Company has signed a definitive agreement or that the Company’s board of directors has endorsed a tender offer for the Company’s stock that in either case when consummated would result in a Change of Control (even though consummation is subject to approval or requisite tender by the Company’s stockholders and other conditions and contingencies) and ending at the earlier of the date on which such definitive agreement or tender offer has been terminated without a Change of Control or on the date which is twelve (12) months following the consummation of any transaction or series of transactions that results in a Change of Control.

2. “Cause” means (a) your willful and continued failure to perform substantially your duties with the Company or (b) the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is injurious to the Company.

3. “Change of Control” means (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities; (b) the Company is party to a merger or consolidation, or series of related transactions, which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or another entity) at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or other entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (c) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or consummation of any transaction, or series of related transactions, having similar effect), unless at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the entity acquiring those assets is held by persons who held the voting securities of the Company immediate prior to such transaction or series of transactions; (d) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, unless after such liquidation or dissolution all or substantially all of the assets of the Company are held in an entity at least fifty (50%) percent of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which is held by persons who held the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such liquidation or dissolution; or (f) any transaction or series of related transactions that has the substantial effect of any one or more of the foregoing.


EXHIBIT B

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.22

SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

This Separation Agreement and Release (“Agreement”) is made by and between Kenneth Saunders (“Employee”) and Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), (collectively referred to as the “Parties” or individually referred to as a “Party”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Employee was employed by the Company;

WHEREAS, Employee and the Company entered into an Offer Letter dated November 8, 2008, with an employment start date of December 15, 2008 (the “Offer Letter”);

WHEREAS, Employee signed an Employee Proprietary Information Agreement with the Company on December 16, 2008 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company and Employee have entered into a Stock Option Agreement with a vesting commencement date of December 15, 2008, granting Employee the option to purchase an aggregate of 653,300 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Stock Option”) subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement (collectively the “Stock Agreements”), which Stock Option was granted by the Board of Directors on April 22, 2009;

WHEREAS, Employee will separate from employment with the Company June 30, 2010 (the “Separation Date”);

WHEREAS, during the period between June 18, 2010 and June 30, 2010, Employee will be relieved of his duties and will be on paid administrative leave; and

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands that the Employee may have against the Company and any of the Releases as defined below, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or in any way related to Employee’s employment with or separation from the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:

COVENANTS

1. Consideration . In consideration of Employee’s execution of this Agreement and Employee’s fulfillment of all of its terms and conditions, the Company agrees as follows:

(a) Salary Continuation Payment . The Company agrees to provide the Employee with six (6) months of salary continuation for a total of One Hundred Thousand Dollars and 00/100 Cents ($100,000), less applicable withholding, which shall begin on the first

 

Page 1 of 12


regular payroll date following the Effective Date, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices. Employee understands and acknowledges that no salary continuation payments will be made until after the Effective Date.

(b) Variable Compensation . In further consideration of this Agreement, the Company agrees to provide the Employee with a total payment of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars and no/100 ($25,000.00), less applicable withholding. This payment is equivalent to the amount Employee would have received had the Company achieved 100% of its performance targets as set forth in Employee’s bonus plan during the first quarter of FY2011 (i.e., May, June, and July 2010). These payments shall be made in equal installments over three (3) months, beginning on the first regular payroll date following the Effective Date, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices. Employee understands and acknowledges that no variable compensation payments will be made until after the Effective Date.

(c) Exercise Period Extension . In further consideration of this Agreement, the Company agrees to extend the period during which Employee is permitted to exercise the Stock Option such that the Stock Option shall be exercisable through March 31, 2011, regardless of the date on which Employee’s status as a Service Provider terminates. Employee understands and agrees that he is solely responsible for any tax consequences resulting from the extension of his exercise period and that he has not relied on any tax advice from the Company in this regard. The Stock Option, including the exercise of the vested shares subject thereto and shares issuable upon such exercise, shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the Stock Agreements.

(d) Insurance Continuation Reimbursement . In further consideration of this Agreement, the Company agrees to directly pay any insurance continuation payments incurred by Employee for a period of up to twelve (12) months following the Effective Date in order to effect the continuation of Employee’s Company-provided health insurance, provided that Employee timely elects continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA or state law, as applicable. The Company’s obligation to provide insurance continuation reimbursement shall cease upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of twelve (12) months following the Effective Date; or (ii) Employee’s eligibility for comparable health insurance coverage as a result of other employment. Employee agrees to promptly notify the Company upon becoming eligible for such alternative coverage.

(f) Advisory Board . Employee agrees to serve on the Company’s Advisory Board at the Company’s discretion through and including September 30, 2010, and agrees to sign the Company’s standard Advisory Board Agreement upon the Company’s request. During the time that Employee is a member of the Advisory Board, Employee will be considered a Service Provider for purposes of the Stock Agreements, such that (i) the Stock Option will continue to vest in accordance with the Stock Agreements during the time that Employee remains a Service Provider on the Advisory Board and (ii) all vesting under the Stock Option shall cease as of the date on which Employee’s service on the Advisory Board terminates in accordance with the Advisory Board Agreement. Employee acknowledges and agrees that, other than the consideration set forth in this Agreement, Employee will not receive any additional consideration, compensation, stock, accelerated

 

Page 2 of 12


vesting or other benefit as a result of his Advisory Board service.

(g) General . Employee acknowledges that without this Agreement, he is otherwise not entitled to the consideration listed in this paragraph 1.

2. Stock . The Parties agree that for purposes of determining the number of shares of the Company’s common stock that Employee is entitled to purchase from the Company, pursuant to the exercise of the Stock Option, but for the Company’s agreement to permit Employee to provide services on the Advisory Board pursuant to Section 1(f) above, Employee would be considered to have vested only up to the Separation Date. Employee acknowledges that as of the Separation Date, and without taking into account any service on the Advisory Board pursuant to Section 1(f) above, Employee is vested in 244,987 shares subject to the Stock Option and no more, with 408,313 shares remaining unvested.

3. Benefits . Employee’s health insurance benefits shall cease on the last day of June, 2010, subject to Employee’s right to continue his health insurance under COBRA, and subject to Section 1(d) above. Employee’s participation in all benefits and incidents of employment, including, but not limited to, vesting in stock options, will cease as of the Separation Date.

4. Payment of Salary and Receipt of All Benefits . Employee acknowledges and represents that, other than (i) the consideration set forth in this Agreement, and (ii) the 2010 bonus amount which may be remaining due to Employee in the regular course of business, which will be calculated and paid in due course in accordance with Employee’s bonus plan and the Company’s regular practice and schedule, the Company has paid or provided all salary, wages, bonuses, leave, housing allowances, relocation costs, interest, severance, outplacement costs, fees, reimbursable expenses, commissions, stock, stock options, vesting, and any and all other benefits and compensation due to Employee. Employee agrees to provide the Company with any outstanding expense reimbursement requests relating to business expenses incurred prior during his employment within thirty (30) days following the Separation Date. Such expense reimbursement requests must be submitted along with receipts or other documentary evidence of payment, to be determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

5. Release of Claims . Employee agrees that the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Employee by the Company and its current and former officers, directors, employees, agents, founders, investors, attorneys, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, parents, divisions, and subsidiaries, and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns (collectively, the “Releasees”). Employee, on his own behalf and on behalf of his respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, hereby and forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Employee may possess against any of the Releasees arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date, including, without limitation:

(a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment relationship with the Company and the termination of that relationship;

 

Page 3 of 12


(b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Employee’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of shares of stock of the Company, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits;

(d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Labor Standards Act, except as prohibited by law; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act, except as prohibited by law; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act; Texas Workers’ Compensation Act; and Chapter 21 of the Texas Labor Code (also known as the Texas Commission on Human Rights Act);

(e) any and all claims for violation of the federal or any state constitution;

(f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination;

(g) any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the non-withholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Employee as a result of this Agreement; and

(h) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not extend to any obligations incurred under this Agreement. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that any such filing or participation does not give Employee the right to recover any monetary damages against the Company; Employee’s release of claims herein bars Employee from recovering such monetary relief from the

 

Page 4 of 12


Company).

6. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Employee acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that: (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has seven (7) days following his execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until after the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties, or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the event Employee signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the 21-day period identified above, Employee hereby acknowledges that he has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement. The Parties agree that changes, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the running of the 21-day period.

7. Unknown Claims . Employee acknowledges that he has been advised to consult with legal counsel and that he is familiar with the principle that a general release does not extend to claims that the releaser does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which, if known by him, must have materially affected his settlement with the releasee. Employee, being aware of said principle, agrees to expressly waive any rights he may have to that effect, as well as under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect.

8. No Pending or Future Lawsuits . Employee represents that he has no lawsuits, claims, or actions pending in his name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any of the other Releasees. Employee also represents that he does not intend to bring any claims on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity against the Company or any of the other Releasees.

9. Application for Employment . Employee understands and agrees that, as a condition of this Agreement, Employee shall not be entitled to any employment with the Company, and Employee hereby waives any right, or alleged right, of employment or re-employment with the Company. Employee further agrees not to apply for employment with the Company.

10. Confidentiality . Employee agrees to maintain in complete confidence the existence of this Agreement, the contents and terms of this Agreement, and the consideration for this Agreement (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Separation Information”). Except as required by law, Employee may disclose Separation Information only to his immediate family members, the Court in any proceedings to enforce the terms of this Agreement, Employee’s accountant and any professional tax advisor to the extent that they need to know the Separation Information in order to provide advice on tax treatment or to prepare tax returns, and must prevent disclosure of any Separation Information to all other third parties. Employee agrees that he will not publicize,

 

Page 5 of 12


directly or indirectly, any Separation Information.

Employee acknowledges and agrees that the confidentiality of the Separation Information is of the essence. The Parties agree that if the Company proves that Employee breached this Confidentiality provision, the Company shall be entitled to an award of its costs spent enforcing this provision, including all reasonable attorneys’ fees associated with the enforcement action, without regard to whether the Company can establish actual damages from Employee’s breach. Any such individual breach or disclosure shall not excuse Employee from his obligations hereunder, nor permit him to make additional disclosures. Employee warrants that he has not disclosed, orally or in writing, directly or indirectly, any of the Separation Information to any unauthorized party.

11. Trade Secrets and Confidential Information/Company Property . Employee reaffirms and agrees to observe and abide by the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, specifically including the provisions therein regarding non-competition, nondisclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information. Employee’s signature below constitutes his certification under penalty of perjury that he has returned all documents and other items provided to Employee by the Company, developed or obtained by Employee in connection with his employment with the Company, or otherwise belonging to the Company.

12. No Cooperation . Employee agrees not to act in any manner that might damage the business of the Company. Employee further agrees that he will not knowingly encourage, counsel, or assist any attorneys or their clients in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints by any third party against any of the Releasees, unless under a subpoena or other court order to do so. Employee agrees both to immediately notify the Company upon receipt of any such subpoena or court order, and to furnish, within three (3) business days of its receipt, a copy of such subpoena or other court order. If approached by anyone for counsel or assistance in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints against any of the Releasees, Employee shall state no more than that he cannot provide counsel or assistance.

13. Communications and Transition of Duties . The Parties agree to work together in good faith with regard to all communications made to customers, vendors, employees or other individuals or entities regarding Employee’s separation from employment. Employee further agrees that any statement made by Employee to customers, vendors, employees or other individuals or entities regarding his separation from employment must be consistent in all respects with the terms of this Agreement. Employee further agrees to cooperate with the Company with regard to the transition of Employee’s job duties and business relationships, to include, but not be limited to, responding to reasonable calls and emails following the Separation Date.

14. Cooperation with Company . Employee agrees that Employee shall cooperate fully with the Company in the resolution of any matters in which Employee was involved in during the course of Employee’s employment, or about which Employee has knowledge, and in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought or threatened in the future against or on behalf of the Company, including any claims or actions against its officers, directors and employees.

 

Page 6 of 12


Employee’s cooperation in connection with such matters, actions and claims shall include, without limitation, being available to consult with the Company regarding matters in which Employee has been involved or has knowledge; to assist the Company in preparing for any proceeding (including, without limitation, depositions, consultation, discovery or trial); to provide affidavits reflecting truthful written testimony; to assist with any audit, inspection, proceeding or other inquiry; and to act as a witness to provide truthful testimony in connection with any litigation or other legal proceeding affecting the Company. Employee agrees to keep the Company apprised of his current contact information, including telephone numbers, work address, home address, and email address(es), and to promptly respond to communications from the Company in connection with this Section 14. Employee further agrees that should Employee be contacted (directly or indirectly) by any person or entity adverse to the Company, or any representative of such person or entity, Employee shall promptly, and no later than within 48 hours of such contact, notify the General Counsel of the Company. Employee shall be reimbursed for any documented and reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing such cooperation under this Section.

15. Non-Disparagement . Employee agrees to refrain from any disparagement, defamation, libel, or slander of any of the Releasees, and agrees to refrain from any tortious interference with the contracts and relationships of any of the Releasees. Employee shall direct any inquiries by potential future employers to the Company’s human resources department.

16. Breach . Employee acknowledges and agrees that any material breach of this Agreement, or of any provision of the Confidentiality Agreement shall entitle the Company immediately to recover and/or cease providing the consideration provided to Employee under this Agreement, except as provided by law. Except as provided by law, Employee shall also be responsible to the Company for all costs, attorneys’ fees, and any and all damages incurred by the Company in: (a) enforcing Employee’s obligations under this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement, including the bringing of any action to recover the consideration, and (b) defending against a claim or suit brought or pursued by Employee in violation of the terms of this Agreement.

17. No Admission of Liability . Employee understands and acknowledges that this Agreement constitutes a compromise and settlement of any and all actual or potential disputed claims by Employee. No action taken by the Company hereto, either previously or in connection with this Agreement, shall be deemed or construed to be: (a) an admission of the truth or falsity of any actual or potential claims or (b) an acknowledgment or admission by the Company of any fault or liability whatsoever to Employee or to any third party.

18. Non-Solicitation . Employee agrees that for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the Effective Date of this Agreement, Employee shall not directly or indirectly solicit any of the Company’s employees to leave their employment at the Company.

19. Costs . The Parties shall each bear their own costs, attorneys’ fees, and other fees incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement.

20. ARBITRATION. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY AND ALL DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, THEIR INTERPRETATION,

 

Page 7 of 12


AND ANY OF THE MATTERS HEREIN RELEASED, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION IN TRAVIS COUNTY, TEXAS BEFORE JAMS, PURSUANT TO ITS EMPLOYMENT ARBITRATION RULES & PROCEDURES (“JAMS RULES”). THE ARBITRATOR MAY GRANT INJUNCTIONS AND OTHER RELIEF IN SUCH DISPUTES. THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ADMINISTER AND CONDUCT ANY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH TEXAS LAW, AND THE ARBITRATOR SHALL APPLY SUBSTANTIVE AND PROCEDURAL TEXAS LAW TO ANY DISPUTE OR CLAIM, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ANY CONFLICT-OF-LAW PROVISIONS OF ANY JURISDICTION. TO THE EXTENT THAT THE JAMS RULES CONFLICT WITH TEXAS LAW, TEXAS LAW SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE FINAL, CONCLUSIVE, AND BINDING ON THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE PREVAILING PARTY IN ANY ARBITRATION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO INJUNCTIVE RELIEF IN ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO ENFORCE THE ARBITRATION AWARD. THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION SHALL EACH PAY AN EQUAL SHARE OF THE COSTS AND EXPENSES OF SUCH ARBITRATION, AND EACH PARTY SHALL SEPARATELY PAY FOR ITS RESPECTIVE COUNSEL FEES AND EXPENSES; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL AWARD ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS TO THE PREVAILING PARTY, EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO HAVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THEM RESOLVED IN A COURT OF LAW BY A JUDGE OR JURY. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECTION WILL NOT PREVENT EITHER PARTY FROM SEEKING INJUNCTIVE RELIEF (OR ANY OTHER PROVISIONAL REMEDY) FROM ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PARTIES AND THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THEIR DISPUTE RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE AGREEMENTS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. SHOULD ANY PART OF THE ARBITRATION AGREEMENT CONTAINED IN THIS PARAGRAPH CONFLICT WITH ANY OTHER ARBITRATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THIS ARBITRATION AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN.

21. Tax Consequences . The Company makes no representations or warranties with respect to the tax consequences of the payments, extension of the exercise period for the Stock Option, and any other consideration provided to Employee or made on his behalf under the terms of this Agreement. Employee agrees and understands that he is responsible for payment, if any, of local, state, and/or federal taxes on the payments, exercise period extension, and any other consideration provided hereunder by the Company and any penalties or assessments thereon. Employee further agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any claims, demands, deficiencies, penalties, interest, assessments, executions, judgments, or recoveries by any government agency against the Company for any amounts claimed due on account of: (a) Employee’s failure to pay or the Company’s failure to withhold, or Employee’s delayed payment of, federal or state taxes, or (b) damages sustained by the Company by reason of any such claims, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

22. Section 409(A) .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Employee is a

 

Page 8 of 12


“specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the final Treasury Regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) at the time of Employee’s termination of employment (other than due to death), and the severance payable to Employee, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Employee’s termination of employment, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Employee’s termination of employment. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Employee dies following Employee’s termination of employment but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of Employee’s termination of employment, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Employee’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(b) Any amount paid under the Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of this Agreement. Any amount paid under the Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of this Agreement. For this purpose, “Section 409A Limit” means the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Employee’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Employee during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of Employee’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Employee’s employment is terminated.

(c) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. Employee and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Employee under Section 409A.

23. Authority . The Company represents and warrants that the undersigned has the

 

Page 9 of 12


authority to act on behalf of the Company and to bind the Company and all who may claim through it to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Employee represents and warrants that he has the capacity to act on his own behalf and on behalf of all who might claim through him to bind them to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each Party warrants and represents that there are no liens or claims of lien or assignments in law or equity or otherwise of or against any of the claims or causes of action released herein.

24. No Representations . Employee represents that he has had an opportunity to consult with an attorney, and has carefully read and understands the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement. Employee has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement.

25. No Waiver . The failure of the Company to insist upon the performance of any of the terms and conditions in this Agreement, or the failure to prosecute any breach of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement, shall not be construed thereafter as a waiver of any such terms or conditions. This entire Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as if no such forbearance or failure of performance had occurred.

26. Severability . In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any surviving agreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision.

27. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that either Party brings an action to enforce or effect its rights under this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover its costs and expenses, including the costs of mediation, arbitration, litigation, court fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such an action.

28. Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Employee concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and Employee’s employment with and separation from the Company and the events leading thereto and associated therewith, and supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements and understandings concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and Employee’s relationship with the Company, including the Plan, with the exception of the Confidentiality Agreement and the Stock Agreements (except as specifically provided herein in Section 1(c)).

29. No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by Employee and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

30. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas, without regard for choice-of-law provisions. Employee consents to personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the State of Texas.

31. Effective Date . Each Party has seven (7) days after that Party signs this Agreement to revoke it. This Agreement will become effective on the eighth (8th) day after Employee signed this Agreement, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by either Party before that date (the “Effective Date”). This Agreement must be signed and returned by Employee to Gillian Felix by Federal Express (in the envelope provided), hand delivery or email

 

Page 10 of 12


(gillian.felix@bazaarvoice.com) on or before 5:00 p.m. on July 10, 2010, or it will be null and void.

32. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by facsimile, and each counterpart and facsimile shall have the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

33. Voluntary Execution of Agreement . Employee understands and agrees that he executed this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of his claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Employee acknowledges that:

(a) he has read this Agreement;

(b) he has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of his own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel;

(c) he understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains; and

(d) he is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank; Signature Page Follows ]

 

Page 11 of 12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

   

Kenneth Saunders , an individual

Dated: 6/26/10

   

/s/ Kenneth Saunders

   

Kenneth Saunders

   

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

Dated: 6/27/10

   

By

 

/s/ Brett Hurt

     

Brett Hurt

     

CEO

Exhibit 10.23

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

June 30, 2010

 

Ken Saunders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  RE:

Advisory Board Offer Letter

Dear :

I am pleased to extend to you an offer to join the Advisory Board of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (the “ Company ”), such service on the Advisory Board commencing as of June 30, 2010 and terminating not later than September 30, 2010. Membership on the Company’s Advisory Board is completely terminable “at-will.” As a result, either the Company or you are free to terminate the relationship at any time, for any reason or for no reason.

In consideration for your service on our Advisory Board, you will continue to be a Service Provider (as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan), such that you shall continue to vest in the option to purchase an aggregate of 653,300 shares of common stock (the “ Option ”), which was granted to you by the Board of Directors on April 22, 2009, through the date on which your service on the Advisory Board terminates. Assuming that your service on the Advisory Board terminates on September 30, 2010, you will be vested in 285,818 shares of common stock subject to the Option, with the remaining 367,482 shares of common stock subject to the Option being unvested as of such date. You will not receive any additional compensation, whether in the form of cash or equity, in consideration for your service on the Advisory Board.

In accepting this offer, you are representing to us that (i) you do not know of any conflict which would restrict your service on the Advisory Board and (ii) you will not provide the Company with any documents, records, or other confidential information belonging to other parties.

This letter sets forth the entire compensation you will receive for your service on the Advisory Board. This offer is also contingent upon your execution of the attached Non-Disclosure Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A . Nothing in this letter or the Non-Disclosure Agreement should be construed as an offer of employment or a seat on the Company’s Board of Directors. If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing the letter in the space provided below and returning this letter, along with the executed and dated Non-Disclosure Agreement, to the Company.

 

Sincerely,

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

 

Brett A. Hurt,

 

President

 

Accepted and agreed:

Signature:

 

/s/ Ken Saunders

Date:

 

6/26/10


EXHIBIT A

NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.24

November 5, 2009

Dev Ittycheria

[***]

Dear Dev,

On behalf of Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to invite you to join the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), subject to your election to the Board by the requisite percentage of stockholders (the date of such election being the “ Effective Date ”), which we anticipate will be December 1, 2009. You will serve as a director from the Effective Date until the date upon which you are not re-elected or your earlier removal or resignation.

In consideration for your service on the Board and subject to approval by the Board, you will be granted an option under the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase 274,993 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date the Board approves the option grant. We will recommend that the Board set your vesting schedule such that (i) the shares subject to the option shall vest in a series of equal monthly installments over the 48 month period measured from the Effective Date, subject to your continued service on the Board on any such date, and (ii) 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to the option shall immediately vest upon the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan).

The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable travel expenses that you incur in connection with your attendance at meetings of the Board, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time. In addition, you will receive indemnification as a director of the Company to the maximum extent extended to directors of the Company generally, as set forth in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, an indemnification agreement between the Company and you (which will be provided to you upon the Effective Date) and any director and officer insurance the Company may have and maintain from time to time.

In accepting this offer, you are representing to us that (i) you do not know of any conflict which would restrict your service on the Board and (ii) you will not provide the Company with any documents, records, or other confidential information belonging to other parties.

This letter sets forth the entire compensation you will receive for your service on the Board. Nothing in this letter should be construed as an offer of employment. If the foregoing terms are agreeable, please indicate your acceptance by signing the letter in the space provided below and returning this letter to the Company.

 

Sincerely,

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

 

Brett A. Hurt,

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted and agreed:

Signature:

 

/s/ Dev Ittycheria

Date:

 

12/30/09

Exhibit 10.25

OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

This Lease Agreement (this “Lease”) is made as of the 15th day of July, 2009, between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (hereinafter called “Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called “Tenant”).

This Lease consists of this paragraph, the Basic Lease Provisions, the Supplemental Lease Provisions and each exhibit, rider, schedule and addendum attached to the Basic Lease Provisions and Supplemental Lease Provisions. Each capitalized term used, but not defined, in the Supplemental Lease Provisions shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Basic Lease Provisions.

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

1. Building:

 

  a.

Name: 3900 San Clemente.

Address: 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Austin, Texas 78746.

 

  b.

Agreed Rentable Area: 251,146 square feet.

2. Premises:

 

  a.

Suite #: 300; Floors: the entire third (3rd) floor.

 

  b.

Agreed Rentable Area: 50,798 square feet.

3. a. Basic Rent (See Article 2, Supplemental Lease Provisions):

 

Rental Period

   Rate Per Square
Foot of Agreed
Rentable Area
     Basic Annual
Rent
     Basic
Monthly
Rent
 

Lease Months 1 – 17

   $ 0.00       $ 0.00       $ 0.00   

Lease Months 18 – 27

   $ 20.00       $ 1,015,959.96       $ 84,663.33   

Lease Months 28 – 39

   $ 20.50       $ 1,041,359.04       $ 86,779.92   

Lease Months 40 – 51

   $ 21.00       $ 1,066,758.00       $ 88,896.50   

Lease Months 52 – 63

   $ 21.50       $ 1,092,156.96       $ 91,013.08   

b. Each “Lease Month” shall be a period of time commencing on the same numeric day as the Commencement Date and ending on (but not including) the day in the next calendar month that is the same numeric date as the Commencement Date.

4. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage: 20.2265% (the Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the Agreed Rentable Area of the Building, expressed in a percentage).

5. Term: Sixty-three (63) Lease Months (see Article 1, Supplemental Lease Provisions).

6. Commencement Date: October 1, 2009 (see Article 1, Supplemental Lease Provisions).


7. Expiration Date: December 31, 2014 (see Article 1, Supplemental Lease Provisions).

8. Security Deposit: $900,000.00, which may be in the form of a letter of credit (see Article 3, Supplemental Lease Provisions).

9. Tenant’s Broker: The Aleshire Company (such broker is represented by Jon Aleshire).

10. Permitted Use: General Office Purposes Only, including, without limitation, the development, marketing, administration, sale (other than retail sales), distribution and servicing of Tenant’s Software as a Service (SaaS) social commerce solutions business (see Article 4, Supplemental Lease Provisions).

11. All payments shall be sent to Landlord in care of HPI Real Estate Management, Inc. (“Property Manager”), P.O. Box 202220, Dept. #4192, Dallas, Texas 75320-2220, or such other place as Landlord may designate in writing from time to time. All payments shall be in the form of check unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, provided that payment by check shall not be deemed made if the check is not duly honored with good funds.

12. Parking: See Section 15.17 and Exhibit F, if any, attached to the Supplemental Lease Provisions.

13. Addresses for notices due under this Lease (see Article 14, Supplemental Lease Provisions):

 

Landlord:

3900 San Clemente, L.P.

c/o HPI Real Estate Management, Inc.

3600 North Capital of Texas Highway

Building B, Suite 250

Austin, TX 78746

Attention: Property Manager

  

Tenant:

PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT DATE:

11921 N. Mo Pac Expressway, Suite 420

Austin, Texas 78759

Attention: CFO

AND IF NOTICE OF DEFAULT, COPY TO:

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

8 Campus Drive

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054-4493

Attention: Legal Department

  

ON AND AFTER COMMENCEMENT DATE:

The Premises.

Attention: CFO

Landlord and Tenant are initialing these Basic Lease Provisions in the appropriate space provided below as an acknowledgment that they are a part of this Lease.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 TERM AND POSSESSION

     1   

Section 1.1

 

Lease of Premises, Commencement and Expiration

     1   

Section 1.2

 

Inspection and Delivery of Premises, Construction of Lease Space Improvements and Possession

     2   

Section 1.3

 

Redelivery of the Premises

     3   

Section 1.4

 

Holding Over

     4   

ARTICLE 2 RENT

     5   

Section 2.1

 

Basic Rent

     5   

Section 2.2

 

Additional Rent

     5   

Section 2.3

 

Rent Defined and No Offsets

     9   

Section 2.4

 

Late Charges

     9   

ARTICLE 3 SECURITY DEPOSIT

     9   

ARTICLE 4 OCCUPANCY AND USE

     11   

Section 4.1

 

Use of Premises

     11   

Section 4.2

 

Compliance With Laws

     14   

Section 4.3

 

Rules and Regulations

     14   

Section 4.4

 

Access

     15   

Section 4.5

 

Quiet Possession

     15   

Section 4.6

 

Permits

     15   

ARTICLE 5 UTILITIES AND SERVICES

     16   

Section 5.1

 

Services to be Provided

     16   

Section 5.2

 

Additional Services

     18   

Section 5.3

 

Tenant’s Obligation

     18   

Section 5.4

 

Service Interruption

     18   

Section 5.5

 

Modifications

     19   

Section 5.6

 

Telecommunication Equipment

     19   

ARTICLE 6 MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

     20   

Section 6.1

 

Landlord’s Obligation to Maintain and Repair

     20   

Section 6.2

 

Tenant’s Obligation to Maintain and Repair

     20   

Section 6.3

 

Improvements and Alterations

     22   

ARTICLE 7 INSURANCE, FIRE AND CASUALTY

     24   

Section 7.1

 

Total or Partial Destruction of The Building or the Premises

     24   

Section 7.2

 

Tenant’s Insurance

     25   

Section 7.3

 

Landlord’s Insurance

     26   

Section 7.4

 

Waiver of Subrogation

     27   

 

-i-


Section 7.5

 

Indemnity

     28   

ARTICLE 8 CONDEMNATION

     29   

Section 8.1

 

Condemnation Resulting in Continued Use Not Feasible

     29   

Section 8.2

 

Total Condemnation of Premises

     29   

Section 8.3

 

Condemnation Without Termination

     29   

Section 8.4

 

Condemnation Proceeds

     29   

ARTICLE 9 LIENS

     30   

ARTICLE 10 TAXES ON TENANT’S PROPERTY

     30   

ARTICLE 11 SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNING

     30   

Section 11.1

 

Sublease and Assignment

     30   

Section 11.2

 

Landlord’s Rights

     31   

Section 11.3

 

Landlord’s Rights Relating to Assignee or Subtenant

     33   

Section 11.4

 

Assignment and Bankruptcy

     34   

ARTICLE 12 TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD, SUBORDINATION AND TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

     34   

Section 12.1

 

Sale of the Property

     34   

Section 12.2

 

Subordination, Attornment and Notice

     35   

Section 12.3

 

Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate

     35   

ARTICLE 13 DEFAULT

     36   

Section 13.1

 

Defaults by Tenant

     36   

Section 13.2

 

Remedies of Landlord

     37   

Section 13.3

 

Defaults by Landlord

     40   

Section 13.4

 

Landlord’s Liability

     41   

Section 13.5

 

Waiver of Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act

     42   

Section 13.6

 

Landlord’s Lien

     42   

ARTICLE 14 NOTICES

     42   

ARTICLE 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     42   

Section 15.1

 

Building Name and Address

     42   

Section 15.2

 

Signage

     42   

Section 15.3

 

No Waiver

     44   

Section 15.4

 

Applicable Law

     44   

Section 15.5

 

Common Areas

     44   

Section 15.6

 

Successors and Assigns

     45   

Section 15.7

 

Brokers

     45   

Section 15.8

 

Severability

     46   

Section 15.9

 

Examination of Lease

     46   

Section 15.10

 

Interest on Tenant’s Obligations

     46   

 

-ii-


Section 15.11

 

Time

     46   

Section 15.12

 

Defined Terms and Marginal Headings

     46   

Section 15.13

 

Authority of Tenant

     46   

Section 15.14

 

Force Majeure

     46   

Section 15.15

 

Recording

     47   

Section 15.16

 

No Representations

     47   

Section 15.17

 

Parking

     47   

Section 15.18

 

Attorneys’ Fees

     47   

Section 15.19

 

No Light, Air or View Easement

     47   

Section 15.20

 

Relocation

     47   

Section 15.21

 

Survival of Indemnities

     47   

Section 15.22

 

Calculation of Charges

     47   

Section 15.23

 

Entire Agreement

     48   

Section 15.24

 

Anti-Terrorism Representations

     48   

Section 15.25

 

Erisa

     48   

Section 15.26

 

Financial Statements

     48   

 

-iii-


LIST OF EXHIBITS AND RIDERS

TO

SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE PROVISIONS

 

Exhibit A    Floor Plan
Exhibit B    Land Legal Description
Exhibit C    Intentionally Omitted
Exhibit D    Work Letter
Exhibit E    Acceptance of Premises Memorandum
Exhibit F    Parking Agreement
Exhibit G    Rules and Regulations
Rider 1    Renewal Option
Rider 2    Expansion Option
Rider 3    Tenant’s Right of Opportunity
Rider 4    Tenant’s Termination Option
Rider 5    Right to Audit
Rider 6    Right to Assign to an Affiliate
Rider 7    Generator Rights
Rider H-1    (Hazardous Materials Surveys) No Known Hazardous Materials
Rider H-2    Tenant’s Study, Testing and Inspection Rights

 

-iv-


SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE PROVISIONS

ARTICLE 1

TERM AND POSSESSION

SECTION 1.1 LEASE OF PREMISES, COMMENCEMENT AND EXPIRATION.

1.101 Lease of Premises . In consideration of the mutual covenants herein, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease, the portion of the Building (as described in Item 1 of the Basic Lease Provisions) described as the Premises in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions and that is more particularly described by the crosshatched area on Exhibit A attached hereto (hereinafter called the “Premises”). If the Premises include one or more floors in their entirety, all corridors and restroom facilities located on such full floor shall be considered part of the Premises. The Building, the land (the “Land”) on which the Building is situated (which Land is more particularly described on Exhibit B attached hereto), the parking garage, if any, located on the Land and serving the Building (the “Garage”) and all other improvements located on and appurtenances to the Building, the Garage and the Land are referred to collectively herein as the “Property”.

1.102 Agreed Rentable Area . The agreed rentable area of the Premises is hereby stipulated to be the “Agreed Rentable Area” of the Premises set forth in Item 2b of the Basic Lease Provisions. The agreed rentable area of the Building is hereby stipulated to be the “Agreed Rentable Area” of the Building set forth in Item 1b of the Basic Lease Provisions.

1.103 Initial Term and Commencement . The initial Term of this Lease shall be the period of time specified in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The initial Term shall commence on the Commencement Date (herein so called) set forth in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions (as such Commencement Date may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit D ) and, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease, the initial Term of this Lease shall expire, without notice to Tenant, on the Expiration Date (herein so called) set forth in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions (as such Expiration Date may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 of the Work Letter). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Expiration Date, as determined herein, does not occur on the last day of a calendar month, the Term and the last Lease Month thereof shall be extended by the number of days necessary to cause the Expiration Date to occur on the last day of the last calendar month of the Term. Tenant and Tenant’s space planner and architect shall have access to the Premises upon the execution of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant in connection with preparation of the Space Plan and the Construction Plans. Further, Tenant (and Tenant’s space planner and architect) shall have the right to access the Premises approximately two (2) weeks prior to the Commencement Date for the sole purpose of performing improvements or installing furniture, trade fixtures, telecommunications or other personal property of Tenant provided that Tenant coordinates such access with Landlord’s general contractor and does not materially interfere with the construction of the Tenant’s Improvements. Such access shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, and except for the cost of above Building standard services requested by Tenant in writing (e.g. after hours HVAC), Tenant shall not be required to pay Rent or other remuneration with respect to the period of time prior to the Commencement Date during which


Tenant performs such work. If Tenant occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for any other purpose (other than for the purpose of (i) preparation of the Space Plan and Construction Plans or performing improvements or installing personal property of Tenant, as set forth above or (ii) the removal of Tenant’s improvements as provided in the last sentence of this paragraph), such possession shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease and Tenant shall pay Basic Rent (at the rate payable for Lease Month 18) and all charges specified in this Lease during such early occupancy period. Tenant’s access to the Premises for the purposes of performing the work as set forth in this paragraph shall not be deemed to constitute Tenant’s acceptance of delivery of possession of the Premises in the condition required by this Lease, nor Tenant’s acceptance of Tenant’s Improvements. Additionally, Landlord shall have no right or interest of any kind in or to the improvements or installations of Tenant made during the period of such access, and in the event that this Lease shall for any reason be terminated prior to delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right, on reasonable notice to Landlord, to access the Premises for purpose of removing such improvements and installations, and such access shall be subject to the same terms as Tenant’s initial early access provided above.

SECTION 1.2 INSPECTION AND DELIVERY OF PREMISES, CONSTRUCTION OF LEASE SPACE IMPROVEMENTS AND POSSESSION.

1.201 Delivery . Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has inspected the Premises and the Common Areas (as hereinafter defined) and, except for latent defects discovered and reported to Landlord by Tenant within 180 days from the Commencement Date, hereby (i) accepts the Common Areas in “as is” condition for all purposes and (ii) subject to Landlord’s completion of its obligations under the Work Letter, Tenant hereby accepts the Premises (including the suitability of the Premises for the Permitted Use) for all purposes. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises and agreed that the Premises is in good order and satisfactory condition, with no representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition of the Premises or the Building or suitability thereof for Tenant’s use, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS LEASE, NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE REGARDING THE CONDITION OR SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES ON THE COMMENCEMENT DATE. FURTHER, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT WAIVES ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF SUITABILITY OR OTHER IMPLIED WARRANTIES THAT LANDLORD WILL MAINTAIN OR REPAIR THE PREMISES OR ITS APPURTENANCES EXCEPT AS MAY BE CLEARLY AND EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS LEASE .

1.202 Completion . Landlord will perform or cause to be performed the work and/or construction of Tenant’s Improvements in accordance with the terms of the Work Letter and will use reasonable efforts to Substantially Complete (as defined in the Work Letter) Tenant’s Improvements by the Commencement Date. If Tenant’s Improvements are not Substantially Complete by the Commencement Date set forth in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions for any reason whatsoever, Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an adjustment of the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date to the extent permitted under Section 3 of the Work Letter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Commencement Date has not occurred on or before the Outside Completion Date (defined below),

 

-2-


Tenant, as its sole and exclusive remedy, shall be entitled to a rent abatement of $2,783.45 for every day in the period beginning on the Outside Completion Date and ending on the Commencement Date. The “Outside Completion Date” shall mean the date which is ninety (90) days after the latest to occur of (i) Tenant’s approval of the Construction Plans (as defined in the Work Letter), (ii) Tenant’s approval of the Contract Sum (as defined in the Work Letter), and (iii) Landlord’s contractor’s receipt of a building permit for the Tenant’s Improvements. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that: (x) the determination of the Commencement Date shall take into consideration the effect of any Tenant Delay; and (y) the Outside Completion Date shall be postponed by the number of days the Commencement Date is delayed due to events of force majeure.

1.203 Acceptance of Premises Memorandum . Upon Substantial Completion (as defined in the Work Letter) of Tenant’s Improvements, Landlord and Tenant shall execute the Acceptance of Premises Memorandum (herein so called) attached hereto as Exhibit E . If Tenant fails to execute an Acceptance of Premises Memorandum within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises for all purposes (subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease) and Substantial Completion shall be deemed to have occurred on the earlier to occur of (i) actual occupancy or (ii) the Commencement Date set forth in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

SECTION 1.3 REDELIVERY OF THE PREMISES.

1.301 Obligation to Redeliver . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or upon the exercise by Landlord of its right to re-enter the Premises without terminating this Lease, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord the Premises in broom clean condition, together with all keys and parking and access cards provided to Tenant. Tenant shall, by the Expiration Date or, if this Lease is earlier terminated, within seven (7) days after the termination, at the sole expense of Tenant: (i) remove from the Premises (unless Landlord is asserting its lien rights therein) any equipment, machinery, trade fixtures and personalty installed or placed in the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, and (ii) if requested, in writing, by Landlord prior to the Expiration Date or within ten (10) business days after the earlier termination of this Lease, (a) remove from the Premises all or any part of the improvements (other than Tenant’s Improvements and other improvements approved by Landlord without the requirement that same be removed upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease) made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, and (b) restore the Premises to the substantially the same condition existing immediately prior to the installation of such improvements (other than Tenant’s Improvements and other improvements approved by Landlord without the requirement that same be removed upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease). All removals and work described above shall be accomplished in a good and workmanlike manner and shall be conducted so as not to materially damage the Premises or the Building or the plumbing, electrical lines or other utilities serving the Building. Tenant shall, at its expense, promptly repair any damage caused by any such removal or work. Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord will permit Tenant and its contractors reasonable access to the Premises for purposes of completing Tenant’s obligations hereunder. If Tenant fails to deliver the Premises in the condition aforesaid, then Landlord may restore the Premises to such a condition at Tenant’s reasonable expense. All

 

-3-


property required to be removed pursuant to this Section not removed within time period required hereunder shall thereupon be conclusively presumed to have been abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may, at its option, on prior written notice to Tenant, take over possession of such property and either (a) declare the same to be the property of Landlord by written notice to Tenant at the address provided herein or (b) at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, remove and store and/or dispose of the same or any part thereof in any manner that Landlord shall choose without incurring liability to Tenant or any other person, and Tenant’s failure to remove such property shall be deemed a holding over by Tenant under Section 1.4 hereunder until such failure is rectified by Landlord or Tenant.

1.302 Failure to Deliver . Notwithstanding any provision or inference to the contrary herein contained, but subject to the provisions of Section 1.301 above, in the event that Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord (and surrender possession of) all of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (or the applicable portion of the Premises if this Lease expires or terminates as to only a portion of the Premises) on the date of expiration or earlier termination, then Landlord may, without judicial process and without notice of any kind, immediately enter upon and take absolute possession of the Premises or applicable portion thereof, expel or remove Tenant and any other person or entity who may be occupying the Premises or applicable portion thereof, change the locks to the Premises or applicable portion thereof (in which event, Tenant shall have no right to any key for the new locks), limit elevator access to the Premises or applicable portion thereof, and take any other actions as are necessary for Landlord to take absolute possession of the Premises or applicable portion thereof. The foregoing rights are without prejudice and in addition to, and shall not in any way limit Landlord’s rights under, Section 1.4 below.

SECTION 1.4 HOLDING OVER. In the event Tenant or any party under Tenant claiming rights to this Lease, retains possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, such possession shall constitute and be construed as a tenancy at will only, subject, however, to all of the terms, provisions, covenants and agreements on the part of Tenant hereunder; such parties shall be subject to immediate eviction and removal and Tenant or any such party shall pay Landlord as rent for the period of such holdover (on a per month basis without reduction for any partial months during any such holdover) an amount equal to one and one-half (1-1/2) times the Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent (as hereinafter defined) in effect immediately preceding expiration or termination, as applicable. Tenant shall also pay any and all direct damages sustained by Landlord as a result of such holdover. However, Tenant shall not be liable to Landlord for any direct damages sustained by Landlord as a result of the termination of a subsequent lease of the Premises, or any part thereof, for penalties resulting from the inability to timely deliver the Premises or any portion thereof under a subsequent lease as a result of Tenant’s holdover (such damages, “Holdover Damages”) unless (i) Landlord gives written notice (the “Vacancy Notice”) to Tenant after the date Tenant’s right to renew the Lease pursuant to Rider 1 has occurred stating (x) that Landlord has entered into a letter of intent, letter or memorandum of understanding or another similar instrument with a proposed tenant or a third party has accepted a proposal made by Landlord to lease all or part of the Premises and (y) the date Landlord requires Tenant to vacate the Premises (the “Vacancy Date”), which date shall be the later of thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Vacancy Notice and the expiration date of this Lease, and (ii) Tenant fails to vacate the Premises on

 

-4-


or before the Vacancy Date. The rent during such holdover period shall be payable to Landlord from time to time on demand; provided, however, if no demand is made during a particular month, holdover rent accruing during such month shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Article 2. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant will vacate the Premises and deliver same to Landlord immediately upon Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord to so vacate. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend the Term of this Lease; no payments of money by Tenant to Landlord after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term of this Lease; and no extension of this Lease after the expiration or earlier termination thereof shall be valid unless and until the same shall be reduced to writing and signed by both Landlord and Tenant. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall be entitled to the payment of its reasonable legal fees in the event that Landlord prevails in a forcible detainer action brought by Landlord.

ARTICLE 2

RENT

SECTION 2.1 BASIC RENT. Tenant shall pay as annual rent for the Premises the applicable Basic Annual Rent shown in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The Basic Annual Rent shall be payable in monthly installments equal to the applicable Basic Monthly Rent shown in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions in advance, without demand, offset or deduction, except as expressly set forth herein. The monthly installment of Basic Annual Rent for the eighteenth (18th) Lease Month and the monthly installment of Additional Rent for the first (1st) Lease Month shall be payable on execution of the Lease and will be applied on the Commencement Date to the installment of Basic Annual Rent due for the eighteenth (18th) Lease Month and the installment of Additional Rent due for the first Lease Month, respectively. The remaining monthly installments of Basic Annual Rent shall commence on the first (1st) day of the nineteenth (19th) Lease Month and shall continue on the first day of each calendar month thereafter. If the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or the Expiration Date occurs on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the Basic Monthly Rent for such partial month shall be prorated.

SECTION 2.2 ADDITIONAL RENT.

2.201 Definitions . For purposes of this Lease, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Additional Rent”, for a particular calendar year, shall equal the sum of all (i) Operating Expenses (as hereinafter defined) for the applicable calendar year multiplied by Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage (as set forth in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions) plus (ii) Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter defined) for the applicable calendar year multiplied by Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage plus (iii) Additional Pass Through Costs (as hereinafter defined) for the applicable calendar year multiplied by Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage. Additional Rent for calendar year 2009 is estimated to be $10.98 per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises.

(b) “Operating Expenses” shall mean all of the costs and expenses Landlord incurs, pays or becomes obligated to pay in connection with operating, maintaining, insuring and

 

-5-


managing the Property for a particular calendar year or portion thereof as determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) insurance premiums (“Insurance Premiums”); (ii) water, sewer, electrical and other utility charges (“Utility Expenses”); (iii) service, testing and other charges incurred in the operation and maintenance of the elevators and the plumbing, fire sprinter, security, heating, ventilation and air conditioning system; (iv) cleaning and other janitorial services inclusive of window cleaning); (v) tools and supplies costs; (vi) repair costs; (vii) costs of landscaping, including landscape maintenance and sprinkler maintenance costs and rental and supply costs in connection therewith; (viii) security and alarm services; (ix) license, permit and inspection fees; (x) management fees (not to exceed four percent (4%) of the gross revenues from the Property); (xi) wages and related benefits payable to employees, including taxes and insurance relating thereto; (xii) accounting services related specifically to the accounting of income and expenses associated with the operation of the Property; (xiii) intentionally omitted; (xiv) trash removal; (xv) garage and parking maintenance, repair, repaving and operating costs; and (xvi) the charges assessed against the Property pursuant to any recorded declaration of covenants or the covenants, conditions and restrictions of any other similar instrument affecting the Property as of the date of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include Real Estate Taxes or Additional Pass Through Costs.

(c) “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean (i) all real estate taxes and other taxes or assessments which are levied with respect to the Property or any portion thereof for each calendar year, (ii) any tax, surcharge or assessment which shall be levied as a supplement to or in lieu of real estate taxes, (iii) the reasonable costs and expenses of a consultant, if any, or the reasonable costs and expenses of contesting the validity or amount of such real estate or other taxes and (iv) any rental, excise, franchise, sales, transaction, privilege or other tax or levy, however denominated, imposed upon or measured by the rental reserved hereunder or on Landlord’s business of leasing the Premises, excepting only Landlord’s net income taxes.

(d) “Additional Pass Through Costs” shall mean the following costs and expenses incurred by Landlord from and after January 1 of the calendar year in which this Lease is executed: (i) subject to the limitations of clause (ii) following, the cost of any improvement made to the Property by Landlord that is required under any governmental law or regulation which was not promulgated, or which was promulgated but was not applicable to the Building, at the time the Building was constructed, amortized over such period as Landlord shall reasonably determine, together with an amount equal to interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum (the “Amortization Rate”) on the unamortized balance thereof; (ii) the cost of any improvement made to the Common Areas of the Property that is required under interpretations or regulations issued after the Commencement Date under, or amendments made after the Commencement Date to, the provisions of Tex. Rev. Civ. Stat. Ann. art. 9102 and the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §§12101-12213 (collectively, the “Disability Acts”), amortized over such period as Landlord shall reasonably determine, together with an amount equal to interest at the Amortization Rate on the unamortized balance thereof; (iii) the cost of any labor-saving or energy-saving device or other equipment installed in the Building (provided Landlord reasonably anticipates that the installation thereof will reduce Operating Expenses), amortized over such period as is reasonably determined by Landlord, together with an amount equal to interest at the

 

-6-


Amortization Rate on the unamortized balance thereof; and (iv) all other capital costs and expenses which would generally be regarded as ownership, operating, maintenance and management costs and expenses which would normally be amortized over a period not to exceed five (5) years.

2.202 Gross-Up . Operating Expenses shall be grossed up to include all additional costs and expenses of owning, operating, maintaining and managing the Building which Landlord determines that it would have incurred, paid or been obligated to pay during such year if the Building had been one hundred percent (100%) occupied.

2.203 Payment Obligation . In addition to the Basic Rent specified in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Additional Rent, in each calendar year or partial calendar year during the Term of this Lease, payable in monthly installments as hereinafter provided. On or prior to the Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days prior to each calendar year thereafter (or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible), Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of Tenant’s reasonably estimated Additional Rent for the applicable calendar year and the amount of the monthly installment due for each month during such year. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the Commencement Date and on the first day of each month thereafter the amount of the applicable monthly installment, without demand, offset or deduction (except as expressly set forth herein), provided, however, if the applicable installment covers a partial month, then such installment shall be prorated on a daily basis; and provided that Tenant’s payment of the installment of Additional Rent under Section 2.1 above shall be applied to the Additional Rent due for the first (1st) Lease Month. Within ninety (90) days after the end of (i) each calendar year and (ii) the Expiration Date or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible, Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Tenant a statement showing Tenant’s actual Additional Rent for the applicable calendar year, provided that with respect to the calendar year in which the Expiration Date occurs, (x) that calendar year shall be deemed to have commenced on January 1 of that year and ended on the Expiration Date (the “Final Calendar Year”) and (y) Landlord shall have the right to estimate the actual Operating Expenses allocable to the Final Calendar Year but which are not determinable within such ninety day period until the earlier of (i) the date such Operating Expenses are determinable, or (ii) ninety days after the end of the calendar year in which the Expiration Date occurs, at which time Landlord shall prepare and deliver a final statement of actual Operating Expenses. If Tenant’s total monthly payments of Additional Rent for the applicable year are less than Tenant’s actual Additional Rent, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such underpayment. If Tenant’s total monthly payments of Additional Rent for the applicable year are more than Tenant’s actual Additional Rent, then Landlord shall credit against the next Additional Rent payment or payments due from Tenant the amount of such overpayment, provided, however, with respect to the Final Calendar Year, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of such excess payments, less any amounts then owed to Landlord. Unless Tenant takes written exception to any item within sixty (60) days after the furnishing of an annual statement, such statement shall be considered as final and accepted by Tenant. Any amount due Landlord as shown on any such statement shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after it is furnished to Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to audit Additional Rent, subject to and in accordance with the terms of Rider 5 attached hereto.

 

-7-


2.204 Billing Disputes . If there exists any dispute as to (i) the amount of Additional Rent, (ii) whether a particular expense is properly included in Additional Rent or (iii) Landlord’s calculation of Additional Rent (each an “Additional Rent Dispute”), the events, errors, acts or omissions giving rise to such Additional Rent Dispute shall not constitute a breach or default by Landlord under this Lease and even if a judgment resolving the Additional Rent Dispute is entered against Landlord, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Landlord shall not be liable for any consequential damages resulting from the event, error, act or omission giving rise to such Additional Rent Dispute. Notwithstanding the existence of an Additional Rent Dispute, Tenant shall pay timely the amount of Additional Rent which is in dispute and will continue to make all subsequent payments of Additional Rent as and when required under this Lease, provided that the payment of such disputed amount and other amounts shall be without prejudice to Tenant’s position. If an Additional Rent Dispute is resolved in favor of Tenant, Landlord shall forthwith pay to Tenant the amount of Tenant’s overpayment of Additional Rent, together with interest from the time of such overpayment at the annual rate of ten percent (10%).

2.205 Revisions in Estimated Additional Rent . If Real Estate Taxes, Insurance Premiums, Utility Expenses or Additional Pass Through Costs increase or decrease during a calendar year or if the number of square feet of rentable area in the Premises increases or decreases, Landlord may reasonably revise the estimated Additional Rent during such year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect and thereafter Tenant shall pay to Landlord or Tenant shall be entitled to a reduction in Additional Rent, as applicable, in each of the remaining months of such year, an amount equal to the amount of such increase or decrease, as the case may be, in the estimated Additional Rent divided by the number of months remaining in such year.

2.206 Real Estate Tax Protest . Section 41.413 of the Texas Property Tax Code may give Tenant the right to protest before the appropriate appraisal review board a determination of the appraised value of the Property if Landlord does not so protest and requires Landlord to deliver to Tenant a notice of any determination of the appraised value of the Property. Tenant acknowledges that the Property is a multi-tenant facility, that any filing of a protest of appraised value by Tenant will give the appraisal district discretion to increase or decrease the appraised value, that an increase in the appraised value will affect Landlord and the other tenants of the Property, and that an increase in the appraised value may increase the taxes not only for the year in question but for future years, potentially beyond expiration of the Lease Term. Accordingly, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Tenant hereby waives the provisions of §41.413 of the Texas Property Tax Code (or any successor thereto). In the alternative, if §41.413 of the Texas Property Tax Code may not be waived, Tenant agrees not to protest any valuation unless Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of Tenant’s intent so to protest and Landlord fails to protest the valuation within fifteen (15) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s written notice. If Tenant files a protest without giving the written notice required by the preceding sentence, such filing shall be an event of default under this Lease without the necessity of any notice from Landlord, regardless of the provisions of Section 13.102 of this Lease. Furthermore, if Tenant exercises the right of protest granted by §41.413 of the Texas Property Tax Code, Tenant shall be solely responsible for, and shall pay, all costs of such protest. If as a result of any protest filed by Tenant, the appraised value of the Property is increased by the appraisal board, Tenant shall be solely responsible for, and shall pay upon demand by Landlord, all taxes (not only

 

-8-


Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage of Real Estate Taxes) assessed against the Property in excess of the taxes which would have been payable in the absence of the protest. Tenant shall continue to pay such excess taxes until the determination of appraised value of the Property is changed by the appraisal review board, regardless of whether the increased taxes are incurred during the Term of the Lease or thereafter . Landlord agrees, upon request by Tenant, to provide to Tenant a copy of the determination of appraised value for any year. The payment obligations of Tenant under this Section 2.206 shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

SECTION 2.3 RENT DEFINED AND NO OFFSETS. Basic Annual Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums (whether or not expressly designated as rent) required to be paid to Landlord by Tenant under this Lease (including, without limitation, any sums payable to Landlord under any addendum, exhibit, rider or schedule attached hereto) shall constitute rent and are sometimes collectively referred to as “Rent”. Each payment of Rent shall be paid by Tenant when due, without prior demand therefor and without deduction or setoff, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease.

SECTION 2.4 LATE CHARGES. If any installment of Basic Annual Rent or Additional Rent or any other payment of Rent under this Lease shall not be paid when due, a “Late Charge” of five cents ($.05) per dollar so overdue may be charged by Landlord to defray Landlord’s administrative expense incident to the handling of such overdue payments; provided that Tenant shall not incur such Late Charge for the first two (2) such failures during any consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Term if Tenant pays the amount due within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that such payments were not made when due. Each Late Charge shall be payable on written demand.

ARTICLE 3

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Tenant will pay Landlord on the date this Lease is executed by Tenant the Security Deposit set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions as security for the performance of the terms hereof by Tenant. Tenant shall not be entitled to interest thereon and Landlord may commingle such Security Deposit with any other funds of Landlord. The Security Deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of default by Tenant. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, and such default continues uncured beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use, apply or retain all or any part of this Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation, reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord to recover possession of the Premises. After any such application of any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, immediately upon demand, the amount so applied so as to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. The Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date, after first deducting any amounts then due pursuant

 

-9-


to the terms of this Lease. Tenant agrees that it will not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the monies deposited herein as the Security Deposit and that Landlord and its successors and assigns shall not be bound by any such actual or attempted assignment or encumbrance. Regardless of any assignment of this Lease by Tenant, Landlord may return the Security Deposit to the original Tenant, in the absence of evidence satisfactory to Landlord of an assignment of the right to receive the Security Deposit or any part of the balance thereof.

In lieu of the cash Security Deposit specified in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions, Tenant may deliver to Landlord within ten (10) days after the execution of this Lease, an irrevocable standby non-documentary letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”). The Letter of Credit shall: (a) be in the amount of $900,000.00; (b) be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; (c) name Landlord as its beneficiary; (d) be drawn on an FDIC insured financial institution reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord; (e) expressly allow Landlord to draw upon it: (i) in the event that the Tenant is in default under the Lease, beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, by delivering to the issuer of the Letter of Credit written notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder pursuant to the terms of this Lease; or (ii) if Tenant, within thirty (30) days prior to expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, fails to provide Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit meeting the requirements herein; (f) expressly state that it will be honored by the issuer without inquiry into the accuracy of any such notice or statement made by Landlord; (g) expressly permit multiple or partial draws up to the stated amount of the Letter of Credit; and (h) expressly provide that it is transferable to any successor of Landlord at no cost to Landlord or such successor. The Letter of Credit shall provide that it shall be deemed automatically renewed, without amendment, for consecutive periods of one year each thereafter during the Term unless the issuer of the Letter of Credit sends a notice (the “Non-Renewal Notice”) to Landlord by certified mail, return receipt requested, not less than thirty (30) days preceding the then expiration date of the Letter of Credit stating that the issuer has elected not to renew the Letter of Credit. Landlord shall have the right, upon receipt of the Non-Renewal Notice, to draw the full amount of the Letter of Credit, and shall thereafter hold or apply the cash proceeds of the Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms of this Article 3. The Letter of Credit (and any renewals or replacements thereof) shall be for a term of not less than one (1) year. Tenant agrees that it shall from time to time, as necessary, whether as a result of a draw on the Letter of Credit by Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof or as a result of the expiration of the Letter of Credit then in effect, renew or replace the original and any subsequent Letter of Credit so that a Letter of Credit, in the amount required hereunder, is in effect until a date which is at least sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date of the Lease (or date of earlier termination of the Lease). If Tenant fails to furnish such renewal or replacement at least thirty (30) days prior to the stated expiration date of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, Landlord may draw upon such Letter of Credit and the sums so drawn shall be deemed to be a cash Security Deposit hereunder, and shall be governed in all respects by the terms of the first paragraph of Article 3 hereof. Any renewal of or replacement for the original or any subsequent Letter of Credit shall meet the requirements for the original Letter of Credit as set forth above, except that such replacement or renewal shall be issued by a national bank reasonably satisfactory to Landlord at the time of the issuance thereof.

 

-10-


Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, provided Tenant has not exercised its Termination Option (as provided in Rider 4 to this Lease) and Tenant is not in default under this Lease as defined in Section 13.1 of this Lease and with respect to defaults for which Tenant has a notice and cure period, no notice of a default has been given as of the effective date of any reduction of the Security Deposit or Letter of Credit, as applicable, Tenant shall have the right to reduce the amount of the Security Deposit or Letter of Credit, as applicable, to the following amounts: (i) $600,000.00 effective as of the last day of the thirty-ninth (39th) Lease Month of the Term; and (ii) $300,000.00 effective as of the last day of the forty-eighth (48th) Lease Month of the Term. In the event Tenant is in default under this Lease as defined in Section 13.1 or with respect to any defaults for which Tenant has a notice and cure period, a default notice has been given to Tenant, as of the effective date of any reduction of the Security Deposit or Letter of Credit, as applicable, the same shall not reduce and Tenant shall maintain the Security Deposit or Letter of Credit without reduction in place until the next reduction date. In no event shall the amount of the Security Deposit or Letter of Credit, as applicable, be reduced to less than $300,000.00. In the event Tenant is maintaining a cash Security Deposit (i.e., if Tenant has not elected to provide the Letter of Credit in lieu thereof) at the time of a reduction of the Security Deposit as described above, then the excess Security Deposit then held by Landlord shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor, after deducting any amounts then payable by Tenant. From and after the date Tenant is entitled to a reduction of the Letter of Credit or Security Deposit as set forth above, Landlord shall not be entitled to draw under the Letter of Credit more than the reduced amount, even if the existing Letter of Credit held by Landlord has a face amount greater than such reduced amount.

ARTICLE 4

OCCUPANCY AND USE

SECTION 4.1 USE OF PREMISES.

4.101 General . The Premises shall, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section, be used solely for the Permitted Use (herein so called) specified in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, Tenant will not use, occupy or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises for any purpose (and the Permitted Use shall not include any use) which is forbidden by or in violation of any applicable law, ordinance or governmental or municipal regulation, order, or certificate of occupancy, or which may be dangerous to life, limb or property; or permit the maintenance of any public or private nuisance; or do or permit any other thing which may disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of the Property; or keep any substance or carry on or permit any operation which might emit offensive odors or conditions from the Premises; or commit or suffer or permit any waste in or upon the Premises; or sell, purchase or give away, or permit the sale, purchase or gift of food in any form by or to any of Tenant’s agents or employees or other parties in the Premises except through vending machines in employee lunch or rest areas within the Premises for use by Tenant’s employees only; or use any apparatus which might make undue noise or set up vibrations in the Building; or permit anything to be done which would increase the causes of loss special form property insurance rate on the Building or Building contents and, if there is any increase in such rate by reason of acts of Tenant, then Tenant agrees to pay such increase upon

 

-11-


demand therefor by Landlord. Payment by Tenant of any such rate increase shall not be a waiver of Tenant’s duty to comply herewith. Tenant shall keep the Premises neat and clean at all times. Tenant shall comply with, and promptly correct any violation of, each and every applicable governmental law, rule or regulation relating to the Premises; provided that Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with respect to the structural components of the Premises unless such compliance is required by Tenant’s particular manner of use of the Premises. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any governmental authority having jurisdiction which imposes any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the occupancy or use thereof; provided that Tenant shall not be required to make any structural alterations in order to comply with such laws unless required by Tenant’s particular manner of use of the Premises. Tenant shall maintain a ratio of not more than one (1) person per 175 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises; provided violation of such ratio shall not be deemed a default under this Lease for any purpose, and Landlord’s sole remedy for a violation shall be the payment required below. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall, within three (3) business days after receipt of such request, provide Landlord a written statement containing the number of employees of Tenant at the Premises on a daily basis. Tenant acknowledges that increased numbers of people occupying the Premises causes an increase in wear and tear on the Premises and the Common Areas and increased demand and use of Building services. The increased cost to Landlord arising from excessive use and wear and tear that follows from increased occupant density is difficult or impossible to quantify or measure precisely in dollars. Because the damages from excessive occupant density are difficult or impossible to calculate or quantify monetarily, if Tenant’s use of the Premises is such that the number of employees exceeds the ratio of one (1) person per 175 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises for 80% of the business days (whether or not consecutive) in any six (6) consecutive calendar month period, as Landlord’s sole and exclusive remedy, Tenant shall pay to Landlord additional rent equal to ten percent (10%) of the Basic Monthly Rent payable hereunder for each such six (6) calendar months (the “Density Surcharge”). Such payment shall be made with the next accruing installment of Basic Annual Rent and shall be payable for each month in such six (6) month period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall waive the Density Surcharge for violation of the occupancy ratio in the event that during such six (6) consecutive month period the occupancy ratio is not met, Tenant (i) has exercised an option set forth in this Lease to expand the Premises, or (ii) is negotiating in good faith with Landlord to lease additional premises; provided that such wavier shall not apply with respect to any period of negotiation exceeding six (6) months.

4.102 Hazardous and Toxic Materials .

(a) For purposes of this Lease, hazardous or toxic materials shall mean asbestos containing materials (“ACM”) and all other materials, substances, wastes and chemicals classified as hazardous or toxic substances, materials, wastes or chemicals under then-current applicable governmental laws, rules or regulations or that are subject to any right-to-know laws or requirements. See Rider H-1 to this Lease regarding Landlord’s knowledge of hazardous or toxic materials with respect to the Property.

(b) Tenant shall not knowingly incorporate into, or use or otherwise place or dispose of any hazardous or toxic materials at or on the Premises or the Property except for use and

 

-12-


storage of cleaning and office supplies used in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business and then only if (i) such materials are in small quantities, properly labeled and contained, (ii) such materials are handled and disposed of in accordance with the highest accepted industry standards for safety, storage, use and disposal, (iii) notice of and a copy of the current material safety data sheet is provided to Landlord for each such hazardous or toxic material and (iv) such materials are used, transported, stored, handled and disposed of in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations. Landlord shall have the right to periodically inspect, take samples for testing and otherwise investigate the Premises for the presence of hazardous or toxic materials. Landlord shall not knowingly dispose of any hazardous or toxic materials on the Property and shall otherwise deal with all hazardous or toxic materials at the Property in a manner that will not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s access, use or occupancy of the Premises. If Landlord or Tenant ever has knowledge of the presence of hazardous or toxic materials on the Property that affect the Premises, the party having knowledge shall notify the other party thereof in writing promptly after obtaining such knowledge.

(c) Prior to commencement of any tenant finish work to be performed by Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to make such studies and investigations and conduct such tests and surveys of the Premises from an environmental standpoint as permitted under Rider H-2 attached hereto. If Tenant requests that Landlord commence construction of Tenant’s Improvements prior to exercising such right, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived the termination right set forth in Rider H-2.

(d) If Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors shall ever violate the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 4.102 or otherwise contaminate the Premises or the Property with hazardous or toxic materials, then Tenant shall clean-up, remove and dispose of the material causing the violation, in compliance with all applicable governmental standards, laws, rules and regulations and then prevalent industry practice and standards and shall repair any damage to the Premises or Building within such period of time as may be reasonable under the circumstances after written notice by Landlord. Tenant shall notify Landlord of its method, time and procedure for any clean-up or removal and Landlord shall have the right to require reasonable changes in such method, time or procedure or to require the same to be done after normal business hours. In the event hazardous or toxic materials are discovered at, on or under the Property in violation of applicable law, which materials were not brought onto Property by Tenant, any subtenant, assignee or invitee at request of Tenant or any of their respective contractors, agents or employees, Landlord shall promptly clean-up, remove and dispose of such material as required by all applicable laws. Tenant’s obligations under this subsection 4.102(d) shall survive the termination of this Lease. Tenant represents to Landlord that, except as has been disclosed to Landlord, Tenant has never been cited for or convicted of any hazardous or toxic materials violations under applicable laws, rules or regulations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall Tenant be responsible for any hazardous or toxic materials existing in the Premises or on the Property on the date of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, except to the extent such hazardous or toxic materials were introduced by Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors.

 

-13-


SECTION 4.2 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

4.201 Tenant’s Compliance Obligation .

(a) Tenant shall comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, orders, permits and regulations affecting (i) Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, (ii) any improvements constructed within the Building by or on behalf of Tenant and (iii) any equipment installed within the Building by Tenant or installed by a party other than Landlord on behalf of Tenant, provided, however, Tenant’s compliance obligations with respect to the Disability Acts shall be governed by paragraph (b) following and the applicable provisions of the Work Letter.

(b) From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be obligated to see that the Premises comply with all existing requirements of and regulations issued under the Disability Acts for each of the following: (i) alterations or improvements to any portion of the Premises performed by or on behalf of Tenant after the Commencement Date; (ii) obligations or complaints arising under or out of Title I of the Americans With Disabilities Act or Tenant’s employer-employee obligations; (iii) obligations or complaints arising under or out of the conduct or operations of Tenant’s business, including any obligations or requirements for barrier removal to customers or invitees as a commercial facility or as a public accommodation (as defined in the Disability Acts); and (iv) any change in the nature of Tenant’s business, or its employees, or financial net worth, or Tenant’s business operations that triggers an obligation under the Disability Acts.

(c) If any law, statute, ordinance, order, permit or regulation with which Tenant is required to comply pursuant to this Lease is violated, Tenant shall take such corrective action as is necessary to cause compliance.

4.202 Landlord’s Compliance Obligation .

(a) Landlord shall comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, orders and regulations (i) relating to the Property (exclusive, however, of those with which Tenant is obligated to comply by reason of subsection 4.201) and (ii) non-compliance with which would adversely affect Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s rights under this Lease, provided, however, Landlord’s compliance obligations with the Disability Acts shall be as provided in paragraph (b) of this subsection.

(b) From and after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall be responsible for compliance with the Disability Acts in the Common Areas, the structural portions of the Premises, unless Tenant’s obligation as set forth above, and any portions of the Building which do not constitute leasable areas.

SECTION 4.3 RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant will comply with such rules and regulations (the “Rules and Regulations”) generally applying to tenants in the Building as may be reasonably adopted from time to time by Landlord for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of, and the preservation of good order and protection of property in, the Premises and the Building

 

-14-


and at the Property, provided that Tenant shall receive written notice thereof. All such Rules and Regulations are hereby made a part hereof, as and when notice thereof shall be provided, in writing, to Tenant. The Rules and Regulations in effect on the date hereof are attached hereto as Exhibit G . All changes and amendments to the Rules and Regulations received by Tenant in writing and conforming to the foregoing standards shall be carried out and observed by Tenant. Landlord hereby reserves all rights necessary to implement and enforce the Rules and Regulations and each and every provision of this Lease.

SECTION 4.4 ACCESS. Tenant shall have access to the Building for Tenant and its employees 24 hours per day/7 days per week, subject to the terms of this Lease and such security or monitoring systems as Landlord may reasonably impose, including, without limitation, sign-in procedures and/or presentation of identification cards. Without being deemed guilty of an eviction of Tenant and without abatement of Rent, Landlord and its authorized agents shall have the right to enter the Premises, upon reasonable notice, to inspect the Premises, to show the Premises to prospective lenders or purchasers or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, prospective tenants, and to fulfill Landlord’s obligations or exercise its rights (including without limitation Landlord’s Reserved Right [as hereinafter defined]) under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises and any other loss occasioned thereby. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business during such entry into the Premises. For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock the doors to and within the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes. Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may reasonably deem proper to enter the Premises in an emergency without liability therefor.

SECTION 4.5 QUIET POSSESSION. Provided Tenant timely pays Rent and observes and performs all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder (including the application of any applicable notice and cure period), Tenant shall have, and Landlord shall not disturb, the quiet possession, use and enjoyment of the Premises for the entire Term hereof, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease and all laws and restrictive covenants to which the Property is subject.

SECTION 4.6 PERMITS. Landlord shall obtain, at Tenant’s cost and expense (subject to funding through the Finish Allowance provided for in the Work Letter), the certificate of occupancy, if any, required for occupancy of the Premises following construction of Tenant’s Improvements. If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall procure and thereafter maintain such license or permit. Additionally, if Tenant’s Improvements or any subsequent alteration or improvement made to the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s use of the Premises require any modification or amendment of any certificate of occupancy for the Building or the issuance of any other permit of any nature whatsoever, Tenant shall, at its expense, take all actions to procure any such modification or amendment or additional permit.

 

-15-


ARTICLE 5

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

SECTION 5.1 SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED. Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises, the utilities and services described in subsections 5.101 through 5.106 below, subject to all other provisions of this Lease.

5.101 Elevator Service . Except for holidays generally recognized by businesses and emergencies, Landlord shall provide automatic elevator facilities on generally accepted business days from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and on Saturdays from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. and have at least one (1) elevator available for use at all other times.

5.102 Heat and Air Conditioning . On generally accepted business days from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and on Saturdays (other than holidays generally recognized by businesses) from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m., Landlord shall ventilate the Premises and furnish heat or air conditioning, at such temperatures and in such amounts as is customary in buildings of comparable size, quality and in the general vicinity of the Building, with such adjustments as Landlord reasonably deems necessary for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises, subject to events of force majeure and any governmental requirements, ordinances, rules, regulations, guidelines or standards relating to, among other things, energy conservation. Upon request, Landlord shall make available, at Tenant’s expense, after hours heat or air conditioning. The minimum charge and the hourly rate for the use of after hours heat or air conditioning shall be reasonably determined from time to time by Landlord and confirmed in writing to Tenant. As of the date of this Lease, Landlord’s charge for such after hours heat or air conditioning is $30.00 per hour per zone, plus applicable taxes.

5.103 Electricity .

(a) Landlord shall furnish to the Premises electric current not in excess of that required by the office lighting and receptacles included in Tenant’s Improvements and reasonable amounts of normal office equipment customarily used for general office use, provided, however, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the costs of electrical consumption (without duplication) (i) by equipment which requires a voltage other than 120 volts single phase, (ii) in excess of that supplied to the Premises on the Commencement Date, or (iii) by any single piece of equipment in excess of 0.5 kilowatts at rated capacity (such consumption is herein referred to as “Excess Consumption” and the costs of Excess Consumption are herein referred to as “Excess Consumption Costs”).

(b) Landlord may, from time to time, engage a reputable consultant to conduct a survey of electrical usage within the Premises or install one or more submeters to measure electrical usage within the Premises or a particular floor of the Premises. If the survey or submeters reflect Excess Consumption, then (i) Tenant shall be responsible for the reasonable costs of any such surveys and submeters, (ii) Landlord shall have the right to install permanent submeters to measure the electrical consumption within the Premises (which permanent submeters shall constitute a part of Tenant’s Submeters, as hereinafter defined), (iii) Tenant shall pay for the cost of acquiring, maintaining, repairing and reading such submeters, and (iv) Tenant shall pay the Excess Consumption Costs.

 

-16-


(c) Tenant shall not (i) without the express prior written consent of Landlord, install or use or permit the installation or use of any computer or electronic data processing equipment or any other electrical equipment which (singly) consumes more than 0.5 kilowatts at rated capacity or requires a voltage other than 120 volts single phase or otherwise has high electrical consumption, (ii) use electric current in excess of the capacity of the feeders or lines to the Building as of the Commencement Date or the risers or wiring installation of the Building or the Premises as of the Commencement Date, or (iii) install any electrical plugs, connections or outlets which supply a voltage greater than 120 volts single phase without first notifying Landlord and arranging for the installation of a permanent submeter (which shall be deemed to be part of Tenant’s Submeters), at Tenant’s expense, to measure the electrical power consumed by the equipment and/or machinery hooked or plugged into such plugs, connections or outlets. All submeters installed by Landlord or Tenant to measure electrical usage by certain pieces of equipment located within the Premises together with any submeters installed by Landlord pursuant to paragraph (b) of this subsection are herein collectively referred to as “Tenant’s Submeters”. Landlord will maintain and repair Tenant’s Submeters, at Tenant’s cost.

(d) Upon the installation of Tenant’s Submeters, Landlord will on or about the first day of each month during the Term of this Lease, read Tenant’s Submeters and record such readings for purposes of determining Metered Electrical Expenses (hereinafter defined). The cost of electricity consumed within each separately metered portion of the Premises and by each separately metered piece of equipment within the Premises (“Metered Electrical Expenses”) shall be equal to the sum of (i) the kilowatts of electricity consumed within the separately metered portions of the Premises (as measured by the applicable Tenant’s Submeters) during the applicable month (or other applicable period) and (ii) the kilowatts of electricity consumed by each separately metered equipment within the Premises (as measured by the applicable Tenant’s Submeters), multiplied by (iii) the cost per kilowatt of electricity charged to Landlord by the public utility for electricity consumed within the Building during the applicable month (or other applicable period). Landlord may, from time to time, invoice Tenant for Metered Electrical Expenses (as well as any Excess Consumption Costs determined by a reputable consultant) and Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receiving an invoice therefor (which invoice shall be accompanied by a copy of applicable third party bill), pay Landlord the amount of the Metered Electrical Expenses (and/or, as applicable, any Excess Consumption Costs determined by a reputable consultant) covered by such invoice. Each such invoice submitted by Landlord to Tenant shall include (i) the period of consumption covered by such invoice, (ii) the beginning and ending readings for each of Tenant’s Submeters for such period, (iii) Landlord’s calculations of the Metered Electrical Expenses covered by such invoice, and (iv) if applicable, the independent electrical consultant’s calculations of Excess Consumption and the Excess Consumption Costs.

5.104 Water . Landlord shall furnish water for drinking, cleaning and lavatory purposes only. If Tenant desires water in the Premises for any approved reason, including a private lavatory or kitchen, the cost to provide such water shall be paid by Tenant and Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the maintenance of all lines and pipes connecting to the Building water main.

 

-17-


5.105 Janitorial Services . Landlord shall provide janitorial services to the Premises, comparable to that provided in other office buildings of similar size, quality and in the general vicinity of the Building, provided the Premises are used exclusively for the Permitted Use and further provided Tenant complies with subsection 6.201 below.

5.106 Common Areas . Landlord shall perform routine maintenance in the Common Areas (hereinafter defined).

5.107 Bulbs and Ballasts . Landlord shall provide Building standard bulbs and ballasts as necessary in the Premises. Landlord shall also provide non-building standard bulbs and ballasts provided Tenant shall pay the cost thereof, together with an administrative fee equal to ten percent (10%) of such cost. All amounts due under this subsection for such non-building standard bulbs shall be paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor. Upon request, Landlord will provide Tenant with a copy of an invoice evidencing the actual costs reflected therein.

SECTION 5.2 ADDITIONAL SERVICES. Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for any utilities and services, including without limitation, air conditioning, electrical current and water, provided by Landlord by reason of any use of the services at any time other than the hours set forth in subsection 5.102 above or beyond the levels or quantities that Landlord agrees herein to furnish or because of special electrical, cooling or ventilating needs created by Tenant’s hybrid telephone equipment, computers or other equipment. In no event will Landlord be required to provide any additional services if Tenant is in breach of its obligation to pay any Rent hereunder as and when due and payable beyond any applicable notice and cure period.

Section 5.3 TENANT’S OBLIGATION. Intentionally omitted.

Section 5.4 SERVICE INTERRUPTION

5.401 SERVICE INTERRUPTION/WAIVER OF LANDLORD LIABILITY . LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR AND, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SUBSECTION 5.402 BELOW, TENANT SHALL NOT BE ENTITLED TO ANY ABATEMENT OR REDUCTION OF RENT BY REASON OF LANDLORD’S FAILURE TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE OR ELECTRICAL CONSTANCY LEVELS OR TO FURNISH ANY OF THE FOREGOING SERVICES when such failure is caused by accident, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbance or labor dispute of any character, governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action, inability to obtain electricity, water or fuel, or by any cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (collectively, “Uncontrollable Events”), NOR SHALL ANY SUCH UNCONTROLLABLE EVENT OR RESULTS OR EFFECTS THEREOF BE CONSTRUED AS AN EVICTION (CONSTRUCTIVE OF ACTUAL) OF TENANT OR AS A BREACH OF THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF SUITABILITY, OR RELIEVE TENANT FROM THE OBLIGATION TO PERFORM ANY COVENANT OR AGREEMENT HEREIN AND IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGE TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) OR BE IN DEFAULT HEREUNDER, AS A

 

-18-


RESULT OF ANY SUCH UNCONTROLLABLE EVENT OR RESULTS OR EFFECTS THEREOF .

5.402 Limited Right to Abatement of Rent . If any portion of the Premises becomes unfit for occupancy because Landlord fails to deliver any service as required under Section 5.101 through 5.104 above (each an “Essential Service”) for any period (other than a reconstruction period conducted pursuant to Section 7.1 or Article 8 below) exceeding five (5) consecutive business days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and provided such failure is not caused by Tenant, Tenant’s Contractors or any of their respective agents or employees, Tenant shall be entitled to a fair partial abatement of Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent for any such portion of the Premises from the expiration of such five (5) business day period until such portion is again fit for occupancy.

5.403 Exclusive Remedy . Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for a failure by Landlord to provide any Essential Service to the Premises shall be Tenant’s remedy set forth in subsection 5.402; provided that if all or a material portion of the Premises becomes unfit for occupancy because Landlord fails to deliver an Essential Service for any period (other than a reconstruction period conducted pursuant to Section 7.1 or Article 8 below) exceeding one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and provided the restoration of such service is reasonably within the control of Landlord, and provided further such failure is not caused by Tenant, Tenant’s Contractors or any of their respective agents or employees, then Tenant, as its sole and exclusive remedy (in addition to the remedy set forth in subsection 5.402), shall have the right to elect to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord of its election thereof within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of said one hundred eighty (180) day period and prior to the restoration of such service, and such termination shall be effective as of the date Landlord receives the termination notice.

SECTION 5.5 MODIFICATIONS. Intentionally omitted.

SECTION 5.6 TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT. In the event that Tenant wishes at any time to utilize the services of a telephone or telecommunications provider whose equipment is not then servicing the Building, no such provider shall be permitted to install its lines or other equipment within the Building without first securing the prior written approval of the Landlord, which approval shall include, without limitation, approval of the plans and specifications for the installation of the lines and/or other equipment within the Building; such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord’s approval shall not be deemed any kind of warranty or representation by Landlord, including, without limitation, any warranty or representation as to the suitability, competence, or financial strength of the provider. Without limitation of the foregoing standard, unless all of the following conditions are satisfied to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to refuse to give its approval: (i) Landlord shall incur no expense whatsoever with respect to any aspect of the provider’s provision of its services, including without limitation, the costs of installation, materials and services, unless Tenant agrees to timely reimburse Landlord for any such expense and provides adequate security for such reimbursement obligation; (ii) prior to commencement of any work in or about the Building by the provider, the provider shall supply Landlord with such written indemnities, insurance, financial statements, and such other items

 

-19-


as Landlord reasonably determines to be necessary to protect its financial interests and the interests of the Building relating to the proposed activities of the provider; (iii) the provider agrees to abide by such rules and regulations, building and other codes, job site rules and such other requirements as are reasonably determined by Landlord to be necessary to protect the interests of the Building, the tenants in the Building and Landlord, in the same or similar manner as Landlord has the right to protect itself and the Building with respect to proposed alterations as described in Section 6.303 of this Lease; (iv) Landlord reasonably determines that there is sufficient space in the Building for the placement of all of the provider’s equipment and materials; (v) the provider agrees to abide by Landlord’s reasonable requirements, if any, that provider use existing Building conduits and pipes or use Building contractors (or other contractors approved by Landlord); (vi) Landlord receives from the provider such compensation as is determined by Landlord to compensate it for space used in the Building for the storage and maintenance of the provider’s equipment, for the fair market value of a provider’s access to the Building, and the costs which may reasonably be expected to be incurred by Landlord; (vii) the provider agrees to deliver to Landlord detailed “as built” plans immediately after the installation of the provider’s equipment is complete; and (viii) all of the foregoing matters are documented in a written license agreement between Landlord and the provider, the form and content of which are reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

ARTICLE 6

MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

SECTION 6.1 LANDLORD’S OBLIGATION TO MAINTAIN AND REPAIR. Landlord shall (subject to Section 7.1, Section 7.4, Article 8 below and Landlord’s rights under Section 2.2 above and except for ordinary wear and tear) maintain the exterior walls (including exterior plate glass windows), roof and structural elements of the Building and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and life-safety systems and elevators generally serving the Building (except to the extent such systems solely serve the Premises). Except for structural elements of the Building and portions of the Building’s systems located within the Premises, Landlord shall not be required to maintain or repair any portion of the Premises. All repairs and replacements performed by or on behalf of Landlord shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in compliance with all applicable laws.

SECTION 6.2 TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO MAINTAIN AND REPAIR.

6.201 Tenant’s Obligation .

(a) Subject to Sections 5.107, 6.1, 7.1 and 7.4 and Article 8 of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) maintain and keep the interior of the Premises (including, but not limited to, all fixtures, walls, ceilings, floors, interior doors, windows [except replacement of exterior plate glass], appliances and equipment which are a part of and exclusively serve the Premises) in good repair and condition, (ii) repair or replace any damage or injury done to the Building or any other part of the Property caused by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, invitees or visitors or resulting from a breach of its obligations under this Section 6.2 and (iii) indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, and reimburse Landlord for and with respect to, any and all reasonable costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), claims and causes of

 

-20-


action arising from or incurred by and/or asserted in connection with such maintenance, repairs, replacements, damage or injury. All repairs and replacements performed by or on behalf of Tenant shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the standards applicable to alterations or improvements performed by Tenant. Tenant shall continue to pay Rent, without abatement, during any period that repairs or replacements are performed or required to be performed by Tenant under this Section 6.2.

(b) Subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.4 and Article 8 of this Lease, Tenant shall maintain and repair all supplemental HVAC units, data and phone cabling, and any and all other installations and equipment installed in the Premises, above the acoustical ceiling tiles of the Premises or elsewhere in the Building (such equipment and installations collectively referred to as the “Tenant Service Equipment”) installed by or on behalf of Tenant and which service only the Premises. Except in the case of an emergency, Tenant shall notify Landlord prior to performing any repair, maintenance or replacement of the Tenant Service Equipment and the same shall be performed in accordance with the standards and conditions applicable to maintenance, repairs and replacements performed by Tenant pursuant to subpart (a) of this Section 6.201. Landlord shall have no liability for any repair, maintenance or replacement cost incurred in connection with the Tenant Service Equipment. All Tenant Service Equipment shall become property of the Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease; provided that, if requested by Landlord, Tenant shall remove the Tenant Service Equipment on or before the Expiration Date or, if this Lease is terminated earlier, within seven (7) days after such termination. All removals shall be accomplished in accordance with the standards for removals under Section 1.301 hereof. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, and reimburse Landlord for and with respect to, any and all reasonable costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), claims and causes of action arising from or incurred by and/or asserted in connection with the (i) maintenance, repair, replacement of the Tenant Service Equipment and (ii) any damage or injury arising out of or resulting from or in connection with the Tenant Service Equipment.

6.202 Rights of Landlord . Landlord shall have the same rights with respect to repairs performed by Tenant as Landlord has with respect to improvements and alterations performed by Tenant under subsection 6.303 below. In the event Tenant fails, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, to maintain the Premises in good order, condition and repair, or otherwise satisfy its repair and replacement obligations under subsection 6.201 above, Landlord shall, after giving Tenant written notice of such failure and thirty (30) days to cure such failure, or if such cure cannot reasonably be performed within thirty (30) days, then such thirty (30) period shall be extended by such reasonable time as is reasonably required to complete such cure so long as Tenant commences to cure such failure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion (provided no notice or opportunity to cure shall be required in emergencies), have the right to perform such maintenance, repairs and replacements at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days after demand any such reasonable cost or expense incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the rate specified in Section 15.10 below from the date of demand until paid.

 

-21-


SECTION 6.3 IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS.

6.301 Landlord’s Construction Obligation . Except as set forth in Article 7 and Article 8 below, and other than construction obligations relating to Landlord’s general repair and maintenance obligations set forth elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord’s sole construction obligation under this Lease is as set forth in the Work Letter.

6.302 Alteration of Building . LANDLORD HEREBY RESERVES THE RIGHT AND AT ALL TIMES SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO REPAIR, CHANGE, REDECORATE, ALTER, IMPROVE, MODIFY, RENOVATE, ENCLOSE OR MAKE ADDITIONS TO ANY PART OF THE PROPERTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND LOAD BEARING ELEMENTS WITHIN THE PREMISES IF NECESSARY FOR SAFETY OR FOR COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL LAWS, REGULATIONS OR ORDINANCES) AND TO ENCLOSE AND/OR CHANGE THE ARRANGEMENT AND/OR LOCATION OF DRIVEWAYS OR PARKING AREAS OR LANDSCAPING OR OTHER COMMON AREAS OF THE PROPERTY, ALL WITHOUT BEING HELD GUILTY OF AN ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE EVICTION OF TENANT OR BREACH OF THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF SUITABILITY AND WITHOUT AN ABATEMENT OF RENT (THE “RESERVED RIGHT”). WITHOUT IN ANY WAY LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, LANDLORD’S RESERVED RIGHT SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE RIGHT TO DO ANY OF THE FOLLOWING : (i) erect and construct scaffolding, pipe, conduit and other structures on and within and outside of the Premises where reasonably required by the nature of the changes, alterations, improvements, modifications, renovations and/or additions being performed, (ii) perform within and outside of the Premises all work and other activities associated with such changes, alterations, improvements, modifications, renovations and/or additions being performed, (iii) repair, change, renovate, remodel, alter, improve, modify or make additions to the arrangement, appearance, location and/or size of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, elevator lobbies, stairs, toilets or other Common Areas or Service Areas in which case Landlord agrees that such changes, alterations, modifications and/or additions will not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s access to the Premises or the Common Areas, (iv) temporarily close any Common Area and/or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities in connection with any repairs, changes, alterations, modifications, renovations or additions to any part of the Building, (v) repair, change, alter or improve plumbing, pipes and conduits located in the Building, including without limitation, those located above the acoustical ceiling tile in the Premises, the Common Areas, the Service Corridors or the Service Areas (hereinafter defined) of the Building and (vi) repair, change, modify, alter, improve, renovate or make additions to the Building central heating, ventilation, air conditioning, electrical, mechanical or plumbing systems. When exercising the Reserved Right, Landlord will not prevent access to the Premises during normal business hours (except in the event of an emergency) and will interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises as little as is reasonably practicable and Landlord shall, at no cost or expense to Tenant, promptly repair any damage to the Premises caused as a result of Landlord’s exercise of the Reserved Right.

 

-22-


6.303 Alterations, Additions, Improvements and Installations by Tenant . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, make any changes, modifications, alterations, additions or improvements (other than Tenant’s Improvements under the Work Letter) to, or install any equipment or machinery (other than office equipment and unattached personal property) on, the Premises (all such changes, modifications, alterations, additions, improvements (other than Tenant’s Improvements under the Work Letter) and installations approved by Landlord are herein collectively referred to as “Installations”) if any such Installations would (i) affect any structural or load bearing portions of the Building, (ii) result in a material increase of electrical usage above the normal type and amount of electrical current to be provided by Landlord, (iii) result in an increase in Tenant’s usage of heating or air conditioning, (iv) impact mechanical, electrical or plumbing systems in the Premises or the Building, (v) affect areas of the Premises which can be viewed from Common Areas, (vi) require materially greater or more difficult cleaning work (e.g., kitchens, reproduction rooms and interior glass partitions), (vii) adversely affect Landlord’s ability to deliver Building services to other tenants of the Building or (viii) violate any provision in Article 4 above or Rider H-1 or Rider H-2 attached hereto. As to Installations not covered by the preceding sentence, Tenant will not perform same without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and as to Installations covered by the preceding sentence, Landlord may withhold consent in its sole discretion. All Installations shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Without in any way limiting Landlord’s consent rights, Landlord shall not be required to give its consent until (a) Landlord approves the contractor or person making such Installations and approves such contractor’s insurance coverage to be provided in connection with the work, which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, (b) Landlord approves final and complete plans and specifications for the work, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and (c) the appropriate governmental agency, if any, has approved the plans and specifications for such work. All work performed by Tenant or its contractor relating to the Installations shall conform to applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Disability Acts. Upon completion of the Installations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord “as built” plans, contractor’s affidavits, and full and final lien waivers of lien and receipted bills covering all labor and materials. If Landlord performs such Installations at Tenant’s request, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as additional Rent, the cost thereof plus five percent (5%) as reimbursement for Landlord’s overhead. Each payment shall be made to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord. All Installations that constitute improvements constructed within the Premises shall be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, unless Landlord requests that same be removed pursuant to Section 1.3 above. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and reimburse Landlord for and with respect to, any and all reasonable costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), demands, claims, causes of action and liens, arising from or in connection with any Installations performed by or on behalf of Tenant, EVEN IF THE SAME IS CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS CONDUCT OF LANDLORD OR LANDLORD IS STRICTLY LIABLE FOR SUCH COSTS, EXPENSES OR CLAIMS (EXCLUDING THE SOLE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD) . All Installations performed by or on behalf of Tenant will be performed diligently and in a first-class workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations and rules of any public authority having jurisdiction over the Building and/or Tenant’s and Landlord’s insurance carriers.

 

-23-


Landlord will have the right, but not the obligation, to inspect periodically the work on the Premises and may require changes in the method or quality of the work in order to comply with the requirements of this Lease.

6.304 Approvals . Any approval by Landlord (or Landlord’s architect and/or engineers) of any of Tenant’s contractors or Tenant’s drawings, plans or specifications which are prepared in connection with any construction of improvements (including without limitation, Tenant’s Improvements) in the Premises shall not in any way be construed as or constitute a representation or warranty of Landlord as to the abilities of the contractor or the adequacy or sufficiency of such drawings, plans or specifications or the improvements to which they relate, for any use, purpose or condition.

ARTICLE 7

INSURANCE, FIRE AND CASUALTY

SECTION 7.1 TOTAL OR PARTIAL DESTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING OR THE PREMISES. In the event that the Building should be totally destroyed by fire or other casualty or in the event the Building (or any portion thereof) should be so damaged that rebuilding or repairs cannot be completed, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, within one hundred eighty (180) days after such casualty, Landlord shall provide written notice thereof to Tenant within sixty (60) days after such casualty, and, in such event, Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease, in which event Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease effective with the date of such damage. Landlord shall exercise the termination right pursuant to the preceding sentence, if at all, by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within ten (10) days after Tenant shall receive Landlord’s notice stating that Landlord has determined that the repairs cannot be completed within such one hundred eighty (180) day period. In the event that the Premises should be so damaged by fire or other casualty that rebuilding or repairs cannot be completed, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, within one hundred eighty (180) days after such casualty, Tenant may, at its option terminate this Lease, in which event Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective the date of termination. Tenant shall exercise the termination right pursuant to the preceding sentence, if at all, by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord within ten (10) days after being advised by Landlord in writing that the repairs cannot be completed within such one hundred eighty (180) day period. In the event the Building or the Premises should be damaged by fire or other casualty and, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, the rebuilding or repairs can be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the commencement of repairs to the Building or Premises, as applicable, or if the damage should be more serious but neither Landlord nor Tenant elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section, in either such event Landlord shall, as soon as is reasonably practicable, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the date of such damage, commence (and thereafter pursue with reasonable diligence) repairing the Building and the Premises (including Tenant’s Improvements), but only to the extent of insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for such repairs, to substantially the same condition which existed immediately prior to the happening of the casualty. However, if Landlord does not have sufficient insurance proceeds to substantially complete the restoration of the Premises and Landlord elects not to fund any shortfall, Landlord shall so notify

 

-24-


Tenant within sixty (60) days after the date of the casualty, and Tenant, within ten (10) days thereafter, shall have the right to terminate this Lease by the giving of written notice to Landlord. In no event shall Landlord be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of the furniture, equipment, fixtures, inventory, supplies or any other personalty or any other improvements (except Tenant’s Improvements to the extent set forth in the preceding sentence), which may have been placed by Tenant within the Building or at the Premises. Landlord shall allow Tenant a fair diminution of Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent during the time the Premises are unfit for occupancy; provided, that if such casualty was caused by the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees, licensees or invitees, Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated only to the extent Landlord is compensated for such Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent by loss of rents insurance, if any. Notwithstanding Landlord’s restoration obligation, in the event any mortgagee under a deed of trust, security agreement or mortgage on the Building should require that the insurance proceeds be used to retire or reduce the mortgage debt or if the insurance company issuing Landlord’s fire and casualty insurance policy fails or refuses to pay Landlord the proceeds under such policy, Landlord shall have no obligation to rebuild, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant of such mortgagee’s election, and this Lease shall terminate upon notice by Landlord to Tenant. Any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or to the Premises shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control.

SECTION 7.2 TENANT’S INSURANCE.

7.201 Types of Coverage . Tenant covenants and agrees that from and after the date of delivery of the Premises from Landlord to Tenant, Tenant will carry and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, the insurance set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this subsection.

(a) Commercial General Liability Insurance. Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the Premises and Tenant’s use thereof against claims for personal or bodily injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Premises (including contractual indemnity and liability coverage), such insurance to insure both Tenant and, as additional named insureds, Landlord and the Property Manager, and to afford protection to the limit of not less than $2,000,000.00, combined single limit, in respect to injury or death to any number of persons and all property damage arising out of any one (1) occurrence, with a deductible acceptable to Landlord. All insurance coverage required under this subparagraph (a) shall extend to any liability of Tenant arising out of the indemnities provided for in this Lease. Additionally, each policy evidencing the insurance required under this subparagraph shall expressly insure both Tenant and, as additional named insureds, Landlord and the Property Manager, IT BEING THE INTENT THAT SUCH POLICIES AFFORD INSURANCE COVERAGE TO LANDLORD AND THE PROPERTY MANAGER AGAINST CLAIMS FOR PERSONAL OR BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OR PROPERTY DAMAGE OCCURRING UPON, IN OR ABOUT THE PREMISES AS THE RESULT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD OR THE PROPERTY MANAGER , whether or not required by the other provisions of this Lease.

 

-25-


(b) Property Insurance . Causes of loss — special form property insurance (including coverage against fire, wind, tornado, vandalism, malicious mischief, water damage and sprinkler leakage) covering all fixtures, equipment and personalty located in the Premises and endorsed to provide one hundred percent (100%) replacement cost coverage. Such policy will be written in the names of Tenant, Landlord and any other parties reasonably designated by Landlord from time to time, as their respective interests may appear. The property insurance may, with the consent of the Landlord, provide for a reasonable deductible.

(c) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance. Workers’ compensation insurance insuring against and satisfying Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under the worker’s compensation laws of the State of Texas, together with employer’s liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00. The insurance required by this part (c) shall include provisions waiving all subrogation rights against Landlord.

7.202 Other Requirements of Insurance . All such insurance will be issued and underwritten by companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord and will contain endorsements that (a) such insurance may not lapse with respect to Landlord or Property Manager or be canceled or amended with respect to Landlord or Property Manager without the insurance company giving Landlord and Property Manager at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such cancellation or amendment, (b) Tenant will be solely responsible for payment of premiums, (c) in the event of payment of any loss covered by such policy, Landlord or Landlord’s designees will be paid first by the insurance company for Landlord’s loss and (d) Tenant’s insurance is primary in the event of overlapping coverage which may be carried by Landlord. All such insurance shall name Landlord, Property Manager, and any mortgagee, as additional insureds on a form that does not limit the coverage provided under such policy to any additional insured (i) by reason of such additional insured’s negligent acts or omissions (sole or otherwise), (ii) by reason of other insurance available to such additional insured, or (iii) to claims for which a primary insured has agreed to indemnify the additional insured.

7.203 Proof of Insurance . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord within ten (10) days prior to the commencement of construction of Tenant’s Improvements, duplicate originals of all legally enforceable certificates of insurance on all policies required by this Section 7.2 evidencing in-force coverage, stating that Landlord, Property Manager, and any mortgagee of which Landlord has notified Tenant in writing (providing the necessary details to effectuate such coverage), all are additional insureds thereunder and agreeing to give Landlord at least thirty (30) days written notice prior to termination, cancellation or modification adversely affecting Landlord. Further, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord renewals thereof at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the respective policy terms.

SECTION 7.3 LANDLORD’S INSURANCE.

7.301 Types of Coverage . Landlord covenants and agrees that from and after the date of delivery of the Premises from Landlord to Tenant, Landlord will carry and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, the insurance set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this subsection.

 

-26-


(a) Commercial General Liability Insurance . Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the Building and all Common Areas, but excluding the Premises, insuring against claims for personal or bodily injury or death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Building or Common Areas to afford protection to the limit of not less than $2,000,000.00 combined single limit in respect to injury or death to any number of persons and property damage arising out of any one (1) occurrence. This insurance coverage shall extend to any liability of Landlord arising out of the indemnities provided for in this Lease.

(b) Property Insurance . Landlord shall at all times during the Term hereof maintain in effect a policy or policies of causes of loss — special form property insurance covering the Building (excluding property required to be insured by Tenant) endorsed to provide full replacement cost coverage and providing protection against perils included within the standard Texas form of causes of loss — special form property insurance policy, together with insurance against sprinkler damage, vandalism, malicious mischief and such other risks as Landlord may from time to time determine and with any such deductibles as Landlord may from time to time determine.

7.302 Self Insurance . Any insurance provided for in subsection 7.301 above may be effected by self-insurance or by a policy or policies of blanket insurance covering additional items or locations or assureds, provided that the requirements of this Section 7.3 are otherwise satisfied. Tenant shall have no rights in any policy or policies maintained by Landlord.

SECTION 7.4 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any rights it may have against the other (including, but not limited to, a direct action for damages) on account of any loss or damage occasioned to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be (EVEN IF (i) SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE IS CAUSED BY THE FAULT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS CONDUCT, ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE RELEASED PARTY OR THE RELEASED PARTY’S DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR INVITEES, OR (ii) THE RELEASED PARTY IS STRICTLY LIABLE FOR SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE), TO THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTY, THE PREMISES, ITS CONTENTS OR TO ANY OTHER PORTION OF THE BUILDING OR THE PROPERTY ARISING FROM ANY RISK (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE OR THE AMOUNT OF DEDUCTIBLE) COVERED BY THE CAUSES OF LOSS – SPECIAL FORM PROPERTY INSURANCE REQUIRED TO BE CARRIED BY TENANT AND LANDLORD, RESPECTIVELY, UNDER SUBSECTIONS 7.201(b) AND 7.301(b) ABOVE . The foregoing waiver shall be effective even if either or both parties fail to carry the insurance required by sections 7.201(b) and 7.301(b) above. If a party waiving rights under this Section is carrying a causes of loss special form full replacement cost insurance policy in the promulgated form used in the State of Texas and an amendment to such promulgated form is passed, such amendment shall be deemed not a part of such promulgated form until it applies to the policy being carried by the waiving party. Without in any way limiting the foregoing waivers and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto each, on behalf of their respective insurance companies insuring the property of either Landlord or Tenant against any such loss, waive any right of subrogation that Landlord or Tenant or their respective insurers may have against the other party or their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or invitees and

 

-27-


all rights of their respective insurance companies based upon an assignment from its insured. Each party to this Lease agrees immediately to give to each such insurance company written notification of the terms of the mutual waivers contained in this Section and to have said insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of said insurance coverage by reason of said waivers.

SECTION 7.5 INDEMNITY.

7.501 Tenant’s Indemnity . Subject to the limitation and exclusions set forth below in this subsection, Tenant will indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, Property Manager, their respective officers, directors, and employees and any other parties for whom Landlord and/or Property Manager are responsible (each a “Landlord Indemnified Party”) from, and shall reimburse each Landlord Indemnified Party for and with respect to, any and all costs, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees), claims, demands, actions, proceedings, judgments, hearings, damages, losses and liabilities brought or asserted by or payable to any third party, on account of personal injury, death, property damage or any other form of injury or damage (each a “Claim” and collectively, the “Claims”) arising out of or relating to (A) an incident or event which occurred within or on the Premises, (B) the use or occupancy of the Premises or (C) any breach of this Lease by Tenant and which resulted in a Claim, EVEN IF THE CLAIM IS THE RESULT OF OR CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENT ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF ANY LANDLORD INDEMNIFIED PARTY OR THE LANDLORD INDEMNIFIED PARTY IS STRICTLY LIABLE FOR SUCH CLAIM . The indemnification and reimbursement obligations of Tenant under this subsection shall not apply to a Claim (a) arising out of the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the Landlord Indemnified Party, or (b) waived by Landlord under Section 7.4 above or any other provision of this Lease. If a third party files a lawsuit or brings any other legal action asserting a Claim against a Landlord Indemnified Party and that is covered by the above Tenant’s indemnity, then Tenant, upon notice from the Landlord Indemnified Party, shall resist and defend such Claim through counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord Indemnified Party. Tenant’s obligations under this section shall survive the termination of this Lease.

7.502 Landlord’s Indemnity . Subject to the limitation and exclusions set forth below in this subsection, Landlord will indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and its officers, directors, and employees and any other parties for whom Tenant is responsible (each a “Tenant Indemnified Party”) from, and shall reimburse each Tenant Indemnified Party for and with respect to, any and all Claims (as defined in subsection 7.501 preceding) arising out of or relating to (a) an incident or event which occurred within or on the Common Areas or any other portion of the Building reserved exclusively for the use of Landlord, (b) the use or occupancy of the Common Areas or any other portion of the Building reserved exclusively for the use of Landlord, or (c) any breach of this Lease by Landlord and which resulted in a Claim, EVEN IF THE CLAIM IS THE RESULT OF OR CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENT ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF ANY TENANT INDEMNIFIED PARTY OR THE TENANT INDEMNIFIED PARTY IS STRICTLY LIABLE FOR SUCH CLAIM . The indemnification and reimbursement obligations of Landlord under this subsection shall not apply to a Claim (a) waived by Tenant under Section 7.4 above or any other provision of this Lease, (b) related to hazardous or toxic materials and caused by an act or

 

-28-


omission that does not constitute a breach by Landlord of the provisions of subsection 4.102 above or Rider H-1 or Rider H-2 attached hereto, (c) arising out of the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the Tenant Indemnified Party or (d) resulting from host liquor liability. If a third party files a lawsuit or brings any other legal action asserting a Claim against a Tenant Indemnified Party and that is covered by Landlord’s indemnity, then Landlord, upon notice from the Tenant Indemnified Party, shall resist and defend such Claim through counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Tenant Indemnified Party. Landlord’s obligations under this subsection shall survive the termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 8

CONDEMNATION

SECTION 8.1 CONDEMNATION RESULTING IN CONTINUED USE NOT FEASIBLE. If the Property or any portion thereof that, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, is necessary to the continued efficient and/or economically feasible use of the Property shall be taken or condemned in whole or in part for public purposes, or sold to a condemning authority in lieu of taking, then Landlord shall give notice thereof to Tenant, and the Term of this Lease shall, at the option of Landlord or Tenant, forthwith cease and terminate by delivering notice of termination to the other party within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice.

SECTION 8.2 TOTAL CONDEMNATION OF PREMISES. In the event that all or substantially all of the Premises, or any portion of the Common Areas which materially and adversely affects Tenant’s access to the Premises, is taken or condemned or sold in lieu thereof or Tenant will be unable to use a substantial portion of the Premises or gain access thereto for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days by reason of a temporary taking, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to the other within ten (10) business days after the taking, condemnation or sale in lieu thereof.

SECTION 8.3 CONDEMNATION WITHOUT TERMINATION. If upon a taking or condemnation or sale in lieu of the taking of all or less than all of the Property which gives either Landlord or Tenant the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2 above and neither Landlord nor Tenant elect to exercise such termination right, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided that, if the taking, condemnation or sale includes any portion of the Premises, the Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent shall be redetermined on the basis of the remaining square feet of Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises and the Building. Landlord, at Landlord’s sole option and expense, shall restore and reconstruct the Building to substantially its former condition to the extent that the same may be reasonably feasible, but such work shall not be required to exceed the scope of the work done by Landlord in originally constructing the Building, nor shall Landlord in any event be required to spend for such work an amount in excess of the amount received by Landlord as compensation or damages (over and above amounts going to the mortgagee of the property taken) for the part of the Building or the Premises so taken.

SECTION 8.4 CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS. Landlord shall receive the entire award (which shall include sales proceeds) payable as a result of a condemnation, taking or sale in lieu thereof. Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or

 

-29-


hereafter arising in and to any such award. Tenant shall, however, have the right to recover from such authority through a separate award which does not reduce Landlord’s award, any compensation as may be awarded to Tenant on account of moving and relocation expenses and depreciation to and removal of Tenant’s physical property.

ARTICLE 9

LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free from all liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant AND TENANT SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS LANDLORD FROM AND AGAINST, AND REIMBURSE LANDLORD FOR AND WITH RESPECT TO, ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, CAUSES OF ACTION, DAMAGES, EXPENSES (INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES), ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LIENS . In the event that Tenant shall not, within thirty (30) days following notification to Tenant of the imposition of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record by payment or the posting of a bond in amount, and form required to comply with applicable law, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to such lien. All amounts paid or incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand and shall bear interest from the date of demand until paid at the rate set forth in Section 15.10 below. Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed or construed in any way as constituting the consent or request of Landlord, express or implied, by inference or otherwise, to any contractor, subcontractor, laborer or materialman for the performance of any labor or the furnishing of any materials for any specific improvement, alteration or repair of or to the Building or the Premises or any part thereof, nor as giving Tenant any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the rendering of any services or the furnishing of any materials that would give rise to the filing of any mechanic’s or other liens against the interest of Landlord in the Property or the Premises.

ARTICLE 10

TAXES ON TENANT’S PROPERTY

Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay, prior to their becoming delinquent, any and all taxes and assessments levied against, and any increases in Real Estate Taxes as a result of, any personal property or trade or other fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises and any improvements (other than Tenant’s Improvements) constructed in the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant. In the event Landlord pays any such additional taxes or increases, Tenant will, within ten (10) days after demand, reimburse Landlord for the amount thereof.

ARTICLE 11

SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNING

SECTION 11.1 SUBLEASE AND ASSIGNMENT. Except as set forth in Rider 6 attached hereto, Tenant shall not assign this Lease, or allow it to be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation

 

-30-


of law or otherwise (it being agreed that for purposes of this Lease, assignment shall include, without limitation, the transfer of a majority interest of stock, partnership or other forms of ownership interests, merger or dissolution) or mortgage or pledge the same, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof or permit the Premises to be occupied by any firm, person, partnership or corporation or any combination thereof, other than Tenant, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent to a sublease or assignment (other than a collateral assignment) shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 11.201(b) below. In no event shall any assignment or sublease ever release Tenant from any obligation or liability hereunder. Without limiting Landlord’s consent rights and as a condition to obtaining Landlord’s consent, (i) each assignee must assume all obligations under this Lease and (ii) each sublessee must confirm that its sublease is subject and subordinate to this Lease. In addition, each assignee and sublessee shall agree to cause the Premises to comply at all times with all requirements of the Disability Acts (as amended), including, but not limited to, obligations arising out of or associated with such assignee’s or subtenant’s use of or activities or business operations conducted within the Premises. No assignee or sublessee of the Premises or any portion thereof may assign or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof. Consent by Landlord to one or more assignments or sublettings shall not operate as a waiver of Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent assignments and/or sublettings. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of each assignment or sublease entered into by Tenant promptly after the execution thereof, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required in connection therewith. Any assignment made by Tenant shall be in recordable form and shall contain a covenant of assumption by the assignee running to Landlord. All reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any assignment or sublease proposed by Tenant will be the responsibility of Tenant and will be paid by Tenant within five (5) days of receipt of an invoice from Landlord. In addition, Tenant will pay to Landlord an administrative overhead fee of $500.00 in consideration for Landlord’s review of any requested assignment or sublease.

SECTION 11.2 LANDLORD’S RIGHTS.

11.201 Landlord’s Termination and Consent Rights .

(a) If Tenant desires to sublease any portion of the Premises or assign this Lease, Tenant shall submit to Landlord (a) in writing the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the nature of the proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business and, in the event of a sublease, the portion of the Premises which Tenant desires to sublease (if the proposed sublease space is less than all of the Premises, such portion is herein referred to as the “Proposed Sublease Space”), (b) a current balance sheet and income statement for such proposed subtenant or assignee, and (c) a copy of the proposed form of sublease or assignment (collectively, the “Required Information”).

(b) Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Required Information deliver to Tenant a written notice (each such notice, a “Landlord Response”) in which Landlord either (i) terminates this Lease, if Tenant desires to sublease all of the Premises or assign this Lease, (ii) terminates this Lease only as to the Proposed Sublease Space, if the Proposed Sublease Space is less than the entire Premises, (iii) consents to the proposed sublease or

 

-31-


assignment, or (iv) withholds its consent to the proposed sublease or assignment (and details the basis thereof), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease under subparts (i) or (ii) above and so long as Landlord has received all Required Information. Landlord shall be deemed to have reasonably withheld its consent to any sublease or assignment if the refusal is based on (i) Landlord’s determination (in its reasonable discretion) that such subtenant or assignee is not of the character or quality of a tenant to whom Landlord would generally lease space of the Building, (ii) the fact that such sublease or assignment is not in form and of substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (iii) such sublease or assignment conflicts in any manner with this Lease, including, but not limited to, the Permitted Use under Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions or Section 4.1 of the Supplemental Lease Provisions, (iv) the proposed subtenant or assignee is a governmental entity or a medical office, (v) the proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s primary business is prohibited by any non-compete clause then affecting the Building, (vi) the proposed subtenant or assignee is a tenant of the Building or Landlord is negotiating with the proposed subtenant or assignee to become a tenant of the Building, (vii) the population density of the proposed subtenant or assignee within the Premises will exceed the general population density requirement set forth in subsection 4.101 hereof, (viii) the character of the business to be conducted within the Premises by the proposed subtenant or assignee is likely to substantially increase the expenses or costs of providing Building services, or the burden on parking, existing janitorial services or elevators in the Building, (ix) the sublease or assignment would cause Landlord to breach any recorded covenants or contractual obligations to which the Property or Landlord is subject or (x) such sublessee or assignee has a net worth less than that of Tenant at the time Tenant submits the Required Information. Notwithstanding the above, Landlord will not withhold its consent solely because the proposed subtenant or assignee is an occupant of the Building if Landlord does not have space available for lease in the Building that is comparable in size to the space Tenant desires to sublet or assign.

(c) If Landlord does not timely exercise its termination right with respect to the proposed sublease or assignment within the required fifteen (15) days period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have waived its right to terminate this Lease with respect to the applicable assignment or sublease, but Landlord shall have the right to consent or withhold its consent to the applicable proposed assignment or sublease, by delivering written notice thereof to Tenant within such fifteen (15) day period. If Landlord does not exercise its right to consent or withhold its consent in respect of a proposed assignment or sublease within the required fifteen (15) day period, then Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to the proposed assignment or sublease.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event Landlord shall elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 11.201(b) above, Tenant shall have the right withdraw its request for consent to the proposed assignment or sublease by providing Landlord with written notice thereof within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of Landlord’s termination notice, in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

11.202 Effect of Termination . If Landlord timely exercises its option to terminate this Lease as to the entire Premises as provided in subsection 11.201, then this Lease shall terminate on a date specified by Landlord in the Landlord Response (the “Specified Termination Date”), which

 

-32-


Specified Termination Date shall not be sooner than 30 days after the date of Landlord’s Response, nor later than 90 days after the date of Landlord’s Response, and the Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be paid and apportioned to the Specified Termination Date. If Landlord timely exercises its option to terminate this Lease as to only the Proposed Sublease Space, then (i) this Lease shall end and expire with respect to the Proposed Sublease Space on the applicable Specified Termination Date, (ii) from and after the applicable Specified Termination Date, the Basic Rent shall be reduced by the amount of Basic Rent that was being paid in respect of the Proposed Sublease Space as of the applicable Specified Termination Date, (iii) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage shall be recalculated based on the square feet of rentable area included in the Premises (exclusive of such Proposed Sublease Space), (iv) Tenant’s estimated payments of Additional Rent shall be recalculated on the basis of the revised Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage, and (v) if the Proposed Sublease Space adjoins another portion of the Premises, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, construct and finish such demising walls as are necessary to physically separate the Premises from the Proposed Sublease Space, and (vi) if the Proposed Sublease Space is part of a floor which is fully included in the Premises, then Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, (a) to construct and finish in accordance with Building standards such demising walls as are necessary (x) to construct a public corridor so as to convert the floor to a multi-tenant floor and (y) to convert the restrooms on such floor (including access thereto) to restrooms which will serve the entire floor, as opposed to only the Premises, and (b) to make such revisions, if any, are necessary, to properly light, heat, cool and ventilate the public corridor and public restrooms.

SECTION 11.3 LANDLORD’S RIGHTS RELATING TO ASSIGNEE OR SUBTENANT. Except in connection with an assignment or sublease pursuant to a Permitted Transfer as described in Rider 6 attached hereto, to the extent the rentals or income derived from any sublease or assignment exceed the rentals due hereunder (after deduction of all reasonable out-of-pocket third party expenses paid by Tenant in connection with such sublease or assignment), fifty percent (50%) of such excess rentals (the “Excess Sublease Rentals”) shall be the property of and paid over to Landlord in consideration for Landlord’s consent to the applicable assignment or sublease. Landlord may at its option collect directly from such assignee or sublessee all rents becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease Tenant hereby authorizes and directs any such assignee or sublessee to make such payments of rent direct to Landlord upon receipt of notice from Landlord and Tenant agrees that any such payments made by an assignee or sublessee to Landlord shall, to the extent of the payments so made, be a full and complete release and discharge of rent owed to Tenant by such assignee or sublessee. No direct collection by Landlord from any such assignee or sublessee shall be construed to constitute a novation or a release of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant from the further performance of its obligations hereunder. Receipt by Landlord of rent from any assignee, sublessee or occupant of the Premises or any part thereof shall not be deemed a waiver of the above covenant in this Lease against assignment and subletting or a release of Tenant under this Lease. In the event that, following an assignment or subletting, this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is terminated for any reason, including without limitation in connection with default by or bankruptcy of Tenant (which, for the purposes of this Section 11.2, shall include all persons or entities claiming by or through Tenant), Landlord may, at its sole option, consider this Lease to be thereafter a direct lease to the assignee or subtenant of Tenant upon the terms and conditions

 

-33-


contained in this Lease, in which event all rentals payable under such lease after the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall be deemed the property of Landlord.

SECTION 11.4 ASSIGNMENT AND BANKRUPTCY.

11.401 Assignments after Bankruptcy . If, pursuant to applicable bankruptcy law (as hereinafter defined in Section 13.104), Tenant (or its successor in interest hereunder) is permitted for assign this Lease in disregard of the restrictions contained in this Article 11 (or if this Lease shall be assumed by a trustee for such person), the trustee or assignee shall cure any default under this Lease and shall provide adequate assurance of future performance by the trustee or assignee, including (i) the source of payment of Basic Annual Rent and performance of other obligations under this Lease (for which adequate assurance shall mean the deposit of cash security with Landlord in an amount equal to the sum of one (1) year’s Basic Annual Rent, Additional Rent and other Rent then reserved hereunder for the calendar year preceding the year in which such assignment is intended to become effective, which deposit shall be held by Landlord, without interest, for the balance of the Term as security for the full and faithful performance of all of the obligations under this Lease on the part of Tenant yet to be performed and that any such assignee of this Lease shall have a net worth exclusive of good will, computed in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles, equal to at least ten (10) times the aggregate of the Basic Annual Rent reserved hereunder); and (ii) that the use of the Premises shall be in accordance with the requirements of Article 4 hereof and, further, shall in no way diminish the reputation of the Building as a first-class office building or impose any additional burden upon the Building or increase the services to be provided by Landlord. If all defaults are not cured and such adequate assurance is not provided within sixty (60) days after there has been an order for relief under applicable bankruptcy law, then this Lease shall be deemed rejected, Tenant or any other person in possession shall immediately vacate the Premises, and Landlord shall be entitled to retain any Basic Annual Rent, Additional Rent and any other Rent, together with any security deposit previously received from the Tenant, and shall have no further liability to Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant or any trustee.

11.402 Bankruptcy of Assignee . If Tenant assigns this Lease to any party and such party or its successors or representatives causes termination or rejection of this Lease pursuant to applicable bankruptcy law, then, notwithstanding any such termination or rejection, Tenant (i) shall remain fully liable for the performance of all covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease, as though the assignment never occurred and (ii) shall, without in any way limiting the foregoing, in writing ratify the terms of this Lease, as same existed immediately prior to the termination or rejection.

ARTICLE 12

TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD, SUBORDINATION AND

TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

SECTION 12.1 SALE OF THE PROPERTY. In the event of any transfer of title to the Building, the transferor shall automatically be relieved and freed of all obligations of Landlord under this Lease accruing after such transfer provided that the transferee assumes the obligations of the Landlord under this Lease from and after the effective date of the applicable transfer. Further, in the

 

-34-


event of any transfer of title to the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Security Deposit (and all interest therein) made by Tenant to such transferee and Landlord shall not be released from liability with respect thereto unless the transferee assumes the obligations of the Landlord under this Lease from and after the effective date of the applicable transfer with respect to such Security Deposit.

SECTION 12.2 SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND NOTICE. This Lease is subject and subordinate to (i) any lease wherein Landlord is the tenant and to the liens of any and all mortgages and deeds of trust, regardless of whether such lease, mortgage or deed of trust now exists or may hereafter be created with regard to all or any part of the Property, (ii) any and all advances (including interest thereon) to be made under any such lease, mortgage or deed of trust and (iii) all modifications, consolidations, renewals, replacements and extensions of any such lease, mortgage or deed of trust; provided that the foregoing subordination in respect of any mortgage or deed of trust placed on the Property after the date hereof shall not become effective until and unless the holder of such mortgage or deed of trust delivers to Tenant a non-disturbance agreement (which may include Tenant’s agreement to attorn as set forth below) permitting Tenant, if Tenant is not then in default under, or in breach of any provision of, this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period), to remain in occupancy of the Premises in the event of a foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust without interruption of Tenant’s use of quiet enjoyment of the Premises. Tenant also agrees that any lessor, mortgagee or trustee may elect (which election shall be revocable) to have this Lease superior to any lease or lien of its mortgage or deed of trust and, in the event of such election and upon notification by such lessor, mortgagee or trustee to Tenant to that effect, this Lease shall be deemed superior to the said lease, mortgage or deed of trust, whether this Lease is dated prior to or subsequent to the date of said lease, mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant shall, in the event of the sale or assignment of Landlord’s interest in the Premises (except in a sale-leaseback financing transaction), or in the event of the termination of any lease in a sale-leaseback financing transaction wherein Landlord is the lessee, upon written notice thereof, attorn to and recognize such purchaser, assignee or mortgagee as Landlord under this Lease, provided such party assumes the obligations of Landlord hereunder in writing. Tenant shall, in the event of any proceedings brought for the foreclosure of, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under, any mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, attorn to and recognize purchaser at such sale, assignee or mortgagee, as the case may be, as Landlord under this Lease, provided such party assumes the obligations of Landlord hereunder. The above subordination and attornment clauses shall be self-operative and no further instruments of subordination or attornment need be required by any mortgagee, trustee, lessor, purchaser or assignee. In confirmation thereof, Tenant agrees that, upon the request of Landlord, or any such lessor, mortgagee, trustee, purchaser or assignee, Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes and to carry out the intent of this Section 12.2.

SECTION 12.3 TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after the request of Landlord or any mortgagee of Landlord, without additional consideration, deliver an estoppel certificate, consisting of reasonable statements required by Landlord, any mortgagee or purchaser of any interest in the Property, which statements may include but shall not be limited to the following: whether this Lease is in full force and effect with rent paid through a specified date; whether this Lease has been modified or amended, and if it has, a statement as to the instruments of

 

-35-


amendment; whether Landlord is, to Tenant’s knowledge, in default and whether Landlord has, to Tenant’s knowledge, fully performed all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder; and such other statements as may reasonably be required by the requesting party. If Tenant is unable to make any of the statements contained in the estoppel certificate because the same is untrue, Tenant shall with specificity state the reason why such statement is untrue. Landlord agrees not to request an estoppel certificate from Tenant more than twice in any twelve (12) month period, unless required in connection with a proposed sale or financing of the Building. Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord or any such mortgagee, deliver to Landlord a fully executed instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord evidencing the agreement of Tenant to the mortgage or other hypothecation by Landlord of the interest of Landlord hereunder.

ARTICLE 13

DEFAULT

SECTION 13.1 DEFAULTS BY TENANT. The occurrence of any of the events described in subsections 13.101 through 13.108 shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease.

13.101 Failure to Pay Rent . With respect to the first two payments of Rent not made by Tenant when due in any twelve (12) month period, the failure by Tenant to make either such payment to Landlord within five (5) business days after Tenant receives written notice specifying that the payment was not made when due. With respect to any other payment of Rent, the failure by Tenant to make such payment of Rent to Landlord when due, no notice of any such failure being required.

13.102 Failure to Perform . Except for a failure covered by subsection 13.101 above or 13.103 below, any failure by Tenant to observe and perform any provision of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice to Tenant, provided that if such failure cannot be cured within said thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be in default hereunder so long as Tenant commences curative action within such thirty (30) day period, and thereafter diligently and continuously pursues the curative action to completion.

13.103 Continual Failure to Perform . The fourth failure by Tenant in any twelve (12) month period to perform and observe a particular provision of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant (other than the failure to pay Rent, which in all instances will be covered by subsection 13.101 above), no notice being required for any such fourth failure.

13.104 Bankruptcy, Insolvency, Etc . Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (hereinafter called “Guarantor”, whether one (1) or more), (i) cannot meet its obligations as they become due, (ii) becomes or is declared insolvent according to any law, (iii) makes a transfer in fraud of creditors according to any applicable law, (iv) assigns or conveys all or a substantial portion of its property for the benefit or creditors or (v) Tenant or Guarantor files a petition for relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other present or future federal or state insolvency, bankruptcy or similar law (collectively, “applicable bankruptcy law”); a receiver or trustee is appointed for Tenant or Guarantor or its property; the interest of Tenant or Guarantor under this

 

-36-


Lease is levied on under execution or under other legal process; any involuntary petition is filed against Tenant or Guarantor under applicable bankruptcy law; or any action is taken to reorganize or modify Tenant’s or Guarantor’s capital structure if either Tenant or Guarantor be a corporation or other entity (provided that no such levy, execution, legal process or petition filed against Tenant or Guarantor shall constitute a breach of this Lease if Tenant or Guarantor shall vigorously contest the same by appropriate proceedings and shall remove or vacate the same within ninety (90) days from the date of its creation, service or filing).

13.105 Abandonment . Intentionally omitted.

13.106 Vacation . Intentionally omitted.

13.107 Loss of Right to do Business . Intentionally omitted.

13.108 Dissolution or Liquidation . If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, Tenant dissolves or liquidates or otherwise fails to maintain its corporate or partnership structure, as applicable, and such corporate or partnership structure shall not be reinstated within sixty (60) days.

With respect to the defaults described in subsections 13.103 through 13.108, Landlord shall not be obligated to give Tenant notices of default and Tenant shall have no right to cure such defaults.

In the event Tenant fails to occupy the Premises within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Commencement Date or vacates all or substantially all of the Premises for any period of one hundred twenty (120) or more consecutive days (other than a vacancy due to a casualty, condemnation or a vacancy for which Tenant is expressly entitled to abatement of Rent under this Lease), such failure to occupy and/or vacancy shall not be a default hereunder, however, in such event Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant prior to the date that Tenant occupies or re-occupies all or substantially all of the Premises, and such termination shall be without penalty to Tenant and the termination date shall be treated as the Expiration Date of this Lease.

SECTION 13.2 REMEDIES OF LANDLORD.

13.201 Termination of the Lease . Upon the occurrence of a default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without judicial process, terminate this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant (whereupon all obligations and liabilities of Landlord hereunder shall terminate) and, without further notice, demand or liability, enter upon the Premises or any part thereof, take absolute possession of the same, by picking or changing locks if necessary, and lockout, and expel or remove Tenant and any other person or entity who may be occupying the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to recover all loss and damage Landlord may suffer by reason of such termination, whether through inability to relet the Premises on satisfactory terms or otherwise, including without limitation, the following (without duplication of any element of damages):

 

-37-


(a) accrued Rent to the date of termination and Late Charges, plus interest thereon at the rate established under Section 15.10 below from the date due through the date paid or date of any judgment or award by any court of competent jurisdiction, the unamortized cost of the portion of the Tenant’s Improvements paid for by Landlord, brokers’ fees and commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees, reasonable moving allowances and any other reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with making or executing this Lease, the reasonable cost of recovering the Premises and the costs of reletting the Premises (including, without limitation, advertising costs, brokerage fees, leasing commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable refurbishing costs and other costs in readying the Premises for a new tenant);

(b) the present value of the Rent (discounted at a rate of interest equal to eight percent [8%] per annum [the “Discount Rate”]) that would have accrued under this Lease for the balance of the Lease Term but for such termination, reduced by the reasonable fair market rental value of the Premises for such balance of the Lease Term (determined from the present value of the actual base rents, discounted at the Discount Rate, received and to be received from Landlord’s reletting of the Premises or, if the Premises are not relet, the base rents, discounted at the Discount Rate, that with reasonable efforts could be collected by Landlord by reletting the Premises, calculated in accordance with subsection 13.206);

(c) plus any other costs or amounts necessary to compensate Landlord for its damages.

Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to provide for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.

13.202 Repossession and Re-Entry . Upon the occurrence of a default by Tenant hereunder (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period), Landlord may, without judicial process, immediately terminate Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises (whereupon all obligations and liability of Landlord hereunder shall terminate), but not terminate this Lease, and, without notice, demand or liability, enter upon the Premises or any part thereof, take absolute possession of the same, by picking or changing locks if necessary, and lockout, and expel or remove Tenant and any other person or entity who may be occupying the Premises. If Landlord terminates Tenant’s possession of the Premises under this subsection 13.202, (i) Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to tender to Tenant a key for new locks installed in the Premises, (ii) Tenant shall have no further right to possession of the Premises and (iii) Landlord will have the right to relet the Premises or any part thereof on such terms as Landlord deems advisable, taking into account the factors described in subsection 13.206. Any rent received by Landlord from reletting the Premises or a part thereof shall be applied first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord (in such order as Landlord shall designate), second, to the payment of any reasonable cost of such reletting, including, without limitation, reasonable refurbishing costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees, advertising costs, brokerage fees and leasing

 

-38-


commissions and third, to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder (in such order as Landlord shall designate), and Tenant shall satisfy and pay to Landlord any deficiency upon demand therefor from time to time. However, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises and otherwise take steps to mitigate the Landlord’s damages. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for any failure to relet the Premises or any part thereof or for any failure to collect any rent due upon any such reletting. No such re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on Landlord’s part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such termination is given to Tenant pursuant to subsection 13.201 above. If Landlord relets the Premises, either before or after the termination of this Lease, all such rentals received from such lease shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and Tenant shall not be, at any time, entitled to recover any such rental, but the same shall be credited and applied as provided herein. Landlord may at any time after a reletting elect to terminate this Lease. All property of Tenant removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to any provision of this Lease or applicable law may be handled, removed or stored by Landlord at the cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall not be responsible in any event for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay Landlord for all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to such removal and storage so long as the same is in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control. All such property not removed from the Premises or retaken from storage by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the end of the Term or termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, however terminated, at Landlord’s option, shall be conclusively deemed to have been conveyed by Tenant to Landlord by bill of sale with general warranty of title without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.

13.203 Cure of Default . Upon the occurrence of a default hereunder by Tenant, Landlord may, without judicial process and without having any liability therefor, enter upon the Premises and do whatever Tenant is obligated to do under the terms of this Lease and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord on demand for any reasonable expenses which Landlord may incur in effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting to Tenant from such action.

13.204 Continuing Obligations . Except as expressly set forth above, no repossession of or re-entering upon the Premises or any part thereof pursuant to subsection 13.202 or 13.203 above or otherwise and no reletting of the Premises or any part thereof pursuant to subsection 13.202 above shall relieve Tenant or any Guarantor of its liabilities and obligations hereunder, all of which shall survive such repossession or re-entering. In the event of any such repossession of or re-entering upon the Premises or any part thereof by reason of the occurrence of a default, Tenant will continue to pay to Landlord Rent required to be paid by Tenant.

13.205 Cumulative Remedies . No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy set forth herein or otherwise available to Landlord at law or in equity and each and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease and without limiting the preceding sentence, Landlord shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to

 

-39-


injunctive relief in case of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation, of any of the covenants, agreements, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or to a decree compelling performance of any of the covenants, agreements, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or to any other remedy allowed to Landlord at law or in equity.

13.206 Mitigation of Damages . Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises to the extent required by the laws of the State of Texas, and in connection therewith, it is understood and agreed that:

(a) Landlord may elect to lease other comparable, available space in the Building, if any, before reletting the Premises.

(b) Landlord may decline to incur material out-of-pocket costs to relet the Premises, other than customary leasing commissions and legal fees for the negotiation of a lease with a new tenant.

(c) Landlord may decline to relet the Premises at rental rates below then prevailing market rental rates, because of the negative impact lower rental rates would have on the value of the Building and because of the uncertainty of actually receiving from Tenant the greater damages that Landlord would suffer from and after reletting at the lower rates.

(d) Before reletting the Premises to a prospective tenant, Landlord may require the prospective tenant to demonstrate the same financial wherewithal that Landlord would require as a condition to leasing other space in the Building to the prospective tenant.

(e) Identifying a prospective tenant to relet the Premises, negotiating a new lease with such tenant and making the Premises ready for such tenant will take time, depending upon market conditions when the Premises first become available for reletting, and during such time Landlord cannot reasonably be expected to collect any revenue from reletting.

13.207 Waiver of Jury Trial . TENANT AND LANDLORD HEREBY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTER CLAIM, BROUGHT BY ONE PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER OR ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT CREATED HEREBY, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. LANDLORD AND TENANT ARE HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THE FOREGOING WAIVER .

SECTION 13.3 DEFAULTS BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall be in default under this Lease if Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and said failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after Tenant delivers written notice thereof to Landlord (to each of the addresses required by this Section) and each mortgagee who has a lien against any portion of the Property and whose name and address has been provided to Tenant, provided that if such failure cannot

 

-40-


reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not be in default hereunder if the curative action is commenced within said thirty (30) day period and is thereafter diligently pursued until cured. In no event shall (i) Tenant claim a constructive or actual eviction or that the Premises have become unsuitable hereunder or (ii) a constructive or actual eviction or breach of the implied warranty of suitability be deemed to have occurred under this Lease, prior to the expiration of the notice and cure periods provided under this Section 13.3. Any notice of a failure to perform by Landlord shall be sent to Landlord at the addresses and to the attention of the parties set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions. Any notice of a failure to perform by Landlord not sent to Landlord at all addresses and/or to the attention of all parties required under this Section and to each mortgagee who is entitled to notice or not sent in compliance with Article 14 below shall be of no force or effect.

SECTION 13.4 LANDLORD’S LIABILITY.

13.401 Tenant’s Rights in Respect of Landlord Default . Tenant is granted no contractual right of termination by this Lease, except to the extent and only to the extent set forth in Sections 7.1 and 8.2 above, in Exhibit F and in Rider H-2 attached hereto. If Tenant shall recover a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only out of the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Property as the same may then be encumbered and Landlord shall not be liable for any deficiency. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for consequential or special damages by reason of a failure to perform (or a default) by Landlord hereunder or otherwise. In no event shall Tenant have the right to levy execution against any property of Landlord other than its interest in the Property as hereinbefore expressly provided. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ITS STATUTORY LIEN UNDER SECTION 91.004 OF THE TEXAS PROPERTY CODE .

13.402 Certain Limitations on Landlord’s Liability . UNLESS COVERED BY SUBSECTION 7.502 ABOVE OR CAUSED BY LANDLORD’S SOLE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT AND WITHOUT LIMITING THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7.4, LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT FOR ANY CLAIMS, ACTIONS, DEMANDS, COSTS, EXPENSES, DAMAGE OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND (i) arising out of the use, occupancy or enjoyment of the Premises by Tenant or any person therein or holding under Tenant or by or through the acts or omissions of any of their respective employees, officers, agents, invitees or contractors, (ii) caused by or arising out of fire, explosion, falling sheetrock, gas, electricity, water, rain, snow or dampness, or leaks in any part of the Premises, (iii) caused by or arising out of damage to the roof, pipes, appliances or plumbing works or any damage to or malfunction of heating, ventilation or air conditioning equipment, (iv) caused by tenants or any persons either in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building (other than Common Areas) or by occupants of property adjacent to the Building or Common Areas or by the public or by the construction of any private, public or quasi-public work or (v) caused by any act, neglect or negligence of Tenant. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss of or damage to property of Tenant or of others located in the Premises, the Building or any other part of the Property by reason of theft or burglary.

 

-41-


SECTION 13.5 WAIVER OF TEXAS DECEPTIVE TRADE PRACTICES ACT.

TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL ITS RIGHTS UNDER THE TEXAS DECEPTIVE TRADE PRACTICES - CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT, SECTION 17.41 ET. SEQ. OF THE TEXAS BUSINESS AND COMMERCE CODE (THE “DTPA”), A LAW THAT GIVES CONSUMERS SPECIAL RIGHTS AND PROTECTIONS. AFTER CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY OF TENANT’S OWN SELECTION, TENANT VOLUNTARILY CONSENTS TO THIS WAIVER.

SECTION 13.6 LANDLORD’S LIEN. Intentionally omitted.

ARTICLE 14

NOTICES

Any notice or communication required or permitted in this Lease shall be given in writing, sent by (a) personal delivery, with proof of delivery, (b) expedited delivery service, with proof of delivery, (c) United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested or (d) prepaid telegram (provided that such telegram is confirmed by expedited delivery service or by mail in the manner previously described), addressed as provided in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Provisions and Section 13.3 above or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as shall be designated from time to time in writing by the applicable party and sent in accordance herewith. Notice also may be given by telex or fax, provided each such transmission is confirmed (and such confirmation is supported by documented evidence) as received and further provided a telex or fax number, as the case may be, is set forth in Item 13 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given either at the time of personal delivery or, in the case of delivery service or mail, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or in the case of telegram or telex or fax, upon receipt.

ARTICLE 15

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 15.1 BUILDING NAME AND ADDRESS. Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, use the name of the Building for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises and in no event shall Tenant acquire any rights in or to such names. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is known. Landlord shall promptly provide Tenant with written notice of any such change.

SECTION 15.2 SIGNAGE. Tenant shall not inscribe, paint, affix or display any signs, advertisements or notices on or in the Building, except for such tenant identification information as Landlord permits to be included or shown on the directory in the main lobby and adjacent to the access door or doors to the Premises. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a listing on the Building directory and Building standard suite identification signage. In addition, provided that Tenant is not

 

-42-


in default under the terms of this Lease beyond all applicable notice and cure periods, and Tenant occupies the Premises, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to have a panel on the multi-tenant monument sign for the Building facing Loop 360 (the “Monument Sign”), which Landlord is in the process of designing and constructing, and shall complete construction thereof by December 31, 2009. Following installation of Tenant’s panel, Tenant shall be liable for all costs related to the maintenance of the panel and for Tenant’s proportionate share of maintenance and repair expenses for the Monument Sign. Tenant must obtain Landlord’s written consent to any proposed signage panel prior to its fabrication and installation. Landlord reserves the right to withhold consent to any signage panel that, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, is not harmonious with the design standards of the Building. To obtain Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall submit design drawings to Landlord, showing the type and sizes of all lettering, the colors, finishes and types of materials used. Tenant shall maintain Tenant’s panel in good condition. Upon the occurrence of a default by Tenant under the terms of this Lease, or if Tenant does not occupy the Premises, Tenant’s rights with respect to the Monument Sign under this Section 15.2 shall terminate and Landlord shall have the option to remove Tenant’s sign panel at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The right to install the panel on the Monument Sign is personal to the Tenant listed in the first paragraph of this Lease and is not assignable to any other tenant under this Lease. Further, in the event Tenant does not install a panel on the Monument Sign within six (6) months after the Commencement Date, Tenant’s right to the panel on the Monument Sign shall terminate.

In the event Tenant leases at least 62,500 rentable square feet of space in the Building, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install one (1) corporate identification sign near the southeast corner of the Building on the second floor (the “Building Sign”); provided that (i) Landlord approves the specific location of the Building Sign, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) Tenant obtains all necessary approvals from all governmental authorities and/or private entities having jurisdiction over Tenant, the Building, or the Building Sign, (iii) the Building Sign complies with all laws applicable to the Building and the Building Sign and neighborhood signage criteria, and (iv) Tenant delivers to Landlord certificates of insurance evidencing that Tenant’s contractors, agents, workmen, engineers or other persons installing the Building Sign have in effect valid workers’ compensation, public liability and builder’s risk insurance in amounts and with such companies and in such forms as Landlord may consider necessary or appropriate for its protection. Tenant shall pay all costs associated with the Building Sign, including without limitation, installation expenses, maintenance and repair costs, utilities and insurance. Tenant must obtain Landlord’s written consent to any proposed sign prior to its fabrication and installation. Landlord reserves the right to withhold consent to any sign that, in the sole judgment of Landlord, is not harmonious with the design standards of the Building. To obtain Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall submit design drawings to Landlord, showing the type and sizes of all lettering; the colors, finishes and types of materials used; and (if applicable and Landlord consents) any provisions for illumination. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, fines, liabilities, costs, expenses, damages, actions and causes of action accruing from or related to the Building Sign. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall have the right to temporarily remove and replace the Building Sign in connection with and during the course of any repairs, changes, alterations, modifications, renovations or additions to the Building. Tenant shall maintain the Building Sign in good condition. Upon the occurrence and

 

-43-


continuation of an event of default beyond all applicable cure periods or if Tenant leases less than 62,500 rentable square feet of space in the Building, Tenant’s rights with respect to the Building Sign under this paragraph shall terminate and Landlord shall have the option to remove such signage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove the Building Sign and repair all damage caused by such removal, normal wear and tear excepted. The right to install the Building Sign is personal to the Tenant listed in the first paragraph of this Lease and is not assignable to any other tenant under this Lease.

SECTION 15.3 NO WAIVER. No waiver by Landlord or by Tenant of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to be a waiver by either party of any other provision of this Lease. No waiver by Landlord of any breach by Tenant shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach by Tenant of the same or any other provision. No waiver by Tenant of any breach by Landlord shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach by Landlord of the same or any other provision. The failure of Landlord or Tenant to insist at any time upon the strict performance of any covenant or agreement or to exercise any option, right, power or remedy contained in this Lease shall not be construed as a waiver or a relinquishment thereof for the future. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act of Tenant. Tenant’s consent to or approval of any act by Landlord requiring Tenant’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Tenant’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act of Landlord. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, unless done in writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of the keys to any employee or agent of Landlord shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises. The acceptance of any Rent by Landlord following a breach of this Lease by Tenant shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of such breach or any other breach. The payment of Rent by Tenant following a breach of this Lease by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver by Tenant of any such breach or any other breach. No waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless such waiver is expressly stated in writing signed by the waiving party. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Rent due under this Lease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest Rent due hereunder, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy which may be available to Landlord.

SECTION 15.4 APPLICABLE LAW. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

SECTION 15.5 COMMON AREAS. “Common Areas” will mean all areas, spaces, facilities and equipment (whether or not located within the Building) made available by Landlord for the common and joint use of Landlord, Tenant and others designated by Landlord using or occupying space in the Building, including but not limited to, tunnels, walkways, sidewalks and driveways necessary for

 

-44-


access to the Building, Building lobbies, landscaped areas, public corridors, public rest rooms, Building stairs, elevators open to the public, service elevators (provided that such service elevators shall be available only for tenants of the Building and others designated by Landlord), drinking fountains and any such other areas and facilities, if any, as are designated by Landlord from time to time as Common Areas. Common Areas shall not include the Garage. “Service Corridors” shall mean all loading docks, loading areas and all corridors that are not open to the public but which are available for use by Tenant and others designated by Landlord. “Service Areas” will refer to areas, spaces, facilities and equipment serving the Building (whether or not located within the Building) but to which Tenant and other occupants of the Building will not have access, including, but not limited to, mechanical, telephone, electrical and similar rooms and air and water refrigeration equipment. Tenant is hereby granted a nonexclusive right to use the Common Areas and Service Corridors during the Term of this Lease for their intended purposes, in common with others designated by Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, including, without limitation, the Rules and Regulations. The Building, Common Areas, Service Corridors and Service Areas will be at all times under the exclusive control, management and operation of the Landlord. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that the Premises (whether consisting of less than one floor or consisting of one or more full floors within the Building) do not include, and Landlord hereby expressly reserves for its sole and exclusive use, any and all mechanical, electrical, telephone and similar rooms, janitor closets, elevator, pipe and other vertical shafts and ducts, flues, stairwells, any area above the acoustical ceiling and any other areas (other than corridors and restroom facilities in Premises located on full floors) not specifically shown on Exhibit A as being part of the Premises.

SECTION 15.6 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to Article 11 hereof, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

SECTION 15.7 BROKERS. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the broker named in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions and that it knows of no other real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liability or claim, whether meritorious or not, arising in respect to brokers and/or agents not so named. Landlord has agreed to pay the fees of the broker (but only the broker) named in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions to the extent that Landlord has agreed to do so pursuant to a written agreement with such broker. In the event Landlord fails to timely pay any commission due in connection with this Lease to Tenant’s broker and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of written notice thereof from Tenant, Tenant shall have the right, upon written notice to Landlord, to make such payment to Tenant’s broker, and to the extent not previously reimbursed by Landlord, offset such payment against its monetary obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.7, in no event shall Tenant have a right to offset any portion of the commission payment that is in dispute by Landlord. Further notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.7, upon Landlord’s payment in full the current loan outstanding to Wachovia Bank, National Association, Tenant’s right of offset shall terminate and be of no force or effect.

 

-45-


SECTION 15.8 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances and the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

SECTION 15.9 EXAMINATION OF LEASE. Submission by Landlord of this instrument to Tenant for examination or signature does not constitute a reservation of or option for lease. This Lease will be effective as a lease or otherwise only upon execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

SECTION 15.10 INTEREST ON TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS. Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord which is not paid within thirty (30) days after the date due shall bear interest at the lower of (i) twelve percent (12%) per annum or (ii) the highest rate from time to time allowed by applicable law, from the date such payment is due until paid, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure the default.

SECTION 15.11 TIME. Time is of the essence in this Lease and in each and all of the provisions hereof. Whenever a period of days is specified in this Lease, such period shall refer to calendar days unless otherwise expressly stated in this Lease.

SECTION 15.12 DEFINED TERMS AND MARGINAL HEADINGS. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as singular. If more than one person is named as Tenant, the obligations of such persons are joint and several. The headings and titles to the articles, sections and subsections of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part of this Lease. Except as otherwise set forth in this Lease, wherever in this Lease the consent of Landlord is required, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Landlord.

SECTION 15.13 AUTHORITY OF TENANT. Tenant and each person signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: Tenant, if a corporation, is duly incorporated and legally existing under the laws of the state of its incorporation and is duly qualified to do business in the State of Texas. Tenant, if a partnership or joint venture, is duly organized under the Texas Revised Partnership Act. Tenant, if a limited partnership, is duly organized under the applicable limited partnership act of the State of Texas or, if organized under the laws of a state other than Texas, is qualified under said Texas limited partnership act. Tenant has all requisite power and all governmental certificates of authority, licenses, permits, qualifications and other documentation to lease the Premises and to carry on its business as now conducted and as contemplated to be conducted. Each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. The foregoing representations in this Section 15.13 shall also apply to any corporation, partnership, joint venture or limited partnership which is a general partner or joint venturer of Tenant.

SECTION 15.14 FORCE MAJEURE. Whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by Landlord or Tenant, the party taking the action shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or restrictions

 

-46-


or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the reasonable control of such party; provided, however, in no event shall the foregoing apply to the financial obligations of either Landlord or Tenant to the other under this Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to pay Basic Annual Rent, Additional Rent or any other amount payable to Landlord hereunder.

SECTION 15.15 RECORDING. This Lease shall not be recorded. However, Landlord shall have the right to record a short form or memorandum hereof, at Landlord’s expense, at any time during the Term hereof and, if requested, Tenant agrees (without charge to Landlord) to join in the execution thereof.

SECTION 15.16 NO REPRESENTATIONS. Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no warranties, representations or promises (express or implied) with respect to the Premises, the Building or any other part of the Property (including, without limitation, the condition, use or suitability of the Premises, the Building or the Property), except as herein expressly set forth and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in the provisions of this Lease.

SECTION 15.17 PARKING. If the Property includes a Garage, there shall be an Exhibit F attached hereto, which shall set forth the agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to parking. If there is no Garage included in the Property, then the remaining provisions of this Section shall be applicable with respect to parking. The parking areas shall be designated for automobile parking on a non-exclusive basis for all Property tenants (including Tenant) and their respective employees, customers, invitees and visitors. Parking and delivery areas for all vehicles shall be in accordance with parking regulations established from time to time by Landlord, with which Tenant agrees to conform. Tenant shall only permit parking by its employees, customers and agents of automobiles in appropriate designated parking areas.

SECTION 15.18 ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event of any legal action or proceeding brought by either party against the other arising out of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in such action (including, without limitation, all costs of appeal) and such amount shall be included in any judgment rendered in such proceeding.

SECTION 15.19 NO LIGHT, AIR OR VIEW EASEMENT. Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on the Property or lands adjacent to the Property shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord (even if Landlord is the adjacent land owner).

SECTION 15.20 RELOCATION. Intentionally omitted.

SECTION 15.21 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNITIES. Each indemnity agreement and hold harmless agreement contained herein shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

SECTION 15.22 CALCULATION OF CHARGES. Landlord and Tenant agree that each provision of this Lease for determining charges, amounts and additional rent payments by Tenant (including without limitation, Article 2 of this Lease) is commercially reasonable, and as to each such charge or

 

-47-


amount, constitutes a “method by which the charge is to be computed” for purposes of Section 93.012 (Assessment of Charges) of the Texas Property Code, as such section now exists or as it may be hereafter amended or succeeded.

SECTION 15.23 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

SECTION 15.24 ANTI-TERRORISM REPRESENTATIONS.

(a) Tenant is not, and shall not during the Term of this Lease become, a person or entity with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, H. R. 3162, Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the “USA Patriot Act”) and Executive Order Number 13224 on Terrorism Financing, effective September 24, 2001 and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto (collectively, “Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including without limitation persons and entities named on the Office of Foreign Asset Control Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (collectively, “Prohibited Persons”).

(b) To the best of its knowledge, Tenant is not currently engaged in any transactions or dealings, or otherwise associated with, any Prohibited Persons in connection with the use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building or the Property. Tenant will not, during the Term of this Lease, engage in any transactions or dealings, or be otherwise associated with, any Prohibited Persons in connection with the use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building or the Property.

(c) Tenant’s breach of any representation or covenant set forth in this Section shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant, entitling Landlord to any and all remedies hereunder, or at law or in equity.

SECTION 15.25 ERISA. It is understood that from time to time during the Term, Landlord may be subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and as a result may be prohibited by law from engaging in certain transactions. Tenant represents and warrants to the best of its knowledge after due inquiry that at the time the Lease is entered into and at any time thereafter when its terms are amended or modified, neither Tenant nor its affiliates (within the meaning of part V(c) of Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14 (“PTE 84-14”), as amended) has the authority to appoint or terminate The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“Prudential”) as an investment manager to any assets of employee benefit plans, nor the authority to negotiate the terms of any management agreement between Prudential and any such employee pension benefit plan. Further, Tenant is not “related” to Prudential within the meaning of part V(h) of PTE 84-14.

SECTION 15.26 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Tenant acknowledges that the financial capability of Tenant to perform its obligations hereunder is material to Landlord and that Landlord would not

 

-48-


enter into this Lease but for its belief, based on its review of Tenant’s most recently audited financial statements (as previously furnished to Landlord), that Tenant is capable of performing such financial obligations. Tenant hereby represents, warrants and certifies to Landlord that such financial statements previously furnished to Landlord were at the time given true and correct in all material respects and that there have been no material, adverse subsequent changes thereto as of the date of this Lease. Tenant, within 15 days after written request made not more than one (1) occasion during each year of the Term, shall provide Landlord with Tenant’s then most recently audited financial statement, provided that Landlord agrees not to request such financial statements except in connection with a proposed sale or financing of the Building, and further provided that, in each case, Landlord shall have previously executed and delivered to Tenant a confidentiality agreement in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 

-49-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Lease, as of the date first written in this Lease.

 

   

LANDLORD

   

3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P.,

   

a Texas limited partnership

   

By:

 

3900 San Clemente GP, Inc.,

     

its General Partner

Approved:

   

By:

 

/s/ Richard E. Anderson

/s/ Sam Houston

   

 Name:

 

Richard E. Anderson

Sam Houston

     
   

 Title:

 

President

   

TENANT

   

BAZAARVOICE, INC.,

   

a Delaware corporation

   

By:

 

/s/ Kenneth J. Saunders

   

 Name:

 

Kenneth J. Saunders

   

 Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN FOR THE PREMISES

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

LAND LEGAL DESCRIPTION

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

Lot 4-A, Block “A”, Amended plat of Lots 37-43, Block A, DAVENPORT WEST P.U.D. SECTION 5, PHASE 6, a subdivision in Travis County, Texas, according to the map or plat thereof, recorded under Document No. 200700198 of the Official Public Records of Travis County, Texas.

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

WORK LETTER

PLANS TO BE AGREED UPON/FINISH ALLOWANCE

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

1. Plans .

1.1 Space Plan . Within fifteen (15) days after the execution and delivery of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a space plan for the Premises prepared by Tenant’s space planner, at Tenant’s expense (subject to reimbursement through the Finish Allowance), showing, regardless of the quantities of such items, the location of all partitions and doors and the lay-out of the Premises. Landlord will approve or disapprove in writing the space plan within three (3) business days after receipt from Tenant and if disapproved, Landlord shall provide Tenant and Tenant’s space planner with specific reasons for disapproval. If Landlord fails to approve or disapprove the space plan on or before the end of such three (3) business day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the last submitted space plan. The foregoing process shall be repeated until Landlord has approved (which shall include deemed approval) the space plan (such space plan, when approved by Landlord and Tenant, is herein referred to as the “Space Plan”).

1.2 Compliance With Disability Acts . Tenant shall provide Tenant’s space planner and/or architect as applicable, with all information needed to cause the construction of Tenant’s Improvements to be completed such that Tenant, the Premises and Tenant’s Improvements (as constructed) will be in compliance with the Disability Acts. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) incurred by or asserted against Landlord by reason of or in connection with any violation of the Disability Acts by Tenant and/or Tenant’s Improvements or the Premises not being in compliance with the Disability Acts, except with respect to any non-compliance of the Premises existing on the date of this Lease. The foregoing indemnity shall not include any claims, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising out of the negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents or contractors.

1.3 Construction Plans . Within forty-five (45) days after written approval (or deemed approval) of the Space Plan by Landlord and Tenant, a licensed architect and MEP engineer selected by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s expense (subject to reimbursement through the Finish Allowance), will prepare construction plans (such construction plans, when approved in writing (or deemed approved) by Landlord and Tenant, and all changes and amendments thereto agreed to by Landlord and Tenant in writing, are herein called the “Construction Plans”) for all of Tenant’s improvements requested pursuant to the Space Plan (all

 

D-1


improvements required by the Construction Plans are herein called “Tenant’s Improvements”), including complete detail and finish drawings for partitions, doors, reflected ceiling, telephone outlets, electrical switches and outlets and Building standard heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment and controls. Within five (5) business days after construction plans are delivered to Landlord, Landlord shall approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or disapprove same in writing and if disapproved, Landlord shall provide Tenant and Tenant’s architect specific reasons for disapproval. If Landlord disapproves of the submitted construction plans, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s architect to revise the construction plans to incorporate Landlord’s comments and re-submit the revised construction plans to Landlord within five (5) business days after Landlord’s notice of disapproval. Within three (3) business days after the revised construction plans are delivered to Landlord, Landlord shall approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or disapprove same in writing and if disapproved, Landlord shall provide Tenant and Tenant’s architect specific reasons for disapproval. The foregoing process shall continue until the construction plans are approved by Landlord; provided that if Landlord fails to respond in the five (5) or any three (3) business day period, as applicable, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the last submitted construction plans. If the construction plans are not approved in writing (or deemed approved) by both Tenant and Landlord on or before October 1, 2009 for any reason whatsoever, Landlord may, at its sole option, terminate the Lease and this Exhibit, whereupon Landlord shall have no further liability or obligation thereunder or hereunder. If Landlord does not elect to so terminate, then each day after October 1, 2009 that the construction plans are not approved (or deemed approved) by Landlord and Tenant shall constitute one (1) day of Tenant Delay. Landlord hereby agrees that Landlord shall not be entitled to disapprove construction plans except for the following reasons: (i) the construction plans do not conform to applicable laws, rules and regulations, (ii) the construction plans or specifications will not accommodate Building standard heating, cooling, mechanical, electrical or plumbing improvements, (iii) the construction plans or specifications do not conform to the Space Plan, or (iv) the work required by the construction plans affects the exterior of the Premises or the Building.

1.4 Changes to Approved Plans . If any re-drawing or re-drafting of either the Space Plan or the Construction Plans is necessitated by Tenant’s written, requested changes (all of which shall be subject to approval by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and, if applicable, the Texas Department of Licensing & Regulation and any other governmental agency or authority to which the plans and specifications are required to be submitted), the expense of any such re-drawing or re-drafting required in connection therewith and the expense of any work and improvements necessitated by such re-drawing or re-drafting will be charged to Tenant (subject to reimbursement from the Finish Allowance).

1.5 Coordination of Planners and Designers . If Tenant shall arrange for interior design services, whether with Landlord’s space planner or any other planner or designer, it shall be Tenant’s responsibility to cause necessary coordination of its agents’ efforts with Landlord’s agents to ensure that no delays are caused to either the planning or construction of the Tenant’s Improvements, and Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant in such regard.

 

D-2


1.6 Contract Selection Process . Promptly following the completion of the Construction Plans, Landlord shall competitively bid the construction of the Tenant’s Improvements to at least three (3) qualified general contractors approved by Landlord, one of which may be selected by Tenant (subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval). The contractor submitting the lowest qualified bid to perform the total construction project associated with Tenant’s Improvements shall be selected, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord and Tenant.

2. Construction and Costs of Tenant’s Improvements .

2.1 Construction Obligation and Finish Allowance .

(a) Landlord agrees to construct Tenant’s Improvements, at Tenant’s cost and expense; provided, however, that Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance of up to Thirty-Eight and no/100 Dollars ($38.00) per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises (the “Finish Allowance”), which allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord, from time to time, but in no event more than monthly, for payment of (in the following priority) (i) the contract sum required to be paid to the general contractor engaged to construct Tenant’s Improvements, which contract sum shall include without limitation, the costs of any and all payment and performance bonds required by Landlord in connection with the construction of Tenant’s Improvements and any other costs incurred by such general contractor to comply with the construction requirements applicable to the Building (the “Contract Sum”), (ii) the fees of the preparer of the Construction Plans, (iii) payment of the Construction Management Fee (hereinafter defined), and (iv) such other costs related to the leasehold improvements (such as equipment, appliances and furnishings) as Landlord specifically approves in writing, it being understood that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to fund any portion of the Finish Allowance for such other costs. Upon completion of Tenant’s Improvements and in consideration of Landlord administering the construction of Tenant’s Improvements, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord a fee equal to three percent (3%) of the Contract Sum to construct Tenant’s Improvements (the “Construction Management Fee”) (the foregoing costs are collectively referred to as the “Permitted Costs”). In the event any portion of the Finish Allowance remains unexpended after payment of all costs and expenses in connection with the Tenant’s Improvements, up to $4.00 per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area in the Premises of such remaining amount (the “Permitted Additional Cost Allowance”) may be used for the following costs: (1) purchase and installation of telephone and data cabling, (2) Tenant’s construction management fees (not to exceed $1.00 per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area in the Premises), (3) actual out-of-pocket move related expenses paid by Tenant to unrelated third parties, (4) costs incurred in connection with Tenant’s permitted signage at the Building, and (5) the purchase and installation of Tenant’s furniture to be located in the Premises (such costs, “Permitted Additional Costs”). Following the Commencement Date, Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the Permitted Additional Costs (to the extent of any remaining Permitted Additional Cost Allowance) within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of invoices therefor. Any portion of the Finish Allowance, including any Permitted Additional Cost Allowance not requested to be disbursed by Tenant on the date that is twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date shall be the sole property of Landlord, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, payment or abatement on account thereof. In the event Landlord fails to timely pay any portion of the Finish Allowance, including the Permitted Additional

 

D-3


Cost Allowance, and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of notice thereof, Tenant shall have the right, upon written notice to Landlord, to pay for the work to be paid with such Finish Allowance, including the Permitted Additional Cost Allowance, and in such event, Tenant shall have the right, to the extent not previously reimbursed by Landlord, to offset such payment against its monetary obligations under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant have a right to offset any portion of the Finish Allowance, including the Permitted Additional Cost Allowance that is in dispute by Landlord. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, upon Landlord’s payment in full the current loan outstanding to Wachovia Bank, National Association, Tenant’s right of offset with respect to the Finish Allowance, including the Permitted Additional Cost Allowance, shall terminate and be of no force or effect.

(b) Title to any fixtures (excluding, without limitation, all items paid for with the Permitted Additional Costs Allowance, personalty, movable equipment, furniture and computers) installed in the Premises and purchased with any portion of the Finish Allowance shall pass to Landlord upon payment of the invoice cost thereof and Tenant shall not remove any such fixtures (excluding, without limitation all items paid for with the Permitted Additional Costs Allowance, personalty, movable equipment, furniture and computers) from the Premises without Landlord’s express, prior written consent or unless requested by Landlord in connection with the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

2.2 Excess Costs . If the sum of the Permitted Costs exceeds the Finish Allowance, then Tenant shall pay all such excess costs (“Excess Costs”), provided, however, Landlord will, prior to the commencement of construction of Tenant’s Improvements, advise Tenant of the Excess Costs, if any, and the Contract Sum. Tenant shall have five (5) business days from and after the receipt of such advice within which to approve or disapprove the Contract Sum and Excess Costs. If Tenant fails to approve same by the expiration of the fifth such business day, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Proposed Contract Sum and Excess Costs. If Tenant disapproves the Contract Sum and Excess Costs within such five (5) business day period, then Tenant shall either reduce the scope of Tenant’s Improvements such that there shall be no Excess Costs or, at Tenant’s option, Landlord shall obtain two (2) additional bids, provided that each day beyond such five (5) business day period and until the rebid is accepted by Tenant shall constitute a Tenant Delay hereunder. Subject to the last sentence of this subsection, the foregoing process shall continue until a Contract Sum and resulting Excess Costs, if any, are accepted or deemed accepted by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant must approve (or be deemed to have approved) the Contract Sum for the construction of Tenant’s Improvements in writing prior to the commencement of construction. If Tenant fails to accept a Contract Sum by the date which is sixty (60) days after Landlord’s initial notice to Tenant of the Excess Costs, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease; provided, however, that in the event of Landlord’s election to so terminate the Lease, Tenant may void such termination by approving, in writing, within three (3) business days after receipt of the termination notice, one of the proposed Contract Sums and Excess Costs previously submitted to Tenant.

2.3 Liens Arising from Excess Costs . Tenant agrees to keep the Premises free from any liens arising out of nonpayment of Excess Costs. In the event that any such lien is filed

 

D-4


and Tenant, within ten (10) days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice of such filing fails to cause same to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it in its sole discretion deems proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord in connection therewith shall constitute Rent under the Lease and a demand obligation of Tenant to Landlord and such obligation shall bear interest at the rate provided for in Section 15.10 of the Supplemental Lease Provisions from the date of payment by Landlord until the date paid by Tenant.

2.4 Construction Deposit . Tenant shall remit to Landlord an amount (the “Prepayment”) equal to fifty percent (50%) of the projected Excess Costs, if any, within five (5) working days after commencement of construction by Landlord. On or prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the actual Excess Costs, minus the Prepayment previously paid. Failure by Tenant to timely tender to Landlord the full Prepayment shall permit Landlord to stop all work until the Prepayment is received. All sums due Landlord under this Section 2.4 shall be considered Rent under the terms of the Lease and nonpayment beyond the applicable notice and cure period shall constitute a default under the Lease and entitle Landlord to any and all remedies specified in the Lease.

3. Delays . Delays in the completion of construction of Tenant’s Improvements or in obtaining a certificate of occupancy, if required by the applicable governmental authority, caused by the act or omission of Tenant, Tenant’s Contractors (hereinafter defined) or any person, firm or corporation employed by Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors shall constitute “Tenant Delays”. Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to promptly notify Tenant of any events causing Tenant Delays of which Landlord has actual knowledge. In the event that Tenant’s Improvements are not Substantially Complete by the Commencement Date referenced in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions, then the Commencement Date referenced in Item 6 shall be amended to be the Adjusted Substantial Completion Date (hereinafter defined) and the Expiration Date referenced in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions shall be adjusted forward by the same number of days as is the Commencement Date, so that the term of the Lease will be the term set forth in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The Adjusted Substantial Completion Date shall be the date Tenant’s Improvements are Substantially Complete, adjusted backward, however, by one day for each day of Tenant Delays, if any. Except as set forth in Section 1.202 of the Supplemental Lease Provisions, the foregoing adjustments in the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event Tenant’s Improvements are not Substantially Complete by the initial Commencement Date set forth in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

4. Substantial Completion and Punch List . The terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete,” as applicable, shall mean when Tenant’s Improvements are sufficiently completed in accordance with the Construction Plans so that Tenant can reasonably use the Premises for the Permitted Use (as described in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions). When Landlord reasonably considers Tenant’s Improvements to be Substantially Complete, Landlord will notify Tenant and within five (5) business days thereafter, Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s representative shall conduct a walk-through of the Premises and identify any necessary touch-up

 

D-5


work, repairs and minor completion items as are necessary for final completion of Tenant’s Improvements. Neither Landlord’s representative nor Tenant’s representative shall unreasonably withhold his agreement on punch list items. Landlord will use reasonable efforts to cause the contractor to complete all punch list items within thirty (30) days after agreement thereon.

5. Tenant’s Contractors . If Tenant should desire to enter the Premises or authorize its agent to do so prior to the Commencement Date of the Lease, to perform approved work not requested of the Landlord, Landlord shall permit such entry if:

(a) Tenant shall use only such contractors which Landlord shall approve, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and Landlord shall have approved the plans to be utilized by Tenant, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

(b) Tenant, its contractors, workmen, mechanics, engineers, space planners or such others as may enter the Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Contractors”), work in harmony with and do not in any way disturb or interfere with Landlord’s space planners, architects, engineers, contractors, workmen, mechanics or other agents or independent contractors in the performance of their work (collectively, “Landlord’s Contractors”), it being understood and agreed that if entry of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors has caused or is causing a material disturbance to Landlord or Landlord’s Contractors, and such disturbance is not abated within one (1) day following Tenant’s receipt of notice of the specific conduct causing such disturbance, then Landlord may, with prior written notice, refuse admittance to Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors causing such disturbance; and

(c) Tenant (notwithstanding the first sentence of subsection 7.201 of the Supplemental Lease Provisions), Tenant’s Contractors and other agents shall provide Landlord sufficient evidence that each is covered under such Worker’s Compensation, public liability and property damage insurance as Landlord may reasonably request for its protection.

Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage to any of Tenant’s installations or decorations made prior to the Commencement Date and not installed by Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Contractors from and against any and all costs, expenses, claims, liabilities and causes of action arising out of or in connection with work performed in the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant (but excluding work performed by Landlord or Landlord’s Contractors). Landlord is not responsible for the function and maintenance of Tenant’s Improvements which are different than Landlord’s standard improvements at the Property or improvements, equipment, cabinets or fixtures not installed by Landlord. Such entry by Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors pursuant to this Section 5 shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of the Lease except the covenant to pay Rent.

6. Construction Representatives . Landlord’s and Tenant’s representatives for coordination of construction and approval of change orders will be as follows, provided that either party may change its representative upon written notice to the other:

 

D-6


LANDLORD’S REPRESENTATIVE:

NAME

  

Jeb Barmish

ADDRESS

  

HPI Real Estate, Inc.

  

3600 North Capital of Texas Highway

  

Building B, Suite 250

  

Austin, TX 78746

PHONE

  

(512) 835-4455

TENANT’S REPRESENTATIVE:

NAME

  

Ken Saunders

ADDRESS

  

11921 N. MoPac Expressway, Suite 420

  

Austin, Texas 78759

PHONE

  

(512) 732-9990

With a copy of notices delivered in connection with this Work Letter to:

NAME

  

Tony Proctor

ADDRESS

  

LML Group LLC

  

12700 Hill Country Blvd., S-100

  

Bee Cave, TX 78738

PHONE

  

(512) 944-6464 Mobile

  

(512) 857-0325 Fax

7. Building Shell . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall be solely responsible (and no part of such work shall be charged as part of the Finish Allowance) for the costs associated with providing the Building shell, which shall include, but not be limited to, the following work:

(a) Building standard ceiling grid and tiles stocked on the floor.

(b) Fire sprinklers, configured to a minimum standard layout of one sprinkler head per 225 useable square feet, or other configuration to be compliant with building code at that time.

(c) HVAC systems, configured to minimum Building standard requirements which are existing and operational, including high and medium pressure ducts. Perimeter VAV boxes only will be installed with thermostats.

(d) Electrical panels both high and low voltage, with available circuit space in a ratio commensurate with the area of the floor (full) to be occupied by the Tenant, are existing and operational. Electrical capacity shall be 4 watts per usable square foot on each floor net of all Building systems with an additional 3 watts per useable square foot available for Tenant’s use.

 

D-7


(e) Window treatments are installed throughout.

(f) Common areas (elevator lobbies and restrooms) are finished and clean.

 

D-8


EXHIBIT E

ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord certain space in the office building located at 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, in Austin, Texas (the “Building”). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that:

1. Except for the Punch List Items (as shown on the attached Punch List), Landlord has fully completed the construction work required under the terms of the Lease and the Work Letter attached thereto.

2. The Premises are tenantable, Landlord has no further obligation for construction of Tenant’s Improvements (except with respect to Punch List Items) and Tenant acknowledges that, except as may otherwise be objected to by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease, the Building, the Premises and Tenant’s Improvements are satisfactory in all respects, except for the Punch List Items and are suitable for the Permitted Use.

3. The Commencement Date of the Lease is                     ,         . If the date set forth in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions is different than the date set forth in the preceding sentence, then Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions is hereby amended to be the Commencement Date set forth in the preceding sentence.

4. The Expiration Date of the Lease is                     ,         . If the date set forth in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions is different than the date set forth in the preceding sentence, then Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions is hereby amended to be the Expiration Date set forth in the preceding sentence.

5. Tenant acknowledges receipt of the current Rules and Regulations for the Building.

6. Tenant has received from Landlord a Certificate of Occupancy covering the Premises.

7. Tenant’s telephone number at the Premises is                     . Tenant’s facsimile number at the Premises is                     .

8. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Lease.

 

E-1


Agreed and Executed this          day of                     ,         .

 

LANDLORD

3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P.,

a Texas limited partnership

By:   3900 San Clemente GP, Inc.,
  its General Partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

TENANT

BAZAARVOICE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

E-2


EXHIBIT F

GARAGE PARKING AGREEMENT

NON-RESERVED PARKING SPACES

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

1. Parking Spaces . So long as the Lease remains in effect, Tenant or persons designated by Tenant shall have the right (but not the obligation) to rent in the Garage on an unreserved and non-exclusive basis parking spaces in or on the roof of the Garage during the term of this Lease at a ratio of five (5) parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area in the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Agreed Rentable Area in the Premises exceeds 50,798 square feet, then Landlord shall have the right to designate a portion of the parking spaces made available to Tenant hereunder for only that portion of the Premises that exceeds 50,798 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area, not to exceed a ratio of one (1) parking space for every 1,000 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area in the Premises, to be located within the highlighted area shown on Schedule F-1 attached hereto. Landlord may exercise such right at any time during which the Agreed Rentable Area in the Premises exceeds 50,798 square feet by providing at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant.

2. Parking Rental . During the Term and any renewals thereof, such parking spaces shall be at no additional rental charge to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord permits Tenant to use parking spaces in the Garage in excess of the number of spaces allocated to Tenant under Paragraph 1 hereof, then Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant a rental for the use of such excess parking spaces, only, at the rate from time to time designated by Landlord in writing as standard for the Building, plus applicable sales tax. All payments of rent for parking spaces shall be made (i) at the same time as Basic Monthly Rent is due under the Lease and (ii) to Landlord or to such persons (for example but without limitation, the manager of the Garage) as Landlord may direct in writing from time to time.

3. Lost Parking Cards . There will be a replacement charge payable by Tenant equal to the amount reasonably posted from time to time by Landlord for loss of any magnetic parking card or parking sticker issued by Landlord.

4. Validation . Tenant may validate visitor parking, by such method or methods as Landlord or the Garage operator may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking. Landlord expressly reserves the right to redesignate parking areas and to modify the parking structure for other uses or to any extent.

 

F-1


5. Parking Stickers and Cards . Parking stickers or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord shall remain the property of Landlord and shall not be transferable.

6. Damage to or Condemnation of Garage . If Landlord fails or is unable to provide any parking space to Tenant in the Garage because of damage or condemnation, such failure or inability shall never be deemed to be a default by Landlord, either in whole or in part; provided that in the event the entire Garage shall be taken or condemned or sold to a condemning authority in lieu of a taking, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord within ten (10) business days after the taking, condemnation or sale in lieu thereof. In the event of casualty damage to the Garage, Landlord shall restore the Garage within 180 days after the date of the casualty (subject to Landlord’s termination rights under Section 7.1 of the Lease). In the event the Garage is not restored within said 180 day period, Tenant shall have a right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of said 180 day period and prior to Landlord restoration of the Garage.

7. Rules and Regulations . A condition of any parking shall be compliance by the parker with reasonable Garage rules and regulations, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord. Garage managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules and Regulations. The following rules and regulations are in effect until notice is given to Tenant of any change. Landlord reserves the right to modify and/or adopt such other reasonable and generally applicable rules and regulations for the Garage as it deems necessary for the operation of the Garage.

(a) Cars must be parked entirely within the stall lines painted on the floor.

(b) All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

(c) The speed limit shall be five (5) miles per hour.

(d) Parking is prohibited in areas not striped for parking, aisles, areas where “no parking” signs are posted, in cross hatched areas and in such other areas as may be designated by Landlord or Landlord’s agent(s) including, but not limited to, areas designated as “Visitor Parking” or reserved spaces not rented under this Agreement.

(e) Every parker is required to park and lock his own car. All responsibility for damage to cars or persons or loss of personal possessions is assumed by the parker.

(f) Spaces which are designated for small, intermediate or full-sized cars shall be so used. No intermediate or full-size cars shall be parked in parking spaces limited to compact cars.

8. Default . Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates the rules to park in the Garage and any violation of the rules shall subject the car to removal at the car owner’s expense. No such refusal or removal shall create any liability on Landlord or be deemed to interfere with Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Premises.

 

F-2


SCHEDULE F-1

LOCATION OF EXCESS PARKING

LOGO

 

 

F-3


EXHIBIT G

BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

The following rules and regulations shall apply, where applicable, to the Premises, the Building, the parking garage associated therewith (if any), the Property and the appurtenances thereto:

1. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises. No rubbish, litter, trash, or material of any nature shall be placed, emptied, or thrown in those areas. At no time shall Tenant permit Tenant’s employees to loiter in common areas or elsewhere in or about the Building or Property.

2. Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or placed therein. Damage resulting to any such fixtures or appliances from misuse by Tenant or its agents, employees or invitees, shall be paid by Tenant, and Landlord shall not in any case be responsible therefor.

3. No signs, advertisements or notices shall be painted or affixed on or to any windows, doors or other parts of the Building, except by the Building maintenance personnel, nor shall any part of the Building be defaced by Tenant.

4. Landlord may provide and maintain in the first floor (main lobby) of the Building an alphabetical directory board listing all Tenants, and no other directory shall be permitted unless previously consented to by Landlord in writing.

5. Tenant shall not place any additional lock or locks on any door in the Premises or Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. A reasonable number of keys to the locks on the doors in the Premises shall be furnished by Landlord to Tenant at the cost of Tenant, and Tenant shall not have any duplicate keys made. All keys shall be returned to Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

6. All contractors, contractor’s representatives, and installation technicians performing work in the Building shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval and shall be required to comply with Landlord’s standard rules, regulations, policies and procedures, as the same may be revised from time to time. Tenant shall be solely responsible for complying with all applicable laws, codes and ordinances pursuant to which said work shall be performed.

 

G-1


7. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by Tenant of any merchandise or materials which require the use of elevators, stairways, lobby areas, or loading dock areas, shall be restricted to hours designated by Landlord. Tenant must seek Landlord’s prior approval by providing in writing a detailed listing of any such activity. If approved by Landlord, such activity shall be under the supervision of Landlord and performed in the manner stated by Landlord. Landlord may prohibit any article, equipment or any other item from being brought into the Building. Tenant is to assume all risk for damage to articles moved and injury to any persons resulting from such activity. If any equipment, property and/or personnel of Landlord or of any other Tenant is damaged or injured as a result of or in connection with such activity, Tenant shall be solely liable for any and all damage or loss resulting therefrom.

8. Landlord shall have the power to prescribe the weight and position of safes and other heavy equipment or items, which in all cases shall not in the opinion of Landlord exceed acceptable floor loading and weight distribution requirements. All damage done to the Building by the installation, maintenance, operation, existence or removal of any property of Tenant shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

9. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

10. Tenant shall not: (1) make or permit any improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or odors in the Building, or otherwise interfere in any way with other Tenants or persons having business with them; (2) solicit business or distribute, or cause to be distributed, in any portion of the Building any handbills, promotional materials or other advertising; or (3) conduct or permit any other activities in the Building that might constitute a nuisance.

11. No animals, except seeing eye dogs, shall be brought into or kept in, on or about the Premises.

12. No inflammation, explosive or dangerous fluid or substance shall be used or kept by Tenant in the Premises or Building, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use, store, install, spill, remove, release or dispose of within or about the Premises or any other portion of the Property, any asbestos-containing materials or any solid, liquid or gaseous material now or hereafter considered toxic or hazardous under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. or any other applicable environmental law which may now or hereafter be in effect. If Landlord does give written consent to Tenant pursuant to the foregoing sentence, Tenant shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations pertaining to and governing such use by Tenant, and shall remain liable for all costs of cleanup or removal in connection therewith.

13. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in any manner or for any purpose which would injure the reputation or impair the present or future value of the Premises or the Building; without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used for lodging, sleeping or for any illegal purpose.

14. Tenant shall not take any action which would violate Landlord’s labor contracts affecting the Building or which would cause any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption or

 

G-2


dispute, or any interference with the business of Landlord or any other Tenant or occupant of the Building or with the rights and privileges of any person lawfully in the Building. Tenant shall take any actions necessary to resolve any such work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, dispute or interference and shall have pickets removed and, at the request of Landlord, immediately terminate at any time any construction work being performed in the Premises giving rise to such labor problems, until such time as Landlord shall have given its written consent for such work to resume. Tenant shall have no claim for damages of any nature against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties in connection therewith, nor shall the date of the commencement of the Term be extended as a result thereof.

15. Tenant shall utilize the termite and pest extermination service designated by Landlord or control termites and pests in the Premises. Except as included in Basic Costs, Tenant shall bear the cost and expense of such extermination services.

16. Tenant shall not install, operate or maintain in the Premises or in any other area of the Building, any electrical equipment which does not bear the U/L (Underwriters Laboratories) seal of approval, or which would overload the electrical system or any part thereof beyond its capacity for proper, efficient and safe operation as determined by Landlord, taking into consideration the overall electrical system and the present and future requirements therefor in the Building. Tenant shall not furnish any cooling or heating to the Premises, including, without limitation, the use of any electronic or gas heating devices, without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not use more than its proportionate share of telephone lines available to service the Building.

17. Tenant shall not operate or permit to be operated on the Premises any coin or token operated vending machine or similar device (including, without limitation, telephones, lockers, toilets, scales, amusement devices and machines for sale of beverages, foods, candy, cigarettes or other goods), except for those vending machines or similar devices which are for the sole and exclusive use of Tenant’s employees and then only if such operation does not violate the lease of any other Tenant of the Building.

18. Bicycles and other vehicles are not permitted inside or on the walkways outside the Building, except in those areas specifically designated by Landlord for such purposes.

19. Landlord may from time to time adopt appropriate systems and procedures for the security and safety of the Building, its occupants, entry and use, or its contents. Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, guests and invitees shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable requirements relative thereto.

20. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit the use of the name of the Building or any other publicity by Tenant that in Landlord’s opinion may tend to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability for Landlord or other Tenants. Upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant will refrain from and/or discontinue such publicity immediately.

 

G-3


21. Tenant shall carry out Tenant’s permitted repair, maintenance, alterations, and improvements in the Premises only during times agreed to in advance by Landlord and in a manner which will not interfere with the rights of other Tenants in the Building.

22. Canvassing, soliciting, and peddling in or about the Building is prohibited. Tenant shall cooperate and use its best efforts to prevent the same.

23. At no time shall Tenant permit or shall Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, guests, or invitees smoke in any common area of the Building, unless such common area has been declared a designated smoking area by Landlord.

24. Tenant shall observe Landlord’s rules with respect to maintaining standard window coverings at all windows in the Premises so that the Building presents a uniform exterior appearance. Tenant shall ensure that to the extent reasonably practicable, window coverings are closed on all windows in the Premises while they are exposed to the direct rays of the sun.

25. All deliveries to or from the Premises shall be made only at such times, in the areas and through the entrances and exits designated for such purposes by Landlord. Tenant shall not permit the process of receiving deliveries to or from the Premises outside of said areas or in a manner which may interfere with the use by any other Tenant of its premises or of any common areas, any pedestrian use of such area, or any use which is inconsistent with good business practice.

26. The work of cleaning personnel shall not be hindered by Tenant after 5:30 p.m. and such cleaning work may be done at any time when the offices are vacant. Windows, doors and fixtures may be cleaned at any time. Tenant shall provide adequate waste and rubbish receptacles necessary to prevent unreasonable hardship to Landlord regarding cleaning service.

27. Tenant shall not take any action to protest the appraised value of the Building for ad valorem tax purposes without Landlord’s express consent.

 

G-4


RIDER 1

RENEWAL OPTION

This Rider is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

1. If, and only if, on the Expiration Date, or on the expiration of the first Renewal Term (hereinafter defined), as applicable, and the date Tenant notifies Landlord of its intention to renew the term of this Lease (as provided below), (i) Tenant is not in default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period), (ii) Tenant then occupies and the Premises then consist of at least all the original Premises and (iii) this Lease is in full force and effect, then Tenant, but not any assignee or subtenant of Tenant (other than an assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer), shall have and may exercise an option to renew this Lease for two (2) additional terms of three (3) years each (each, a “Renewal Term”) upon the same terms and conditions contained in this Lease with the exceptions that (x) this Lease shall not be further available for renewal after the second Renewal Term and (y) the rental for each Renewal Term shall be the applicable “Renewal Rental Rate”. The Renewal Rental Rate is hereby defined to mean the then prevailing rents (including, without limitation, those similar to the Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent) payable by renewal tenants having a credit standing substantially similar to that of Tenant, for properties of equivalent quality, size, utility and location as the Premises, including any additions thereto, located within the area described below and leased for a renewal term approximately equal to the Renewal Term. The Renewal Rental Rate will take into consideration the tenant inducements offered in the renewal transactions considered by Landlord in determining the Renewal Rental Rate.

2. If Tenant desires to renew this Lease, Tenant must notify Landlord in writing of its intention to renew on or before the date which is at least nine (9) months but no more than twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date, or prior to the expiration of the first Renewal Term, as applicable. Landlord shall, within the next thirty (30) days, notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s determination of the applicable Renewal Rental Rate and Tenant shall, within the next thirty (30) days following receipt of Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rental Rate, notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s acceptance or rejection of Landlord’s determination of the applicable Renewal Rental Rate. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord of Tenant’s acceptance of Landlord’s determination of the applicable Renewal Rental Rate, this Lease shall be extended as provided herein and Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to this Lease to reflect the extension of the term and changes in Rent in accordance with this Rider, provided however, Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space on the terms set forth herein shall be effective notwithstanding the parties’ failure to enter into such Lease amendment. If (x) Tenant timely notifies Landlord in writing of Tenant’s rejection of Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rental Rate or (y) Tenant does not notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s acceptance or rejection of Landlord’s determination of the applicable Renewal Rental Rate within such thirty (30) day period, this Lease shall end on the Expiration Date, or on the

 

R 1-1


expiration of the first Renewal Term, as applicable, and Landlord shall have no further obligations or liability hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Renewal Rental Rate for the Premises within thirty (30) days after the date Tenant notifies Landlord of Tenant’s rejection of Landlord’s determination of the Renewal Rental Rate, Tenant, by written notice to Landlord (the “Arbitration Notice”) within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, shall have the right to have the Renewal Rental Rate determined in accordance with the arbitration procedures described in Section 3 below. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Renewal Rental Rate for the Premises within the thirty (30) day period described and Tenant fails to timely exercise its right to arbitrate, Tenant’s renewal option set forth in this Rider shall be deemed to be null and void and of no further force and effect.

3. If Tenant provides Landlord with an Arbitration Notice, Landlord and Tenant, within ten (10) days after the date of the Arbitration Notice, shall each simultaneously submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the Renewal Rental Rate for the Premises during the applicable Renewal Term (collectively referred to as the “Estimates”) and shall each select a broker (hereinafter, a “broker”) to determine which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Renewal Rental Rate for the Premises during the applicable Renewal Term. Each broker so selected shall be (i) a licensed commercial real estate broker in the State of Texas and (ii) have not less than ten (10) years’ experience in the field of commercial real estate brokerage for buildings similar to the Building. Upon selection, Landlord’s and Tenant’s brokers shall work together in good faith to agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Renewal Rental Rate for the Premises. The Estimate chosen by such brokers shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the rental rate for the Premises during the applicable Renewal Term. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint a broker within the ten (10) day period referred to above, the broker appointed by the other party shall be the sole broker for the purposes hereof. If the two brokers cannot agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Renewal Rental Rate within thirty (30) days after their appointment, then, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, the two brokers shall select a third broker meeting the aforementioned criteria. Once the third broker (i.e. arbitrator) has been selected as provided for above, then, as soon thereafter as practicable but in any case within fourteen (14) days, the arbitrator shall make his determination of which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Renewal Rental Rate and such Estimate shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the rental rate for the Premises. The parties shall share equally in the costs of the arbitrator. Any fees of any appraiser, counsel or experts engaged directly by Landlord or Tenant shall be borne by the party retaining such appraiser, counsel or expert.

4. If the Renewal Rental Rate has not been determined by the commencement date of the applicable Renewal Term, Tenant shall pay Basic Rent upon the terms and conditions in effect during the last month of the immediately preceding Term for the Premises until such time as the Renewal Rental Rate has been determined. Upon such determination, the Basic Rent for the Premises shall be retroactively adjusted to the commencement of the applicable Renewal Term. If such adjustment results in an underpayment of Basic Rent by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment within thirty (30) days after the determination thereof. If such adjustment results in an overpayment of Basic Rent by Tenant, Landlord shall credit such overpayment against the next installment of Basic Rent due under this Lease and, to the extent

 

R 1-2


necessary, any subsequent installments, until the entire amount of such overpayment has been credited against Basic Rent.

5. If Tenant is entitled to and properly delivers the Arbitration Notice, this Lease shall be extended as provided herein and Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to this Lease to reflect the extension of the Term and changes in Rent in accordance with this Rider, provided however, Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space on the terms set forth herein shall be effective notwithstanding the parties’ failure to enter into such amendment.

6. The renewal rights of Tenant hereunder shall not be severable from the Lease, nor may such rights be assigned or otherwise conveyed in connection with any permitted assignment of the Lease, except in connection with a Permitted Transfer. Landlord’s consent to any assignment of the Lease shall not be construed as allowing an assignment of such rights to any assignee. In the event an assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer exercises the renewal rights set forth herein, Tenant shall remain liable under the Lease for all of the obligations of the tenant hereunder during the applicable Renewal Term, whether or not Tenant has consented to or is notified of such renewal and Landlord shall have no obligation to obtain the consent of Tenant or to notify Tenant of such renewal.

7. The market area with respect to which the Renewal Rental Rate will be determined is the southwest Austin office submarket.

 

R 1-3


RIDER 2

EXPANSION OPTION

This Rider is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

A. Subject to the remaining provisions of this Rider, Tenant shall have the option and right (the “Expansion Option”) to lease from Landlord all, but not less than all, of the area located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building identified as the “Expansion Space” on Schedule A attached hereto (the “Expansion Space”). The Agreed Rentable Area of the Expansion Space is 11,928 square feet. Tenant shall exercise the Expansion Option, if at all, by delivering written notice of such exercise (such notice, the “Notice”) on or before the last day of the eleventh (11th) Lease Month of the Term. If Tenant fails to so exercise the Expansion Option, the Expansion Option shall be of no further force or effect.

B. The Expansion Space shall be leased to Tenant upon all terms and conditions of this Lease with the following exceptions:

(a) The Expansion Space shall be delivered to Tenant in the same condition as the Premises is required to be delivered to Tenant as of the Commencement Date under the Lease, and shall be constructed by Landlord substantially in accordance with the terms of the Work Letter attached to the Lease as Exhibit D , with the following modifications: (i) references to the “Premises” contained therein shall be deemed to mean the Expansion Space, (ii) the Commencement Date with respect to the Expansion Space shall be earlier to occur of (x) the date of Substantial Completion, subject to adjustment for any Tenant Delays, and (y) the first day of the eighteenth (18th) Lease Month of the Term, (iii) the initial space plan for the Expansion Space shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of the Notice, (iv) Landlord shall have no right to terminate the Lease for failure to approve the construction plans under Section 1.3 of the Work Letter or failure to accept the Contract Sum under Section 2.2 of the Work Letter, and (vi) to provide for such other matters as are necessary to reflect the agreements of the parties with respect to the finish out of the Expansion Space.

(b) Basic Annual Rent for the applicable Expansion Space will be equal to the product of the rental rate per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area for the Premises then in effect under the provisions of Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions (including the increases thereto), multiplied by the Agreed Rentable Area of the Expansion Space.

(c) Basic Monthly Rent for the Expansion Space will be equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Basic Annual Rent for the Expansion Space.

 

R 2-1


(d) Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent for the Expansion Space shall commence on the earlier to occur of (i) the date of Substantial Completion with respect to the Expansion Space, subject to adjustment for any Tenant Delays, and (ii) the first day of the eighteenth (18th) Lease Month of the Term.

C. Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to cause the Expansion Space improvements to be Substantially Complete within one hundred twenty (120) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Notice and Tenant’s approval of the Construction Plans and Contract Sum therefor (such date, the “Outside Expansion Space Commencement Date”). Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if the Expansion Space improvements are not Substantially Complete on or before the Outside Expansion Space Commencement Date, Tenant, as its sole and exclusive remedy, shall be entitled to a rent abatement with respect to the Expansion Space of $653.59 for every day in the period beginning on the Outside Expansion Space Completion Date and ending on the date the Expansion Space improvements are Substantially Complete. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that: (x) the determination of the Substantial Completion of the Expansion Space shall take into consideration the effect of any Tenant Delay (with respect to the Expansion Space); and (y) the Outside Expansion Space Completion Date shall be postponed by the number of days Substantial Completion of the Expansion Space is delayed due to events of force majeure.

D. Upon Substantial Completion of the Expansion Space, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an Acceptance of Premises Memorandum in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached to the Lease. If Tenant occupies any Expansion Space without executing the Acceptance of Premises Memorandum, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted such Expansion Space for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Lease as otherwise applicable to the Premises (e.g., Tenant’s express rights to object to defects).

E. Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Notice, Landlord and Tenant will enter into an amendment to this Lease reflecting (i) the addition of the Expansion Space to the Premises, (ii) the increase in Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease calculated as provided herein, (iii) the increase in Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage (calculated with the increase in total Agreed Rentable Area based upon the Agreed Rentable Area of the Expansion Space) and (iv) such other amendments as are necessary to fully effectuate the terms of this Rider 2; provided however, Tenant’s lease of the applicable Expansion Space on the terms set forth herein shall be effective notwithstanding the parties’ failure to enter into such Lease amendment.

F. Notwithstanding any other provision or inference herein to the contrary, Tenant’s rights and Landlord’s obligations under this Rider shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the earlier of (i) the expiration or earlier termination of the initial Term of this Lease, or (ii) an assignment of this Lease by Tenant (other than to an assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer). Further notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant’s rights under this Rider shall be ineffective at any time that Tenant is in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period.

 

R 2-2


SCHEDULE A

TO RIDER 2

EXPANSION SPACE AND

OPPORTUNITY EXPANSION SPACE

LOGO

 

R 2-3


RIDER 3

TENANT’S RIGHT OF OPPORTUNITY

This Rider is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

A. Tenant shall have a right of opportunity (the “Right of Opportunity”) on the space containing 12,764 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area on the second (2nd) floor of the Building and identified as the “Opportunity Expansion Space” on Schedule A to Rider 2 above (the “Opportunity Expansion Space”) as provided in this Rider 3. However, upon the expiration or termination of Tenant’s Expansion Option (without the same having been exercised by Tenant), the Opportunity Expansion Space shall automatically be amended to mean the space containing 11,928 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area on the second (2nd) floor of the Building and identified as the “Expansion Space” on Schedule A to Rider 2 above. Tenant’s Right of Opportunity is in addition to and not in lieu of Tenant’s Expansion Option, and such rights are independent rights exercisable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease. In the event Landlord shall desire to offer all or any portion of the Opportunity Expansion Space for rent, license or any other possessory arrangement with a bona-fide third party, and Landlord shall thereafter receive a counter proposal from a bona-fide third party covering all or any portion of the Opportunity Expansion Space, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement (the “Statement”) setting forth the terms on which Landlord is willing to lease the entire Opportunity Expansion Space to Tenant, which terms shall reflect the terms which are no worse for Tenant than the terms on which Landlord is willing to lease such space to a bona-fide third party. Tenant may lease the entire (but not a portion of) Opportunity Expansion Space under such terms, by providing Landlord with written notice of exercise (the “Notice of Exercise”) within ten (10) days after the date of the Statement, except that Tenant shall have no such right and Landlord need not provide Tenant with an Statement if:

1. Tenant is in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period at the time that Landlord would otherwise deliver the Statement; or

2. the Lease has been assigned (other than to an assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) prior to the date Landlord would otherwise deliver the Statement.

B. The term for the Opportunity Expansion Space shall commence upon the commencement date stated in the Statement and thereupon such Opportunity Expansion Space shall be considered a part of the Premises, provided that all of the terms stated in the Statement including the termination date, shall govern Tenant’s leasing of the Opportunity Expansion Space and only to the extent that they do not conflict with the Statement, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply to the Opportunity Expansion Space. Tenant shall pay Rent for the Opportunity Expansion Space in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Statement.

 

R 3-1


C. The Opportunity Expansion Space leased by Tenant hereunder shall be accepted by Tenant in its condition and as-built configuration existing on the earlier of the date Tenant takes possession of such Opportunity Expansion Space or the date the term for such Opportunity Expansion Space commences, unless the Statement specifies work to be performed by Landlord in such Opportunity Expansion Space, in which case Landlord shall perform such work in such Opportunity Expansion Space. If Landlord is delayed delivering possession of such Opportunity Expansion Space due to the holdover or unlawful possession of such space by any party, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain possession of the space, and the commencement of the term for such Opportunity Expansion Space shall be postponed until the date Landlord delivers possession of such Opportunity Expansion Space to Tenant free from occupancy by any party.

D. The rights of Tenant hereunder with respect to the Opportunity Expansion Space shall terminate on the earliest to occur of (i) the expiration of the initial Term of the Lease; (ii) Tenant’s failure to exercise its Right of Opportunity within the ten (10) day period provided in Section A above; and (iii) the date Landlord would have provided Tenant a Statement if Tenant had not been in violation of one or more of the conditions set forth in Section A above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) Tenant was entitled to exercise its Right of Opportunity, but failed to provide Landlord with a Notice of Exercise within the ten (10) day period provided in Section A above, and (y) Landlord does not enter into a lease for all or any portion of the Opportunity Expansion Space with a third party within a period of six (6) months following the date of the Statement, Tenant shall once again have a Right of Opportunity with respect to such Opportunity Expansion Space in accordance with the terms of this Rider. In addition, Tenant shall once again have the Right of Opportunity with respect to such Opportunity Expansion Space in accordance with the terms of this Rider if, within such six (6) month period, Landlord proposes to lease all or any portion of the Opportunity Expansion Space to a third party tenant on terms that are substantially different than those set forth in the Statement. For purposes hereof, the terms offered to a third party shall be deemed to be substantially the same as those set forth in the Statement as long as there is no more than a five percent (5%) reduction in the “bottom line” cost per rentable square foot of the Opportunity Expansion Space to the third party when compared with the “bottom line” cost per rentable square foot under the Statement, considering all of the economic terms of the both deals, respectively, including, without limitation, the length of term, the net rent, any tax or expense escalation or other financial escalation and any financial concessions.

E. If Tenant exercises its rights hereunder with respect to the Opportunity Expansion Space, Landlord and Tenant will enter into an amendment to this Lease reflecting (i) the addition of the Opportunity Expansion Space to the Premises, (ii) the increase in Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease calculated based on the terms set forth in the Statement, (iii) the increase in Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage (calculated with the increase in the total Agreed Rentable Area based upon the Agreed Rentable Area of the applicable Opportunity Expansion Space), (iv) the term of the Lease with respect to the Opportunity Expansion Space, and (v) such other amendments as are necessary to fully effectuate the provisions of this Rider 3; provided however, Tenant’s lease of the Opportunity Expansion Space on the terms set forth herein shall be effective notwithstanding the parties’ failure to enter into such Lease amendment.

 

R 3-2


RIDER 4

TENANT’S TERMINATION OPTION

This Rider is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

A. Tenant shall have the one time right to terminate this Lease with respect to the entire Premises only (the “Termination Option”) effective as of the last day of the thirty-eighth (38th) Lease Month of the Term (the “Early Termination Date”), if:

(i) no part of the Premises is sublet for a term extending past the applicable Early Termination Date; and

(ii) the Lease has not been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer); and

(iii) Landlord receives Tenant’s notice of termination (“Termination Notice”) no later than ten (10) months prior to the Early Termination Date.

The Early Termination Date shall be treated as if such date was the Expiration Date.

B. If Tenant exercises its Termination Option, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of $975,000.00 (the “Termination Fee”), as a fee in connection with the acceleration of the Expiration Date and not as a penalty. Such Termination Fee represents a portion of the unamortized costs incurred by Landlord in connection with entering into this Lease for the initial Premises. Additionally, if Tenant had previously expanded the initial Premises prior to exercising its Termination Option, whether by the exercise of its rights under Riders 2 and/or 3 above or otherwise, the Termination Fee shall be increased by an amount equal to the sum of the unamortized portion of all tenant improvement costs and leasing commissions incurred or provided by Landlord in connection with such additional space. One-half (1/2) of the Termination Fee shall be paid to Landlord simultaneously with delivery of the Termination Notice and the remaining one-half (1/2) of the Termination Fee shall be paid to Landlord on or before the Early Termination Date. Tenant shall remain liable for all Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums due under the Lease up to and including the Early Termination Date even though billings for such may occur subsequent to the Early Termination Date. The “unamortized portion” of that part of the Termination Fee applicable to any space added to the initial Premises, if applicable, shall be determined using an interest rate of 8% per annum, and such costs shall be amortized in equal amounts over the initial Term, commencing on the date Tenant begins paying Basic Annual Rent with respect to such additional space (after the expiration of any periods during which no Basic Annual Rent is due).

 

R 4-1


C. If Tenant fails to timely deliver the Termination Notice or fails to timely pay any portion of the Termination Fee, the Termination Option and/or Tenant’s exercise of thereof shall be null and void and of no force or effect, time being of the essence in delivery of the Termination Notice and the Termination Fee.

D. As of the date Tenant provides Landlord with a Termination Notice, any unexercised rights or options of Tenant to renew the Term of this Lease or to expand the Premises (whether expansion options, rights of first or second refusal, rights of first or second offer, or other similar rights), and any outstanding tenant improvement allowance not claimed and properly utilized by Tenant in accordance with the Lease as of such date, shall immediately be deemed terminated and no longer available or of any further force or effect. If Tenant properly exercises its Termination Option, the Early Termination Date will be deemed to be the Expiration Date of the Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, following such termination of the Lease, Landlord shall return any Security Deposit then held by Landlord, subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

 

R 4-2


RIDER 5

RIGHT TO AUDIT

This Rider is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

Tenant shall have the right to perform an annual audit at Tenant’s expense on Landlord’s books and records to the extent necessary to verify Landlord’s calculation of actual Additional Rent for the prior calendar year, provided that such audit shall be conducted by a certified public accountant who is not compensated on a contingency fee basis, and further provided that the auditor’s report reflecting the results of such audit shall be promptly delivered to Landlord. Tenant agrees that any information obtained during an inspection by Tenant of Landlord’s books of account and records shall be kept in confidence by Tenant and its agents and employees and shall not be disclosed to any other parties, except to Tenant’s attorneys, accountants and other consultants. Any such audit shall be conducted, if at all, (i) within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the annual statement of actual Additional Rent from Landlord, (ii) during Landlord’s normal business hours, (iii) at the place where Landlord maintains its records (or such other place as Landlord shall deliver the appropriate records) and (iv) only after Landlord has received thirty (30) days prior written notice. If the audit report reflects that estimated Additional Rent was overcharged or undercharged in the audited calendar year and provided Landlord agrees with such audit, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after receipt of such report pay to Landlord the amount of any underpayment or, if applicable, Landlord shall allow Tenant a credit against the next accruing installment of Additional Rent in the amount of any overpayment or pay to Tenant the amount of such overpayment.

 

R 5-1


RIDER 6

RIGHT TO ASSIGN TO AN AFFILIATE

This Rider is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

Notwithstanding the prohibition against assignment and subleasing contained in Section 11.1 of the Supplemental Lease Provisions, Tenant may, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign this Lease (i) to any entity controlling or controlled by or under common control with Tenant or (ii) to a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (each such transfer a “Permitted Transfer”): (1) Tenant is not in default under this Lease; (2) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the proposed Permitted Transfer; (3) with respect to a purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization or any Permitted Transfer which results in Tenant ceasing to exist as a separate legal entity, (a) Tenant’s successor shall own all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, and (b) Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth which is at least equal to the greater of Tenant’s net worth at the date of this Lease or Tenant’s net worth as of the day prior to the proposed purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization. Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied.

 

R 6-1


RIDER 7

GENERATOR RIGHTS

This Rider is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

Subject to all of the terms and conditions of Section 6.303 of the Lease, Tenant, at Tenant’s option and at Tenant’s sole expense, install one (1) emergency power generator (subject to Landlord’s approval of such generator) (the “Generator”) and a generator pad (the “Pad”) outside of the Building in a location approved by Landlord; provided that (i) Tenant obtains all necessary approvals, including approvals from all governmental authorities and associations having jurisdiction over Tenant, the Property, the Generator and the Pad, and (ii) the Generator and Pad conform to all applicable laws, rules, regulations and restrictive covenants applicable to the Property. For purposes of this Lease, the Generator and Pad shall be considered Installations under Section 6.303. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for the installation of the Generator and the Pad, which shall include without limitation, reasonable environmental hazard protection and pollution prevention. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for (i) compliance with applicable laws, and (ii) the maintenance, repair, replacement, and removal, with respect to the Generator and Pad. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove the Generator all associated equipment, including without limitation, the Pad and all wiring, if requested by Landlord, and repair any damage caused by such removal. In the event Tenant installs the Generator and Pad as permitted hereunder, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice, for the reasonable costs of landscaping and/or fencing installed by Landlord to screen the Generator from public view, if necessary in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

R 7-1


RIDER H-1

(HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SURVEYS)

NO KNOWN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

This Rider is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (collectively, “Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

Landlord has heretofore engaged one or more independent contractors to perform limited surveys at the Property to determine if hazardous materials exist on or at the Property (whether one or more, the “Survey”). The scope of visual inspection, testing and sampling performed in connection with the Survey is set forth in the written report (whether one or more, the “Written Report”) submitted to Landlord by independent contractor(s) performing the Survey. However, the Tenant is advised that neither extensive testing nor sampling of any portion of the Property was performed in connection with the Survey of the Property. A copy of each Written Report is on file in the Property Manager’s office and Tenant shall have the right to inspect each such report. Except as expressly stated in the next following sentence, Landlord makes no representations or warranties whatsoever (express or implied) to Tenant regarding (x) the Survey (including, without limitation, the contents, accuracy and/or scope thereof) or the Written Report or (y) the presence or absence of hazardous or toxic materials or wastes in, at, or under the Premises or the Property. Landlord is not aware of (i) any written reports or surveys concerning the Building other than the Written Report and the Survey on file with the Property Manager or (ii) any fact that makes the Written Report or Survey inaccurate in any material respect. Tenant (a) shall not rely on and has not relied on the Survey or the Written Report, the same having been provided for informational purposes only and (b) acknowledges that Tenant has taken such actions as Tenant deems appropriate to fairly evaluate the Premises and has otherwise satisfied itself that the Premises are acceptable and suitable from an environmental perspective. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a complete and legible copy of any study, report, test, survey or investigation performed by or on behalf of Tenant at any time involving the Premises and shall fully restore all areas and improvements where samples were taken or work was performed and repair all damage resulting from any of the same. TENANT SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS LANDLORD FROM, AND SHALL REIMBURSE LANDLORD FOR AND WITH RESPECT TO, ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, ACTIONS, LIABILITIES, DAMAGES, LOSSES, INJURIES OR DEATHS IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF OR FROM ANY INSPECTION, TESTING SAMPLING OR SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR ACTIVITY CONDUCTED BY TENANT, TENANT’S AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS AT THE PREMISES OR THE BUILDING FOR HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIAL, WHETHER UNDER THIS RIDER OR OTHERWISE UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE.

 

R H-1-1


RIDER H-2

TENANT’S STUDY, TESTING AND INSPECTION RIGHTS

This Rider is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement executed by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”), and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the provisions designated in the Lease as the Supplemental Lease Provisions. Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

Prior to commencement of any tenant finish work to be performed by Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to make such studies and investigations and conduct such tests and surveys of the Premises from an environmental standpoint as Tenant deems necessary or appropriate, subject to the condition that all such studies and investigations shall be completed prior to the commencement of any tenant finish work to be performed by Landlord. TENANT SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS LANDLORD FROM, AND REIMBURSE LANDLORD FOR AND WITH RESPECT TO, ANY AND ALL LOSS, DAMAGES, AND CLAIMS RESULTING FROM OR RELATING TO TENANT’S STUDIES, TESTS AND INVESTIGATIONS . If such study, test, investigation or survey evidences hazardous or toxic materials which affect the Premises, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease without penalty provided such right shall be exercised, if at all, prior to the commencement of any tenant finish work to be performed by Landlord and, in any event, within fifteen (15) days after Tenant receives the evidence of hazardous or toxic materials. If Tenant does not exercise such right prior to commencement of any such tenant finish work and within such fifteen (15) day period, Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease shall be null and void and of no further force or effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, following a termination of this Lease pursuant to this Rider H-2, Landlord shall return any Security Deposit then held by Landlord, subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

 

R H-2-1

Exhibit 10.26

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of 19th day of January, 2010, by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P ., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”) and BAZAARVOICE, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease Agreement dated as of July 15, 2009 (the “Lease”) pursuant to which Tenant leases from Landlord approximately 50,798 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area known as Suite 300 in that certain building known as 3900 San Clemente, and located at 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Austin, Texas 78746; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant mutually desire to amend the Lease to increase the Security Deposit and to increase the Agreed Rentable Area of the Expansion Space.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and confessed, the parties agree as follows:

1. Security Deposit . The Security Deposit is hereby increased by $100,000.00, from $900,000.00 to $1,000,000.00. Therefore, Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions is hereby amended in its entirety to the following:

 

  8.

Security Deposit: $1,000,000.00, which may be in the form of a letter of credit (see Article 3, Supplemental Lease Provisions).

Within 10 days following the execution and delivery of this Amendment by Tenant and Landlord, Tenant shall deliver the additional $100,000.00 Security Deposit to Landlord.

2. Expansion Option .

(a) The Agreed Rentable Area of the Expansion Space as set forth in Rider 2 to the Lease is hereby amended from 11,928 square feet to approximately 26,006 square feet. Schedule A to Rider 2 is hereby deleted and Exhibit A attached hereto is substituted in lieu thereof.

(b) Section B (a) of Rider 2 to the Lease is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(a) The Expansion Space shall be delivered to Tenant in the same condition as the Premises is required to be delivered to Tenant as of the Commencement Date under the Lease, and shall be constructed by Landlord substantially in accordance with the terms of the Work Letter attached to the Lease as Exhibit D with the following modifications: (i) references to the “Premises” contained therein shall be deemed to mean the Expansion Space, (ii) the Commencement Date with respect to the Expansion Space shall be earlier to occur of (x) the date of Substantial Completion, subject to adjustment for any Tenant Delays, and (y) the first day of the eighteenth (18th) Lease Month of the Term, (iii) the initial space plan for the Expansion Space shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of the Notice, (iv) Landlord shall have no right to

 

Page 1 of 4


terminate the Lease for failure to approve the construction plans under Section 1.3 of the Work Letter or failure to accept the Contract Sum under Section 2.2 of the Work Letter, (vi) to provide for such other matters as are necessary to reflect the agreements of the parties with respect to the finish out of the Expansion Space, and (vii) Tenant shall be entitled to use up to $50,000.00 of the Finish Allowance provided with respect to the Expansion Space to pay for improvements constructed in the initial Premises leased by Tenant under the Lease.

3. Tenant’s Right of Opportunity . The first paragraph of Section A of Rider 3 to the Lease is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Tenant shall have a right of opportunity (the “Right of Opportunity”) on the space containing 12,754 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area on the second (2nd) floor of the Building and identified as the “Opportunity Expansion Space” on Schedule A to Rider 2 above (the “Opportunity Expansion Space”) as provided in this Rider 3. However, upon the expiration or termination of Tenant’s Expansion Option (without the same having been exercised by Tenant), the Opportunity Expansion Space shall automatically be amended to mean the space containing approximately 26,000 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area on the second (2nd) floor of the Building and identified as the “Expansion Space” on Schedule A to Rider 2 above. Tenant’s Right of Opportunity is in addition to and not in lieu of Tenant’s Expansion Option, and such rights are independent rights exercisable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease. In the event Landlord shall desire to offer all or any portion of the Opportunity Expansion Space for rent, license or any other possessory arrangement with a bona-fide third party, and Landlord shall thereafter receive a counter proposal from a bona-fide third party covering all or any portion of the Opportunity Expansion Space, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement (the “Statement”) setting forth the terms on which Landlord is willing to lease the entire Opportunity Expansion Space to Tenant, which terms shall reflect the terms which are no worse for Tenant than the terms on which Landlord is willing to lease such space to a bona-fide third party. Tenant may lease the entire (but not a portion of) Opportunity Expansion Space under such terms, by providing Landlord with written notice of exercise (the “Notice of Exercise”) within ten (10) days after the date of the Statement, except that Tenant shall have no such right and Landlord need not provide Tenant with an Statement if:

4. Defined Terms . Except as defined differently herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Lease.

5. Authority . Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a duly formed and validly existing corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so.

6. Exhibit . Each exhibit attached hereto is made a part hereof for all purposes.

 

Page 2 of 4


7. Ratification of Lease . Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and is hereby ratified. In the event of a conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.

8. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Lease, contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.

9. Successors and Assigns . The terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

10. Severability . A determination that any provision of this Amendment is unenforceable or invalid shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision hereof and any determination that the application of any provision of this Amendment to any person or circumstance is illegal or unenforceable shall not affect the enforceability or validity of such provision as it may apply to any other persons or circumstances.

11. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

12. Submission of Amendment Not Offer . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Amendment for Tenant’s consideration shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option, and shall not confer any rights upon Tenant or impose any obligations upon Landlord irrespective of any reliance thereon, change of position or partial performance. This Amendment is effective and binding on Landlord only upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant.

 

Page 3 of 4


Executed by Landlord, this 19 th day of January 2010.

 

LANDLORD

 

3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership

 

By: 3900 San Clemente GP, Inc., its General Partner

 

Witness:

 

/s/ Richard Paddock

   

By:

 

/s/ Richard E. Anderson

Richard Paddock

   

Name: Richard E. Anderson

   

Title: President

Executed by Tenant, this 19th day of January , 2010.

 

TENANT

 

BAZAARVOICE, a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

/s/ Kenneth J. Saunders

 

Name:

 

Kenneth J. Saunders

 

Title:

 

CFO

 

Page 4 of 4


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE A

TO RIDER 2

EXPANSION SPACE AND

OPPORTUNITY EXPANSION SPACE

LOGO

 

Page A-1

Exhibit 10.27

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of the 8th day of February, 2010, by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”) and BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease Agreement dated as of July 15, 2009 (the “Lease Agreement”) pursuant to which Tenant leases from Landlord approximately 50,798 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area (the “Current Premises”) known as Suite 300 in that certain building known as 3900 San Clemente, and located at 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Austin, Texas 78746 (the “Building”), as more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS, the Lease Agreement has been amended by that certain Acceptance of Premises Memorandum dated October 21, 2009, which established the Commencement Date of the Lease as October 12, 2009 and the Expiration Date of the Lease as January 31, 2015, and by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of January 19, 2010 (the Lease Agreement, as amended, the “Lease”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain letter dated January 20, 2010 from Tenant to Landlord, Tenant has exercised its Expansion Option contained in Rider 2 to the Lease to lease additional space containing approximately 26,006 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Expansion Space”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to reflect their agreements as to the terms and conditions governing Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants between the parties herein contained, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Premises .

(a) Effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date (hereinafter defined), Landlord shall lease the Expansion Space to Tenant and Tenant shall lease the Expansion Space from Landlord, and the Premises, as defined in the Lease, shall mean, collectively, the Current Premises and the Expansion Space. The Expansion Space shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease except as expressly modified herein. Effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be substituted in lieu thereof:

 

 

2.

Premises:

 

 

a.

Suite #: 300; Floor: the entire third (3rd) floor; and Suite #: 250; Floor: a portion of the second (2nd) floor.

 

 

b.

Agreed Rentable Area: 76,804 square feet.

(b) As used herein, the “Expansion Space Commencement Date” shall mean the date that is the earlier to occur of (i) the date of Substantial Completion with respect to the Expansion Space, subject to adjustment for any Tenant Delays (as defined and determined in accordance with the terms of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B ); and (ii) March 12, 2011. Upon Substantial


Completion of the Expansion Space, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an Acceptance of Premises Memorandum in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached to the Lease. If Tenant occupies any portion of the Expansion Space without executing the Acceptance of Premises Memorandum, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted such Expansion Space for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Lease as otherwise applicable to the Premises (e.g., Tenant’s express rights to object to defects). Effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, Exhibit A attached hereto shall be added to and incorporated into Exhibit A to the Lease.

(c) Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to cause the Tenant’s Improvements (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto) with respect to the Expansion Space to be Substantially Complete within one hundred twenty (120) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s approval of the Construction Plans and Contract Sum therefor (such date, the “Outside Expansion Space Commencement Date”). Notwithstanding anything in the Lease or this Amendment to the contrary, if the Tenant’s Improvements with respect to the Expansion Space are not Substantially Complete on or before the Outside Expansion Space Commencement Date, Tenant, as its sole and exclusive remedy, shall be entitled to a rent abatement with respect to the Expansion Space of $653.59 for every day in the period beginning on the Outside Expansion Space Completion Date and ending on the date the Tenant’s Improvements with respect to the Expansion Space are Substantially Complete. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that: (x) the determination of the Substantial Completion of the Expansion Space shall take into consideration the effect of any Tenant Delay (with respect to the Expansion Space); (y) each day of Tenant Delay, if any, shall be reduced by the number of days that Tenant has remaining to fulfill its obligations in Section 1.3 of the Work Letter (for example, if Tenant submits construction plans within forty (40) days, then Tenant shall be credited five (5) days against any Tenant Delays); and (z) the Outside Expansion Space Completion Date shall be postponed by the number of days Substantial Completion of the Expansion Space is delayed due to events of force majeure.

2. Basic Rent . The schedule of Basic Rent set forth in Item 3(a) of the Basic Lease Provisions is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:

 

 

3.

a. Basic Rent (See Article 2, Supplemental Lease Provisions):

 

Rental Period

   Rate Per Square
Foot of Agreed
Rentable Area
     Basic
Annual
Rent
     Basic
Monthly
Rent
 

10/12/09 — 3/11/11

   $ 0.00       $ 0.00       $ 0.00   

3/12/11 — 1/31/12

   $ 20.00       $ 1,536,080.04       $ 128,006.67   

2/1/12 — 1/31/13

   $ 20.50       $ 1,574,481.96       $ 131,206.83   

2/1/13 — 1/31/14

   $ 21.00       $ 1,612,884.00       $ 134,407.00   

2/1/14 — 1/31/15

   $ 21.50       $ 1,651,286.04       $ 137,607.17   

3. Tenant’s Operating Expense Stop . Effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions shall be amended in its entirety to the following:

 

 

4.

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage: 30.5814% (the Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the Agreed Rentable Area of the Building, expressed in a percentage).

 

-2-


4. Acceptance of Expansion Space . Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has inspected the Expansion Space and, except for latent defects discovered and reported to Landlord by Tenant within 180 days after the Expansion Space Commencement Date and subject to Landlord’s completion of its obligations under the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B , Tenant hereby accepts the Expansion Space (including the suitability of the Expansion Space for the Permitted Use) for all purposes. By taking possession of the Expansion Space, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Expansion Space and agreed that the Expansion Space is in good order and satisfactory condition, with no representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition of the Expansion Space or the Building or suitability thereof for Tenant’s use, except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Lease. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE LEASE, NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE REGARDING THE CONDITION OR SUITABILITY OF THE EXPANSION SPACE ON THE EXPANSION SPACE COMMENCEMENT DATE. FURTHER, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT WAIVES ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF SUITABILITY OR OTHER IMPLIED WARRANTIES THAT LANDLORD WILL MAINTAIN OR REPAIR THE EXPANSION SPACE OR ITS APPURTENANCES EXCEPT AS MAY BE CLEARLY AND EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE LEASE .

5. Brokers . Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment other than The Aleshire Company (“Tenant’s Broker”), and that it knows of no other real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment. Landlord agrees to pay a commission to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and such broker. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any liability or claim arising in respect to any brokers or agents claiming a commission by, through, or under Tenant in connection with this Amendment other than Tenant’s Broker.

6. Defined Terms . Except as defined differently herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Lease.

7. Authority . Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a duly formed and validly existing corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so.

8. Exhibit . Each exhibit attached hereto is made a part hereof for all purposes.

9. Ratification of Lease . Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and is hereby ratified. In the event of a conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.

10. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Lease, contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.

 

-3-


11. Successors and Assigns . The terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

12. Severability . A determination that any provision of this Amendment is unenforceable or invalid shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision hereof and any determination that the application of any provision of this Amendment to any person or circumstance is illegal or unenforceable shall not affect the enforceability or validity of such provision as it may apply to any other persons or circumstances.

13. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

14. Submission of Amendment Not Offer . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Amendment for Tenant’s consideration shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option, and shall not confer any rights upon Tenant or impose any obligations upon Landlord irrespective of any reliance thereon, change of position or partial performance. This Amendment is effective and binding on Landlord only upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

   

LANDLORD

   

3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a

   

Texas limited partnership

   

By: 3900 San Clemente GP, Inc., its General Partner

Approved:

     
   

By:

 

/s/ Richard E. Anderson

/s/ Richard Paddock

   

Name: Richard E. Anderson

Richard Paddock

   

Title: President

   

TENANT

   

BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation

   

By:

 

/s/ Kenneth J. Saunders

   

Name: Kenneth J. Saunders

   

Title: CFO

 

-4-


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN FOR THE EXPANSION SPACE

LOGO

 

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER

1. Plans .

1.1 Space Plan . Tenant has delivered to Landlord a space plan for the Expansion Space prepared by Tenant’s space planner, at Tenant’s expense (subject to reimbursement through the Finish Allowance), a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule B-1 . Landlord will approve or disapprove in writing the space plan within three (3) business days after receipt from Tenant and if disapproved, Landlord shall provide Tenant and Tenant’s space planner with specific reasons for disapproval. If Landlord fails to approve or disapprove the space plan on or before the end of such three (3) business day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the last submitted space plan. The foregoing process shall be repeated until Landlord has approved (which shall include deemed approval) the space plan (such space plan, when approved by Landlord and Tenant, is herein referred to as the “Space Plan”).

1.2 Compliance With Disability Acts . Tenant shall provide Tenant’s space planner and/or architect as applicable, with all information needed to cause the construction of Tenant’s Improvements to be completed such that Tenant, the Expansion Space and Tenant’s Improvements (as constructed) will be in compliance with the Disability Acts. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) incurred by or asserted against Landlord by reason of or in connection with any violation of the Disability Acts by Tenant and/or Tenant’s Improvements or the Expansion Space not being in compliance with the Disability Acts, except with respect to any non-compliance of the Expansion Space existing on the date of this Amendment. The foregoing indemnity shall not include any claims, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising out of the negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents or contractors.

1.3 Construction Plans . Within forty-five (45) days after written approval (or deemed approval) of the Space Plan by Landlord and Tenant, a licensed architect and MEP engineer selected by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s expense (subject to reimbursement through the Finish Allowance), will prepare construction plans (such construction plans, when approved in writing (or deemed approved) by Landlord and Tenant, and all changes and amendments thereto agreed to by Landlord and Tenant in writing, are herein called the “Construction Plans”) for all of Tenant’s improvements requested pursuant to the Space Plan (all improvements required by the Construction Plans are herein called “Tenant’s Improvements”), including complete detail and finish drawings for partitions, doors, reflected ceiling, telephone outlets, electrical switches and outlets and Building standard heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment and controls. Within five (5) business days after construction plans are delivered to Landlord, Landlord shall approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or disapprove same in writing and if disapproved, Landlord shall provide Tenant and Tenant’s architect specific reasons for disapproval. If Landlord disapproves of the submitted construction plans, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s architect to revise the construction plans to incorporate Landlord’s comments and re-

 

B-1


submit the revised construction plans to Landlord within five (5) business days after Landlord’s notice of disapproval. Within three (3) business days after the revised construction plans are delivered to Landlord, Landlord shall approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or disapprove same in writing and if disapproved, Landlord shall provide Tenant and Tenant’s architect specific reasons for disapproval. The foregoing process shall continue until the construction plans are approved by Landlord; provided that if Landlord fails to respond in the five (5) or any three (3) business day period, as applicable, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the last submitted construction plans. If the construction plans are not approved in writing (or deemed approved) by both Tenant and Landlord on or before May 1, 2010 for any reason whatsoever, then each day after May 1, 2010 that the construction plans are not approved (or deemed approved) by Landlord and Tenant shall constitute one (1) day of Tenant Delay. Landlord hereby agrees that Landlord shall not be entitled to disapprove construction plans except for the following reasons: (i) the construction plans do not conform to applicable laws, rules and regulations, (ii) the construction plans or specifications will not accommodate Building standard heating, cooling, mechanical, electrical or plumbing improvements, (iii) the construction plans or specifications do not conform to the Space Plan, or (iv) the work required by the construction plans affects the exterior of the Expansion Space or the Building.

1.4 Changes to Approved Plans . If any re-drawing or re-drafting of either the Space Plan or the Construction Plans is necessitated by Tenant’s written, requested changes (all of which shall be subject to approval by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and, if applicable, the Texas Department of Licensing & Regulation and any other governmental agency or authority to which the plans and specifications are required to be submitted), the expense of any such re-drawing or re-drafting required in connection therewith and the expense of any work and improvements necessitated by such re-drawing or re-drafting will be charged to Tenant (subject to reimbursement from the Finish Allowance).

1.5 Coordination of Planners and Designers . If Tenant shall arrange for interior design services, whether with Landlord’s space planner or any other planner or designer, it shall be Tenant’s responsibility to cause necessary coordination of its agents’ efforts with Landlord’s agents to ensure that no delays are caused to either the planning or construction of the Tenant’s Improvements, and Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant in such regard.

1.6 Contract Selection Process . Promptly following the completion of the Construction Plans, Landlord shall competitively bid the construction of the Tenant’s Improvements to at least three (3) qualified general contractors approved by Landlord, one of which may be selected by Tenant (subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval). The contractor submitting the lowest qualified bid to perform the total construction project associated with Tenant’s Improvements shall be selected, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord and Tenant.

2. Construction and Costs of Tenant’s Improvements .

2.1 Construction Obligation and Finish Allowance .

(a) Landlord agrees to construct Tenant’s Improvements, at Tenant’s cost and expense; provided, however, that Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance of up to Thirty-

 

B-2


Eight and no/100 Dollars ($38.00) per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area of the Expansion Space (the “Finish Allowance”), which allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord, from time to time, but in no event more than monthly, for payment of (in the following priority) (i) the contract sum required to be paid to the general contractor engaged to construct Tenant’s Improvements, which contract sum shall include without limitation, the costs of any and all payment and performance bonds required by Landlord in connection with the construction of Tenant’s Improvements and any other costs incurred by such general contractor to comply with the construction requirements applicable to the Building (the “Contract Sum”), (ii) the fees of the preparer of the Construction Plans, (iii) payment of the Construction Management Fee (hereinafter defined), and (iv) such other costs related to the leasehold improvements (such as equipment, appliances and furnishings) as Landlord specifically approves in writing, it being understood that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to fund any portion of the Finish Allowance for such other costs. Upon completion of Tenant’s Improvements and in consideration of Landlord administering the construction of Tenant’s Improvements, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord a fee equal to three percent (3%) of the Contract Sum to construct Tenant’s Improvements (the “Construction Management Fee”) (the foregoing costs are collectively referred to as the “Permitted Costs”). In the event any portion of the Finish Allowance remains unexpended after payment of all costs and expenses in connection with the Tenant’s Improvements, (x) up to $50,000.00 of such remaining amount may applied toward any Excess Costs or Permitted Additional Costs (both as defined in Exhibit D to the Lease) with respect to the Current Premises, and (y) up to $4.00 per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area in the Expansion Space of such remaining amount (the “Permitted Additional Cost Allowance”) may be used for the following costs: (1) purchase and installation of telephone and data cabling, (2) Tenant’s construction management fees (not to exceed $1.00 per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area in the Expansion Space), (3) actual out-of-pocket move related expenses paid by Tenant to unrelated third parties, (4) costs incurred in connection with Tenant’s permitted signage at the Building, and (5) the purchase and installation of Tenant’s furniture to be located in the Expansion Space (such costs, “Permitted Additional Costs”). Following the Commencement Date, Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the Permitted Additional Costs (to the extent of any remaining Permitted Additional Cost Allowance) within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of invoices therefor. Any portion of the Finish Allowance, including any Permitted Additional Cost Allowance and the $50,000.00 made available for Excess Costs and Permitted Additional Costs with respect to the Current Premises, not requested to be disbursed by Tenant on the date that is twelve (12) months after the Expansion Space Commencement Date shall be the sole property of Landlord, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, payment or abatement on account thereof. In the event Landlord fails to timely pay any portion of the Finish Allowance, including the Permitted Additional Cost Allowance, and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of notice thereof, Tenant shall have the right, upon written notice to Landlord, to pay for the work to be paid with such Finish Allowance, including the Permitted Additional Cost Allowance, and in such event, Tenant shall have the right, to the extent not previously reimbursed by Landlord, to offset such payment against its monetary obligations under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant have a right to offset any portion of the Finish Allowance, including the Permitted Additional Cost Allowance that is in dispute by Landlord. Further notwithstanding the foregoing, upon Landlord’s payment in full the current loan outstanding to Wachovia Bank, National Association, Tenant’s right of offset with respect to the Finish Allowance, including the Permitted Additional Cost Allowance, shall terminate and be of no force or effect.

 

B-3


(b) Title to any fixtures (excluding, without limitation, all items paid for with the Permitted Additional Costs Allowance, personalty, movable equipment, furniture and computers) installed in the Expansion Space and purchased with any portion of the Finish Allowance shall pass to Landlord upon payment of the invoice cost thereof and Tenant shall not remove any such fixtures (excluding, without limitation all items paid for with the Permitted Additional Costs Allowance, personalty, movable equipment, furniture and computers) from the Expansion Space without Landlord’s express, prior written consent or unless requested by Landlord in connection with the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

2.2 Excess Costs . If the sum of the Permitted Costs exceeds the Finish Allowance, then Tenant shall pay all such excess costs (“Excess Costs”), provided, however, Landlord will, prior to the commencement of construction of Tenant’s Improvements, advise Tenant of the Excess Costs, if any, and the Contract Sum. Tenant shall have five (5) business days from and after the receipt of such advice within which to approve or disapprove the Contract Sum and Excess Costs. If Tenant fails to approve same by the expiration of the fifth such business day, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Proposed Contract Sum and Excess Costs. If Tenant disapproves the Contract Sum and Excess Costs within such five (5) business day period, then Tenant shall either reduce the scope of Tenant’s Improvements such that there shall be no Excess Costs or, at Tenant’s option, Landlord shall obtain two (2) additional bids, provided that each day beyond such five (5) business day period and until the rebid is accepted by Tenant shall constitute a Tenant Delay hereunder. The foregoing process shall continue until a Contract Sum and resulting Excess Costs, if any, are accepted or deemed accepted by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant must approve (or be deemed to have approved) the Contract Sum for the construction of Tenant’s Improvements in writing prior to the commencement of construction.

2.3 Liens Arising from Excess Costs . Tenant agrees to keep the Expansion Space free from any liens arising out of nonpayment of Excess Costs. In the event that any such lien is filed and Tenant, within ten (10) days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice of such filing fails to cause same to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it in its sole discretion deems proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord in connection therewith shall constitute Rent under the Lease and a demand obligation of Tenant to Landlord and such obligation shall bear interest at the rate provided for in Section 15.10 of the Supplemental Lease Provisions from the date of payment by Landlord until the date paid by Tenant.

2.4 Construction Deposit . Tenant shall remit to Landlord an amount (the “Prepayment”) equal to fifty percent (50%) of the projected Excess Costs, if any, within five (5) working days after commencement of construction by Landlord. On or prior to the Expansion Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the actual Excess Costs, minus the Prepayment previously paid. Failure by Tenant to timely tender to Landlord the full Prepayment shall permit Landlord to stop all work until the Prepayment is received. All sums due Landlord under this Section 2.4 shall be considered Rent under the terms of the Lease and nonpayment beyond the applicable notice and cure period shall constitute a default under the Lease and entitle Landlord to any and all remedies specified in the Lease.

 

B-4


3. Delays . Delays in the completion of construction of Tenant’s Improvements or in obtaining a certificate of occupancy, if required by the applicable governmental authority, caused by the act or omission of Tenant, Tenant’s Contractors (hereinafter defined) or any person, firm or corporation employed by Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors shall constitute “Tenant Delays”. Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to promptly notify Tenant of any events causing Tenant Delays of which Landlord has actual knowledge. In the event that Substantial Completion of the Tenant’s Improvements with respect to the Expansion Space is delayed as a result of any Tenant Delays, then for purposes of determining the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the date of Substantial Completion shall be deemed to be the day that the Tenant’s Improvements would have been Substantially Complete absent any such Tenant Delays. Except as set forth in Section 1(c) of this Amendment, the adjustment of the Expansion Space Commencement Date shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Tenant’s Improvements.

4. Substantial Completion and Punch List . The terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete,” as applicable, shall mean when Tenant’s Improvements are sufficiently completed in accordance with the Construction Plans so that Tenant can reasonably use the Expansion Space for the Permitted Use (as described in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions). When Landlord reasonably considers Tenant’s Improvements to be Substantially Complete, Landlord will notify Tenant and within five (5) business days thereafter, Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s representative shall conduct a walk-through of the Expansion Space and identify any necessary touch-up work, repairs and minor completion items as are necessary for final completion of Tenant’s Improvements. Neither Landlord’s representative nor Tenant’s representative shall unreasonably withhold his agreement on punch list items. Landlord will use reasonable efforts to cause the contractor to complete all punch list items within thirty (30) days after agreement thereon.

5. Tenant’s Contractors . If Tenant should desire to enter the Expansion Space or authorize its agent to do so prior to the Expansion Space Commencement Date, to perform approved work not requested of the Landlord, Landlord shall permit such entry if:

(a) Tenant shall use only such contractors which Landlord shall approve, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and Landlord shall have approved the plans to be utilized by Tenant, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

(b) Tenant, its contractors, workmen, mechanics, engineers, space planners or such others as may enter the Expansion Space (collectively, “Tenant’s Contractors”), work in harmony with and do not in any way disturb or interfere with Landlord’s space planners, architects, engineers, contractors, workmen, mechanics or other agents or independent contractors in the performance of their work (collectively, “Landlord’s Contractors”), it being understood and agreed that if entry of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors has caused or is causing a material disturbance to Landlord or Landlord’s Contractors, and such disturbance is not abated within one (1) day following Tenant’s receipt of notice of the specific conduct causing such disturbance, then Landlord may, with prior written notice, refuse admittance to Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors causing such disturbance; and

(c) Tenant (notwithstanding the first sentence of subsection 7.201 of the Supplemental Lease Provisions), Tenant’s Contractors and other agents shall provide Landlord

 

B-5


sufficient evidence that each is covered under such Worker’s Compensation, public liability and property damage insurance as Landlord may reasonably request for its protection.

Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage to any of Tenant’s installations or decorations made prior to the Expansion Space Commencement Date and not installed by Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Contractors from and against any and all costs, expenses, claims, liabilities and causes of action arising out of or in connection with work performed in the Expansion Space by or on behalf of Tenant (but excluding work performed by Landlord or Landlord’s Contractors). Landlord is not responsible for the function and maintenance of Tenant’s Improvements which are different than Landlord’s standard improvements at the Property or improvements, equipment, cabinets or fixtures not installed by Landlord. Such entry by Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors pursuant to this Section 5 shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of the Lease except the covenant to pay Rent.

6. Construction Representatives . Landlord’s and Tenant’s representatives for coordination of construction and approval of change orders will be as follows, provided that either party may change its representative upon written notice to the other:

 

LANDLORD’S REPRESENTATIVE:

NAME

 

Jeb Barmish

ADDRESS

 

HPI Real Estate, Inc.

 

3600 North Capital of Texas Highway

 

Building B, Suite 250

 

Austin, TX 78746

PHONE

 

(512) 835-4455

TENANT’S REPRESENTATIVE:

NAME

 

Ken Saunders

ADDRESS

 

3900 N. Capital of Texas Hwy., Building F

 

Suite 300

 

Austin, Texas 78746

PHONE

 

(512) 732-9990

With a copy of notices delivered in connection with this Work Letter to:

NAME

 

Tony Proctor

ADDRESS

 

LML Group LLC

 

12700 Hill Country Blvd., S-100

 

Bee Cave, TX 78738

PHONE

 

(512) 944-6464 Mobile

 

(512) 857-0325 Fax

7. Building Shell . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall be solely responsible (and no part of such work shall be charged as part of the Finish Allowance) for

 

B-6


the costs associated with providing the Building shell, which shall include, but not be limited to, the following work:

(a) Building standard ceiling grid and tiles stocked on the floor.

(b) Fire sprinklers, configured to a minimum standard layout of one sprinkler head per 225 useable square feet, or other configuration to be compliant with building code at that time.

(c) HVAC systems, configured to minimum Building standard requirements which are existing and operational, including high and medium pressure ducts. Perimeter VAV boxes only will be installed with thermostats.

(d) Electrical panels both high and low voltage, with available circuit space in a ratio commensurate with the area of the floor (full) to be occupied by the Tenant, are existing and operational. Electrical capacity shall be 4 watts per usable square foot on each floor net of all Building systems with an additional 3 watts per useable square foot available for Tenant’s use.

(e) Window treatments are installed throughout.

(f) Common areas (elevator lobbies and restrooms) are finished and clean.

 

B-7


SCHEDULE B-1

SPACE PLAN

LOGO

 

 

B-8

Exhibit 10.28

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of the 30th day of March, 2010, by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P. , a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”) and BAZAARVOICE, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease Agreement dated as of July 15, 2009 (the “Lease Agreement”) pursuant to which Tenant leases from Landlord approximately 50,798 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area (the “Current Premises”) known as Suite 300 in that certain building known as 3900 San Clemente, and located at 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Austin, Texas 78746 (the “Building”), as more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS, the Lease Agreement has been amended by that certain Acceptance of Premises Memorandum dated October 21, 2009, which established the Commencement Date of the Lease as October 12, 2009 and the Expiration Date of the Lease as January 31, 2015;

WHEREAS, the Lease Agreement has been amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of January 19, 2010 whereby the Letter of Credit amount was increased by $100,000 and the Expansion Option space was amendment;

WHEREAS, the Lease Agreement has been amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated February 8, 2010 whereby Tenant expanded into Suite 250 for an additional 26,006 square feet, (the Lease Agreement, as amended, the “Lease”);

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to reflect their agreement to address reserved parking spaces.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants between the parties herein contained, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Item 1 of EXHIBIT F - Garage Parking Agreement to the Lease Agreement shall be amended to provide Tenant thirty (30) reserved parking spaces in the Garage during the initial term of the Lease at no additional charge.

2. Defined Terms . Except as defined differently herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Lease.

3. Authority . Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a duly formed and validly existing corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so.

4. Ratification of Lease . Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and is hereby ratified. In the event of a conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.


5. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Lease, contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.

6. Successors and Assigns . The terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

7. Severability . A determination that any provision of this Amendment is unenforceable or invalid shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision hereof and any determination that the application of any provision of this Amendment to any person or circumstance is illegal or unenforceable shall not affect the enforceability or validity of such provision as it may apply to any other persons or circumstances.

8. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

9. Submission of Amendment Not Offer . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Amendment for Tenant’s consideration shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option, and shall not confer any rights upon Tenant or impose any obligations upon Landlord irrespective of any reliance thereon, change of position or partial performance. This Amendment is effective and binding on Landlord only upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD

 

3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P.,

a Texas limited partnership

 

By: 3900 San Clemente GP, Inc.,

its General Partner

Approved:    

/s/ Richard Paddock

  By:  

/s/ Richard E. Anderson

Richard Paddock     Name: Richard E. Anderson
    Title: President
  TENANT
 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  By:  

/s/ Kenneth J. Saunders

    Name: Kenneth J. Saunders
    Title: CFO

Exhibit 10.29

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of the 11 day of May, 2011, by and between 3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P ., a Texas limited partnership (“Landlord”) and BAZAARVOICE, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease Agreement dated as of July 15, 2009 (the “Lease Agreement”) pursuant to which Tenant leased from Landlord certain space in that building known as 3900 San Clemente, and located at 3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Austin, Texas 78746 (the “Building”), as more particularly described therein;

WHEREAS, the Lease Agreement has been amended by that certain Acceptance of Premises Memorandum dated October 21, 2009, that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement (the “First Amendment”) dated as of January 19, 2010, that certain Second Amendment to Lease (the “Second Amendment”) dated as of February 8, 2010, that certain Third Amendment to Lease dated as of March 30, 2010, and that certain Acceptance of Premises Memorandum for Suite 250 dated May 12, 2010 (the Lease Agreement, as amended, the “Lease”), whereby Tenant currently leases from Landlord approximately 76,804 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area (the “Current Premises”) known as Suite 300 and Suite 250 on the third (3rd) and second (2nd) floors of the Building;

WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease additional space in the Building currently designated as Suite 260, containing approximately 17,282 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “260 Expansion Space”);

WHEREAS, the Term of the Lease is currently scheduled to expire by its terms on January 31, 2015, and Tenant desires to extend the Term of the Lease with respect to only the 260 Expansion Space to expire on the last day of the calendar month which is fifty (50) months following the 260 Expansion Date (hereinafter defined);

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Landlord has agreed to lease the 260 Expansion Space to Tenant and to extend the Term as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to reflect their agreements as to the terms and conditions governing Tenant’s lease of the 260 Expansion Space and the extension of the Term of the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants between the parties herein contained, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Premises.

(a) Effective as of the 260 Expansion Date, Landlord shall lease the 260 Expansion Space to Tenant and Tenant shall lease the 260 Expansion Space from Landlord, and the Premises, as defined in the Lease, shall mean, collectively, the Current Premises and the 260 Expansion Space. Accordingly, effective as of the 260 Expansion Date, the “Agreed Rentable Area”, as defined in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions, shall be amended to mean 94,086 square feet. The 260 Expansion Space shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the

 

-1-


Lease except as expressly modified herein and except that Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any allowances or free rent granted with respect to the Current Premises unless such concessions are expressly provided for herein with respect to the 260 Expansion Space.

(b) As used herein, the “260 Expansion Date” shall mean the date of Substantial Completion with respect to the 260 Expansion Space, subject to adjustment for any Tenant Delays (as defined and determined in accordance with the terms of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B ) and delivery of possession of the 260 Expansion Space in vacant, broom clean condition. Upon Substantial Completion of the 260 Expansion Space, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an Acceptance of Premises Memorandum in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached to the Lease. If Tenant occupies any portion of the 260 Expansion Space, other than for the purposes of installing Tenant’s property as described in Section 1(c) below, without executing the Acceptance of Premises Memorandum, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted such 260 Expansion Space for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Lease as otherwise applicable to the Premises (e.g., Tenant’s express rights to object to defects). Effective as of the 260 Expansion Date, Exhibit A attached hereto shall be added to and incorporated into Exhibit A to the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Amendment, if the 260 Expansion Date is delayed beyond July 1, 2011, then the Density Surcharge that would otherwise be payable under the Lease shall be deemed waived until the date that is sixty (60) days after the 260 Expansion Date.

(c) Tenant shall have the right to access the 260 Expansion Space approximately two (2) weeks prior to the 260 Expansion Date for the sole purpose of installing furniture, trade fixtures, telecommunications or other personal property of Tenant and otherwise preparing the 260 Expansion Space for occupancy, provided that Tenant coordinates such access with Landlord’s general contractor and does not materially interfere with the construction of the Tenant’s Improvements (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto). Such access shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, and except for the cost of above Building standard services requested by Tenant in writing (e.g. after hours HVAC), Tenant shall not be required to pay Rent or other remuneration with respect to the 260 Expansion Space for the period of time prior to the 260 Expansion Date during which Tenant performs such work in the 260 Expansion Space.

2. Term . The Term of the Lease is hereby extended with respect to only the 260 Expansion Space to expire on the last day of the calendar month which is fifty (50) months following the 260 Expansion Date (such date, the “260 Expiration Date”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of the Lease. The Term of the Lease with respect to the Current Premises shall expire in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

3. Basic Rent . Commencing on the 260 Expansion Date, in addition to the Basic Rent payable with respect to the Current Premises, Tenant shall pay Basic Rent for the 260 Expansion Space as follows:

 

Rental Period

   Rate Per Square
Foot of Agreed
Rentable Area
     Basic
Annual
Rent
     Basic
Monthly
Rent
 

Expansion Months 1 — 2

   $ 0.00       $ 0.00       $ 0.00   

Expansion Months 3 — 14

   $ 19.75       $ 341,319.48       $ 28,443.29   

 

-2-


Expansion Months 15 — 26

   $ 20.25       $ 349,960.56       $ 29,163.38   

Expansion Months 27 — 38

   $ 20.75       $ 358,601.52       $ 29,883.46   

Expansion Months 39 — 50

   $ 21.25       $ 367,242.48       $ 30,603.54   

All such Basic Rent shall be payable in accordance with the terms of the Lease. As used in this Amendment, an “Expansion Month” means a period of time commencing on the same numeric day as the 260 Expansion Date and ending on (but not including) the day in the next calendar month that is the same numeric date as the 260 Expansion Date; provided, however, that if the 260 Expansion Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, then the third (3rd) Expansion Month shall be extended to end on the last day of the third (3rd) full calendar month following the 260 Expansion Date, and the succeeding Expansion Months shall commence on the first day of each calendar month thereafter.

4. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage . Commencing on the 260 Expansion Date, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent with respect to the 260 Expansion Space in accordance with the terms of the Lease, including without limitation during the first two Expansion Months. Effective as of the 260 Expansion Date, “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage”, as defined in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions, shall be amended to mean 37.4627%.

5. Acceptance of 260 Expansion Space . Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has inspected the 260 Expansion Space and, except for latent defects discovered and reported to Landlord by Tenant within 180 days after the 260 Expansion Date and subject to Landlord’s completion of its obligations under the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B , Tenant hereby accepts the 260 Expansion Space (including the suitability of the 260 Expansion Space for the Permitted Use) for all purposes. By taking possession of the 260 Expansion Space, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the 260 Expansion Space and agreed that the 260 Expansion Space is in good order and satisfactory condition, with no representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition of the 260 Expansion Space or the Building or suitability thereof for Tenant’s use, except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Lease. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE LEASE, NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE REGARDING THE CONDITION OR SUITABILITY OF THE 260 EXPANSION SPACE ON THE 260 EXPANSION DATE. FURTHER, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT WAIVES ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF SUITABILITY OR OTHER IMPLIED WARRANTIES THAT LANDLORD WILL MAINTAIN OR REPAIR THE 260 EXPANSION SPACE OR ITS APPURTENANCES EXCEPT AS MAY BE CLEARLY AND EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE LEASE.

6. Renewal Options . Tenant shall continue to have the option to renew the term of the Lease with respect to only the Current Premises in accordance with the terms of Rider 1 to the Lease, which renewal option is hereby ratified and confirmed. In addition, Tenant shall have the option to renew the term of the Lease with respect to only the 260 Expansion Space in accordance with the terms of Exhibit C attached hereto. If Tenant fails to exercise a renewal option with respect to the Current Premises (or later with respect to the 260 Expansion Space) so that Tenant only leases the 260 Expansion Space (or only the Current Premises), then Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to the Lease, as amended hereby, to reflect the changes in the Agreed Rentable Area, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage and other appropriate terms. As an alternative to the renewal options described above, Tenant shall have the right to renew the term of the Lease with respect to all (but not a portion) of both the Current Premises

 

-3-


and the 260 Expansion Space (the “Expanded Premises Renewal Option”) for a period of five (5) years commencing on February 1, 2015 and expiring on January 31, 2020, subject to and in accordance with the terms of Exhibit D attached hereto. If Tenant is entitled to and properly exercises the Expanded Premises Renewal Option, then Rider 1 to the Lease and Exhibit C attached hereto shall automatically be deleted and of no further force or effect. If Tenant fails to properly exercise the Expanded Premises Renewal Option, then Exhibit D attached hereto shall automatically be deleted and Tenant shall continue to have the renewal options described above with respect to only the Current Premises and with respect to only the 260 Expansion Space, subject to the terms thereof.

7. Termination Option . The Termination Option set forth in Rider 4 to the Lease shall only apply with respect to the Current Premises (notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in such Rider 4) and is hereby ratified and confirmed, and Tenant shall have no right under such Rider 4 to terminate the Lease with respect to the 260 Expansion Space. In the event Tenant is entitled to and properly exercises its Termination Option with respect to the Current Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to the Lease, as amended hereby, to reflect the changes in the Agreed Rentable Area, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage and other appropriate terms.

8. Security Deposit . In addition to the Security Deposit currently required under the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord contemporaneously with its execution and delivery of this Amendment the amount of $758,000.00 (the “260 Security Deposit”), which will be held as security for Tenant’s performance of the terms of the Lease, as amended hereby. The 260 Security Deposit shall be subject to all the terms of the Lease applicable to the Security Deposit, including those allowing the Security Deposit to provided in the form of a letter of credit (references to the 260 Security Deposit shall also include references to the letter of credit that Tenant may deliver in lieu of the cash 260 Security Deposit); provided that (i) all provisions providing for the return of the Security Deposit upon the expiration or termination of the Lease shall not apply to the 260 Security Deposit except in connection with the expiration or termination of the Lease with respect to the 260 Expansion Space; and (ii) the 260 Security Deposit shall not be subject to reduction as set forth in the last paragraph of Article 3 of the Lease with respect to the Security Deposit. For example, if the 260 Security Deposit is provided through an increase in the existing Letter of Credit and Tenant is entitled to reduce the Letter of Credit as of the last day of the forty-eighth (48th) Lease Month of the Term as provided in the last paragraph of Article 3 of the Lease, then the amount of such Letter of Credit would reduce to $1,058,000 (i.e. $300,000 for the reduced existing Security Deposit, plus $758,000 for the original 260 Security Deposit).

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, provided Tenant is not in default under the Lease as defined in Section 13.1 of the Lease and with respect to defaults for which Tenant has a notice and cure period, no notice of default has been given as of the effective date of the reduction of the 260 Security Deposit, Tenant shall have the right to reduce the amount of the 260 Security Deposit (but not the original Security Deposit or Letter of Credit) to $258,000.00 effective upon the occurrence of both of (i) and (ii) following: (i) the last day of the thirty-sixth (36th) Expansion Month and (ii) the date upon which Tenant’s audited financial statements shall reflect Tenant having (x) a tangible net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) of at least $100,000,000, and (y) cash and cash equivalents in an amount of not less than $50,000,000. In the event Tenant is in default under the Lease as defined in Section 13.1 or with respect to any defaults for which Tenant has a notice and cure period, a

 

-4-


default notice has been given to Tenant, as of the effective date of the reduction, if any, of the 260 Security Deposit, the same shall not reduce and Tenant shall maintain the 260 Security Deposit in place without reduction. In the event Tenant is maintaining a cash 260 Security Deposit (i.e., if Tenant has not elected to provide a letter of credit in lieu thereof) at the time of a reduction of the 260 Security Deposit as described above, then the excess 260 Security Deposit then held by Landlord shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor, after deducting any amounts then payable by Tenant. From and after the date Tenant is entitled to a reduction of the 260 Security Deposit as set forth above, Landlord shall not be entitled to draw under the letter of credit evidencing the 260 Security Deposit more than the reduced amount, even if the existing letter of credit held by Landlord has a face amount greater than such reduced amount.

9. Parking . Tenant’s parking rights with respect to the Current Premises shall continue in accordance with the terms of the Lease. In addition, commencing on the 260 Expansion Date and continuing so long as the Lease, as amended hereby, remains in effect with respect to the 260 Expansion Space, Tenant or persons designated by Tenant shall have the right (but not the obligation) to rent (at no additional charge during the initial term and any renewals thereof) on an unreserved and non-exclusive basis parking spaces in or on the roof of the Garage and in the Building parking lot at a ratio of four (4) parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area in the 260 Expansion Space. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease, except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be entitled to any additional parking spaces in connection with the addition of the 260 Expansion Space to the Premises under the Lease. Tenant’s use of such additional spaces shall be governed by the terms of the Lease, except as otherwise provided herein.

10. Expansion Options . Tenant acknowledges that the Expansion Space leased by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Second Amendment is the Expansion Space described in Rider 2 to the Lease, as amended by Section 2 of the First Amendment. Accordingly, Rider 2 to the Lease, as amended by Section 2 of the First Amendment, is hereby deleted in its entirety. The first paragraph of Section A of Rider 3 to the Lease, as amended by Section 3 of the First Amendment, is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Tenant shall have a right of opportunity (the “Right of Opportunity”) on (i) the space containing 7,408 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area known as Suite 150 on the first (1st) floor of the Building, and (ii) the space containing 7,510 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area known as Suite 200 on the second (2nd) floor of the Building, each as shown on Schedule A attached hereto (each, an “Opportunity Expansion Space”) as provided in this Rider 3. In the event Landlord shall desire to offer all or any portion of the Opportunity Expansion Space for rent, license or any other possessory arrangement with a bona-fide third party, and Landlord shall thereafter receive a counter proposal from a bona-fide third party covering all or any portion of the applicable Opportunity Expansion Space, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement (the “Statement”) setting forth the terms on which Landlord is willing to lease the entire applicable Opportunity Expansion Space to Tenant, which terms shall reflect the terms which are no worse for Tenant than the terms on which Landlord is willing to lease such space to a bona-fide third party. Tenant may lease the entire (but not a portion of) applicable Opportunity Expansion Space under such terms, by providing Landlord with written notice of exercise (the “Notice of Exercise”) within ten (10) days after the date of the

 

-5-


Statement, except that Tenant shall have no such right and Landlord need not provide Tenant with an Statement if:

Each reference to the “Opportunity Expansion Space” contained in the remaining provisions of Rider 3 to the Lease shall mean either the Opportunity Expansion Space located on the first (1st) floor of the Building or the Opportunity Expansion Space located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building, as the case may be. Exhibit E attached hereto is hereby added to and incorporated into the Lease as Schedule A of Rider 3 to the Lease. The Opportunity Expansion Space located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building is currently leased to a third party tenant and, notwithstanding anything contained in Rider 3 to the Lease, as amended hereby, Tenant’s Right of Opportunity with respect to the Opportunity Expansion Space located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building is subject and subordinate to the right of the existing tenant leasing such space to extend or renew the term of its lease (whether or not expressly stated as a right in such tenant’s lease).

11. Brokers . Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment other than The Aleshire Company (“Tenant’s Broker”) and HPI Real Estate and Investments (“Landlord’s Broker”), and that it knows of no other real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment. Landlord agrees to pay a commission to Tenant’s Broker and to Landlord’s Broker pursuant to separate written agreements between Landlord and such brokers. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any liability or claim arising in respect to any brokers or agents claiming a commission by, through, or under Tenant in connection with this Amendment other than Tenant’s Broker. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any liability or claim arising in respect to any brokers or agents claiming a commission by, through, or under Landlord in connection with this Amendment.

12. Defined Terms . Except as defined differently herein, all capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them under the Lease.

13. Authority . Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a duly foamed and validly existing corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so.

14. Exhibit . Each exhibit attached hereto is made a part hereof for all purposes.

15. Ratification of Lease . Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and is hereby ratified. In the event of a conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.

16. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Lease, contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.

 

-6-


17. Successors and Assigns . The terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

18. Severability . A determination that any provision of this Amendment is unenforceable or invalid shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any other provision hereof and any determination that the application of any provision of this Amendment to any person or circumstance is illegal or unenforceable shall not affect the enforceability or validity of such provision as it may apply to any other persons or circumstances.

19. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

20. Submission of Amendment Not Offer . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Amendment for Tenant’s consideration shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option, and shall not confer any rights upon Tenant or impose any obligations upon Landlord irrespective of any reliance thereon, change of position or partial performance. This Amendment is effective and binding on Landlord only upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant.

21. Operating Expense Exclusions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, “Operating Expenses” and “Additional Pass Through Costs” shall not include and Tenant shall have no liability for the following costs and expenses: (a) costs occasioned by casualties or by the exercise of the power of eminent domain, other than insurance deductibles paid by Landlord; (b) costs incurred to bring the Premises or the Building into compliance with any covenant, condition, restriction, underwriter’s requirement or law applicable to the Premises or the Building as of on the Commencement Date of the Lease; and (c) costs incurred in connection with the presence of any hazardous or toxic material, except (i) to the extent caused by the release or emission of the hazardous or toxic material in question by Tenant or (ii) for any such costs related to general maintenance and repair of the Building.

[Signature page follows.]

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

    LANDLORD
   

3900 SAN CLEMENTE, L.P., a

Texas limited partnership

   

By: 3900 San Clemente GP, Inc., its General Partner

Approved:

     
    By:  

/s/ Richard E. Anderson

/s/ Richard Paddock

    Name: Richard E. Anderson

Richard Paddock

    Title: President
    TENANT
    BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Stephen Collins

    Name: Stephen Collins
    Title: CFO

 

-8-


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN FOR 260 EXPANSION SPACE

LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER

1. Plans .

1.1 Space Plan . Within twenty (20) days after the date of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a space plan for the 260 Expansion Space prepared by Tenant’s space planner, at Tenant’s expense (subject to reimbursement through the Finish Allowance). Landlord will approve or disapprove in writing the space plan within three (3) business days after receipt from Tenant and if disapproved, Landlord shall provide Tenant and Tenant’s space planner with specific reasons for disapproval. If Landlord fails to approve or disapprove the space plan on or before the end of such three (3) business day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the last submitted space plan. Landlord will not disapprove any element of the space plan that is generally consistent with the improvements and finishes in the Current Premises. The foregoing process shall be repeated until Landlord has approved (which shall include deemed approval) the space plan (such space plan, when approved by Landlord and Tenant, is herein referred to as the “Space Plan”). Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of the Space Plan.

1.2 Compliance With Disability Acts . Tenant shall provide Tenant’s space planner and/or architect as applicable, with all information needed to cause the construction of Tenant’s Improvements to be completed such that Tenant, the 260 Expansion Space and Tenant’s Improvements (as constructed) will be in compliance with the Disability Acts. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) incurred by or asserted against Landlord by reason of or in connection with any violation of the Disability Acts by Tenant and/or Tenant’s Improvements or the 260 Expansion Space not being in compliance with the Disability Acts, except with respect to any non-compliance of the 260 Expansion Space existing on the date of this Amendment. The foregoing indemnity shall not include any claims, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising out of the negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents or contractors.

1.3 Construction Plans . Within forty-five (45) days after written approval (or deemed approval) of the Space Plan by Landlord and Tenant, a licensed architect and MEP engineer selected by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s expense (subject to reimbursement through the Finish Allowance), will prepare construction plans (such construction plans, when approved in writing (or deemed approved) by Landlord and Tenant, and all changes and amendments thereto agreed to by Landlord and Tenant in writing, are herein called the “Construction Plans”) for all of Tenant’s improvements requested pursuant to the Space Plan (all improvements required by the Construction Plans are herein called “Tenant’s Improvements”), including complete detail and finish drawings for partitions, doors, reflected ceiling, telephone outlets, electrical switches and outlets and Building standard heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment and controls. Within five (5) business days after construction plans are delivered to Landlord, Landlord shall approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or disapprove same in writing and if disapproved, Landlord shall provide Tenant and Tenant’s architect specific reasons for disapproval. If Landlord disapproves of the submitted construction plans, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s architect to revise the construction plans to incorporate Landlord’s comments and re-submit the revised construction plans to Landlord

 

B-1


within five (5) business days after Landlord’s notice of disapproval. Within three (3) business days after the revised construction plans are delivered to Landlord, Landlord shall approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or disapprove same in writing and if disapproved, Landlord shall provide Tenant and Tenant’s architect specific reasons for disapproval. The foregoing process shall continue until the construction plans are approved by Landlord; provided that if Landlord fails to respond in the five (5) or any three (3) business day period, as applicable, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the last submitted construction plans. If the construction plans are not approved in writing (or deemed approved) by both Tenant and Landlord on or before June 24, 2011 for any reason whatsoever, then each day after June 24, 2011 that the construction plans are not approved (or deemed approved) by Landlord and Tenant shall constitute one (1) day of Tenant Delay. Landlord hereby agrees that Landlord shall not be entitled to disapprove construction plans except for the following reasons: (i) the construction plans do not conform to applicable laws, rules and regulations, (ii) the construction plans or specifications will not accommodate Building standard heating, cooling, mechanical, electrical or plumbing improvements, (iii) the construction plans or specifications do not conform to the Space Plan, or (iv) the work required by the construction plans affects the exterior of the 260 Expansion Space or the Building.

1.4 Changes to Approved Plans . If any re-drawing or re-drafting of either the Space Plan or the Construction Plans is necessitated by Tenant’s written, requested changes (all of which shall be subject to approval by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and, if applicable, the Texas Department of Licensing & Regulation and any other governmental agency or authority to which the plans and specifications are required to be submitted), the expense of any such re-drawing or re-drafting required in connection therewith and the expense of any work and improvements necessitated by such re-drawing or re-drafting will be charged to Tenant (subject to reimbursement from the Finish Allowance). Landlord shall not have the right to make changes to the Construction Plans without Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

1.5 Coordination of Planners and Designers . If Tenant shall arrange for interior design services, whether with Landlord’s space planner or any other planner or designer, it shall be Tenant’s responsibility to cause necessary coordination of its agents’ efforts with Landlord’s agents to ensure that no delays are caused to either the planning or construction of the Tenant’s Improvements, and Landlord agrees to reasonably cooperate with Tenant in such regard.

1.6 Contract Selection Process . Promptly following the completion of the Construction Plans, Landlord shall competitively bid the construction of the Tenant’s Improvements to at least three (3) qualified general contractors approved by Landlord, one of which may be selected by Tenant (subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval). The contractor submitting the lowest qualified bid to perform the total construction project associated with Tenant’s Improvements shall be selected, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord and Tenant. Notwithstanding Tenant’s right to approve the general contractor, the general contractor is the contractor only of Landlord and Tenant shall have no liability to the general contractor with respect to the construction contract.

2. Construction and Costs of Tenant’s Improvements .

2.1 Construction Obligation and Finish Allowance .

 

B-2


  (a)

Landlord agrees to construct Tenant’s Improvements, at Tenant’s cost and expense; provided, however, that Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance of up to Thirty-Two and no/100 Dollars ($32.00) per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area of the 260 Expansion Space (the “Finish Allowance”), which allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord, from time to time, but in no event more than monthly, for payment of (in the following priority) (i) the contract sum required to be paid to the general contractor engaged to construct Tenant’s Improvements, which contract sum shall include without limitation, any costs incurred by such general contractor to comply with the construction requirements applicable to the Building (the “Contract Sum”), (ii) payment of the Construction Management Fee (hereinafter defined), (iii) the fees of the preparer of the Space Plan and the Construction Plans, (iv) the construction management fee payable to Tenant’s construction manager in a amount not to exceed One and no/100 Dollars ($1.00) per Agreed Rentable Area of the 260 Expansion Space, and (v) such other costs related to the leasehold improvements (such as equipment, appliances and furnishings) as Landlord specifically approves in writing, it being understood that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to fund any portion of the Finish Allowance for such other costs, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. Upon completion of Tenant’s Improvements and in consideration of Landlord administering the construction of Tenant’s Improvements, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord a fee equal to three percent (3%) of the Contract Sum to construct Tenant’s Improvements (the “Construction Management Fee”) (the foregoing costs are collectively referred to as the “Permitted Costs”). In the event any portion of the Finish Allowance remains unexpended after payment of all costs and expenses in connection with the Tenant’s Improvements, up to $2.00 per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area in the 260 Expansion Space of such remaining amount (the “Permitted Additional Cost Allowance”) may be used for (i) the purchase and installation of telephone and data cabling and (ii) the purchase and installation of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment (such costs, “Permitted Additional Costs”). Following the 260 Expansion Date, Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the Permitted Additional Costs (to the extent of any remaining Permitted Additional Cost Allowance) within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of invoices therefor. Any portion of the Finish Allowance, including any Permitted Additional Cost Allowance, not requested to be disbursed by Tenant on the date that is nine (9) months after the 260 Expansion Date shall be the sole property of Landlord, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit, payment or abatement on account thereof.

 

  (b)

Title to any fixtures (excluding, without limitation, all items paid for with the Permitted Additional Costs Allowance, personalty, movable equipment, furniture and computers) installed in the 260 Expansion Space and purchased with any portion of the Finish Allowance shall pass to Landlord upon payment of the invoice cost thereof and Tenant shall not remove any such fixtures (excluding, without limitation all items paid for with the Permitted Additional Costs Allowance, personalty, movable equipment, furniture and computers) from the 260 Expansion Space without Landlord’s express, prior written consent or unless requested by Landlord in connection with the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

B-3


  (c)

Landlord shall obtain a customary one (1) year warranty from the contractor performing the Tenant’s Improvements, and shall assign such warranty on a non-exclusive basis to Tenant with respect to any portion of the Tenant’s Improvements in the 260 Expansion Space that Tenant is responsible to maintain.

2.2 Excess Costs . If the Permitted Costs exceeds the Finish Allowance, then Tenant shall pay all such excess costs (“Excess Costs”), provided, however, Landlord will, prior to the commencement of construction of Tenant’s Improvements, advise Tenant of the sum of the Contract Sum and the Construction Management Fee (the “Cost Estimate”). Tenant shall have five (5) business days from and after the receipt of such advice within which to approve or disapprove the Contract Sum and Cost Estimate. If Tenant fails to approve same by the expiration of the fifth such business day, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Proposed Contract Sum and Cost Estimate. If Tenant disapproves the Contract Sum and Cost Estimate within such five (5) business day period, then Tenant shall either reduce the scope of Tenant’s Improvements such that the Contract Sum and Construction Management Fee do not exceed the Finish Allowance or, at Tenant’s option, Landlord shall obtain two (2) additional bids, provided that each day beyond such five (5) business day period and until the rebid is accepted by Tenant shall constitute a Tenant Delay hereunder. The foregoing process shall continue until a Contract Sum and Cost Estimate are accepted or deemed accepted by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant must approve (or be deemed to have approved) the Contract Sum for the construction of Tenant’s Improvements in writing prior to the commencement of construction.

2.3 Liens Arising from Excess Costs . Tenant agrees to keep the 260 Expansion Space free from any liens arising out of nonpayment of Excess Costs. In the event that any such lien is filed and Tenant, within ten (10) days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice of such filing fails to cause same to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it in its sole discretion deems proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord in connection therewith shall constitute Rent under the Lease and a demand obligation of Tenant to Landlord and such obligation shall bear interest at the rate provided for in Section 15.10 of the Supplemental Lease Provisions from the date of payment by Landlord until the date paid by Tenant.

2.4 Construction Deposit . Tenant shall remit to Landlord an amount (the “Prepayment”) equal to fifty percent (50%) of the projected Excess Costs, if any, within five (5) working days after commencement of construction by Landlord. On or prior to the 260 Expansion Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the actual Excess Costs, minus the Prepayment previously paid. Failure by Tenant to timely tender to Landlord the full Prepayment shall permit Landlord to stop all work until the Prepayment is received. All sums due Landlord under this Section 2.4 shall be considered Rent under the terms of the Lease and nonpayment beyond the applicable notice and cure period shall constitute a default under the Lease and entitle Landlord to any and all remedies specified in the Lease.

 

B-4


3. Delays . Delays in the completion of construction of Tenant’s Improvements or in obtaining a certificate of occupancy, if required by the applicable governmental authority, caused by the act or omission of Tenant, Tenant’s Contractors (hereinafter defined) or any person, firm or corporation employed by Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors shall constitute “Tenant Delays”. Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to promptly notify Tenant of any events causing Tenant Delays of which Landlord has actual knowledge. In the event that Substantial Completion of the Tenant’s Improvements with respect to the 260 Expansion Space is delayed as a result of any Tenant Delays, then for purposes of determining the 260 Expansion Date, the date of Substantial Completion shall be deemed to be the day that the Tenant’s Improvements would have been Substantially Complete absent any such Tenant Delays. The adjustment of the 260 Expansion Date shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Tenant’s Improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the construction plans are approved (or deemed approved) by Landlord and Tenant prior to June 24, 2011, then Tenant shall receive a credit against any Tenant Delays of one day for each day prior to June 24, 2011 on which the construction plans are approved (or deemed approved). By way of example, if the construction plans are approved (or deemed approved) by Landlord and Tenant on June 4, 2011, then Tenant shall have a credit of 20 days to be applied against days which would otherwise constitute days of Tenant Delays.

4. Substantial Completion and Punch List . The terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete,” as applicable, shall mean when Tenant’s Improvements are sufficiently completed in accordance with the Construction Plans so that Landlord can obtain a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy for the 260 Expansion Space and Tenant can reasonably use the 260 Expansion Space for the Permitted Use (as described in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions). When Landlord reasonably considers Tenant’s Improvements to be Substantially Complete, Landlord will notify Tenant and within five (5) business days thereafter, Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s representative shall conduct a walk-through of the 260 Expansion Space and identify any necessary touch-up work, repairs and minor completion items as are necessary for final completion of Tenant’s Improvements. Neither Landlord’s representative nor Tenant’s representative shall unreasonably withhold his agreement on punch list items. Landlord will use reasonable efforts to cause the contractor to complete all punch list items within thirty (30) days after agreement thereon.

5. Tenant’s Contractors . If Tenant should desire to enter the 260 Expansion Space or authorize its agent to do so prior to the 260 Expansion Date, to perform approved work not requested of the Landlord, Landlord shall permit such entry if:

 

  (a)

Tenant shall use only such contractors which Landlord shall approve, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and Landlord shall have approved the plans to be utilized by Tenant, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

 

  (b)

Tenant, its contractors, workmen, mechanics, engineers, space planners or such others as may enter the 260 Expansion Space (collectively, “Tenant’s Contractors”), work in harmony with and do not in any way disturb or interfere with Landlord’s space planners, architects, engineers, contractors, workmen, mechanics or other

 

B-5


 

agents or independent contractors in the performance of their work (collectively, “Landlord’s Contractors”), it being understood and agreed that if entry of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors has caused or is causing a material disturbance to Landlord or Landlord’s Contractors, and such disturbance is not abated within one (1) day following Tenant’s receipt of notice of the specific conduct causing such disturbance, then Landlord may, with prior written notice, refuse admittance to Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors causing such disturbance; and

 

  (c)

Tenant (notwithstanding the first sentence of subsection 7.201 of the Supplemental Lease Provisions), Tenant’s Contractors and other agents shall provide Landlord sufficient evidence that each is covered under such Worker’s Compensation, public liability and property damage insurance as Landlord may reasonably request for its protection.

Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage to any of Tenant’s installations or decorations made prior to the 260 Expansion Date and not installed by Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Contractors from and against any and all costs, expenses, claims, liabilities and causes of action arising out of or in connection with work performed in the 260 Expansion Space by or on behalf of Tenant (but excluding work performed by Landlord or Landlord’s Contractors). Landlord is not responsible for the function and maintenance of Tenant’s Improvements which are different than Landlord’s standard improvements at the Property or improvements, equipment, cabinets or fixtures not installed by Landlord. Such entry by Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors pursuant to this Section 5 shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of the Lease except the covenant to pay Rent.

6. Construction Representatives . Landlord’s and Tenant’s representatives for coordination of construction and approval of change orders will be as follows, provided that either party may change its representative upon written notice to the other:

LANDLORD’S REPRESENTATIVE:

 

  NAME    Curt Whitlatch
  ADDRESS    HPI Real Estate, Inc.
     3600 North Capital of Texas Highway
     Building B, Suite 250
     Austin, TX 78746
  PHONE    (512) 835-4455

TENANT’S REPRESENTATIVE:

 

  NAME    Kathy Smith Willman
  ADDRESS    3900 N. Capital of Texas Hwy., Building F
     Suite 300
     Austin, Texas 78746
  PHONE    (512) 732-9990

 

B-6


With a copy of notices delivered in connection with this Work Letter to:

 

  NAME    Tony Proctor
  ADDRESS   

LML Group LLC

12700 Hill Country Blvd., S-100

     Bee Cave, TX 78738
  PHONE    (512) 944-6464 Mobile
     (512) 857-0325 Fax

7. Building Shell . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall be solely responsible (and no part of such work shall be charged as part of the Finish Allowance) and Tenant shall not be obligated to pay for the costs associated with providing the Building shell, which shall include, but not be limited to, the following work:

 

  (a)

Building standard ceiling grid and tiles stocked on the floor.

 

  (b)

Fire sprinklers, configured to a minimum standard layout of one sprinkler head per 225 useable square feet, or other configuration to be compliant with building code at that time.

 

  (c)

HVAC systems, configured to minimum Building standard requirements which are existing and operational, including high and medium pressure ducts. Perimeter VAV boxes only will be installed with thermostats.

 

  (d)

Electrical panels both high and low voltage, with available circuit space in a ratio commensurate with the area of the floor (full) to be occupied by the Tenant, are existing and operational. Electrical capacity shall be 4 watts per usable square foot on each floor net of all Building systems with an additional 3 watts per useable square foot available for Tenant’s use.

 

  (e)

Window treatments are installed throughout.

 

  (f)

Common areas (elevator lobbies and restrooms) are finished and clean.

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall be solely responsible (and no part of such work shall be charged as part of the Finish Allowance) for and Tenant shall not be obligation to pay for the following: (a) costs for improvements which are not shown on or described in the Construction Plans unless otherwise approved by Tenant; (b) costs incurred due to the presence of Hazardous Materials in the 260 Expansion Premises or the surrounding area; (c) attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with negotiation of construction contracts, and attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees and other costs in connection with disputes with third parties; (d) interest and other costs of financing construction costs and any costs for construction bonds or similar surety instruments; (e) penalties and late charges attributable to Landlord’s failure to pay construction costs; (f) offsite management or other general overhead costs incurred by Landlord; or (g) construction management, profit and overhead charges of Landlord in excess of Construction Management Fee.

 

B-7


EXHIBIT C

260 EXPANSION SPACE RENEWAL OPTION

 

1.

If, and only if, on the 260 Expiration Date and the date Tenant notifies Landlord of its intention to renew the term of the Lease for the 260 Expansion Space (as provided below), (i) Tenant is not in default under the Lease, as amended hereby (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period), (ii) Tenant then occupies and the 260 Expansion Space then consist of at least all the original 260 Expansion Space and (iii) the Lease, as amended, is in full force and effect, then Tenant, but not any assignee or subtenant of Tenant (other than an assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer), shall have and may exercise an option to renew the Lease with respect to only the 260 Expansion Space for one (1) additional term of four (4) years (the “260 Renewal Term”) upon the same terms and conditions contained in the Lease, as amended hereby, with the exceptions that (x) the Lease shall not be further available for renewal with respect to the 260 Expansion Space after the 260 Renewal Term and (y) the rental for the 260 Expansion Space during the 260 Renewal Term shall be the “260 Renewal Rental Rate”. The 260 Renewal Rental Rate is hereby defined to mean the then prevailing rents (including, without limitation, those similar to the Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent) payable by renewal tenants having a credit standing substantially similar to that of Tenant, for properties of equivalent quality, size, utility and location as the 260 Expansion Space, located within the area described below and leased for a term approximately equal to the 260 Renewal Term. The 260 Renewal Rental Rate will take into consideration the tenant inducements offered in the renewal transactions considered by Landlord in determining the 260 Renewal Rental Rate.

 

2.

If Tenant desires to renew the Lease with respect to the 260 Expansion Space, Tenant must notify Landlord in writing of its intention to renew on or before the date which is at least nine (9) months but no more than twelve (12) months prior to the 260 Expiration Date. Landlord shall, within the next thirty (30) days, notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s determination of the applicable 260 Renewal Rental Rate and Tenant shall, within the next thirty (30) days following receipt of Landlord’s determination of the 260 Renewal Rental Rate, notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s acceptance or rejection of Landlord’s determination of the applicable 260 Renewal Rental Rate. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord of Tenant’s acceptance of Landlord’s determination of the 260 Renewal Rental Rate, the Lease, as amended hereby, shall be extended as provided herein and Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to the Lease to reflect the extension of the term and changes in Rent in accordance with this Exhibit, provided however, Tenant’s lease of the 260 Expansion Space on the terms set forth herein shall be effective notwithstanding the parties’ failure to enter into such Lease amendment. If (x) Tenant timely notifies Landlord in writing of Tenant’s rejection of Landlord’s determination of the 260 Renewal Rental Rate or (y) Tenant does not notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s acceptance or rejection of Landlord’s determination of the 260 Renewal Rental Rate within such thirty (30) day period, the term of the Lease with respect to the 260 Expansion Space shall end on the 260 Expiration Date, and Landlord shall have no further obligations or liability hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the 260 Renewal Rental Rate for the 260 Expansion Space within thirty (30) days

 

C-1


 

after the date Tenant notifies Landlord of Tenant’s rejection of Landlord’s determination of the 260 Renewal Rental Rate, Tenant, by written notice to Landlord (the “260 Arbitration Notice”) within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, shall have the right to have the 260 Renewal Rental Rate determined in accordance with the arbitration procedures described in Section 3 below. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the 260 Renewal Rental Rate for the 260 Expansion Space within the thirty (30) day period described and Tenant fails to timely exercise its right to arbitrate, Tenant’s renewal option set forth in this Exhibit shall be deemed to be null and void and of no further force and effect.

 

3.

If Tenant provides Landlord with an 260 Arbitration Notice, Landlord and Tenant, within ten (10) days after the date of the 260 Arbitration Notice, shall each simultaneously submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the 260 Renewal Rental Rate for the 260 Expansion Space during the 260 Renewal Term (collectively referred to as the “260 Estimates”) and shall each select a broker (hereinafter, a “broker”) to determine which of the two 260 Estimates most closely reflects the 260 Renewal Rental Rate for the 260 Expansion Space during the 260 Renewal Term. Each broker so selected shall be (i) a licensed commercial real estate broker in the State of Texas and (ii) have not less than ten (10) years’ experience in the field of commercial real estate brokerage for buildings similar to the Building. Upon selection, Landlord’s and Tenant’s brokers shall work together in good faith to agree upon which of the two 260 Estimates most closely reflects the 260 Renewal Rental Rate for the 260 Expansion Space. The 260 Estimate chosen by such brokers shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the rental rate for the 260 Expansion Space during the 260 Renewal Term. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint a broker within the ten (10) day period referred to above, the broker appointed by the other party shall be the sole broker for the purposes hereof. If the two brokers cannot agree upon which of the two 260 Estimates most closely reflects the 260 Renewal Rental Rate within thirty (30) days after their appointment, then, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, the two brokers shall select a third broker meeting the aforementioned criteria. Once the third broker (i.e. arbitrator) has been selected as provided for above, then, as soon thereafter as practicable but in any case within fourteen (14) days, the arbitrator shall make his determination of which of the two 260 Estimates most closely reflects the 260 Renewal Rental Rate and such 260 Estimate shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the rental rate for the 260 Expansion Space. The parties shall share equally in the costs of the arbitrator. Any fees of any appraiser, counsel or experts engaged directly by Landlord or Tenant shall be borne by the party retaining such appraiser, counsel or expert.

 

4.

If the 260 Renewal Rental Rate has not been determined by the commencement date of the 260 Renewal Term, Tenant shall pay Basic Rent for the 260 Expansion Space upon the terms and conditions in effect during the last month of the immediately preceding Term for the 260 Expansion Space until such time as the 260 Renewal Rental Rate has been determined. Upon such determination, the Basic Rent for the 260 Expansion Space shall be retroactively adjusted to the commencement of the 260 Renewal Term. If such adjustment results in an underpayment of Basic Rent by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment within thirty (30) days after the determination thereof. If

 

C-2


 

such adjustment results in an overpayment of Basic Rent by Tenant, Landlord shall credit such overpayment against the next installment of Basic Rent due under the Lease for the 260 Expansion Space and, to the extent necessary, any subsequent installments, until the entire amount of such overpayment has been credited against Basic Rent for the 260 Expansion Space.

 

5.

If Tenant is entitled to and properly delivers the 260 Arbitration Notice, the Lease shall be extended with respect to the 260 Expansion Space as provided herein and Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to the Lease to reflect the extension of the Term and changes in Rent in accordance with this Exhibit, provided however, Tenant’s lease of the 260 Expansion Space on the terms set forth herein shall be effective notwithstanding the parties’ failure to enter into such amendment.

 

6.

The renewal rights of Tenant hereunder shall not be severable from the Lease, nor may such rights be assigned or otherwise conveyed in connection with any permitted assignment of the Lease, except in connection with a Permitted Transfer. Landlord’s consent to any assignment of the Lease shall not be construed as allowing an assignment of such rights to any assignee. In the event an assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer exercises the renewal rights set forth herein, Tenant shall remain liable under the Lease for all of the obligations of the tenant hereunder during the 260 Renewal Term, whether or not Tenant has consented to or is notified of such renewal and Landlord shall have no obligation to obtain the consent of Tenant or to notify Tenant of such renewal.

 

7.

The market area with respect to which the 260 Renewal Rental Rate will be determined is the southwest Austin office submarket.

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

EXPANDED PREMISES RENEWAL OPTION

 

1.

If, and only if, on the Expiration Date (i.e. January 31, 2015) and the date Tenant notifies Landlord of its intention to renew the term of the Lease for both the Current Premises and the 260 Expansion Space (referred to herein as the “Expanded Premises”) as provided below, (i) Tenant is not in default under the Lease, as amended hereby (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period), (ii) Tenant then occupies and the Premises then consist of at least all the Expanded Premises and (iii) the Lease, as amended, is in full force and effect, then Tenant, but not any assignee or subtenant of Tenant (other than an assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer), shall have and may exercise an option to renew the Lease with respect to the entire Expanded Premises for a period of five (5) years, commencing on February 1, 2015 and expiring on January 31, 2020 (the “Expanded Premises Renewal Term”) upon the same terms and conditions contained in the Lease, as amended hereby, with the exceptions that (x) the Lease shall not be further available for renewal with respect to the Expanded Premises after the Expanded Premises Renewal Term and (y) the rental for the Expanded Premises during the Expanded Premises Renewal Term shall be the “Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate”. The Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate is hereby defined to mean the then prevailing rents (including, without limitation, those similar to the Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent) payable by renewal tenants having a credit standing substantially similar to that of Tenant, for properties of equivalent quality, size, utility and location as the Expanded Premises, located within the area described below and leased for a term approximately equal to the Expanded Premises Renewal Term. The Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate will take into consideration the tenant inducements offered in the renewal transactions considered by Landlord in determining the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate.

 

2.

If Tenant desires to renew the Lease with respect to the Expanded Premises, Tenant must notify Landlord in writing of its intention to renew on or before the date which is at least nine (9) months but no more than twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date (i.e. January 31, 2015), which notice must clearly state that Tenant desires to renew the Lease with respect to the entire Expanded Premises for the Expanded Premises Renewal Term. Landlord shall, within the next thirty (30) days, notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s determination of the applicable Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate and Tenant shall, within the next thirty (30) days following receipt of Landlord’s determination of the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate, notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s acceptance or rejection of Landlord’s determination of the applicable Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord of Tenant’s acceptance of Landlord’s determination of the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate, the Lease, as amended hereby, shall be extended as provided herein and Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to the Lease to reflect the extension of the term and changes in Rent in accordance with this Exhibit, provided however, Tenant’s lease of the Expanded Premises on the terms set forth herein shall be effective notwithstanding the parties’ failure to enter into such Lease amendment. If (x) Tenant timely notifies Landlord in writing of Tenant’s rejection of Landlord’s determination of the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate or

 

D-1


 

(y) Tenant does not notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s acceptance or rejection of Landlord’s determination of the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate within such thirty (30) day period, the term of the Lease with respect to the Current Premises shall end on the Expiration Date, the term of the Lease with respect to the 260 Expansion Space shall end on the 260 Expiration Date, and Landlord shall have no further obligations or liability hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate for the Expanded Premises within thirty (30) days after the date Tenant notifies Landlord of Tenant’s rejection of Landlord’s determination of the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate, Tenant, by written notice to Landlord (the “Expanded Premises Arbitration Notice”) within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, shall have the right to have the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate determined in accordance with the arbitration procedures described in Section 3 below. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate for the Expanded Premises within the thirty (30) day period described and Tenant fails to timely exercise its right to arbitrate, Tenant’s renewal option set forth in this Exhibit shall be deemed to be null and void and of no further force and effect.

 

3.

If Tenant provides Landlord with an Expanded Premises Arbitration Notice, Landlord and Tenant, within ten (10) days after the date of the Expanded Premises Arbitration Notice, shall each simultaneously submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate for the Expanded Premises during the Expanded Premises Renewal Term (collectively referred to as the “Expanded Premises Estimates”) and shall each select a broker (hereinafter, a “broker”) to determine which of the two Expanded Premises Estimates most closely reflects the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate for the Expanded Premises during the Expanded Premises Renewal Term. Each broker so selected shall be (i) a licensed commercial real estate broker in the State of Texas and (ii) have not less than ten (10) years’ experience in the field of commercial real estate brokerage for buildings similar to the Building. Upon selection, Landlord’s and Tenant’s brokers shall work together in good faith to agree upon which of the two Expanded Premises Estimates most closely reflects the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate for the Expanded Premises. The Expanded Premises Estimate chosen by such brokers shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the rental rate for the Expanded Premises during the Expanded Premises Renewal Term. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint a broker within the ten (10) day period referred to above, the broker appointed by the other party shall be the sole broker for the purposes hereof. If the two brokers cannot agree upon which of the two Expanded Premises Estimates most closely reflects the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate within thirty (30) days after their appointment, then, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, the two brokers shall select a third broker meeting the aforementioned criteria. Once the third broker (i.e. arbitrator) has been selected as provided for above, then, as soon thereafter as practicable but in any case within fourteen (14) days, the arbitrator shall make his determination of which of the two Expanded Premises Estimates most closely reflects the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate and such Expanded Premises Estimate shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the rental rate for the Expanded Premises. The parties shall share equally in the costs of the arbitrator. Any fees of any appraiser, counsel

 

D-2


 

or experts engaged directly by Landlord or Tenant shall be borne by the party retaining such appraiser, counsel or expert.

 

4.

If the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate has not been determined by the commencement date of the Expanded Premises Renewal Teem, Tenant shall pay Basic Rent for the Current Premises and 260 Expansion Space upon the applicable terms and conditions in effect during the last month of the immediately preceding Term for the applicable space until such time as the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate has been determined Upon such determination, the Basic Rent for the Expanded Premises shall be retroactively adjusted to the commencement of the Expanded Premises Renewal Term. If such adjustment results in an underpayment of Basic Rent by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment within thirty (30) days after the determination thereof. If such adjustment results in an overpayment of Basic Rent by Tenant, Landlord shall credit such overpayment against the next installment of Basic Rent due under the Lease for the Expanded Premises and, to the extent necessary, any subsequent installments, until the entire amount of such overpayment has been credited against Basic Rent for the Expanded Premises.

 

5.

If Tenant is entitled to and properly delivers the Expanded Premises Arbitration Notice, the Lease shall be extended with respect to the Expanded Premises as provided herein and Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to the Lease to reflect the extension of the Term and changes in Rent in accordance with this Exhibit, provided however, Tenant’s lease of the Expanded Premises on the terms set forth herein shall be effective notwithstanding the parties’ failure to enter into such amendment.

 

6.

The renewal rights of Tenant hereunder shall not be severable from the Lease, nor may such rights be assigned or otherwise conveyed in connection with any permitted assignment of the Lease, except in connection with a Permitted Transfer. Landlord’s consent to any assignment of the Lease shall not be construed as allowing an assignment of such rights to any assignee. In the event an assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer exercises the renewal rights set forth herein, Tenant shall remain liable under the Lease for all of the obligations of the tenant hereunder during the Expanded Premises Renewal Term, whether or not Tenant has consented to or is notified of such renewal and Landlord shall have no obligation to obtain the consent of Tenant or to notify Tenant of such renewal.

 

7.

The market area with respect to which the Expanded Premises Renewal Rental Rate will be determined is the southwest Austin office submarket.

 

D-3


EXHIBIT E

SCHEDULE A

TO RIDER 3

OPPORTUNITY EXPANSION SPACE

LOGO

 

E-1

Exhibit 10.30

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

BAZAARVOICE, INC.


LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into as of July 18, 2007, by and between Comerica Bank (“Bank”) and Bazaarvoice, Inc. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower wishes to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrower. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

 

  1.1

Definitions. As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.

 

  1.2

Accounting Terms. Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

 

2.

LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

 

  2.1

Credit Extensions.

 

  (a)

Promise to Pay . Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

  (b)

Advances Under Revolving Line .

(i) Amount . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement (1) Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base, and (2) amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate outstanding Advances shall not exceed $500,000 at any time until Bank has completed an audit of Borrower’s Accounts (which audit shall be at Borrower’s expense and completed within 30 days of the Closing Date) and the results of such audit are satisfactory to Bank. Borrower may prepay any Advances without penalty or premium. Interest shall accrue from the date of each Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a).

(ii) Form of Request . Whenever Borrower desires an Advance, Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission or telephone no later than 3:00 p.m. Central time (1:00 p.m. Central time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Payment/Advance Form in substantially the form of Exhibit C. Bank is authorized to make Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from a Responsible Officer or a designee of a Responsible Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Advances are

 

1


necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Advances made under this Section 2.1(b) to Borrower’s deposit account.

 

  (c)

Equipment Advances .

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make Equipment Advances to Borrower at any time from the date hereof through the Availability End Date. The aggregate outstanding amount of Equipment Advances shall not exceed the Equipment Line. Each Equipment Advance shall not exceed 100% of the invoice amount of equipment and software approved by Bank from time to time (which Borrower shall, in any case, have purchased within 90 days of the date of the corresponding Equipment Advance), excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expense. Equipment Advances for software purchases shall not exceed 40% of the aggregate outstanding amount of Equipment Advances at any time.

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of each Equipment Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). Any Equipment Advances that are outstanding on the Availability End Date shall be payable in 30 equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on August 18, 2008 and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Equipment Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with Equipment Advances made under this Section 2.1(c) shall be immediately due and payable. Equipment Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay any Equipment Advances without penalty or premium.

(iii) When Borrower desires to obtain an Equipment Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p.m. Central time three Business Days before the day on which the Equipment Advance is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C. The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer or its designee and include a copy of the invoice for any Equipment to be financed, which invoice shall be dated no later than 90 days from the date on which the corresponding Equipment Advance is to be made.

 

  2.2

Overadvances . If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.

 

  2.3

Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

 

  (a)

Interest Rates .

(i) Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable rate equal to 0.50% above the Prime Rate.

(ii) Equipment Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Equipment Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a rate equal to 0.50% above the Prime Rate.

 

  (b)

Late Fee; Default Rate . If any payment is not made within 10 days after the date such payment is due, Borrower shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the

 

2


 

amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to 5 percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.

 

  (c)

Payments . Interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the eighteenth calendar day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Revolving Line, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.

 

  (d)

Computation . In the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

  2.4

Crediting Payments . Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies, except that to the extent Borrower uses the Advances to purchase Collateral, Borrower’s repayment of the Advances shall apply on a “first-in-first-out” basis so that the portion of the Advances used to purchase a particular item of Collateral shall be paid in the chronological order the Borrower purchased the Collateral. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 12:00 noon Central time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

 

  2.5

Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

 

  (a)

Facility Fee . On the Closing Date, a fee equal to $4,000, which shall be nonrefundable;

 

  (b)

Early Termination Fee . If this Agreement is terminated before the latest expiration date of any credit facility hereunder and the credit facilities are not refinanced by Bank, Borrower shall pay an early termination fee equal to $10,000; and

 

  (c)

Bank Expenses . On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due. Bank acknowledges receipt of a $4,000 deposit from Borrower, which deposit shall be applied toward Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date.

 

  2.6

Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 13.7, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under

 

3


 

this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

3.

CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

 

  3.1

Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of Bank to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

  (a)

this Agreement;

 

  (b)

an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

 

  (c)

a financing statement (Form UCC-1) naming Borrower as debtor;

 

  (d)

an intellectual property security agreement;

 

  (e)

agreement to provide insurance;

 

  (f)

payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5;

 

  (g)

current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

 

  (h)

as soon as possible, but in any event by August 31, 2007, a lessor’s acknowledgment and subordination for each leased location of Borrower, together with a copy of each lease;

 

  (i)

current financial statements, including company prepared consolidated and consolidating annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2007 and balance sheets and income statements for the month ended May 31, 2007 in accordance with Section 6.2, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request; and

 

  (j)

such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

  3.2

Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is further subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a)

timely receipt by Bank of the Payment/Advance Form as provided in Section 2.1; and

 

  (b)

the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

 

4.

CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

 

4


  4.1

Grant of Security Interest . Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except as set forth in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Notwithstanding any termination, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations are outstanding.

 

  4.2

Perfection of Security Interest . Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be signed by Bank on behalf of Borrower, as provided in the Code, and may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction whether or not Revised Article 9 of the Code is then in effect in that jurisdiction. Borrower shall from time to time endorse and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all Negotiable Collateral and other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and continue perfected Bank’s security interests in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee, Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests for Bank to (i) obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank, (ii) obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding.

 

  4.3

Right to Inspect . Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than twice a year, excluding the initial audit (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

 

5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

 

  5.1

Due Organization and Qualification . Borrower and each Subsidiary is a corporation duly existing under the laws of the state in which it is incorporated and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  5.2

Due Authorization; No Conflict . The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in

 

5


 

conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  5.3

Collateral . Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. All Collateral is located solely in the Collateral States. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Collateral consisting of Cash or investment property is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.

 

  5.4

Intellectual Property Collateral . Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property Collateral, except for licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property Collateral has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property Collateral violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the Schedule, Borrower’s rights as a licensee of intellectual property do not give rise to more than 5% of its gross revenue in any given month, including without limitation revenue derived from the sale, licensing, rendering or disposition of any product or service.

 

  5.5

Name; Location of Chief Executive Office . Except as disclosed in the Schedule (or as Bank is otherwise notified pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof), Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. The chief executive office of Borrower is located in the Chief Executive Office State at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof.

 

  5.6

Litigation . Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court or administrative agency in which a likely adverse decision would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  5.7

No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements . All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

  5.8

Solvency, Payment of Debts . Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  5.9

Compliance with Laws and Regulations . Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of the important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board

 

6


 

of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has complied in all material respects with all the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower is in compliance with all environmental laws, regulations and ordinances except where the failure to comply is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  5.10

Subsidiaries . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments.

 

  5.11

Government Consents . Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  5.12

Inbound Licenses . Except as disclosed on the Schedule, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any license or other agreement that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property.

 

  5.13

Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading, it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

 

6.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

 

  6.1

Good Standing and Government Compliance . Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries’ corporate existence and good standing in the Borrower State, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the state in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and maintain all material permits, licenses and approvals required thereunder where the failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  6.2

Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Borrower shall deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each calendar month, a company

 

7


 

prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, covering Borrower’s operations during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event within 150 days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is unqualified or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (iv) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of $100,000 or more; (v) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems; (vi) as soon as available, but in any event no later than January 31 of each year, board approved annual financial projections (which projections shall include monthly balance sheets, monthly income statements and monthly cash flow statements and be in form reasonably acceptable to Bank) for the then current or next fiscal year of Borrower, as applicable (any board approved changes to Borrower’s projections shall be reported to Bank within 30 days of the date of any such approval), and such other budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time; and (vii) upon Bank’s request, within 30 days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a report signed by Borrower, in form reasonably acceptable to Bank, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as well as any material change in Borrower’s Intellectual Property Collateral, including but not limited to any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not specified in Exhibits A, B, and C of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to Bank by Borrower in connection with this Agreement.

 

  (a)

Within 30 days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, together with aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable.

 

  (b)

Within 30 days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements, a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.

 

  (c)

Within 30 days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a customer bookings report, in form and substance acceptable to Bank, detailing such month’s customer bookings.

 

  (d)

As soon as possible and in any event within 3 calendar days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

  (e)

Bank shall have a right from time to time hereafter to audit Borrower’s Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrower’s expense, provided that such audits will be conducted no more often than every 6 months (not including the initial audit) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files,

 

8


provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. If Borrower delivers this information electronically, it shall also deliver to Bank by U.S. Mail, reputable overnight courier service, hand delivery, facsimile or .pdf file within 5 Business Days of submission of the unsigned electronic copy the certification of monthly financial statements, the intellectual property report, the Borrowing Base Certificate and the Compliance Certificate, each bearing the physical signature of the Responsible Officer.

 

  6.3

Inventory; Returns . Borrower shall keep all Inventory in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving more than $100,000.

 

  6.4

Taxes . Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower.

 

  6.5

Insurance .

 

  (a)

Borrower, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Borrower’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Borrower shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Borrower’s.

 

  (b)

All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim, provided that any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

 

  6.6

Primary Depository . Borrower shall maintain all its depository, operating and investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.

 

  6.7

Reserved .

 

  6.8

Registration of Intellectual Property Rights .

 

  (a)

Borrower shall promptly register or cause to be promptly registered (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United

 

9


 

States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable material intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by Borrower, to the extent that Borrower, in its reasonable business judgment, deems it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights.

 

  (b)

Borrower shall promptly give Bank written notice of any applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

 

  (c)

Borrower shall (i) give Bank not less than 15 days prior written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the anticipated date such applications or registrations will be filed; (ii) prior to the filing of any such applications or registrations, execute such documents as Bank may reasonably request for Bank to maintain its perfection in such intellectual property rights to be registered by Borrower; (iii) upon the request of Bank, either deliver to Bank or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; (iv) upon filing any such applications or registrations, promptly provide Bank with a copy of such applications or registrations together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any documents requested by Bank to be filed for Bank to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such intellectual property rights, and the date of such filing.

 

  (d)

Borrower shall execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents from time to time as Bank shall reasonably request to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of Bank’s security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral.

 

  (e)

Borrower shall (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the trade secrets, Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to detect infringements of material Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  (f)

Bank may audit Borrower’s Intellectual Property Collateral to confirm compliance with this Section 6.8, provided such audit may not occur more often than twice per year (excluding the initial audit), unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Borrower’s sole expense, any actions that Borrower is required under this Section 6.8 to take but which Borrower fails to take, after 15 days’ notice to Borrower. Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify Bank for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section 6.8.

 

  6.9

Consent of Inbound Licensors . Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any material license or agreement, Borrower shall: (i) provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition; and (ii) in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Borrower’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute a default under this Agreement.

 

10


  6.10

Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

  6.11

Landlord’s Waiver . As soon as possible, but in any event by August 31, 2007, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a lessor’s acknowledgment and subordination for each leased location of Borrower, together with a copy of each lease.

 

7.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS .

Except as otherwise provided below, Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed:

 

  7.1

Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than Permitted Transfers.

 

  7.2

Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control . Change its name or the Borrower State or relocate its chief executive office without 15 Business Days prior written notification to Bank; replace its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without 15 calendar days prior written notification to Bank; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; have a Change in Control.

 

  7.3

Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except where (i) such transactions do not in the aggregate exceed $100,000 during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving entity.

 

  7.4

Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.

 

  7.5

Encumbrances . Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property.

 

  7.6

Distributions . Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock, except that Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees pursuant to stock repurchase agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase.

 

  7.7

Investments . Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments, or maintain or invest any

 

11


 

of its property with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower.

 

  7.8

Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

 

  7.9

Subordinated Debt . Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

  7.10

Inventory and Equipment . Store the Inventory or the Equipment with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank files a financing statement where needed to perfect its security interest.

 

  7.11

No Investment Company; Margin Regulation . Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

 

8.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT .

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

 

  8.1

Payment Default . If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due;

 

  8.2

Covenant Default .

 

  (a)

If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Article 6 or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

 

  (b)

If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within 10 days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the 10 day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such 10 day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed 30 days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such

 

12


 

reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made;

 

  8.3

Material Adverse Change . If there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s prospects, business or financial condition, or if there is a material impairment in the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations or a material impairment in the perfection, value (other than normal depreciation calculated in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied) or priority of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral;

 

  8.4

Defective Perfection . If Bank shall receive at any time following the Closing Date an SOS Report indicating that except for Permitted Liens, Bank’s security interest in the Collateral is not prior to all other security interests or Liens of record reflected in the report;

 

  8.5

Attachment . If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 10 days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

 

  8.6

Insolvency . If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within 30 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

 

  8.7

Other Agreements . If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $100,000 or that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  8.8

Subordinated Debt . If Borrower makes any payment on account of Subordinated Debt, except to the extent the payment is allowed under any subordination agreement entered into with Bank;

 

  8.9

Judgments . If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $100,000 shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 10 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of the judgment); or

 

  8.10

Misrepresentations . If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

9.

BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES .

 

  9.1

Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

 

13


  (a)

Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.6 (insolvency), all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

  (b)

Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;

 

  (c)

Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

 

  (d)

Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

 

  (e)

Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

 

  (f)

Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

 

  (g)

Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

  (h)

Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

 

14


  (i)

Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

 

  (j)

Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

 

  (k)

Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

Bank may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

 

  9.2

Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrower and Bank without first obtaining Borrower’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending Exhibits A, B, and C, thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks acquired by Borrower after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in which Borrower no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (h) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Borrower where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clauses (g) and (h) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

 

  9.3

Accounts Collection . At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

 

  9.4

Bank Expenses . If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; (b) set up such reserves under the Revolving Line as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made

 

15


 

by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

  9.5

Bank’s Liability for Collateral . Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

 

  9.6

No Obligation to Pursue Others . Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

 

  9.7

Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

 

  9.8

Demand; Protest . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

 

10.

NOTICES .

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:

   Bazaarvoice, Inc.
   6500 River Place Blvd.
   Building 1, Suite 350
   Austin, TX 78730
   Attn:
   FAX: (512) 732-9997

If to Bank:

   Comerica Bank
   M/C 4770
   75 E Trimble Road
   San Jose, CA 95131
   Attn: Manager
   FAX: (408) 556-5091

with a copy to:

   Comerica Bank
   300 W. 6th Street, Ste. 1300
   Austin, Texas 78701
   Attn: Stephen Bitter
   FAX: (512) 427-7178

 

16


The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

 

11.

CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE: JURY TRIAL WAIVER .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of Borrower and Bank hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION

ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

 

12.

JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION .

 

  (a)

In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

 

  (b)

With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

 

  (c)

The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

 

  (d)

The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

 

17


  (e)

The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

  (f)

The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

 

  (g)

Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

  (h)

The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

 

  (i)

If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

 

  (j)

THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER

 

18


 

CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

 

13.

GENERAL PROVISIONS .

 

  13.1

Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

 

  13.2

Indemnification . Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  13.3

Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

 

  13.4

Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

 

  13.5

Amendments in Writing. Integration . All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

 

  13.6

Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

 

  13.7

Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 13.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

 

  13.8

Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank and all employees and agents of Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that Bank exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information

 

19


 

thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions, provided that they have entered into a comparable confidentiality agreement in favor of Borrower and have delivered a copy to Borrower, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank and (v) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of Bank when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Bryan Denney

Name:

 

Bryan Denney

Title:

 

Director of Finance

COMERICA BANK

By:

 

/s/ Stephen Bitter

Name:

 

Stephen Bitter

Title:

 

VP

 

21


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Advance” or “Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and partners.

“Availability End Date” means July 18, 2008.

“Bank Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

“Borrower State” means Delaware, the state under whose laws Borrower is organized.

“Borrower’s Books” means all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” means an amount equal to 100% of Eligible Monthly Service Fees, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized or required to close.

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

“Change in Control” shall mean a transaction in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

“Chief Executive Office State” means Texas, where Borrower’s chief executive office is located.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Code” means the California Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral and Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B, except to the extent any such property (i) is

 

Exhibit A — Page 1


nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote.

“Collateral State” means the state where the Collateral is located, which is Texas.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

“Credit Extension” means each Advance, Equipment Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

“Eligible Monthly Services Fees” means, as of any date of determination, Borrower’s three month trailing recurring monthly service revenues received from account debtors that have executed a service contract with Borrower; provided , however, that upon giving five (5) days written notice to Borrower, Bank may exclude from the calculation of Eligible Monthly Service Fees revenues associated with (a) any contracts that Bank reasonably determines may not be collectible, (b) any account debtor that is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business, or (b) any contracts that are not performing acceptably to Bank (including, without limit those contracts that are not going to be renewed).

“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, orders and the like issued by any federal state, local foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or any agency pertaining to the environment or to any hazardous materials or wastes, toxic substances, flammable, explosive or radioactive materials, asbestos or other similar materials.

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

“Equipment Advance(s)” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Equipment Line.

“Equipment Line” means a Credit Extension of up to $250,000.

“Equipment Maturity Date” means January 18, 2011.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

 

Exhibit A — Page 2


“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.

“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations.

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property Collateral” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

 

  (a)

Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

  (b)

Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

  (c)

Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

  (d)

Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

 

  (e)

All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;

 

  (f)

All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

 

  (g)

All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

“Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank for the account of Borrower.

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

 

Exhibit A — Page 3


“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, (iii) Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

 

  (a)

Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

  (b)

Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

 

  (c)

Indebtedness not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

 

  (d)

Subordinated Debt;

 

  (e)

Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (f)

Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investment” means:

 

  (a)

Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

 

  (b)

(i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and (iv) Bank’s money market accounts;

 

Exhibit A — Page 4


  (c)

Repurchases of stock from former employees or directors of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000 in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases, or (ii) in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists;

 

  (d)

Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

 

  (e)

Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

  (f)

Investments not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

  (g)

Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

  (h)

Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

 

  (i)

Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed $100,000.

“Permitted Liens” means the following:

 

  (a)

Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Advances) or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

 

  (b)

Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

 

  (c)

Liens not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by an Equipment Advance) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

 

  (d)

Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (e) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property

 

Exhibit A — Page 5


 

encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

 

  (e)

Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) or 8.9 (judgments);

 

  (f)

Non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses and (ii) exclusive licenses set forth on the Schedule granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and, with respect to any licenses where Borrower is the licensee, any interest or title of a licensor or under any such license or sublicense;

 

  (g)

carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person; and

 

  (h)

deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligation for borrowed money.

“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

 

  (a)

Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b)

licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (c)

worn-out or obsolete Equipment not financed with the proceeds of Equipment Advances; or

 

  (d)

other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed $100,000 during any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

“Prime Rate” means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its “prime rate,” whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of Borrower.

“Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to $2,000,000.

“Revolving Maturity Date” means July 18, 2009.

“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

“SOS Reports” means the official reports from the Secretary of State of the Borrower State and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

 

Exhibit A — Page 6


“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank).

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

Exhibit A — Page 7


DEBTOR:   

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

SECURED PARTY:   

COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT B

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Debtor whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

  (a)

all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

 

  (b)

all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

 

  (c)

all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

 

  (d)

all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

 

  (e)

any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Exhibit B — Page 1


EXHIBIT C

Form of Payment/Advance Form

TECHNOLOGY & LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION

LOAN ANALYSIS

LOAN ADVANCE/PAYDOWN REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 3:00* P.M., C.S.T.

DEADLINE FOR EQUIPMENT ADVANCES IS 3:00 P.M., C.S.T.**

DEADLINE FOR WIRE TRANSFERS IS 1:30 P.M., C.S.T.

*At month end and the day before a holiday, the cut off time is 1:30 P.M., C.S.T.

*Subject to 3 day advance notice.

 

TO: Loan Analysis

 

DATE:                    

 

TIME:                    

FAX#: (512) 427-7178

 

FROM:

  

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

      TELEPHONE REQUEST (For Bank Use Only):
   Borrower’s Name      

 

The following person is authorized to request the loan payment transfer/loan advance on the designated account and is known to me.

FROM:

  

 

     
   Authorized Signer’s Name         

FROM:

  

 

     

 

   Authorized Signature (Borrower)       Authorized Requestor & Phone #

PHONE #:

  

 

     

FROM ACCOUNT#:

  

 

     

 

(please include Note number, if applicable

      Received by (Bank) & Phone #

TO ACCOUNT#:

  

 

     

 

(please include Note number, if applicable

      Authorized Signature (Bank)

 

REQUESTED TRANSACTION TYPE

   REQUESTED DOLLAR     For Bank Use Only

AMOUNT

       Date Rec’d:
       Time:

PRINCIPAL INCREASE* (ADVANCE)

   $                 Comp. Status:      YES      NO

PRINCIPAL PAYMENT (ONLY)

   $                 Status Date:
       Time:

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS:

    Approval:

 

   

 

   

 

   

All representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of the telephone request for and advance confirmed by this Borrowing Certificate, including without limitation the representation that Borrower has paid for and owns the equipment financed by the Bank; provided, however, that those representations and warranties the date expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date.

 

Exhibit C — Page 1


*IS THERE A WIRE REQUEST TIED TO THIS LOAN ADVANCE? (PLEASE CIRCLE ONE)    YES    NO

If YES, the Outgoing Wire Transfer Instructions must be completed below.

 

OUTGOING WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS

  

Fed Reference Number

  

Bank Transfer Number

The items marked with an asterisk (*) are required to be completed.

* Beneficiary Name

  

* Beneficiary Account Number

  

*Beneficiary Address

  

Currency Type

   US DOLLARS ONLY

* ABA Routing Number (9 Digits)

  

* Receiving Institution Name

  

*Receiving Institution Address

  

*Wire Amount

   $

 

Exhibit C — Page 2


EXHIBIT D

Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

 

Borrower:             BAZAARVOICE

 
  Bank: Comerica Bank

Commitment Amount:             $2,000,000

  Technology & Life Sciences Division
  Loan Analysis Department
  300 W. Sixth Street, Suite 1300
  Austin, TX 78701
  Fax: (512)427-7178

ELIGIBLE MONTHLY SERVICE FEES

 

1.        TOTAL ELIGIBLE MONTHLY SERVICE FEES

   $                

BALANCES

 

2.        Maximum Loan Amount

     $2,000,000      

3.        Total Funds Available (the lesser of #1 or #2)

      $                

4.        Outstanding under Sublimits (    )

      $     

5.        Present balance outstanding on Line of Credit

      $     

6.        Reserve Position (#3 minus #4 and #5)

      $     

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Comerica Bank.

Comments:

 

BANK USE ONLY

Rec’d By:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Reviewed By:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

Exhibit D — Page 1


EXHIBIT E

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:

 

Comerica Bank

 

Technology & Life Sciences Division

 

Loan Analysis Department

 

300 W. Sixth Street, Suite 1300

 

Austin, TX 78701

 

Fax: (512)427-7178

FROM:             BAZAARVOICE, INC.

The undersigned authorized Officer of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (“Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (as amended from time to time, the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

   COMPLIES

Company Prepared F/S

   Monthly, within 30 days    YES    NO

Compliance Certificate

   Monthly, within 30 days    YES    NO

CPA Audits, Unqualified F/S

   Annually, within 150 days of FYE    YES    NO

Board Approved Projections

   Annually, by 1/31 of each year    YES    NO

Bookings Report

   Monthly, within 30 days    YES    NO

A/R Aging

   Monthly, within 30 days    YES    NO

A/P Aging

   Monthly, within 30 days    YES    NO

Borrowing Base Certificate

   Monthly, within 30 days    YES    NO

If Public:

        

10-Q

   Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)    YES    NO

10-K

   Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)    YES    NO

Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Covenant Violations:

The Officer further acknowledges that at any time Borrower is not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Authorized Signer

 

Name:

 

Title:

BANK USE ONLY

Rec’d By:

  

 

Date:

  

 

Reviewed By:

  

 

Date:

  

 

Financial Compliance Status:

  

YES/NO

 

 

 

Exhibit E — Page 1


SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

Permitted Indebtedness (Exhibit A)

None.

Permitted Investments (Exhibit A)

None.

Permitted Liens (Exhibit A)

None.

Prior Names (Section 5.5)

None.

Litigation (Section 5.6)

None.

Inbound Licenses (Section 5.12)

None.

Exhibit 10.31

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of November 30, 2008, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and BAZAARVOICE, INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 18, 2007, as it may be amended from time to time (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows;

1. Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended by adding or amending and restating the following defined terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“‘Credit Card Services Sublimit’ means a sublimit for corporate credit cards issued by Bank and e-commerce or merchant account services offered by Bank under the Revolving Line not to exceed $150,000.”

‘“Eligible Monthly Services Fees’ means, as of any date of determination, the product of (i) the Renewal Rate Ratio multiplied by (ii) (a) from November 30, 2008 through and including April 30, 2009, Borrower’s four month trailing recurring monthly service revenues received from account debtors that have executed a service contract with Borrower and (b) from May 1, 2009 and thereafter, Borrower’s three month trailing recurring monthly service revenues received from account debtors that have executed a service contract with Borrower; provided , however, that (A) the service contract revenue of any account debtor (1) whose contracts with Borrower the account debtor has failed to pay within 90 days of invoice date, (2) whose contracts are not going to be renewed or (3) that is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business will be excluded from the calculation of Eligible Monthly Service Fees, and (B) upon giving five (5) days written notice to Borrower, Bank may exclude from the calculation of Eligible Monthly Service Fees revenues associated with (y) any contracts that Bank reasonably determines may not be collectible or (z) any contracts that are not performing acceptably to Bank.”

“‘indebtedness’ means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, (d) all Contingent Obligations, and (e) all obligations arising under the Credit Card Services Sublimit.”

“‘Renewal Rate Ratio’ means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount payable under service contracts that came up for renewal during the prior twelve month period ending on such date of determination and were actually renewed by existing account debtors of Borrower during the twelve month period then ending, to (ii) the aggregate amount payable under all services contracts that came up for renewal during the prior twelve month period then ending.”

“‘Revenue Amount’ shall initially mean $1,000,000. On May 1, 2009, and at all times thereafter, ‘Revenue Amount’ shall mean $1,500,000.”

“‘Revolving Line’ means a Credit Extension (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Credit Card Services Sublimit) of up to $7,000,000.’”

““Revolving Maturity Date’ means November 30, 2010.”

2. Section 2.1(b)(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:


“(i) Amount . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement (1) Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base, less any amounts outstanding under the Credit Card Services Sublimit, and (2) amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower may prepay any Advances without penalty or premium,”

3. New Sections 2.1(b)(iii) and 2.1(b)(iv) are hereby added to the Agreement to read in their entirety as follows:

“(iii) Credit Card Services Sublimit . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request corporate credit cards and standard and e-commerce merchant account services from Bank (collectively, the ‘Credit Card Services’). The aggregate limit of the corporate credit cards and merchant credit card processing reserves shall not exceed the Credit Card Services Sublimit, provided that availability under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrower and merchant credit card processing reserves. In addition, Bank may, in its sole discretion, charge as Advances any amounts that become due or owing to Bank in connection with the Credit Card Services. The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Credit Card Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Bank’s standard forms of application and agreement for the Credit Card Services, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.

(iv) Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity . If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any Credit Card Services by the Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding Credit Card Services. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the Credit Card Services are outstanding or continue.”

4. Section 2.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“2.2 Overadvances . If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances plus the aggregate amounts outstanding under the Credit Card Services Sublimit exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.’”

5. Section 2.3(a)(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

*(i) Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, as set forth in the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement attached as Exhibit F.”

6. Section 2.5(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Early Termination Fee . If this Agreement is terminated before the latest expiration date of any credit facility hereunder and the credit facilities are not refinanced by Bank, Borrower shall pay an early termination fee equal to $35,000; and”

7. New Section 2.5(d) is added to the Agreement, to read in its entirety as follows:

“(d) Commitment Fee . A commitment fee equal to $14,000, payable annually on November 30, 2008, and on each November 30 thereafter, which shall be nonrefundable,”

 

2


8. New Section 4.4 is added to the Agreement, to read in its entirety as follows:

“4.4 Lock Box Account . Borrower authorizes Bank to open and maintain in Bank’s name an account (the ‘Lock Box Account’) with Bank into which all funds received by Borrower from any source shall immediately be deposited. Borrower shall direct all account debtors to mail or deliver all checks or other forms of payment for amounts owing to Borrower to a post office box designated by Bank, over which Bank shall have exclusive and unrestricted access (the ‘Lock Box’). Bank shall collect the mail delivered to the Lock Box, open such mail, and endorse and credit all items to the Lock Box Account. Borrower shall direct all account debtors or other persons owing money to Borrower who make payments by electronic transfer of funds to wire such funds directly to the Lock Box Account. Borrower shall hold in trust for Bank all amounts that Borrower receives despite the directions to make payments to the Lock Box or Lock Box Account, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit into the Lock Box Account. Borrower shall not establish or maintain any accounts with any Person other than Bank. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall transfer, on a daily basis, to Borrower’s operating bank accounts maintained at Bank all amounts that have been deposited into the Lock Box Account or that Bank has otherwise received.”

9. Section 6.2(c) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Within 30 days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a customer bookings report and renewal rate report, in form and detail acceptable to Bank, detailing such month’s customer bookings and service contract renewal rates. The renewal rate report shall include, without limitation, the dollar value and the identity of the account debtor associated with each service contract on such report.”

10. Section 6.7 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“6.7 Financial Covenants . Borrower shall maintain at all times, and tested monthly, the following financial covenants:

(a) Minimum Cash . Borrower shall maintain at all times, and certify monthly, a balance of Cash at Bank of not less then $1,000,000.

(b) Monthly Service Fees . Borrower shall receive, as of the last day of each month, and for the month then ending, aggregate recurring monthly service revenues in an amount not less than the Revenue Amount from account debtors that have executed a service contract with Borrower.

(c) Annual Covenant Reset . Commencing November 1, 2009, Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to reset any financial covenant in this Section 6.7 (which reset financial covenant(s) shall be mutually agreed upon by Bank and Borrower) based on Borrower’s financial projections delivered to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2.”

11. The notice address of Borrower in Section 10 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“If to Borrower:

  

Bazaarvoice, Inc.

  

11921 N. Mo Pac Expressway, Suite 420

  

Austin, Texas 78759

  

Attn: Chad Denton

  

Fax: (512) 732-9997”

12. Exhibit D to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

13. Exhibit E to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with Exhibit E attached hereto.

14. Exhibit F is hereby added to the Agreement in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.

 

3


15. Borrower is a party to certain documents, instruments and/or agreements (collectively, the “Documents”) with or between it and Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation (the “Merged Bank”). The Merged Bank has been merged with and into Comerica Bank, a Texas banking association. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that any reference in the Documents to Comerica Bank, a Michigan banking corporation, shall mean Comerica Bank, a Texas banking association, as successor by merger to the Merged Bank.

16. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

17. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

18. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that, except as set forth in the waiver letter agreement between Borrower and Bank to be executed in connection with this Amendment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

19. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

(b) a Securities Account Control Agreement, duly executed by Borrower;

(c) a Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement;

(d) a Certificate of the Secretary of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment;

(e) a lessor’s acknowledgement and subordination, together with a copy the signed leased for 11921 N. Mo Pac Expressway, Suite 420, Austin, Texas 78759;

(f) a nonrefundable commitment fee in the amount of $14,000, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts;

(g) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(h) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

20. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

Title:

 

President and CEO

COMERICA BANK

By:

 

/s/ Stephen Bitter

Title:

 

Vice President


EXHIBIT D

Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

 

Borrower:            BAZAARVO1CE, INC.

  

Bank:      Comerica Bank

Commitment Amount:

  

$7,000,000

  

Technology & Life Sciences Division

     

Loan Analysis Department

     

300 W. Sixth Street, Suite 1300

     

Austin, TX 78701

     

Fax: (512)427-7178

ELIGIBLE MONTHLY SERVICE FEES

 

1.

   

Total Monthly Recurring Service Fees

       $                          
 

2.

   

Ineligible Monthly Recurring Service Fees

       $                          
 

3.

   

TOTAL ELIGIBLE MONTHLY SERVICE FEES

       
     

(# 1 minus #2 multiplied by        %*)

        $                    
BALANCES
 

4.

   

Maximum Loan Amount

       $7,000,000                  
 

5.

   

Total Funds Available (the lesser of #3 or #4)

        $                    
 

6.

   

Outstanding under Sublimits ()

        $                    
 

7.

   

Present balance outstanding on Line of Credit

        $                    
 

8.

   

Reserve Position (#5 minus #6 and #7)

        $                    

 

*

Insert applicable Renewal Rate Ratio

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Comerica Bank.

Comments:

 

BANK USE ONLY

Rec’d By:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Reviewed By:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signer


EXHIBIT E

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:  

Comerica Bank

 

Technology & Life Sciences Division

 

Loan Analysis Department

 

300 W. Sixth Street, Suite 1300

 

Austin, TX 78701

 

Fax: (512) 427-7178

FROM:         BAZAARVOICE, INC.

The undersigned authorized Officer of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (“Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (as amended from time to time, the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                                          with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

     COMPLIES  

Company Prepared F/S

  

Monthly, within 30 days

        YES         NO   

Compliance Certificate

  

Monthly, within 30 days

        YES         NO   

CPA Audits, Unqualified F/S

  

Annually, within 150 days of FYE

        YES         NO   

Board Approved Projections

  

Annually, by 1/31 of each year

        YES         NO   

Bookings Report

  

Monthly, within 30 days

        YES         NO   

Renewal Rate Report

  

Monthly, within 30 days

        YES         NO   

A/R Aging

  

Monthly, within 30 days

        YES         NO   

A/P Aging

  

Monthly, within 30 days

        YES         NO   

Borrowing Base Certificate

  

Monthly, within 30 days

        YES         NO   

If Public:

        

10-Q

  

Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)

        YES         NO   

10-K

  

Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)

        YES         NO   

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

   ACTUAL      COMPLIES  

TO BE TESTED MONTHLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED:

  

Minimum Cash

  

$1,000,000

   $           YES         NO   

Service Fee Revenues

   ³ $1,000,000 from 11/    /08 through 4/30/09; and ³ $1,500,000 from April 1, 2009 and at all times thereafter    $                               YES        
NO
  


Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Covenant Violations:

The Officer further acknowledges that at any time Borrower is not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Authorized Signer

 

Name:

 

Title:

BANK USE ONLY

 

Rec’d By:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Reviewed By:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Financial Compliance Status:

           YES/NO
 

 

Exhibit E – Page 2


EXHIBIT F

Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement

(see attached)


Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum To Loan and Security Agreement

This Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Addendum”) is entered into as of November  30 , 2008, by and between Comerica Bank (“Bank”) and Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”). This Addendum supplements the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated July 18, 2007 (as amended from time to time, the “Agreement”).

1. Definitions . As used in this Addendum, the following terms shall have the following meanings. Initially capitalized terms used and not defined in this Addendum shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

(a) “Applicable Margin” means three and one quarter of one percent (3.25%) per annum; provided, however, if on the first day of any fiscal quarter the average collected deposit balance (as determined by Bank) in Borrower’s accounts with Bank (excluding any accounts of Borrower at Affiliates of Bank) for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000), the Applicable Margin shall be three percent (3.00%) per annum for the period of time commencing on the first day of the current fiscal quarter through the last day of the current fiscal quarter only.

(b) “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day designated as a holiday under Federal or applicable State statute or regulation, on which Bank is open for all or substantially all of its domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in Detroit, Michigan and San Jose, California, and, in respect of notices and determinations relating the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, also a day on which dealings in dollar deposits are also carried on in the London interbank market and on which banks are open for business in London, England.

(c) “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” means, for any day, a per annum interest rate which is equal to the Applicable Margin, plus the quotient of the following:

 

  (1)

for any day, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to one (1) month appearing on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the event that such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or otherwise on such Service) on any day, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be reasonably selected by Bank, or in the absence of such other service, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall, instead, be determined based upon the average of the rates at which Bank is offered dollar deposits at or about 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical), on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day, in the interbank eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the principal amount of the Indebtedness and for a period equal to one (1) month;

divided by

 

  (2)

a percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to 1.00 minus the maximum rate on such day at which Bank is required to maintain reserves on “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as Bank is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurodollar deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurodollar loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category.

 

Exhibit F – Page 2


(d) “LIBOR Lending Office” means Bank’s office located in the Cayman Islands, British West Indies, or such other branch of Bank, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter designate as its LIBOR Lending Office by notice to Borrower.

(e) “Prime Rate” means the per annum interest rate established by Bank as its prime rate for its borrowers, as such rate may vary from time to time, which rate is not necessarily the lowest rate on loans made by Bank at any such time.

(f) “Prime-based Rate” means a per annum interest rate which is equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the greater of (i) the Prime Rate; or (ii) the rate of interest equal to the sum of (a) one percent (1%), and (b) the rate of interest equal to the average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers (the “Overnight Rates”), as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if the Overnight Rates are not so published for any day, the average of the quotations for the Overnight Rates received by Bank from three (3) Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by Bank, as the same may be changed from time to time.

2. Interest Rate Options . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Addendum, the Indebtedness under the Agreement shall bear interest at the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, except during any period of time during which, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Addendum, the indebtedness under the Agreement shall bear interest at the Prime-based Rate.

3. Payment of Interest . Accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid balance of the Indebtedness outstanding under the Agreement shall be payable monthly, in arrears, on the first Business Day of each month, until maturity (whether as stated herein, by acceleration, or otherwise). In the event that any payment under this Addendum becomes due and payable on any day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, to the extent applicable, interest shall continue to accrue and be payable thereon during such extension at the rates set forth in this Addendum. Interest accruing hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, and shall be assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation, effect shall be given to any change in the applicable interest rate as a result of any change in the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate or, to the extent applicable, the Prime-based Rate on the date of each such change.

4. Bank’s Records . The amount and date of each advance under the Agreement, its applicable interest rate, and the amount and date of any repayment shall be noted on Bank’s records, which records shall be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error; provided , however , any failure by Bank to make any such notation, or any error in any such notation, shall not relieve Borrower of its obligations to repay Bank all amounts payable by Borrower to Bank under or pursuant to this Addendum and the Agreement, when due in accordance with the terms hereof. For any advance under the Agreement bearing interest at the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, if Bank shall designate a LIBOR Lending Office which maintains books separate from those of the rest of Bank, bank shall have the option of maintaining and carrying such advance on the books of such LIBOR Lending Office.

5. Default Interest Rate . From and after the occurrence of any Event of Default, and so long as any such Event of Default remains unremedied or uncured thereafter, the Indebtedness outstanding under the Agreement shall bear interest at a per annum rate of three percent (3%) above the otherwise applicable interest rate hereunder, which interest shall be payable upon demand. In addition to the foregoing, a late payment charge equal to five percent (5%) of each late payment hereunder may be charged on any payment not received by Bank within ten (10) calendar days after the payment due date therefor, but acceptance of payment of any such charge shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default under the Agreement. In no event shall the interest payable under this Addendum and the Agreement at any time exceed the maximum rate permitted by law.

6. Prepayment . Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding balance of any Indebtedness at any time without premium or penalty. Any prepayment hereunder shall also be accompanied by the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on the amount so prepaid. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing shall not, in any way whatsoever, limit, restrict, or otherwise affect Bank’s right to make demand for payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness under the Agreement due on a demand basis in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

Exhibit E – Page 3


7. Regulatory Developments or Other Circumstances Relating to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate .

(a) If, at any time, Bank determines that, (1) Bank is unable to determine or ascertain the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, or (2) by reason of circumstances affecting the foreign exchange and interbank markets generally, deposits in eurodollars in the applicable amounts or for the relative maturities are not being offered to Bank, or (3) the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate will not accurately or fairly cover or reflect the cost to Bank of maintaining any of the Indebtedness under this Addendum at the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, then Bank shall forthwith give notice thereof to Borrower, Thereafter, until Bank notifies Borrower that such conditions or circumstances no longer exist, the Prime-based Rate shall be the applicable interest rate for all Indebtedness during such period of time.

(b) If, after the date hereof, the introduction of, or any change in, any applicable law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, shall make it unlawful or impossible for the Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) to make or maintain any Indebtedness under the Agreement with interest at the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, Bank shall forthwith give notice thereof to Borrower. Thereafter, until Bank notifies Borrower that such conditions or circumstances no longer exist, the Prime-based Rate shall be the applicable interest rate for all Indebtedness during such period of time.

(c) Further, at any time upon prior written notice to the undersigned, Bank may, in its sole discretion based upon its good faith belief that the Prime-based Rate is an appropriate basis for its floating rate loans, suspend use of the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate as the applicable interest rate hereunder, at which time, the Prime-based Rate shall thereafter be the applicable interest rate for all Indebtedness outstanding under the Agreement, unless Bank, in its sole discretion based upon its good faith belief that the Prime-based Rate is no longer an appropriate basis for its floating rate loans, rescinds such notice, in which case, the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate shall, upon written notice from Bank to the undersigned, again be the applicable interest rate for all indebtedness outstanding under the Agreement.

(d) If the adoption after the date hereof, or any change after the date hereof in, any applicable law, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) of any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) made by any such authority, central bank or comparable agency after the date hereof: (a) shall subject Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Addendum or any Indebtedness under the Agreement, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) of the principal of or interest under this Addendum or any other amounts due under this Addendum in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of Bank or its LIBOR Lending Office imposed by the jurisdiction in which Bank’s principal executive office or LIBOR Lending Office is located); or (b) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office), or shall impose on Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) or the foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting this Addendum or the indebtedness; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Bank of maintaining any part of the Indebtedness or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Bank under this Addendum by an amount deemed by the Bank to be material, then Borrower shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such increased cost or reduction. A certificate of Bank, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by Bank and submitted by Bank to Borrower, setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate Bank shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

Exhibit E – Page 4


(e) In the event that any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not presently applicable to Bank, or any interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank with any guideline, request or directive of any such authority (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk-based capital guidelines, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by Bank (or any corporation controlling Bank), and Bank determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any obligations of Bank hereunder or the maintaining of any Indebtedness, and such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on Bank’s (or such controlling corporation’s) capital as a consequence of such obligations or the maintaining of such Indebtedness to a level below that which Bank (or such controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then Borrower shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate Bank (or such controlling corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of return which Bank reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of any obligations of the Bank hereunder or to maintaining any indebtedness. A certificate of Bank as to the amount of such compensation, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by the Bank and submitted by Bank to Borrower, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.

8. Legal Effect . Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

9. Conflicts . As to the matters specifically the subject of this Addendum, in the event of any conflict between this Addendum and the Agreement, the terms of this Addendum shall control.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed to the foregoing as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMERICA BANK

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

Stephen Bitter

 

By:

 

Brett A. Hurt

Title:

 

Vice President

 

Its:

 

President and CEO

Exhibit 10.32

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the “Amendment”) is entered into as of July 20, 2009, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and BAZAARVOICE INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 18, 2007 (as amended from time to time, including, without limitation, by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 3, 2008, collectively with any related document, the “Agreement”). All indebtedness owing by Borrower to Bank shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Indebtedness.” The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

I.

Incorporation by Reference . The Recitals and the documents referred to therein are incorporated herein by this reference. Except as otherwise noted, the terms not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

 

II.

Amendment to the Agreement . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent as set forth in Article IV hereof, the Agreement is hereby amended as set forth below.

 

  A.

The following defined terms are hereby alphabetically added to Exhibit A to the Agreement or are amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iv).

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means a sublimit for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Line not to exceed Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($900,000).

“Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension (inclusive of the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrower and merchant credit card processing reserves under the Credit Card Services Sublimit and the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit) of up to Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000).

 

  B.

The first sentence of Section 2.1(b)(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement (1) Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base, less the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrower and merchant credit card processing reserves under the Credit Card Services Sublimit and the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (2) amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and re-borrowed at any time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable.”

 

 

AMENDMENT

PAGE 1 OF 6


  C.

Section 2.1(b)(iv) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(iv) Letter of Credit Sublimit .

 

  (A)

Subject to the availability under the Revolving Line and the Borrowing Base, and in reliance on the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth herein, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, Bank shall issue for the account of Borrower such Letters of Credit as Borrower may request by delivering to Bank a duly executed letter of credit application on Bank’s standard form; provided, however, that the outstanding and undrawn amounts under all such Letters of Credit (i) shall not at any time exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (ii) shall be deemed to constitute Advances for the purpose of calculating availability under the Revolving Line, and (iii) shall not at any time exceed the Borrowing Base. Any drawn but unreimbursed amounts under any Letters of Credit shall be charged as Advances against the Revolving Line. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s form application and letter of credit agreement. Borrower will pay any standard issuance and other fees that Bank notifies Borrower it will charge for issuing and processing Letters of Credit.

 

  (B)

If the outstanding and undrawn amounts under all such Letters of Credit ever exceed the Borrowing Base, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding and undrawn Letters of Credit, provided however , if there are insufficient balances in such accounts to secure such obligations, Borrower shall immediately deposit such additional funds as necessary to secure such obligations to the satisfaction of Bank. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the Letters of Credit are outstanding or continue.”

 

  D.

A new Section 2.1(b)(v) is hereby added to the Agreement to read as follows:

“(iii) Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity . If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any Credit Card Services or Letters of Credit by the Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding Credit Card Services and undrawn Letters of Credit, provided however , if there are insufficient balances in such accounts to secure such obligations, Borrower shall immediately deposit such additional funds as necessary to secure such obligations to the satisfaction of Bank. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the Credit Card Services or Letters of Credit are outstanding or continue.”

 

 

AMENDMENT

PAGE 2 OF 6


  E.

Section 2.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“2.2 Overadvances . If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances plus the aggregate amounts outstanding under the Credit Card Services Sublimit plus the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.”

 

  F.

Bank’s primary address for notices set forth in Section 10 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“If to Bank:

  

Comerica Bank

  

m/c 7512

  

39200 Six Mile Rd.

  

Livonia, MI 48152

  

Attn: National Documentation Services”

 

III.

Legal Effect .

 

  A.

The Agreement is hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above. Borrower agrees that it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under the Indebtedness.

 

  B.

Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Indebtedness, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Amendment, the terms of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain unchanged, and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Indebtedness pursuant to this Amendment in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Indebtedness. Nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a satisfaction of the Indebtedness. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties, all makers and endorsers of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker, endorser, or guarantor will be released by virtue of this Amendment. The terms of this paragraph apply not only to this Amendment, but also to all subsequent loan modification requests.

 

  C.

This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This is an integrated Amendment and supersedes all prior negotiations and agreements regarding the subject matter hereof. All modifications hereto must be in writing and signed by the parties.

 

IV.

Conditions Precedent . Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect. The effectiveness of this Amendment is conditioned upon receipt by Bank of:

 

  A.

This Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

 

  B.

Corporation Resolutions and Incumbency Certification, duly executed by Borrower; and

 

  C.

Such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

 

AMENDMENT

PAGE 3 OF 6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Ken Saunders

Name:

 

Ken Saunders

Title:

 

CFO

COMERICA BANK

By:

 

/s/ Stephen P. Bitter

Name:

 

Stephen Bitter

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

AMENDMENT

PAGE 4 OF 6


Corporation Resolutions and Incumbency Certification

Authority to Procure Loans

I certify that I am the duly elected and qualified Secretary of BAZAARVOICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”) and the keeper of the records of the Corporation; that the following is a true and correct copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with its bylaws and applicable statutes.

Copy of Resolutions:

Be it Resolved, That:

 

1.

Any one (1) of the following (insert titles only) CEO, CFO + Corporate Controller of the Corporation are/is authorized, for, on behalf of, and in the name of the Corporation to:

 

  (a)

Negotiate and procure loans, letters of credit and other credit or financial accommodations from Comerica Bank (the “Bank”), including without limitation, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 18, 2007, as amended from time to time, including, but not limited to that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 3, 2008, and that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 20, 2009 (collectively, the “Agreement”);

 

  (b)

Discount with the Bank, commercial or other business paper belonging to the Corporation made or drawn by or upon third parties, without limit as to amount;

 

  (c)

Purchase, sell, exchange, assign, endorse for transfer and/or deliver certificates and/or instruments representing stocks, bonds, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities owned by the Corporation, whether or not registered in the name of the Corporation;

 

  (d)

Give security for any liabilities of the Corporation to the Bank by grant, security interest, assignment, lien, deed of trust or mortgage upon any real or personal property, tangible or intangible of the Corporation;

 

  (e)

Issue and/or execute one or more warrants for the purchase of the Corporation’s capital stock to Bank; and

 

  (f)

Execute and deliver in form and content as may be required by the Bank any and all notes, evidences of Indebtedness, applications for letters of credit, guaranties, subordination agreements, loan and security agreements, financing statements, assignments, liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, trust receipts and other agreements, instruments or documents to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions, and any and all amendments or modifications thereto, any or all of which may relate to all or to substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets.

 

2.

Said Bank be and it is authorized and directed to pay the proceeds of any such loans or discounts as directed by the persons so authorized to sign, in accordance with the Agreement;

 

3.

Any and all agreements, instruments and documents previously executed and acts and things previously done to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions are ratified, confirmed and approved as the act or acts of the Corporation.

 

4.

These Resolutions shall continue in force, and the Bank may consider the holders of said offices and their signatures to be and continue to be as set forth in a certified copy of these Resolutions delivered to the Bank, until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank (such notice to have no effect on any action previously taken by the Bank in reliance on these Resolutions).

 

 

AMENDMENT

PAGE 5 OF 6


5.

Any person, corporation or other legal entity dealing with the Bank may rely upon a certificate signed by an officer of the Bank to effect that these Resolutions and any agreement, instrument or document executed pursuant to them are still in full force and effect and binding upon the Corporation.

 

6.

The Bank may consider the holders of the offices of the Corporation and their signatures, respectively, to be and continue to be as set forth in the Certificate of the Secretary of the Corporation until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank.

I further certify that the above Resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date of this Certificate; that these Resolutions and any borrowings or financial accommodations under these Resolutions have been properly noted in the corporate books and records, and have not been rescinded, annulled, revoked or modified; that neither the foregoing Resolutions nor any actions to be taken pursuant to them are or will be in contravention of any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation or of any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Corporation is a party or by which it is bound; and that neither the articles of incorporation nor bylaws of the Corporation nor any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Corporation is a party or by which it is bound require the vote or consent of shareholders of the Corporation to authorize any act, matter or thing described in the foregoing Resolutions.

I further certify that the following named persons have been duly elected to the offices set opposite their respective names, that they continue to hold these offices at the present time, and that the signatures which appear below are the genuine, original signatures of each respectively:

(PLEASE SUPPLY GENUINE SIGNATURES OF AUTHORIZED SIGNERS BELOW)

 

NAME (Type or Print)   TITLE   SIGNATURE

Brett Hurt

 

CEO

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

Ken Saunders

 

CFO

 

/s/ Ken Saunders

Chris Lynch

 

Corporate Controller

 

/s/ Chris Lynch

In Witness Whereof, I have affixed my name as Secretary and have caused the corporate seal of said Corporation to be affixed on July 20, 2009 .

 

/s/    Brett A. Hurt

Secretary

 

The Above Statements are Correct.

  

/s/ Not Required

  
  

SIGNATURE OF OFFICER OR DIRECTOR OR, IF NONE, A SHAREHOLDER OTHER THAN SECRETARY WHEN SECRETARY IS AUTHORIZED TO SIGN ALONE.

Failure to complete the above when the Secretary is authorized to sign alone shall constitute a certification by the Secretary that the Secretary is the sole Shareholder, Director and Officer of the Corporation.

 

 

AMENDMENT

PAGE 6 OF 6

Exhibit 10.33

THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (the “Amendment”) is entered into as of January 22, 2010, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and BAZAARVOICE INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 18, 2007 (as amended from time to time, including, without limitation, by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 3, 2008, and that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 20, 2009, collectively with any related document, the “Agreement”). All indebtedness owing by Borrower to Bank shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Indebtedness.” The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

I.

Incorporation by Reference . The Recitals and the documents referred to therein are incorporated herein by this reference. Except as otherwise noted, the terms not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

 

II.

Amendment to the Agreement . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent as set forth in Article IV hereof, the Agreement is hereby amended as set forth below.

 

  A.

The following defined term in Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means a sublimit for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Line not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

 

III.

Legal Effect .

 

  A.

The Agreement is hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above. Borrower agrees that it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under the Indebtedness.

 

  B.

Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Indebtedness, Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Amendment, the terms of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain unchanged, and in full force and effect. Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Indebtedness pursuant to this Amendment in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Indebtedness. Nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a satisfaction of the Indebtedness. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties, all makers and endorsers of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker, endorser, or guarantor will be released by virtue of this Amendment. The terms of this paragraph apply not only to this Amendment, but also to all subsequent loan modification requests.

 

 

PAGE 1 OF 2


  C.

This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This is an integrated Amendment and supersedes all prior negotiations and agreements regarding the subject matter hereof. All modifications hereto must be in writing and signed by the parties.

 

IV.

Conditions Precedent . Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect. The effectiveness of this Amendment is conditioned upon receipt by Bank of:

 

  A.

This Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

 

  B.

A legal fee from Borrower in the amount of $250; and

 

  C.

Such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Chris Lynch

Name:

 

Chris Lynch

Title:

 

Corporate Controller

COMERICA BANK

By:

 

/s/ Stephen Bitter

Name:

 

Stephen Bitter

Title:

 

Vice President

 

 

PAGE 2 OF 2

Exhibit 10.34

FOURTH AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of September 27, 2010, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and BAZAARVOICE, INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 18, 2007, as it may be amended from time to time, including, without limitation, by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 30, 2008, that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 20, 2009, and that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 22, 2010 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Exhibit A to the Agreement is amended by adding or amending and restating the following defined terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“‘Eligible Monthly Services Fees’ means, as of any date of determination, the product of (i) the Renewal Rate Ratio multiplied by (ii) the Recurring Monthly Service Revenues.”

“‘Indebtedness’ means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, (d) all Contingent Obligations, and (e) all obligations arising under the Letter of Credit/Credit Card Services Sublimit.”

“‘Letter of Credit’ means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iv).”

‘“Letter of Credit/Credit Card Services Sublimit’ shall mean Two Million Six Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars (52,650,000.00).”

“‘Line Increase Date’ shall have the meaning assigned in Section 2.1(b)(ii).”

“‘Recurring Monthly Service Revenues’ means Borrower’s three month trailing recurring monthly service revenues received from account debtors that have executed a service contract with Borrower; provided, however, that (A) the service contract revenue of any account debtor (1) whose contracts with Borrower the account debtor has failed to pay within 90 days of invoice date, (2) whose contracts are not going to be renewed or (3) that is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business will be excluded from the calculation of Eligible Monthly Service Fees, unless otherwise consented to in writing by Bank, and (B) upon giving five (5) days written notice to Borrower, Bank may exclude from the calculation of Eligible Monthly Service Fees revenues associated with (y) any contracts that Bank reasonably determines may not be collectible or (z) any contracts that are not performing acceptably to Bank.”

“‘Renewal Rate Ratio’ means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount payable under service contracts that came up for renewal during the prior three month period ending on such date of determination and were actually renewed by existing account debtors of Borrower during the three month period then ending, to (ii) the aggregate amount payable under all services contracts that came up for renewal during the prior three month period then ending.”


“‘Revolving Line’ means, initially, a Credit Extension (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit/Credit Card Services Sublimit) of up to $7,000,000. On and after December 1, 2010, ‘Revolving Line’ shall mean a Credit Extension (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit/Credit Card Services Sublimit) of up to $10,000,000, subject to increase pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(ii) hereof by an amount equal to the Revolving Line Optional Increase Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, at no time shall the Revolving Line exceed $15,000,000.”

“‘Revolving Line Optional Increase Amount’ shall mean an amount equal to $5,000,000.”

“‘Revolving Maturity Date’ means November 30, 2012.”

“‘Fourth Amendment Date’ means September 27, 2010.”

2. Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended by deleting the defined terms “Credit Card Services Sublimit” and “Letter of Sublimit” in their entirety.

3. Section 2.1(b) of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(b) Advances Under Revolving Line .

(i) Amount . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement (1) Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base, less any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit/Credit Card Services Sublimit, and (2) amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower may repay any Advances without penalty or premium.

(ii) Optional Increase in Revolving Line . The Bank shall increase the Revolving Line by the Revolving Line Optional Increase Amount on the date (the ‘Line Increase Date’) that the Bank receives all of the following:

(a) A written request from Borrower for such increase;

(b) Evidence satisfactory to Bank that Borrower achieved, as of the end of the immediately preceding month, Recurring Monthly Service Revenues of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000); and

(c) A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (i) the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Line Increase Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(iii) Form of Request . Whenever Borrower desires an Advance, Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission or telephone no later than 3:00 p.m. Central time (1:00 p.m. Central time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Payment/Advance Form in substantially the form of Exhibit C. Bank is authorized to make Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from a Responsible Officer or a designee of a Responsible Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Advances are

 

-2-


necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Advances made under this Section 2.1(b) to Borrower’s deposit account.

(iv) Letter of Credit Sublimit . Subject to the availability under the Revolving Line, and in reliance on the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth herein, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, Bank shall issue for the account of Borrower such Letters of Credit as Borrower may request by delivering to Bank a duly executed letter of credit application on Bank’s standard form; provided, however, that the outstanding and undrawn amounts under all such Letters of Credit plus the aggregate limit of the corporate credit cards and merchant credit card processing reserves related to Credit Card Services (defined in Section 2.1(b)(v)) (i) shall not at any time exceed the Letter of Credit/Credit Card Services Sublimit, and (ii) shall be deemed to constitute Advances for the purpose of calculating availability under the Revolving Line. Unless otherwise approved by Bank in advance, all Letters of Credit shall be used to support Borrower’s leasehold deposit requirements. Any drawn but unreimbursed amounts under any Letters of Credit shall be charged as Advances against the Revolving Line. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s form application and letter of credit agreement. Borrower will pay any standard issuance and other fees that Bank notifies Borrower it will charge for issuing and processing Letters of Credit.

(v) Credit Card Services Sublimit . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request corporate credit cards and standard and e-commerce merchant account services from Bank (collectively, the ‘Credit Card Services’). The aggregate limit of the corporate credit cards issued by Bank and merchant credit card processing reserves plus the outstanding and undrawn amounts under all Letters of Credit shall not exceed the Letter of Credit/Credit Card Services Sublimit, provided that availability under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrower by Bank and merchant credit card processing reserves. In addition, Bank may, in its sole discretion, charge as Advances any amounts that become due or owing to Bank in connection with the Credit Card Services. The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Credit Card Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Bank’s standard forms of application and agreement for the Credit Card Services, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.

(vi) Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity . If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any Letters of Credit or Credit Card Services by the Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding and undrawn Letters of Credit or Credit Card Services. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the Letters of Credit or Credit Card Services are outstanding or continue.”

4. Section 2.2 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“2.2 Overadvances . If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances plus the outstanding and undrawn amounts under all Letters of Credit plus the aggregate limit of the corporate credit cards and merchant credit card processing reserves exceeds the lesser

 

-3-


of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.”

5. Section 2.3(a)(i) of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(i) Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, as set forth in the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement attached as Exhibit F.”

6. The first sentence of Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“Interest hereunder shall be due and payable as set forth in the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement attached as Exhibit F.”

7. Section 2.5(b) of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(b) Early Termination Fee . If this Agreement is terminated before the latest expiration date of any credit facility hereunder and the credit facilities are not refinanced by Bank, Borrower shall pay an early termination fee in the amount of $75,000; and”

8. Section 2.5(d) of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(d) Commitment Fees . Nonrefundable commitment fees each in the amount of $12,500.00, and payable:

 

  (i)

on the Fourth Amendment Date;

 

  (ii)

on the first Business Day after the aggregate principal amount of Credit Extensions (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit/Credit Card Services Sublimit) outstanding under the Revolving Line is Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000) or more; and

 

  (iii)

on the first Business Day after the aggregate principal amount of Credit Extensions (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit/Credit Card Services Sublimit) outstanding under the Revolving Line is Ten Million and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000) or more.”

9. Section 6.2(vi) of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(vi) as soon as available, but in any event no later than April 30 of each year, board approved annual financial projections (which projections shall include monthly balance sheets, monthly income statements and monthly cash flow statements and be in form reasonably acceptable to Bank) for the then current or next fiscal year of Borrower, as applicable (any board approved changes to Borrower’s projections shall be reported to Bank within 30 days of the date of any such approval), and such other budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time;”

10. Section 6.2(c) of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Within (i) 30 days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a customer bookings report, detailing such month’s customer bookings, and (ii) 30 days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of Borrower, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a renewal rate report, detailing such fiscal quarter’s service contract renewal rates, each in form and detail acceptable to Bank. The renewal rate report shall include, without

 

-4-


limitation, the dollar value and the identity of the account debtor associated with each service contract on such report.”

11. Section 6.7 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“6.7 Financial Covenant . Borrower shall maintain at all times after the Line Increase Date, the following financial covenant, which shall be tested monthly:

(a) Minimum Cash at Bank . A balance of Cash at Bank of not less then $5,000,000.

Commencing May 1, 2011, Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to reset any financial covenant(s) in this Section 6.7 (which reset financial covenant(s) shall be mutually agreed upon by Bank and Borrower) based on Borrower’s financial projections delivered to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2.”

12. The references in Section 6.9 of the Agreement to “license or agreement” are deleted and replaced with references to “inbound license agreement.”

13. Section 7.2 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“7.2 Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control . Change its name or the Borrower State or relocate its chief executive office without 15 Business Days prior written notification to Bank; replace its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without 15 calendar days prior written notification to Bank, provided, that, if it is not possible due to a death or a sudden disability to give prior written notice of such a replacement, Borrower shall provide Bank with written notice of such replacement within one (1) Business Day after its occurrence; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; have a Change in Control.”

14. The Borrower’s notice address and the first notice address of Bank in Section 10 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in their entirety as follows:

 

“If to Borrower:

  

Bazaarvoice, Inc.

3900 N. Capital of Texas Hwy.

Suite 300

Austin, TX 78746

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: (866) 430-7838

“If to Bank:

  

Comerica Bank

Livonia Operations Center

39200 Six Mile Road

MC 7512

Livonia, MI 48152

Attn: Credit Manager

Fax: 734-632-5017”

15. Exhibit D to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

16. Exhibit E to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with Exhibit E attached hereto.

17. Exhibit F is hereby added to the Agreement in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.

 

-5-


18. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

19. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

20. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement arc true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

21. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrower;

(b) a Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement, executed by Borrower;

(c) a Certificate of the Secretary of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment;

(d) a $12,500 non-refundable commitment fee, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts;

(e) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(f) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

22. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.
By:   /s/ Brett A. Hurt
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ Stephen Bitter
Title:   Vice President


EXHIBIT D

Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

 

Borrower:             BAZAARVOICE, INC.

  

Bank: Comerica Bank

Commitment Amount:         $7,000,000^

  

Technology & Life Sciences Division

  

Loan Analysis Department

  

300 W. Sixth Street, Suite 1300

  

Austin, TX 78701

  

Fax: (512) 427-7178

ELIGIBLE MONTHLY SERVICE FEES

 

1.   

Total Monthly Recurring Service Fees

   $ __________      
2.   

Ineligible Monthly Recurring Service Fees

   $ __________      
3.   

TOTAL ELIGIBLE MONTHLY SERVICE FEES

     
  

(#1 minus #2 multiplied by __________%*)

      $ __________   

BALANCES

 

4.   

Maximum Loan Amount

   $ 7,000,000^      
5.   

Total Funds Available (the lesser of #3 or #4)

      $ __________   
6.   

Outstanding under Sublimits (Letter of Credit/Credit Card Services Sublimit)

      $ __________   
7.   

Present balance outstanding on Line of Credit

      $ __________   
8.   

Reserve Position (#5 minus #6 and #7)

      $ __________   

 

*

Insert applicable Renewal Rate Ratio

^

Increasing to $10,000,000 on 12/1/10. Increasing by $5,000,000 on the Line Increase Date.

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Comerica Bank.

 

Comments:    
    BANK USE ONLY
    Rec’d By:    
    Date:    
    Reviewed By:    
    Date:    
       
Authorized Signer      

 

Exhibit D — Page 1


EXHIBIT E

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:    Comerica Bank
   Technology & Life Sciences Division
   Loan Analysis Department
   300 W. Sixth Street, Suite 1300
   Austin, TX 78701
   Fax: (512) 427-7178

FROM: BAZAARVOICE, INC.

The undersigned authorized Officer of Bazaarvoice, Inc. (“Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (as amended from time to time, the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                          with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

   COMPLIES  

Company Prepared F/S

  

Monthly, within 30 days

     YES         NO   

Compliance Certificate

  

Monthly, within 30 days

     YES         NO   

CPA Audits, Unqualified F/S

  

Annually, within 150 days of FYE

     YES         NO   

Board Approved Projections

  

Annually, by 4/30 of each year

     YES         NO   

Bookings Report

  

Monthly, within 30 days

     YES         NO   

Renewal Rate Report

  

Quarterly, within 30 days

     YES         NO   

A/R Aging

  

Monthly, within 30 days

     YES         NO   

A/P Aging

  

Monthly, within 30 days

     YES         NO   

Borrowing Base Certificate

  

Monthly, within 30 days

     YES         NO   

If Public:

        

10-Q

  

Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)

     YES         NO   

10-K

  

Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)

     YES         NO   

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

   REQUIRED      ACTUAL      COMPLIES  
TO BE TESTED MONTHLY, AFTER THE LINE INCREASE DATE   

Minimum Cash

   $ 5,000,000       $ _______________         YES         NO   

 

Exhibit E — Page 1


Exhibit E — Page 1

Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Covenant Violations:

The Officer further acknowledges that at any time Borrower is not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

 

Very truly yours,    
    BANK USE ONLY
      Rec’d By:    
Authorized Signer     Date:    
      Reviewed By:    
Name:     Date:    
      Financial Compliance Status:                                                    YES/NO
Title:      

 

Exhibit E — Page 2


EXHIBIT F

Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement

(see attached)

 

Exhibit F — Page 1


Prime Referenced Rate Addendum To

Loan and Security Agreement

This Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Addendum”) is entered into as of September 27, 2010, by and between Comerica Bank (“Bank”) and Bazaarvoice, Inc. (“Borrower”). This Addendum supplements the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 18, 2007 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time, collectively, the “Agreement”).

1. Definitions . As used in this Addendum, the following terms shall have the following meanings. Initially capitalized terms used and not defined in this Addendum shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

(a) “Applicable Margin” means zero percent (0.00%) per annum.

(b) “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day designated as a holiday under Federal or applicable State statute or regulation, on which Bank is open for all or substantially all of its domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in San Jose, California, and, in respect of notices and determinations relating the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, also a day on which dealings in dollar deposits are also carried on in the London interbank market and on which banks are open for business in London, England.

(c) “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” means, for any day, a per annum interest rate which is equal to the quotient of the following:

 

  (1)

for any day, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to one (1) month appearing on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the event that such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or otherwise on such Service) on any day, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be reasonably selected by Bank, or in the absence of such other service, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall, instead, be determined based upon the average of the rates at which Bank is offered dollar deposits at or about 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical), on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day, in the interbank eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the principal amount of the Obligations and for a period equal to one (1) month;

divided by

 

  (2)

1.00 minus the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) on such day at which Bank is required to maintain reserves on “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as Bank is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurodollar deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurodollar loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category.

(d) “Prime Rate” means the per annum interest rate established by Bank as its prime rate for its borrowers, as such rate may vary from time to time, which rate is not necessarily the lowest rate on loans made by Bank at any such time.


(e) “Prime Referenced Rate” means, for any day, a per annum interest rate which is equal to the Prime Rate in effect on such day, but in no event and at no time shall the Prime Referenced Rate be less than the sum of the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate for such day plus two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum. If, at any time, Bank determines that it is unable to determine or ascertain the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate for any day, the Prime Referenced Rate for each such day shall be the Prime Rate in effect at such time, but not less than two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum.

2. Interest Rate . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Addendum, the Obligations under the Agreement shall bear interest at the Prime Referenced Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

3. Payment of Interest . Accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid balance of the Obligations outstanding under the Agreement shall be payable monthly, in arrears, on the eighteenth (18 th ) day of each month, until maturity (whether as stated herein, by acceleration, or otherwise). In the event that any payment under this Addendum becomes due and payable on any day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, to the extent applicable, interest shall continue to accrue and be payable thereon during such extension at the rates set forth in this Addendum. Interest accruing hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, and shall be assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation, effect shall be given to any change in the applicable interest rate as a result of any change in the Prime Referenced Rate on the date of each such change.

4. Bank’s Records . The amount and date of each advance under the Agreement, its applicable interest rate, and the amount and date of any repayment shall be noted on Bank’s records, which records shall be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error; provided , however , any failure by Bank to make any such notation, or any error in any such notation, shall not relieve Borrower of its obligations to repay Bank all amounts payable by Borrower to Bank under or pursuant to this Addendum and the Agreement, when due in accordance with the terms hereof.

5. Default Interest Rate . From and after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, and so long as any such Event of Default remains unremedied or uncured thereafter, the Obligations outstanding under the Agreement shall bear interest at a per annum rate of the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) above the otherwise applicable interest rate hereunder or (ii) the maximum rate permitted under applicable law, which interest shall be payable upon demand. In addition to the foregoing, a late payment charge equal to the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of each late payment hereunder or (ii) the maximum amount permitted under applicable law, may be charged on any payment not received by Bank within ten (10) calendar days after the payment due date therefor, but acceptance of payment of any such charge shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default under the Agreement. In no event shall the interest payable under this Addendum and the Agreement at any time exceed the maximum rate permitted by law.

6. Prepayment . Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding balance of any Obligations at any time without premium or penalty. Any prepayment hereunder shall also be accompanied by the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on the amount so prepaid. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing shall not, in any way whatsoever, limit, restrict, or otherwise affect Bank’s right to make demand for payment of all or any part of the Obligations under the Agreement due on a demand basis in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion.

7. Regulatory Developments or Other Circumstances Relating to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate .

(a) If the adoption after the date hereof, or any change after the date hereof in, any applicable law, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) of any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) made by any such authority, central bank or comparable agency after the date hereof: (a) shall subject Bank to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Addendum or any Obligations under the Agreement, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to Bank of the principal of or interest under this Addendum or any other amounts due under this Addendum in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of Bank imposed by the jurisdiction in which Bank’s principal executive office is

 

-2-


located); or (b) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by Bank, or shall impose on Bank or the foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting this Addendum or the Obligations hereunder; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Bank of maintaining any part of the Obligations hereunder or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Bank under this Addendum by an amount deemed by the Bank to be material, then Borrower shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such increased cost or reduction. A certificate of Bank, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by Bank and submitted by Bank to Borrower, setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate Bank shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(b) In the event that any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not presently applicable to Bank, or any interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank with any guideline, request or directive of any such authority (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk-based capital guidelines, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by Bank (or any corporation controlling Bank), and Bank determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any obligations of Bank hereunder or the maintaining of any Obligations hereunder, and such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on Bank’s (or such controlling corporation’s) capital as a consequence of such obligations or the maintaining of such Obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or such controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then Borrower shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate Bank (or such controlling corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of return which Bank reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of any obligations of the Bank hereunder or to maintaining any Obligations hereunder. A certificate of Bank as to the amount of such compensation, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by the Bank and submitted by Bank to the undersigned, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.

8. Legal Effect . Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

9. Conflicts . As to the matters specifically the subject of this Addendum, in the event of any conflict between this Addendum and the Agreement, the terms of this Addendum shall control.

[signatures on following page]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed to the foregoing as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMERICA BANK     BAZAARVOICE, INC.
By:   /s/ Stephen Bitter     By:   /s/ Brett Hurt
Name:   Stephen Bitter     Name:   Brett Hurt
Title:   Vice President     Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.35

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

February 9, 2010


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

1. Purchase and Sale of Stock

     1   

1.1

    

Sale and Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock

     1   

1.2

    

Closing

     1   

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company

     1   

2.1

    

Organization; Good Standing; Qualification

     1   

2.2

    

Corporate Power

     2   

2.3

    

Authorization

     2   

2.4

    

Valid Issuance of Shares

     2   

2.5

    

Capitalization and Voting Rights

     2   

2.6

    

Subsidiaries

     3   

2.7

    

Compliance with Other Instruments

     3   

2.8

    

Governmental Consent, etc

     4   

2.9

    

Offering

     4   

2.10

    

Agreements; Action

     4   

2.11

    

Obligations to Related Parties

     5   

2.12

    

Title to Properties and Assets

     5   

2.13

    

Intellectual Property

     6   

2.14

    

Reserved

     9   

2.15

    

Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement

     9   

2.16

    

Reserved

     9   

2.17

    

Litigation

     9   

2.18

    

Registration Rights

     9   

2.19

    

Brokers or Finders; Other Offers

     9   

2.20

    

Permits

     10   

2.21

    

Financial Statements

     10   

2.22

    

Changes

     10   

2.23

    

Tax Returns, Payments and Elections

     11   

2.24

    

Reserved

     11   

2.25

    

Reserved

     11   

2.26

    

Section 83(b) Elections

     12   

2.27

    

Qualified Small Business Stock

     12   

2.28

    

Environmental and Safety Laws

     12   

2.29

    

Real Property Holding Company

     12   

2.30

    

Disclosure

     12   

3. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Investors

     12   

3.1

    

Power; Authorization

     12   

3.2

    

Purchase Entirely for Own Account

     12   

3.3

    

Reliance upon Investors’ Representations

     13   

3.4

    

Disclosure of Information

     13   

3.5

    

Investment Experience; Economic Risk

     13   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

3.6

    

Accredited Investor Status

     13   

3.7

    

Residency

     15   

3.8

    

Restricted Securities

     15   

3.9

    

Brokers or Finders

     15   

3.10

    

Tax Liability

     15   

3.11

    

Further Limitations on Disposition

     15   

3.12

    

Legends

     15   

4. Conditions to Closing of Investors

     16   

4.1

    

Representations and Warranties Correct

     16   

4.2

    

Covenants

     16   

4.3

    

Blue Sky

     16   

4.4

    

Proceedings and Documents

     16   

4.5

    

Restated Certificate

     16   

4.6

    

Investors’ Rights Agreement

     16   

4.7

    

Co-Sale Agreement

     16   

4.8

    

Voting Agreement

     16   

4.9

    

Other Closing Deliverables

     17   

5. Conditions to Closing of Company

     17   

5.1

    

Representations and Warranties Correct

     17   

5.2

    

Blue Sky

     17   

5.3

    

Restated Certificate

     17   

5.4

    

Investors’ Rights Agreement

     17   

5.5

    

Co-Sale Agreement

     17   

5.6

    

Voting Agreement

     17   

6. Miscellaneous

     17   

6.1

    

Governing Law

     17   

6.2

    

Survival of Warranties

     18   

6.3

    

Successors and Assigns

     18   

6.4

    

Entire Agreement

     18   

6.5

    

Amendment

     18   

6.6

    

Notices

     18   

6.7

    

Delays or Omissions

     19   

6.8

    

Finder’s Fees

     19   

6.9

    

Expenses

     19   

6.10

    

Attorney’s Fees

     19   

6.11

    

Severability

     19   

6.12

    

Interpretation

     19   

6.13

    

Counterparts

     20   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

6.14

    

Telecopy Execution and Delivery

     20   

6.15

    

Indemnification

     20   

6.16

    

Exculpation Among Investors

     21   

6.17

    

Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest

     21   

6.18

    

Rights of Investors

     21   

6.19

    

No Commitment for Additional Financing

     21   

6.20

    

Joint Product

     22   

 

Schedules :

A

  

-

    

Schedule of Investors

B

  

-

    

Schedule of Exceptions

Exhibits :

A

  

-

    

Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

B

  

-

    

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

C

  

-

    

Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

D

  

-

    

Amended and Restated Voting Agreement

 

-iii-


BAZAARVOICE, INC.

SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 9, 2010 by and among Bazaarvoice, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the individuals and entities (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”) listed on the Schedule of Investors attached to this Agreement as Schedule A (the “ Schedule of Investors ”).

1. Purchase and Sale of Stock.

1.1 Sale and Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock.

(a) The Company shall adopt and file with the Delaware Secretary of State before the Closing (as defined in Section 1.2) the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (the “ Restated Certificate ”).

(b) The Company has authorized the sale and issuance of up to 726,392 shares (the “ Shares ”) of its Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Series E Preferred Stock ”), pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Investor agrees to purchase at the Closing and the Company agrees to sell and issue to each Investor at the Closing that number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock set forth opposite each Investor’s name on the Schedule of Investors, at a purchase price of $4.13 per share.

1.2 Closing . The purchase and sale of the Shares shall take place at the offices of the Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, located at 900 South Capital of Texas Highway, Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor, Austin, Texas 78746, at 10:00 A . M . local time, on the date of this Agreement, or at such other time and place as the Company and Investors purchasing at least a majority of the Shares to be sold at such closing pursuant to this Agreement mutually agree upon in writing (which time and place are designated as the “ Closing ”). At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Investor participating in such Closing a certificate representing the Shares that such Investor is purchasing at such Closing against payment of the purchase price therefor by check, wire transfer, or any combination thereof

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . Except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions attached to this Agreement as Schedule B (the “ Schedule of Exceptions ”), the Company represents and warrants to each Investor as of the date of the Closing as follows:

2.1 Organization; Good Standing; Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to transact business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in the State of Texas and in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or properties.


2.2 Corporate Power . The Company has all requisite legal and corporate power and authority (i) to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted, (ii) to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B (the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”), the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit C (the “ Co-Sale Agreement ”), and the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit D (the “ Voting Agreement ” and together with the Investors’ Rights Agreement and Co-Sale Agreement, the “ Ancillary Agreements ”), (iii) to sell and issue the Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof and (iv) to carry out and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

2.3 Authorization . All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder, and the authorization, issuance (or reservation for issuance), sale and delivery of the Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Company, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in this Agreement or the Investors’ Rights Agreement may be limited by applicable laws and principles of public policy.

2.4 Valid Issuance of Shares . The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will be free and clear of all liens, charges, restrictions, claims and encumbrances imposed by or through the Company (except as set forth in the Ancillary Agreements) and will be free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and under applicable state and federal securities laws. The Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares has been duly authorized, validly reserved for issuance and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the Restated Certificate, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will be free and clear of all liens, charges, restrictions, claims and encumbrances imposed by or through the Company (except as set forth in the Ancillary Agreements) and will be free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and under applicable state and federal securities laws.

2.5 Capitalization and Voting Rights .

(a) The authorized capital of the Company consists, or will consist immediately prior to the Closing, of:

(i) Preferred Stock . 27,897,031 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001, of which 17,511,618 have been designated Series A Preferred Stock, all of which are issued

 

-2-


and outstanding, of which 2,566,938 have been designated Series B Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding, of which 4,013,619 have been designated Series C Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding, of which 3,078,464 have been designated as Series D Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding, and of which 726,392 have been designated Series E Preferred Stock, none of which are issued and outstanding. The relative rights, privileges and preferences of the Series E Preferred Stock will be as stated in the Restated Certificate.

(ii) Common Stock . 59,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 (“ Common Stock ”), 17,045,048 of which shares are issued and outstanding.

(b) The outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, and were issued in accordance with the registration or qualification provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and any applicable state securities laws or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom.

(c) Except for (i) the conversion privileges of the Preferred Stock, (ii) the rights provided in the Investors’ Rights Agreement, and (iii) 12,851,508 shares of Common Stock issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Stock Plan (the “ Option Plan ”), there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights) or agreements for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any of its securities. No stock plan, stock purchase, stock option or other agreement or understanding between the Company and any holder of any of the Company’s equity securities or rights to purchase the Company’s equity securities provides for acceleration or other changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such securities, as the result of any termination with or without cause, merger, sale of stock or assets, change in control or other similar transaction by the Company. The Company is not a party or subject to any agreement or understanding, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there is no agreement or understanding between any persons that affects or relates to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to any security or the voting by a director of the Company.

2.6 Subsidiaries . The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

2.7 Compliance with Other Instruments . The Company is not in violation or default in any respect of any provision of its charter or bylaws (both as amended to date) or in any material respect of any provision of any mortgage, indenture, agreement, instrument or contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound or, to its knowledge, of any federal or state judgment, order, writ, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not result in any such violation or be in material conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, either a default under any such provision or an event that results in the creation of any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any

 

-3-


material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties.

2.8 Governmental Consent, etc . No consent, approval, qualification, order or authorization of, or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority on the part of the Company is required in connection with the Company’s execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the offer, sale or issuance of the Shares or the issuance of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, except (i) filing of the Restated Certificate with the Delaware Secretary of State, which filing shall have been made prior to and shall be effective as of the Closing, and (ii) such filings as have been made prior to the Closing, except any notices of sale required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Regulation D of the Securities Act, or such post-Closing filings as may be required under applicable state securities laws, which will be timely filed within the applicable periods therefor.

2.9 Offering . Subject in part to the truth and accuracy of each of the Investor’s representations set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement, the offer, sale and issuance of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act, and all applicable state securities laws, and neither the Company nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemption.

2.10 Agreements; Action .

(a) Except for agreements explicitly contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, there are no contracts, agreements, instruments, leases, commitments, understandings or proposed transactions between the Company and any of its officers, directors, stockholders, employees, affiliates, or any affiliate thereof.

(b) Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, there are no contracts, agreements, instruments, leases, commitments, understandings, proposed transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound that may involve (i) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Company in excess of $200,000 or (ii) provisions restricting or affecting the development, manufacture or distribution of the Company’s products or services. The Schedule of Exceptions sets forth a list of the ten largest customers of the Company based on annual service fees as of January 31, 2010.

(c) The Company has not (i) declared or paid any dividends or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock, (ii) incurred any indebtedness for money borrowed or any other liabilities individually in excess of $200,000 or, in the case of indebtedness and/or liabilities individually less than $200,000, in excess of $400,000 in the aggregate, (iii) made any loans or advances to any person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses, or (iv) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights, other than the sale of its products or services in the ordinary course of business.

(d) For the purposes of subsections (b) and (c) above, all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the

 

-4-


same person or entity (including persons or entities the Company has reason to believe are affiliated therewith) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsections.

(e) All of the contracts, agreements, instruments and leases described in subsections (a) and (b) above and in Section 2.13 are valid, binding and in full force and effect, except as limited (i) by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or (ii) by laws relating to the specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

(f) The Company is not in violation or default in any material respect of any provision of any (i) Application Service Provider Agreement (including any amendments thereto) with any material customer, (ii) Master Services Agreement (including any amendments thereto) with any material customer, (iii) Service Level Agreement with any material customer or (iv) other written agreement pursuant to which the Company provides products, services, maintenance or support to any material customer (collectively, “ Customer Agreements ”). The Company has not received written notice from any Significant Customer as of the date of this Agreement that such Significant Customer intends to terminate or not to renew its Customer Agreements with the Company and that has not been reflected in the Financial Statements. “ Significant Customer ” shall mean a customer of the Company who is obligated pursuant to its Customer Agreements to pay an annual service fee to the Company in excess of $200,000 per year.

2.11 Obligations to Related Parties . No employee, officer or director of the Company or member of his or her immediate family is indebted to the Company, nor is the Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them other than (i) for payment of salary for services rendered for the most recent bi-weekly payroll period, (ii) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of the Company of less than $10,000 in the aggregate, (iii) relocation allowances of less than $30,000 and (iv) unpaid commissions or bonuses in the ordinary course of business. To the Company’s knowledge, none of such persons has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation that competes with the Company, except that employees, officers or directors of the Company and members of their immediate families may own stock in publicly traded companies that may compete with the Company. No employee, officer or director, or any member of their immediate families, is, directly or indirectly, interested in any material contract with the Company (other than such contracts as relate to any such person’s ownership of capital stock or other securities of the Company).

2.12 Title to Properties and Assets . The Company has good and marketable title to its tangible property and assets free and clear of all mortgages, liens, claims, and encumbrances other than (i) for liens for current taxes not yet delinquent and reflected in the Financial Statements, (ii) for liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for obligations not past due to carriers, warehousemen, laborers, materialmen and the like, (iii) for liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers’ compensation laws or similar legislation or (iv) for minor defects in title, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, materially interferes with the use of such property. With respect to the

 

-5-


tangible property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases and, to its knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims, or encumbrances, subject to clauses (i)-(iv) above.

2.13 Intellectual Property .

(a) For purposes of this Section 2.13, the following terms shall have the definitions ascribed to them below:

(i) “ Company Intellectual Property ” means any Technology and Intellectual Property Rights (A) in and to any products developed, manufactured or sold in connection with the conduct of the Company’s business, to which Company claims ownership and/or (B) that are necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business, including the Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights, that are owned by or exclusively licensed to Company.

(ii) “ Intellectual Property Rights ” means any or all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (A) all United States and foreign patents and utility models and applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, reexaminations, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations in part thereof, and equivalent or similar rights anywhere in the world in inventions and discoveries including without limitation invention disclosures (“ Patents ”); (B) all trade secrets and other rights in know-how and confidential or proprietary information; (C) all copyrights, copyrights registrations and applications therefor and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world (“ Copyrights ”); (D) all mask works, mask work registrations and applications therefor, and any equivalent or similar rights in semiconductor masks, layouts, architectures or topology (“ Maskworks ”); (E) all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (F) all World Wide Web addresses and domain names and applications and registrations therefor, all trade names, logos, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefor and all goodwill associated therewith throughout the world (“ Trademarks ”); and (G) any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

(iii) “ Technology ” means all information and all tangible or intangible copies and embodiments in any media of, technology, including all know how, show how, techniques, trade secrets, inventions and discoveries (whether or not patented or patentable), algorithms, routines, software, files, databases, works of authorship or processes.

(iv) “ Registered Intellectual Property Rights ” means all United States, international and foreign: (A) Patents, including applications therefor; (B) registered Trademarks, applications to register Trademarks, including intent-to-use applications, or other registrations or applications related to Trademarks; (C) Copyright registrations and applications to register Copyrights; (D) Mask Work registrations and applications to register Mask Works; and (E) any other Technology that is the subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration or other document issued by, filed with, or recorded by, any state, government or other public legal authority at any time.

 

-6-


(b) To the Company’s knowledge, the Company is the sole owner of or possesses sufficient legal rights to all Company Intellectual Property.

(c) The Schedule of Exceptions contains a complete list of all Registered Intellectual Property Rights owned by, filed in the name of, or applied for by Company in connection with the conduct of the Company’s business (the “ Company Registered Intellectual Property ”) and lists a summary of the current status of such Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights.

(d) Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, each item of Company Registered Intellectual Property is subsisting and, to the Company’s knowledge, valid. All necessary registration, maintenance and renewal fees in connection with the Company Registered Intellectual Property have been paid and all necessary documents and certificates in connection with such Company Registered Intellectual Property have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark or other authorities in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of maintaining such Registered Intellectual Property Rights. In each case in which the Company has acquired ownership of any Technology or Intellectual Property Rights from any third party, the Company has obtained a valid and enforceable assignment sufficient to irrevocably transfer all rights in such Technology and the associated Intellectual Property Rights (including the right to seek future damages with respect thereto) to the Company and except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, to the maximum extent provided for by, and in accordance with, applicable laws and regulations, the Company has recorded each such assignment with the relevant governmental entity, including the PTO, the U.S. Copyright Office, or their respective equivalents in any relevant foreign jurisdiction, as the case may be, where such assignment concerned Registered Intellectual Property Rights.

(e) Except for standard end-user license agreements, nondisclosure agreements or as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company is not a party to or bound by outstanding options, licenses (as licensor or licensee) or agreements of any kind relating to any Technology or Intellectual Property Rights.

(f) To the Company’s knowledge, the Company’s business, as currently conducted or currently proposed to be conducted, including the design, development, use, import, branding, advertising, promotion, marketing, manufacture and sale of the Company’s products, Technology or services does not infringe, misappropriate or violate any Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person, violate any right of any person (including any right to privacy or publicity), or constitute unfair competition or trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction. The Company has not received any written communications alleging that the Company has infringed or misappropriated any Intellectual Property Rights of any other Person or engaged in unfair competition or trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction (nor does the Company have knowledge of any basis therefor). Except where the Company has already acquired ownership or license rights, the Company does not believe that it will be necessary to use any inventions or works of authorship of its past or present employees or consultants made prior to their employment by, or consulting relationship with, the Company.

 

-7-


(g) To the Company’s knowledge, no person is infringing or misappropriating, or has infringed or misappropriated any Company Intellectual Property. The Company has not brought any action, suit or proceeding for infringement of any Company Intellectual Property or breach of any license or agreement involving Intellectual Property Rights against any third party.

(h) The Company has taken reasonable steps to protect its rights in its trade secret information in the Company Intellectual Property.

(i) To the extent that any Technology included in the Company’s products has been developed or created by any person other than the Company or jointly with any person other than the Company, the Company has a written agreement with such person with respect thereto, and thereby has irrevocably obtained worldwide, perpetual ownership of, or has license rights to all such Technology included in the Company’s products and, to the Company’s knowledge, Intellectual Property Rights therein. Each current and former employee or independent contractor has entered into a valid and binding written agreement with the Company sufficient to vest title in the Company of all Technology and Intellectual Property Rights included in the Company’s products created by such employee or independent contractor in the scope of his or her employment with or service to the Company.

(j) Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, there are no contracts, licenses or agreements between the Company and any other person with respect to Company Intellectual Property under which there is any asserted dispute regarding the scope of such agreement or performance under such agreement including with respect to any payments to be made or received by the Company thereunder.

(k) To the Company’s knowledge, no Company Intellectual Property is subject to any proceeding or outstanding decree, order, judgment or settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner the use, transfer or licensing thereof by the Company or may affect the validity, use or enforceability of the foregoing.

(l) Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, the Company’s software products licensed by the Company to third parties do not contain any Public Software. “ Public Software ” means any software that contains, includes, incorporates, or has instantiated therein, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any software that is distributed pursuant to a license that (1) requires the licensee to distribute or provide access to the source code of such software or any portion thereof when the object code is distributed, (2) requires the licensee to distribute the software or any portion thereof for free or at some reduced price, or (3) requires that other software or any portion thereof combined with, linked to, or based upon such software (“ Combined Software ”) be licensed pursuant to the same license or requires the distribution of all or any portion of such Combined Software for free or at some reduced price or otherwise adversely affects the Company’s exclusive ownership of such Combined Software. The term “Public Software” includes, without limitation, software licensed or distributed under any of the following licenses or distribution models, or licenses or distribution models similar to any of the following: (i) GNU’s General Public License (GPL) or Lesser/Library GPL (LGPL); (ii) the Artistic License ( e.g. , PERL); (iii) the Mozilla Public License; (iv) the Netscape Public

 

-8-


License; (iv) the Sun Community Source License (SCSL); (vi) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL); (vii) the BSD License; and (viii) the Apache License.

(m) The Company is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement that would interfere with the use of his or her best efforts to promote the interests of the Company or that would conflict with the Company’s business as presently conducted. Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, nor the carrying on of the Company’s business by the employees of the Company, nor the conduct of the Company’s business as presently conducted, will, to the Company’s knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or instrument under which any of such employees is now obligated.

2.14 Reserved .

2.15 Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement . Each current or former employee of the Company has executed a proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement in the form presented to counsel to the Investors. No such employee has excluded works or inventions made prior to his or her employment with the Company from his or her assignment of inventions pursuant to such employee’s proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement. Each current or former consultant of the Company that assists or assisted with the development of the Company’s Intellectual Property or has or had access to the Company’s Intellectual Property has executed an agreement containing confidentiality and invention assignment provisions in the form presented counsel to the Investors. The Company is not aware that any of its current or former employees or consultants are in violation of such agreements.

2.16 Reserved .

2.17 Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened against the Company. To the Company’s knowledge, there is no legitimate basis for or threat of an action, suit, proceeding or investigation against that Company that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, properties or financial condition. The Company is not a party to or, to its knowledge, named in or subject to any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court, government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending or that the Company currently intends to initiate.

2.18 Registration Rights . Except as set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Company is presently not under any obligation and has not granted any rights to register under the Securities Act any of its presently outstanding securities or any of its securities that may hereafter be issued.

2.19 Brokers or Finders; Other Offers . The Company has not incurred, and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Company, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement.

 

-9-


2.20 Permits . The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as presently conducted by it, the lack of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, properties or financial condition, and the Company believes it can obtain, without undue burden or expense, any similar authority for the conduct of its business as presently proposed to be conducted. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

2.21 Financial Statements . The Company has delivered to the Investors its audited financial statements (balance sheet, profit and loss statement and statement of cash flows, including notes thereto) as at and for the one-year period ended April 30, 2009 and its unaudited financial statements (balance sheet, profit and loss statement and statement of cash flows) as at and for the nine-month period ended January 31, 2010 (the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements fairly present the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein. The audited Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ US GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the period indicated, except as disclosed therein. The unaudited Financial Statements do not contain additional financial statements and footnotes required under US GAAP, and are subject to normal year-end adjustments. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company has no material liabilities, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to January 31, 2010 and (ii) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business and not required under US GAAP to be reflected in the Financial Statements, which, in both cases, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the financial condition or operating results of the Company. Except as disclosed in the Financial Statements, the Company is not a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other person or entity. The Company maintains and will continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with US GAAP.

2.22 Changes . Since January 31, 2010, there has not been:

(a) any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of the Company from that reflected in the Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business that have not been, in the aggregate, materially adverse;

(b) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or properties;

(c) any intentional waiver by the Company of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;

(d) any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business and that is not material to the Company’s business, financial condition or properties;

(e) any material change or amendment to a material contract or arrangement by which the Company or any of its assets or properties is bound or subject;

 

-10-


(f) any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee;

(g) any sale, assignment or transfer of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible assets;

(h) any resignation or termination of employment of any officer or key employee of the Company; and the Company, to its knowledge, does not know of the impending resignation or termination of employment of any officer or key employee;

(i) receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any major customer of the Company;

(j) any mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien, created by the Company, with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except liens for taxes not yet due or payable;

(k) any loans or guarantees made by the Company to or for the benefit of its employees, officers or directors, or any members of their immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of its business;

(l) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Company’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such stock by the Company;

(m) to its knowledge, any other event or condition of any character that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or properties; or

(n) any agreement or commitment by the Company to do any of the things described in this Section 2.22.

2.23 Tax Returns, Payments and Elections . The Company has filed all tax returns and reports as required by law. These returns and reports are true and correct in all material respects. The Company has paid all taxes and other assessments due, except those contested by it in good faith that are listed in the Schedule of Exceptions. The provision for taxes of the Company as shown in the Financial Statements is adequate for taxes due or accrued as of the date thereof. The Company is a Subchapter C corporation. The Company has not elected pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), to be treated as a Subchapter S corporation or a collapsible corporation pursuant to Section 1362(a) or Section 341(f) of the Code, nor has it made any other elections pursuant to the Code (other than elections that relate solely to methods of accounting, depreciation or amortization).

2.24 Reserved .

2.25 Reserved .

 

-11-


2.26 Section 83(b) Elections . To its knowledge, all individuals who have purchased shares of the Company’s Common Stock under agreements that provide for the vesting of such shares have timely filed elections under Section 83(b) of the Code and any analogous provisions of applicable state tax laws.

2.27 Qualified Small Business Stock . As of the date of this Agreement, the Shares constitute “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.28 Environmental and Safety Laws . To its knowledge, the Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and to its knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.

2.29 Real Property Holding Company . The Company is not a real property holding company within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code.

2.30 Disclosure . To the Company’s knowledge, neither this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, nor any other written statements or certificates made or delivered in connection herewith, when taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

3. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Investors . Each Investor hereby, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and covenants to the Company as follows:

3.1 Power; Authorization . Such Investor has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, when executed and delivered by such Investor, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Investors’ Rights Agreement may be limited by applicable laws and principles of public policy.

3.2 Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with such Investor in reliance upon such Investor’s representation to the Company, which by such Investor’s execution of this Agreement such Investor hereby confirms, that the Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof will be acquired for investment for such Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that such Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, such Investor further represents that such Investor does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such

 

-12-


person or to any third person with respect to any of the Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof.

3.3 Reliance upon Investors’ Representations . Such Investor understands that the Shares are not, and any Common Stock acquired on conversion thereof at the time of issuance may not be, registered under the Securities Act on the ground that the sale provided for in this Agreement and the issuance of the Shares hereunder is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the Investors’ representations set forth herein.

3.4 Disclosure of Information . Such Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares and the Company’s business, financial condition, properties and prospects and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to such Investor or to which such Investor had access. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 2 of this Agreement or the right of such Investor to rely thereon.

3.5 Investment Experience; Economic Risk . Such Investor understands that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Company involves substantial risks. Such Investor is experienced in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies in a similar stage of development to that of the Company and acknowledges that such Investor is able to fend for himself, herself or itself. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares. Such Investor can bear the economic risk of such Investor’s investment and is able, without impairing such Investor’s financial condition, to hold the Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of such Investor’s investment.

3.6 Accredited Investor Status .

(a) Such Investor represents to the Company that such Investor is an Accredited Investor (as defined below). If other than an individual, such Investor also represents that such Investor has not been organized for the purpose of acquiring the Shares.

(b) The term “ Accredited Investor ” as used herein refers to:

(i) A person who is a director or executive officer of the Company;

(ii) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, at the time of the purchase exceeds $1,000,000;

(iii) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person’s spouse in excess of

 

-13-


$300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(iv) Any bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in Section 2(13) of the Securities Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such Act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are Accredited Investors;

(v) Any private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(vi) Any organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(vii) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment; or

(viii) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are Accredited Investors.

As used in this Section 3.6, the term “net worth” means the excess of total assets over total liabilities. For the purpose of determining a person’s net worth, the principal residence owned by an individual should be valued at fair market value, including the cost of improvements, net of current encumbrances. As used in this Section 3.6, “income” means actual economic income, which may differ from adjusted gross income for income tax purposes. Accordingly, such Investor should consider whether such Investor should add any or all of the following items to such Investor’s adjusted gross income for income tax purposes in order to reflect more accurately such Investor’s actual economic income: any amounts attributable to tax-exempt income received, losses claimed as a limited partner in any limited partnership, deductions claimed for depletion, contributions to an IRA or Keogh retirement plan and alimony payments.

 

-14-


3.7 Residency . In the case of an Investor who is an individual, the state of such Investor’s residency, or, in the case of an Investor that is a corporation, partnership or other entity, the state of such Investor’s principal place of business, is correctly set forth on the Schedule of Investors.

3.8 Restricted Securities . Such Investor understands that the Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such federal securities laws and applicable regulations such Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, such Investor represents that it is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act which permit limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among other things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring not less than one year after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold, the sale being effected through a “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a “market maker” and the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.

3.9 Brokers or Finders . The Company has not, and will not, incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by such Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement.

3.10 Tax Liability . Such Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Such Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company, the Company’s counsel, or any of the Company’s agents. Such Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.11 Further Limitations on Disposition . Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above, such Investor further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof unless and until (X) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement or (Y) such Investor shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, such Investor shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

3.12 Legends . Such Investor understands and agrees that the certificates evidencing the Shares and any Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall bear the following legend (in addition to any legend required by the Ancillary Agreements or under applicable state securities laws):

 

-15-


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND/OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR UNLESS THE CORPORATION HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

4. Conditions to Closing of Investors . The obligations of each Investor under Section 1.1(c) of this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment on or before the Closing of each of the following conditions, the waiver of which shall not be effective against any Investor who does not consent thereto:

4.1 Representations and Warranties Correct . The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the Closing.

4.2 Covenants . All covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed by the Company on or prior to the Closing shall have been performed or complied with in all material respects.

4.3 Blue Sky . The Company shall have obtained all necessary Blue Sky law permits and qualifications, or have the availability of exemptions therefrom, required by any state for the offer and sale of the Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof.

4.4 Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Investors. Each Investor shall have received all such counterpart original and certified or other copies of such documents as such Investor may reasonably request.

4.5 Restated Certificate . The Restated Certificate shall have been filed with and certified by the Delaware Secretary of State.

4.6 Investors’ Rights Agreement . The Company and the Founders (as defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

4.7 Co-Sale Agreement . The Company and the Founders (as defined in the Co-Sale Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Co-Sale Agreement.

4.8 Voting Agreement . The Company and the Founders (as defined in the Voting Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Voting Agreement.

 

-16-


4.9 Other Closing Deliverables . The Company shall have delivered to each Investor at the Closing the following:

(a) a certificate executed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or President on behalf of the Company certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 have been satisfied.

(b) a certificate of the Delaware Secretary of State, a certificate of the Texas Secretary of State and a certificate of account status from the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts, each dated as of a date within seven (7) days of the date of the Closing, with respect to the good standing of the Company.

(c) a certificate of the Company executed by the Company’s Secretary attaching and certifying to the truth and correctness of (1) the Restated Certificate, (2) the Bylaws and (3) the board and stockholder resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5. Conditions to Closing of Company . The obligations of the Company to each Investor under this Agreement are subject to fulfillment on or before the Closing of each of the following conditions by that Investor:

5.1 Representations and Warranties Correct . The representations and warranties of each Investor contained in Section 2.1 shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the Closing.

5.2 Blue Sky . The Company shall have obtained all necessary Blue Sky law permits and qualifications, or have the availability of exemptions therefrom, required by any state for the offer and sale of the Shares and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof.

5.3 Restated Certificate . The Restated Certificate shall have been filed with and certified by the Delaware Secretary of State.

5.4 Investors’ Rights Agreement . The Investors and Founders (as defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

5.5 Co-Sale Agreement . The Investors and the Founders (as defined in the Co-Sale Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Co-Sale Agreement.

5.6 Voting Agreement . The Investors and Founders (as defined in the Voting Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Voting Agreement.

6. Miscellaneous .

6.1 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED IN ALL RESPECTS BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS APPLIED TO

 

-17-


AGREEMENTS ENTERED INTO AMONG DELAWARE RESIDENTS TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES.

6.2 Survival of Warranties . The representations, warranties and covenants of the Company and the Investors contained herein or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of the Agreement and the Closing.

6.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

6.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the exhibits attached to this Agreement, and the other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

6.5 Amendment . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term of this Agreement may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is sought; provided, however , that Investors holding at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares sold pursuant to this Agreement may, with the Company’s prior written consent, amend, waive, discharge or terminate on behalf of all the Investors, any term of this Agreement.

6.6 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, mailed by certified United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, sent by facsimile or sent by electronic mail directed (a) if to an Investor, at such Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on the Schedule of Investors or on such Investor’s signature page to this Agreement, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such Investor may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the Company or (b) if to the Company, to its address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on its signature page to this Agreement and directed to the attention of the President, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as the Company may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each Investor. All such notices and other communications shall be effective or deemed given upon personal delivery, five days after mailing, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or upon confirmation of electronic mail delivery. With respect to any notice given by the Company under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s charter or bylaws, each Investor agrees that such notice may given by facsimile or by electronic mail.

 

-18-


6.7 Delays or Omissions . Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Investor, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Investor nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Investor of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Investor of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Investor, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.8 Finder’s Fees . With respect to any finder’s fees arising out of the purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement:

(a) The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and to hold the Investors harmless of and from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s fee to any broker or other person or firm (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its employees or representatives are responsible.

(b) Each Investor hereby agrees to indemnify and to hold the Company harmless of and from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s fee to any broker or other person or firm (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which such Investor or any of its employees or representatives are responsible.

6.9 Expenses . The Company and the Investors shall each pay their own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that if the Closing is effected, the Company shall reimburse the actual reasonable fees and expenses of Nixon Peabody LLP, counsel for Eastern Advisors, in an amount not to exceed $5,000.

6.10 Attorney’s Fees . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the Restated Certificate, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

6.11 Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision, provided that no such severability shall be effective if it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

6.12 Interpretation . The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

-19-


6.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

6.14 Telecopy Execution and Delivery . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties to this Agreement, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties to this Agreement by facsimile or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party to this Agreement, all parties to this Agreement agree to execute an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement.

6.15 Indemnification . The Company, without limitation as to time, assumes liability for and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Investor and its officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, agents and Affiliates (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and against, all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, obligations, fines, penalties, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses and disbursements (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “ Losses ”) (i) arising out of or related to any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement; (ii) any non-fulfillment or breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; or (iii) incurred in connection with any action or proceeding against the Company or any Indemnified Person arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement (or any other document or instrument executed pursuant hereto or thereto), or the transactions contemplated herein or therein, other than (a) Losses resulting that are finally determined in such action or proceeding to be primarily and directly a result of (1) the gross negligence of such Indemnified Person, (2) a breach of a fiduciary duty, if any, owed by such Indemnified Person to the Company, (3) the intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of applicable law by such Indemnified Person, or (4) a transaction from which such Indemnified Person received an improper personal benefit, or (b) Losses that are the subject of the indemnification agreement entered into by the Company and such Indemnified Person pursuant to the Investors’ Rights Agreement, as to which Losses such indemnification agreement, rather than this Section 6.15, shall apply. The Company agrees to reimburse each Indemnified Person promptly for all such Losses as they are incurred by such Indemnified Person if the Company receives a written undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to reimburse the Company for any payments made by the Company to such Indemnified Person if it is finally determined in such action or proceeding that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to clause (iii) above. The obligations of the Company to each Indemnified Person under this Section 6.15 will be separate and distinct obligations and will survive any transfer of securities by any Investor and the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement. THE COMPANY AND THE INVESTORS INTEND THAT THE INDEMNIFIED PERSONS BE INDEMNIFIED FROM LIABILITY FOR THEIR OWN NEGLIGENCE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 6.15. To the extent permitted by law, if the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by such court and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) to be unavailable to an Indemnified Person with respect to any Losses referred to herein, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of

 

-20-


such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of such Indemnified Person.

6.16 Exculpation Among Investors . Each Investor acknowledges that it is not relying upon any other Investor, or any officer, director, stockholder, employee, agent, partner or Affiliate of any such other Investor, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company or in monitoring such investment. Each Investor agrees that no other Investor nor any officer, director, stockholder, employee, agent, partner or Affiliate of any other Investor shall be liable for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them relating to or in connection with the Company or the Shares, or both. Without limiting the foregoing, no Investor, nor any of its officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees or agents of Affiliates, or other holder of any Shares shall have any obligation, liability or responsibility whatsoever for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of any or all information about the Company or any subsidiary or their respective properties, business or financial and other affairs, acquired by such Investor or holder from the Company or any subsidiary or the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, counsel or auditors of either, and in turn provided to another Investor or holder of Shares, nor shall any such Investor or other Person have any obligation or responsibility whatsoever to provide any such information to any other Investor or holder of Shares or to continue to provide any such information if any information is provided.

6.17 Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest . Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“ WSGR ”), may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to such Investors. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction and that WSGR is not representing any Investor. Each of the Investors and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR has previously purchased shares of the Company’s capital stock. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities and WSGR’s possession of such confidential information. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

6.18 Rights of Investors . Each Investor, in its sole and absolute discretion, may exercise or refrain from exercising any rights or privileges that such Investor may have pursuant to this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Restated Certificate, the Bylaws or at law or in equity, and such Investor shall not incur or be subject to any liability or obligation to the Company, any other Investor or holder of Shares, any other stockholder or securityholder of the Company or any other person, by reason of exercising or refraining from exercising any such rights or privileges.

6.19 No Commitment for Additional Financing . The Company acknowledges and agrees that no Investor has made any representation, undertaking, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in obtaining any financing, investment or other assistance, other than the purchase of the Shares as set forth in Section 1.1 and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4. Each Investor shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to refuse or decline to participate in any

 

-21-


other financing of or investment in the Company, and shall have no obligation to assist or cooperate with the Company in obtaining any financing, investment or other assistance.

6.20 Joint Product . This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements are the joint product of the Company and the Investors, and each provision hereof and thereof has been the subject of mutual consultation, negotiation and agreement of the Company and the Investors and shall not be construed against any party hereto.

[Signature page follows.]

 

-22-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day, month and year first set forth above.

 

BAZAARVOICE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Brett A. Hurt

 

Brett A. Hurt,

 

President

Address :

3900 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 300

Austin, TX 78746

Fax: 512-732-9997

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO S ERIES  E P REFERRED S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT


“Investor”
EA PRIVATE INVESTMENTS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Scott Booth

Name:

 

Scott Booth

Title:

 

Managing Partner

 

B AZAARVOICE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO S ERIES  E P REFERRED S TOCK P URCHASE A GREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

Schedule of Investors

Closing: February 9, 2010

 

Investor’s Name and Address

   No. of Shares of Series E
Preferred Stock
     Aggregate Purchase Price
of Series E Preferred
Stock
 

EA Private Investments, LLC

101 Park Avenue, 33/F

New York, NY 10178

Fax: 212-984-2331

Attn: Mitchell Green

          Scott Booth

mitchell@easternadvisors.com

     726,392       $ 2,999,998.96   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals:

     726,392       $ 2,999,998.96   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

A-1


SCHEDULE B

Schedule of Exceptions


EXHIBIT A

Form of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation


EXHIBIT B

Form of Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement


EXHIBIT C

Form of Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement


EXHIBIT D

Amended and Restated Voting Agreement

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Bazaarvoice, Inc. of our report dated June 14, 2011, except for Notes 9 and 13, as to which date is August 25, 2011, relating to the financial statements and our report dated June 14, 2011 relating to the financial statement schedule of Bazaarvoice, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Austin, Texas

August 26, 2011